Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance

Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance
Oracle® Communications Session
Border Controller
Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Release S-CX6.1.0
Formerly Net-Net Session Director
October 2014
Copyright ©2014 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and
disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or
allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit,
perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or
decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find
any errors, please report them to us in writing.
If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of
the U.S. Government, the following notice is applicable:
U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any
programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are "commercial
computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental
regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the programs, including any
operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, shall be subject
to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs. No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.
This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not
developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of
personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all
appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle Corporation and its
affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their
respective owners.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used
under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron, the AMD logo,
and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered
trademark of The Open Group.
This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content, products, and services
from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of
any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and services. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be
responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or
services.
About this Guide
Introduction
The Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and
Troubleshooting Guide provides the information you need for understanding and
troubleshooting the operation of Oracle Communications session border controller.
Supported
Platforms
Release Version S-CX6.3.0 is supported on the Net-Net 4500 platform.
Related Documentation
The following table lists the members that comprise the documentation set for this
release:
Version S-C6.1.0
Document Name
Document Description
Acme Packet 4500 System
Hardware Installation Guide
Contains information about the components and
installation of the Acme Packet 4500 system.
ACLI Configuration Guide
Contains information about the administration and
software configuration SBC.
ACLI Reference Guide
Contains explanations of how to use the ACLI, as an
alphabetical listings and descriptions of all ACLI
commands and configuration parameters.
Maintenance and
Troubleshooting Guide
Contains information about Net-Net SBC logs,
performance announcements, system management,
inventory management, upgrades, working with
configurations, and managing backups and archives.
MIB Reference Guide
Contains information about Management
Information Base (MIBs), Enterprise MIBs, general
trap information, including specific details about
standard traps and enterprise traps, Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) GET query
information (including standard and enterprise
SNMP GET query names, object identifier names and
numbers, and descriptions), examples of scalar and
table objects.
Accounting Guide
Contains information about the SBC’s accounting
support, including details about RADIUS accounting.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide iii
ABOUT THIS GUIDE
Revision History
This section contains a revision history for this document.
Date
Revision Number
Description
August 1, 2008
Revision 1.10
• Adds information about the Net-Net 4500 platform
related to boot parameters, physical interfaces, upgrade
procedures, and moving a configuration
• Changes feature name “IP Call Recording” (IPCR) to
“Session Replication for Recording” (SRR)
March 27,
2009,
Revision 1.11
• Corrects various typographical errors
• Adds C5.1 to C6.0 upgrade and backout procedures
October 2014
Revision 1.12
• Corrected show power-supply output
iv Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
Contents
About this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Supported Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Related Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
1
Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
About Logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Event Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
About Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Types of Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SNMP Traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Working with Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Writing to Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Displaying List of Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Viewing Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Viewing a Specific Logfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Dynamically Changing Log Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Requesting Log Level Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ACLI show loglevel Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ACP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Process Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
HA Switchover Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide v
2
Fault Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Accessing Fault Management Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
About Traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Standard Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Enterprise Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
About Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Types of Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
About the Alarm Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
About Alarms and the Health Score. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
ACLI Instructions and Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Alarm Severity Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Net-Net SBC Response to Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Hardware and Environmental Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Hardware Temperature Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Fan Speed Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Environmental Sensor Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Media Link Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Power Supply Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Viewing PROM Statistics (Net-Net SBC 1 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Graphic Window Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
System Fault Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
System State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
System Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Memory Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
License Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Configuration Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
HA Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
ARP Functionality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Local Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Media and Bandwidth Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Task Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
System Problem Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
System ACLs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Phy Link Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Wancom Port Speed and Duplex Mode Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Application Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
H.323 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
MGCP Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
vi Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SIP Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Viewing SIP Registration Cache Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
RADIUS Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Security Breach Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Session Agent and Session Agent Group Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SIP Agent Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SIP Session Agent Group Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Session Agent and Session Router Constraint Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
H.323 Session Agent Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
H.323 Session Agent Group Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Realm Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Media Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Viewing Realm Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Viewing Deny ACL List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Network Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
NAT Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
ARP Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Physical Interface Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Viewing Network Interface Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Viewing Media Interface Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Physical Interface Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Verifying an IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
DNS Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Viewing DNS Statistics for Specific Cache Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Clearing ENUM and DNS Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
System Support Information for Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Included Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SIP Interface Constraints Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
All SIP Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Single SIP Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Displaying and Clearing Registration Cache Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Working with the SIP Registration Cache. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Working with the H.323 Registration Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Working with the MGCP Registration Cache. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Session Management for SIP, H.323, and IWF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Displaying Sessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Clearing Sessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide vii
3
Performance Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Viewing System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
ACLI Credit Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
User Privilege Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
System Uptime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Current Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Software Release Current Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Viewing System Resource Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Memory Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Control and Maintenance Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Viewing Active Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Accessing Process Subcommands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Viewing Statistics for all Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Viewing Totals for all Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Viewing Current Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Viewing Redundancy Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Accessing Redundancy Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
About High Availability Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
Viewing Border Element Redundancy Protocol Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
Viewing Redundancy Health. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Command Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Viewing Routing Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Viewing Routing Table Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Viewing Routing Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Testing Routing Policies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Testing Address Translations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Viewing QoS Based Routing Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Local Route Table Statistics and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Updating the Local Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Testing a Lookup in the Local Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Displaying a Route Entry in the Local Cache. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Displaying Statistics for a Local Route Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Resetting ENUM Statistic Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Viewing SIP Protocol Performance Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Accessing SIP Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Viewing SIP Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Viewing SIP Performance Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
viii Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SIP Monitoring by Transaction Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Viewing SIP Media Event Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Viewing SIP Session Agent Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Viewing Session and Dialog States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Viewing SIP Endpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Viewing SIP Per User CAC Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Viewing Statistics for SIP Per User Subscribe Dialog Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Viewing IMS-AKA Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
STUN Server Statistics and Protocol Tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
H.323 Protocol Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Viewing the H.323 Performance Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Viewing Current Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Viewing Stack Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Viewing Session Agent Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Viewing Session Agent Group Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Viewing Stats for Each Configured Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Viewing H.323 Registrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Viewing MGCP Performance Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Listing the MGCP Performance Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Viewing MGCP Status Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
MGCP Message Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Viewing Accounting Data and Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
QoS Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Viewing Network Management Control Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Displaying Network Management Control Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Resetting Network Management Control Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Monitoring Your Net-Net System in Real-Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Displaying the Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Viewing Real-Time Media Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Viewing Real-Time SIP Session Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Viewing TLS Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Clearing the Entire TLS Session Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Viewing TLS Session Cache State and Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Viewing Certificates in PEM Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Viewing Net-Net SSM Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Viewing IPSec Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Security Association Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Security Policy Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
IPSec Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Viewing SSH Security Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide ix
Viewing SSH Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
4
System Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
User Privilege Levels and Passwords: Without Data Storage Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
User and Superuser Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Setting Passwords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
SSH RADIUS Authentication VSA Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
SSHv2 Public Key Authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Expanded Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
User Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Concurrent Sessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Data Storage Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Considerations When Enabling Data Storage Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
About Net-Net SBC Password Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Password Reset and Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
Password Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
Upgrade to ACP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
SSH Password Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
ACLI Instructions and Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
System Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
Setting Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
Setting Timezone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
Displaying the System Timezone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
NTP Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
System Task Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
Viewing Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
Setting Task Log Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
Stopping a Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
Notifying Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Viewing Power Supply and RAMdrive Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
Rebooting the Net-Net SBC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
Reboot Safeguards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Reboot Status File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Warning on Reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
System Watchdog Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Watchdog Timer Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
Configuring the Front Panel Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
ARP Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
NAT Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
x Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SNMP Community and Trap Receiver Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
SNMP Community Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Trap Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Login Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
ACLI Audit Trail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
5
Inventory Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Accessing Inventory Management Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Hardware Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Software Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
System image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Configuration Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Running configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Realm Specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Running Configuration Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Software License Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
About Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Unlicensed Signaling Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Viewing License Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
6
Net-Net 4250 Upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Preparing for Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Transferring Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Upgrade Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
ACLI Upgrade Preparation Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
ACLI Instructions and Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
C6.0 to S-C6.1.0 Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Stand-alone Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
HA Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
C5.1 to C6.0 Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Stand-alone Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
HA Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
C5.0 to C5.1 Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide xi
Stand-alone Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
HA Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
4.1 to C5.0 Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
Standalone Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306
HA Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
4.0 to 4.1 Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
Standalone Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
HA Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
2.x to 4.0 Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Standalone Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314
HA Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
2.0/2.1 to 2.2 Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Standalone Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
HA Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
2.0 to 2.1 Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
Standalone Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
HA Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
HA Backout Procedures: Release S-C6.1.0 to Release C6.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
HA Backout Procedure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
HA Backout Procedure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
HA Backout Procedures: Release C6.0 to Release C5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
HA Backout Procedure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
HA Backout Procedure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.1 to Release C5.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
HA Backout Procedure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
HA Backout Procedure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.0 to Release 4.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
HA Backout Procedure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
HA Backout Procedure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
HA Backout Procedures: Release 4.1 to Release 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
HA Backout Procedure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
HA Backout Procedure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337
HA Backout Procedures: Release 4.0 to Release 2.0/2.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
HA Backout Procedure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
HA Backout Procedure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
HA Backout Procedures: Release 2.2 to Release 2.0/2.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
HA Backout Procedure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
HA Backout Procedure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
xii Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
HA Backout Procedures: Release 2.1 to Release 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
HA Backout Procedure 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
HA Backout Procedure 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
7
Net-Net 4500 Upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Notes on Boot Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Preparing for Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Password Secure Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Upgrading S-CX6.1.0 Software Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Stand-alone Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
HA Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
HA Backout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Upgrading CX6.0.0 Software Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Stand-alone Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
HA Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
HA Backout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Moving a Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Backup Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Creating a Backup on Your Net-Net 4250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Copying the Backup to Your Net-Net 4500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
8
Working with Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Configuration Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Configuration Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Verifying & Regenerating Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Verify-Config Errors and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Viewing Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Checking Configuration Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Deleting Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Realm-Specific Delete Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Deleted Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Deleted Parameter Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
ACLI Instructions and Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
System Prompt Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
9
Managing Backups and Archives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide xiii
Backup Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
Creating Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
Listing Backups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
Restoring Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
Deleting Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
Viewing Backup Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
Archive Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
Creating Archives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
File Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
Listing Archives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
Deleting Archives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
Renaming Archives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
Appendix A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
xiv Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
1
Logs
Introduction
This chapter describes the logs available with the Net-Net SBC and explains how to
access and view them. It also explains the relationship between logs and system
events.
About Logs
Logs are a critical component of system management and security. You can use the
information in logs to assist real-time debugging and management, and to track
potential security breaches or other nonstandard activities on the system. The NetNet SBC supports the following three types of logs:
•
acmelog (syslog): contains both generic messages (not task oriented) as well as
system log messages
•
process logs: contain process flow from tasks
•
transaction logs: contain raw messages about protocol transactions sent and
received by the Net-Net SBC.
The Net-Net SBC supports SYSLOG, a protocol that lets the Net-Net SBC log
significant system information to a remote server.
Logging Events
The Net-Net SBC can log events that occur on different system components, such as
those associated with a protocol transaction. If logging is enabled on the Net-Net
system, monitored events are evaluated against the logging level set for the
component that sent the event. Events that meet the logging level are written to a
log file.
SNMP traps are sent when a Net-Net system generates a system log (acmelog)
message and the following conditions are present:
•
SNMP is enabled.
Set the system configuration’s SNMP functionality to enabled. Using the ACLI,
set the snmp-enabled field for system-config to enabled.
•
Sending system log (acmelog) notifications to an NMS using SNMP is enabled.
Set the system configuration’s log functionality to enabled. Using the ACLI, set
the enable-snmp-syslog-notify field for system-config to enabled.
•
Severity level that identifies at which severity level syslog notifications are sent
is configured. For example:
Set the system configuration’s log functionality to one of the possible severity
levels. Using the ACLI, set the snmp-syslog-level field for system-config to
enabled.
See the Net-Net Configuration Guide for details about configuring the Net-Net SBC
and the Net-Net ACLI Reference Guide for details about using the ACLI.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 15
LOGS
Event Categories
This section describes the events and the different event categories the Net-Net SBC
can generate.
About Events
Events are the circumstances that generate one or more of the following:
•
alarm
•
entry in a log file
•
SNMP trap
The following table lists the three categories used to define these events.
Event Category
Description
Informational
Represents non-critical conditions. For example, a configuration element
has changed.
Warning
Indicates pending failures or unexpected events. For example, you typed the
wrong password at the console three consecutive times.
Error
Indicates that a serious condition has occurred. For example, an internal
temperature reading exceeds the recommendation.
These broad categories generally consist of the facility that generated them, along
with an indication of the severity of the message. This information helps filter the
more important and time-sensitive notifications from the informative messages.
Types of Events
Process Log Events
The Net-Net SBC can generate the following types of events.
•
process log events
•
system log events
•
protocol trace elements
Events are logged to the process log flow from tasks and are specific to a single
process running on the Net-Net SBC. By default they are placed into individual files
associated with each process with the following name format:
log.<taskname>
Note: Process logs serve as a debugging tool. When set to debug level,
the quantity of events generated can become overwhelming for the
Net-Net SBC. It should only be used by Acme Packet personnel, or with
their assistance. It is not recommended for use on production systems.
When you configure the system, you set the default system-wide process log level
and each task logs according to this setting. You can override this log level for specific
tasks when configuring other elements. For example, when you configure the media
manager you can set the ALGD and MBCD log levels to different severity levels.
16 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
LOGS
System Log Events
System log events are a subset of the collection of all process log events. Every
software process writes messages to a file called acmelog, if the severity of the event
meets or exceeds the configured log level threshold. There is one system log for the
whole Net-Net system (filename: acmelog).
System log events are also referred to as acmelog events and are analogous to a
traditional syslog event. The acmelog file is typically viewed as an aggregation of
notable alarms and errors from all software processes.
The Net-Net SBC supports logging using SYSLOG, which is an industry-standard
protocol that lets a device send event notification messages across IP networks to
event message collectors - also known as syslog servers. Messages are usually sent
using UDP port 514.
The Net-Net SBC can send information to a remote SYSLOG server. You configure
the server and globally set the severity level at which the Net-Net SBC logs events
when you configure the system. See the Net-Net Configuration Guide for details.
Protocol Trace Events
Protocol trace events are the events associated with a protocol transaction. They are
enabled on a per-process basis using the notify command, resulting in transactional
events being placed into transaction logs, such as sipmsg.log.
These events are helpful for troubleshooting sessions, but they are also the highest
volume events the Net-Net SBC produces and can only be enabled for short times.
Event Granularity
You can set the reporting level for events placed into the logs by using the following
methods:
•
Setting the system-wide severity level (at or above which events are logged) by
configuring the system’s process log level. This setting is persistent across boots.
You set the system-wide severity level by configuring the log severity level
threshold when performing the system configuration. See the Net-Net
Configuration Guide for more information.
•
Configuring individual parameters for different elements that control specific
process logs. For example, you can configure the mbcd log level for the media
manager. These settings are persistent across boots.
For example, to configure the process log level for monitoring all H.323 activity
on the Net-Net SBC, you configure the log level to INFO when configuring
H.323 signaling. See the Net-Net Configuration Guide for more information.
Version S-C6.1.0
•
Using ACLI log-level command to dynamically specify the log level for a specific
task (or all tasks using the keyword all). You can specify finer granularity by
including specific subtypes within the process. These settings are not persistent
across boots. See the Net-Net ACLI Reference Guide for more information.
•
Using the ACLI or Acme Control Protocol (ACP) notify command. For example,
notify mbcd debug. Such settings are not persistent across boots. See the NetNet ACLI Reference Guide for more information about using the ACLI. See the
Net-Net ACP/XML Reference Guide for more information about ACP.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 17
LOGS
Event Severity
SNMP Traps
There are eight severity levels ranging from lowest severity, Debug, to the highest,
Emergency.
syslog
Numerical Code
syslog Severity
Acme Packet Log Enumeration
0
Emergency (system is unusable)
EMERGENCY (0)
1
Alert (action must be taken immediately)
CRITICAL (1)
2
Critical (critical conditions)
MAJOR (2)
3
Error (error conditions)
MINOR (3)
4
Warning (warning conditions)
WARNING (4)
5
Notice (normal but significant condition)
NOTICE (5)
6
Informational (informational messages)
INFO (6)
7
Debug (debug level messages)
TRACE (7)
DEBUG (8)
DETAIL (9)
The Net-Net SBC supports several standard SNMP traps (cold start, link up/down)
and proprietary traps used to notify SNMP managers of specific events:
•
apSysMgmtGroupTrap – used for different events. The trap must be parsed by
a management tool to extract the specific event details.
•
specific uniquely identified traps – used for specific Net-Net SBC events. These
traps correspond exactly to the events that show up in acmelog.
The unique traps are only generated if the following ACLI parameter is enabled:
System-config->enable-snmp-monitor-traps
•
apSysLogGeneratedTrap – used as a catch-all for system log (syslog) events.
See the Net-Net MIB Reference Guide for more details about traps.
Alarms
The most serious events noted by the Net-Net SBC are categorized as alarms. They
appear in the alarm table, which is displayed in the ACLI using the command
display-alarms. The ACLI also supports clearing alarms displayed in that table.
Alarms are not sent off-box explicitly, however, at least one of the following
mechanisms is usually triggered when an alarm occurs:
•
A dry contact port on the back of the chassis that may be used to control a
remote alarm panel.
•
An SNMP trap may be generated
•
A syslog event may be generated
See the Net-Net MIB Reference Guide for details about alarms.
18 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
LOGS
Process Log Events
Process log events can be sent to a log server by configuring the system to include
the destination server’s IP address and port number. For example, using the ACLI
you configure the following system parameters:
•
process-log-server
•
process-log-port
The process log port can be any port from 1025 to 65535. It is most commonly
configured as port 2500.
The Net-Net SBC stops logging events to RAM memory and instead sends them to
the configured remote server over UDP. Because of the added overhead of sending
log messages using UDP datagrams versus writing to the RAM drive, message
content decreases – even at the same configured log levels.
System Log Events
System log events can be sent to one or more syslog servers using the traditional
UNIX syslog mechanism as described in RFC 3164. Users can configure one or more
syslog servers to which the Net-Net SBC will send generated syslog events by setting
the following syslog parameters in the system configuration:
•
address
•
port
•
facility
If the port is left empty, the default value is UDP port 514 (the well-known syslog
port).
Traps
Traps are defined to be sent to a SNMP Manager using the following configuration
parameters:
System-config->trap-receiver->ip-address
System-config->trap-receiver->filter-level
System-config->trap-receiver->community-name
Alarms
Version S-C6.1.0
Alarms can be sent off the box using the dry contact port in the rear of the chassis.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 19
LOGS
Working with Logs
This section explains how to work with logs.
Writing to Logs
You need to configure the Net-Net SBC to indicate you want messages written to
logs. See the Net-Net Configuration Guide and the ACLI Reference Guide for details.
The log files are written until they become 1 MB in size. The file is then closed and
renamed with a .1 appended to the original file name. For example, sipmsg.log
becomes sipmsg.log.1. New logs continued to be written to the original file,
sipmsg.log, until once again they reach the 1 MB limit. Again the file is closed and
renamed with a .1 appended to the original file name. The existing file with .1
appended is renamed to .2, for example sipmsg.log.2. This continues until you have
13 1 MB files associated with the log. When this limit is reached, the oldest file (the
one with .12 appended to the name) is discarded.
Manually Rotating
Logs
You can manually rotate (close) the log file by using the following command:
notify * rotate-logs
The * can be any of the following Net-Net SBC tasks:
•
all
•
sipd
•
sysmand
•
berpd
•
lemd
•
mbcd
•
h323d
•
algd
•
radd
You can manually rotate the log files when you are trying to isolate a specific
problem. Working with Acme Packet Technical Support, you could close all current
log files (or just for a specific task) and then run a test of your problem. You can then
easily identify the log files to review.
Working with Logs
Example
For example, to troubleshoot issues you suspect are media-related using the ACLI,
you can look at the logs for the middlebox control daemon (MBCD). To do this:
1.
Instruct the Net-Net SBC to write all media management transactions to
mbcd.log by entering the following command:
notify mbcd log
2.
Make some test calls.
3.
Set message writing to the log off by entering the following command:
notify mbcd nolog
4.
FTP the log off the Net-Net SBC to view it.
Note: Acme Packet recommends only setting the log level to DEBUG
on non-production systems.
20 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
LOGS
Displaying List of
Log Files
You can display the list of log files by using the display-logfiles ACLI command.
Every task writes to its own process log (log.taskname) and protocol trace logs
(transaction logs) are enabled or disabled creating a task.log file. The log files are
stored in the /ramdrv/logs directory on the Net-Net SBC.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# display-logfiles
Listing Directory /ramdrv/logs:
Viewing Logs
drwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
512 Jul
4 18:02 ./
drwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
512 Jul
6 09:50 ../
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
820707 Jul
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
3447 Jul
2 17:40 log.sysmand
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
3724 Jul
2 15:59 log.bootstrap
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
132 Jul
2 17:40 log.brokerd
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
740 Jul
2 17:40 log.npsoft
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
369 Jul
2 15:59 log.berpd
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
26660 Jul
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
3316 Jul
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
852 Jul
2 17:40 log.atcpd
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
733 Jul
2 17:40 log.atcpApp
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
2877 Jul
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
757 Jul
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
1151 Jul
2 17:40 log.algd
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
741 Jul
2 17:40 log.radd
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
728 Jul
2 17:40 log.pusher
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
1448 Jul
2 17:40 log.ebmd
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
671322 Jul
6 11:55 log.sipd
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
681011 Jul
6 11:55 log.h323d
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
1169 Jul
2 15:59 log.h248d
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
18294 Jul
2 17:40 log.snmpd
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
1078 Jul
2 17:40 snmpd.log
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
190 Jul
2 15:59 log.acliSSH0
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
191 Jul
2 15:59 log.acliSSH1
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
192 Jul
2 15:59 log.acliSSH2
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
192 Jul
2 15:59 log.acliSSH3
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
192 Jul
2 15:59 log.acliSSH4
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
3043 Jul
6 11:38 log.acliConsole
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
2655 Jul
2 21:07 log.acliTelnet0
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
195 Jul
2 15:59 log.acliTelnet1
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
195 Jul
2 15:59 log.acliTelnet2
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
195 Jul
2 15:59 log.acliTelnet3
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
195 Jul
2 15:59 log.acliTelnet4
-rwxrwxrwx
1 0
0
1000005 Jul
6 11:55 acmelog
6 11:46 log.cliWorker
2 17:40 log.lemd
2 17:40 log.mbcd
2 17:40 log.lid
4 18:01 acmelog.1
You can send the log off the Net-Net SBC through wancom0 or retrieve it using FTP
in order to view it.
Note: The view-log command currently listed in the ACLI is not
supported.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 21
LOGS
Viewing a Specific
Logfile
You can view a specific logfile saved on the Net-Net SBC using the show logfile
<filename> command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show logfile acmelog
Jun 19 15:25:28.159 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] sysmand Started
[TaskId=0xf6c2d00 Process=0xf6ed390]
Jun 19 15:25:28.170 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: WARNING TLSEngine: Failed to
initialize UBSEC hardware accelerator
Jun 19 15:25:28.177 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: CONFIG[31] Populate Config
cver=16; rver=16
Jun 19 15:25:28.179 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: CONFIG[31] Finding
configurations for cver=16; rver=16
Jun 19 15:25:28.179 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: CONFIG[31] Load Configuration
Cache
Jun 19 15:25:28.180 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: CONFIG[31] Load DamCache
/ramdrv/running version=16
Jun 19 15:25:28.199 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: CONFIG[31] Load DamCache
/ramdrv/data version=16
Jun 19 15:25:28.215 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: CONFIG[31]
SRInstance[ACMEPACKET]::load_config: ver=0 runver=16
Jun 19 15:25:28.216 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: CONFIG[31] Default to Session
Director (no config)
Jun 19 15:25:28.219 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] Start up tasks....
Jun 19 15:25:28.220 sysmand@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] System Manager Running
Jun 19 15:25:28.223 bootstrap@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] bootstrap Started
[TaskId=0xf7dbc50 Process=0xf809fd0]
Jun 19 15:25:28.223 bootstrap@ACMEPACKET: GENERAL[0] Bringing up box...
Jun 19 15:25:28.224 bootstrap@ACMEPACKET: GENERAL[0] Running Acme NetNet 4250 C6.0.0 Build A7
Jun 19 15:25:28.224 bootstrap@ACMEPACKET: GENERAL[0] Build
Date=05/27/08
Jun 19 15:25:28.224 bootstrap@ACMEPACKET: GENERAL[0] Build
View=/home/acme/cc/KYLE_integration
Jun 19 15:25:28.224 bootstrap@ACMEPACKET: GENERAL[0] User=acme@slider
Jun 19 15:25:28.228 brokerd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] brokerd Started
[TaskId=0xf7e2ab0 Process=0xf82b030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.431 bootstrap@ACMEPACKET: MINOR isWancom: No matching
i/f for 10.0.0.0
Jun 19 15:25:58.436 xntpd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] xntpd Started
[TaskId=0x1482e9f0 Process=0x14a85030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.445 berpd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] berpd Started
[TaskId=0x14aa02d0 Process=0x14ab8030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.445 berpd@ACMEPACKET: MINOR berpd: redundancy is
disabled
Jun 19 15:25:58.445 berpd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] berpd Exiting
[TaskId=0x14aa02d0 Process=0x14ab8030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.453 cliWorker@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] cliWorker Started
[TaskId=0x14aa17d0 Process=0x14ab9030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.457 lemd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] lemd Started
[TaskId=0x14ad0ac0 Process=0x14aed020]
Jun 19 15:25:58.462 collect@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] collect Started
[TaskId=0x14b13e70 Process=0x14b2c030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.466 atcpd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] atcpd Started
[TaskId=0x14b46fa0 Process=0x14b5f030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.503 atcpApp@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] atcpApp Started
[TaskId=0x173c7110 Process=0x17483cc0]
Jun 19 15:25:58.510 mbcd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] mbcd Started
[TaskId=0x174f0fc0 Process=0x17509030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.836 lid@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] lid Started
[TaskId=0x18010760 Process=0x180820e0]
Jun 19 15:25:58.842 algd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] algd Started
[TaskId=0x180848f0 Process=0x1882d030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.865 radd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] radd Started
[TaskId=0x188b0350 Process=0x189841f0]
22 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
LOGS
Jun 19 15:25:58.876 pusher@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] pusher Started
[TaskId=0x1899fd20 Process=0x189da000]
Jun 19 15:25:58.883 ebmd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] ebmd Started
[TaskId=0x18a46220 Process=0x18a5e030]
Jun 19 15:25:58.903 sipd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] sipd Started
[TaskId=0x18a8d3e0 Process=0x18afd080]
Jun 19 15:25:58.951 lrtd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] lrtd Started
[TaskId=0x18b2e520 Process=0x18be2b90]
Jun 19 15:25:58.959 h323d@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] h323d Started
[TaskId=0x18c06ff0 Process=0x18c6f080]
Jun 19 15:25:58.973 h248d@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] h248d Started
[TaskId=0x18cdf4d0 Process=0x18d5e9e0]
Jun 19 15:25:58.979 secured@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] secured Started
[TaskId=0x18dc5cd0 Process=0x18ddd030]
Jun 19 15:25:59.011 snmpd@ACMEPACKET: PROC[6] snmpd Started
[TaskId=0x18e70900 Process=0x18f850e0]
Jun 19 15:25:59.105 brokerd@ACMEPACKET: MAJOR ALARM[00020014]
Task[0f7e2ab0] Slot 1 Port 0 DOWN
Jun 19 15:26:00.106 brokerd@ACMEPACKET: RAMDRV[47] <tStartupd>
ramdrvCleanerInit: RamDrvParams:
Jun 19 15:26:00.106 brokerd@ACMEPACKET: RAMDRV[47] <tStartupd>
ramdrv-log-min-free=30
Jun 19 15:26:00.106 brokerd@ACMEPACKET: RAMDRV[47] <tStartupd>
ramdrv-log-max-usage=50
Jun 19 15:26:00.106 brokerd@ACMEPACKET: RAMDRV[47] <tStartupd>
ramdrv-log-min-check=50
Dynamically
Changing Log
Level
You can dynamically change the log level by using the ACLI’s log-level command,
in the Superuser mode. The log-level command sets the log level for a specific task.
The following table lists the three subcommands within the log-level command.
log-level
subcommands
Description
task_name
Displays the log level according to the task/process name. (You do not have
to enter @<system_name>.) To view all tasks, enter all.
To list available task/process names, enter the show processes command.
log_level
Identifies the log level, either by name or by number.
log_type_list
Lets you list log types by number or by name in parentheses (()).
To change the log level:
1.
Access the ACLI in Superuser mode.
2.
Type log-level followed by a <Space> and one of the log-level subcommands.
You can change the log level for the following:
•
entire Net-Net system
log-level system <log level>
For example:
log-level system DEBUG
•
log level at which a specific task/process sends to the acmelog file
log level <task name> <log level>
For example:
log-level sipd debug
3.
Version S-C6.1.0
Press <Enter>.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 23
LOGS
Requesting Log
Level Data
ACLI show
loglevel Command
You are able to view the current log level of processes/tasks that are running on the
Net-Net SBC. You can do this through both the ACLI and ACP:
•
ACLI—The loglevel subcommand has been added to the ACLI show
command
•
ACP—A new ACP method called GET_LOG_LEVEL has been added
The ACLI show loglevel command allows you to request log level data from the
ACLI console. It takes one mandatory and two optional parameters. The mandatory
parameter specifies the name of the Net-Net SBC task for which you are requesting
information; one of the optional parameters specifies the type of log level for which
you want information and the other allows you to select whether you want to view
a verbose display of the task.
You can enter all as the value for either of these parameters to view information for
all system tasks or all log levels. If you do not enter a parameter, the system returns
an error message and provides a list of valid parameters. You can also wildcard these
parameters by entering an asterisk (*), but entering partial wildcards does not work.
To view log level information for a single system task:
1.
Type show loglevel, a <Space>, and then the name of the system task for which
you want to see log level information. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show loglevel sipd
Log Levels for process sipd:
loglevel=DEBUG
To view log level information for a single system task with a specific log level:
1.
Type show loglevel, a <Space>, the name of the system task for which you want
to see log level information, and the name of the log. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show loglevel sipd GENERAL
Log Levels for process sipd:
GENERAL=NOTICE
ACMEPACKET# show loglevel sipd MINOR
Log Levels for process sipd:
MINOR=NOTICE
ACMEPACKET# show loglevel sipd DNS
Log Levels for process sipd:
DNS=NOTICE
To view verbose log level information for a single system task:
1.
Type show loglevel, a <Space>, the name of the system task for which you want
to see log level information, and verbose. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show loglevel sipd verbose
Log Levels for process sipd:
GENERAL=DEBUG
EMERGENCY=DEBUG
CRITICAL=DEBUG
MAJOR=DEBUG
MINOR=DEBUG
WARNING=DEBUG
PROC=DEBUG
IPC=DEBUG
SERVICE=DEBUG
EVENT=DEBUG
MESSAGE=DEBUG
TEST=DEBUG
24 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
LOGS
TRIP=DEBUG
SIP=DEBUG
MBCP=DEBUG
FLOW=DEBUG
MEDIA=DEBUG
SESSION=DEBUG
TRANS=DEBUG
TIMER=DEBUG
ALG=DEBUG
MGCP=DEBUG
NPSOFT=DEBUG
ARP=DEBUG
SNMP=DEBUG
ANDD=DEBUG
XNTP=DEBUG
REDUNDANCY=DEBUG
SIPNAT=DEBUG
H323=DEBUG
ERROR=DEBUG
CONFIG=DEBUG
DNS=DEBUG
H248=DEBUG
BAND=DEBUG
ALI=DEBUG
SS8GI=DEBUG
COPS=DEBUG
ATCP=DEBUG
ATCPAPP=DEBUG
CLF=DEBUG
ACP
The new ACP command GET_LOG_LEVEL provides log level information. This ACP
request requires authentication, and it must be sent to port 3000.
Because ACP message length is limited, obtaining log level information for multiple
system tasks is a multi-step procedure. For a known, single task, the procedure does
not require as many steps.
To obtain log level information, an ACP message with the GET_LOG_LEVEL method is
sent, and its message body contains information about the log levels being
requested. This message body takes the following format: process:type.
An asterisk (*) can be used instead of the process name or log type to wildcard that
value. If the process name is replaced with a *, then the first message response is a
list of processes; this allows the querying management software to query the level of
each process directly.
Wildcarding Task
Name and Log Type
When you want to wildcard the process name and log type, the ACP requests looks
like this:
GET_LOG_LEVEL sysmand@acmesystem ACME/1.0
Object-ID:0
Trans-ID: 0
From: user@10.0.0.1
To: sd@10.0.0.2
Content-Type: text/plain
CSeq: 3 GET_LOG_LEVEL
Authorization: Digest
username="user",
realm="intern1",
nonce=6eccad8d8a4d7473d3725bc54bdf4a59,
uri="sysmand@acmesystem",
response=5a700cf8c15a0902cb8e75a02cc99f33,
algorithm="md5-sess",
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 25
LOGS
cnonce=4c11d5,
qop="auth",
nc=00000002
Content-Length: 3
*:*
The response would return the actual list of system tasks running on the Net-Net
SBC. Depending on what tasks are running, it would look like this:
ACME/1.0 200 Everything is OK
Trans-ID: 0
From: user@10.0.0.1
To: sd@10.0.0.2
CSeq: 3 GET_LOG_LEVEL
Content-Type: text/xml
Content-Length: 253
<ProcessList>
<process
name='sysmand'/>
<process
name='acliSSH0'/>
<process
name='brokerd'/>
<process
name='tCliWorker'/>
<process
name='lemd'/>
<process
name='atcpd'/>
<process
name='atcpApp'/>
<process
name='mbcd'/>
<process
name='lid'/>
<process
name='algd'/>
<process
name='radd'/>
<process
name='pusher'/>
<process
name='ebmd'/>
<process
name='sipd'/>
<process
name='h248d'/>
<process
name='snmpd'/>
<process
name='acliSSH1'/>
<process
name='acliSSH2'/>
26 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
LOGS
<process
name='acliSSH3'/>
<process
name='acliSSH4'/>
<process
name='acliConsole'/>
<process
name='acliTelnet0'/>
<process
name='acliTelnet1'/>
<process
name='acliTelnet2'/>
<process
name='acliTelnet3'/>
<process
name='acliTelnet4'/>
</ProcessList>
Specific Task with
Wildcard Log Level
The NMS can use the list from the above example to query each task using additional
GET_LOG_LEVEL messages by specifying the name of the tasks and the levels.
The message would look like this:
GET_LOG_LEVEL sysmand@acmesystem ACME/1.0
Object-ID: 0
Trans-ID: 0
From: user@10.0.0.1
To: sd@10.0.0.2
Content-Type: text/plain
CSeq: 3 GET_LOG_LEVEL
Authorization: Digest
username="user",
realm="intern1",
nonce=5dd735490c78a0146ca06d50f47c0a50,
uri="sysmand@acmesystem",
response=129b882a3ee110db86565932819d017b,
algorithm="md5-sess",
cnonce=859dcc,
qop="auth",
nc=00000002
Content-Length: 9
sysmand:*
To which the response would look like this:
ACME/1.0 200 Everything is OK
Object-ID: 0
Trans-ID: 0
From: user@10.0.0.1
To: sd@10.0.0.2
CSeq: 3 GET_LOG_LEVEL
Content-Type: text/xml
Content-Length: 544
<sysmand
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 27
LOGS
GENERAL=DEBUG
EMERGENCY=DEBUG
CRITICAL=DEBUG
MAJOR=DEBUG
MINOR=DEBUG
WARNING=DEBUG
PROC=DEBUG
IPC=DEBUG
SERVICE=DEBUG
EVENT=DEBUG
MESSAGE=DEBUG
TEST=DEBUG
TRIP=DEBUG
SIP=DEBUG
MBCP=DEBUG
FLOW=DEBUG
MEDIA=DEBUG
SESSION=DEBUG
TRANS=DEBUG
TIMER=DEBUG
ALG=DEBUG
MGCP=DEBUG
NPSOFT=DEBUG
ARP=DEBUG
SNMP=DEBUG
ANDD=DEBUG
XNTP=DEBUG
REDUNDANCY=DEBUG
SIPNAT=DEBUG
H323=DEBUG
ERROR=DEBUG
CONFIG=DEBUG
DNS=DEBUG
H248=DEBUG
BAND=DEBUG
ALI=DEBUG
SS8GI=DEBUG
COPS=DEBUG
ATCP=DEBUG
ATCPAPP=DEBUG
CLF=DEBUG
/>
Specific Task and Log
Level Type
To request a specific type of log level for a specific process, specify the process name
and type specified in the body of the request:
GET_LOG_LEVEL sysmand@acmesystem ACME/1.0
Object-ID: 0
Trans-ID: 0
From: user@10.0.0.1
To: sd@10.0.0.2
Content-Type: text/plain
28 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
LOGS
CSeq: 3 GET_LOG_LEVEL
Authorization: Digest
username="user",
realm="intern1",
nonce=d11774ac886bf2293217b1ed894444e3,
uri="sysmand@acmesystem",
response=b2eb7cae77e544685ce2883b90189e78,
algorithm="md5-sess",
cnonce=e0ad7,
qop="auth",
nc=00000002
Content-Length: 14
sysmand:CONFIG
The response to this request would look like this:
ACME/1.0 200 Everything is OK
Object-ID: 0
Trans-ID: 0
From: user@10.0.0.1
To: sd@10.0.0.2
CSeq: 3 GET_LOG_LEVEL
Content-Type: text/xml
Content-Length: 26
<sysmand
CONFIG=DEBUG
/>
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 29
LOGS
Log Files
This section contains information about the log files and what each contains. The log
files are stored in the /ramdrv/logs directory on the Net-Net SBC.
log.sysmand
This log contains information about the system manager task. This task is currently
responsible for writing the system log (acmelog), dispatching commands to other
application tasks, and starting the application-level code.
log.bootstrap
This log records information about the boot process as the Net-Net system becomes
operational.
log.berpd
This log contains process logs for the berpd task or the redundancy health task. This
file is primarily used for storing health messages and events and for determining
whether a switchover is required.
log.brokerd
This log contains information about platform-level tasks. For example, when the
ARP manager wants to log information in a place other than the console, it sends a
message to log-brokerd. This is also true of the various host tasks related to
communicating with the network processors and/or the CAM.
This log also contains messages from the IP fragmenter, which currently takes part
in the SIP NAT process. brokerd forwards these messages through sysmand to the
acmelog (the overall system log). Thus, log-brokerd contains a subset of the logs that
acmelog contains.
log.lemd
This log refers to the local element manager (or local database server) processes.
Information in log.lemd pertains to remote retrievals of and writing of configuration
data.
log.algd
This log contains information pertaining to MGCP processing. It occasionally
contains information about the SIP NAT function.
log.mbcd
This log contains information pertaining to the application flow manager, such as
the creation, updating, and removal of media NAT entries.
miboco.log
Tasks use MIBOCO protocol processing to communicate with the mbcd task. This
log can be used to determine whether the mbcd has returned any error messages or
other type of messages. It is possible that sipmsg.log and algd.log contain MIBOCO
messages. However, the miboco.log is used infrequently because log.sipd and
log.algd also report return codes from the mbcd.
30 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
LOGS
log.radd
This log is used for the accounting daemon for RADIUS. It serves as a RADIUS client
to the outside world. However, it also serves as a place to concentrate RADIUS
records from various signaling protocol tasks running on the Net-Net SBC. Its logs
reflect the latter function.
log.h323d
This log contains information pertaining to H.323 tasks.
log.sipd
This log contains information pertaining to the SIP processing task. The log contains
information about how the Net-Net system’s SIP proxy is processing messages.
sipmsg.log
This protocol trace log contains information about SIP messages that have been
received, NAT’d, and sent by the SIP proxy. MIBOCO messages sent and received
by the sipd process are also contained in this log.
log.acli
This log contains information pertaining to ACLI processing.
log.acliConsole
This log contains information about ACLI console functions.
log.acliTelnet0-4
This log contains information about ACLI Telnet sessions if your system access
method is Telnet. You can have one log for each instance.
log.SSH0-4
This log contains information about SSH processes. You can have one log for each
instance.
log.tCliWorker
This log contains information about tCliWoker processes.
syslog
The term syslog refers to the protocol used for the network logging of system and
network events. syslog facilitates the transmission of event notification messages
across networks. Given that, the syslog protocol can be used to allow remote log
access.
The syslog message functionality lets you configure more than one syslog server, and
set the facility marker value used in the messages sent to that syslog server
independently. All syslog messages are sent to all configured syslog servers.
Note: Acme Packet recommends configuring no more than eight
syslog servers. As the number of configured syslog servers to which the
Net-Net system sends logs increases, the Net-Net system performance
might decrease.
Configured syslog servers are keyed (identified uniquely) by IPv4 address and port
combinations. The Net-Net SBC is able to send logs to multiple syslog servers on the
same host.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 31
LOGS
Process Logs
Each individual process running on the system has its own process log and a server
where the Net-Net system sends those logs.
HA Switchover
Log
The switchover log provides historical information about the role of an HA Net-Net
SBC in an HA Net-Net SBC pair. This log lists the last 20 switchovers on an HA NetNet SBC. The switchover log is not persistent across reboot(s). The switchover log
message appears in the information provided by the show health command, and it
also appears immediately on the terminal screen when a switchover takes place.
Log Message
Graphical Display on
Net-Net SBC
The switchover log message displayed on the HA Net-Net SBC that has moved from
the Standby to the BecomingActive state (has assumed the active role) indicates the
date and time that the switchover took place. It also indicates from which HA NetNet SBC peer the active role was assumed and why. The HA Net-Net SBC peer
displaying this message took the active role because a health score fell below a set
threshold, because a timeout occurred, or because it was forced by a Net-Net system
administrator via the ACLI.
Refer to the following example of a switchover log for an HA Net-Net SBC whose
health score fell below a configured threshold.
ACMEPACKET# Mar 28 16:36:38.226: Standby to BecomingActive, active peer
ACMEPACKET2 has unacceptable health (50)
ACMEPACKET#
Refer to the following example of a switchover log for an HA Net-Net SBC that has
timed out.
ACMEPACKET# Mar 29 13:42:12.124: Standby to BecomingActive, active peer
ACMEPACKET2 has timed out
ACMEPACKET#
The HA Net-Net SBC relinquishing the active role (becoming the standby system in
the HA Net-Net SBC pair) also displays the date and time that the switchover took
place. The HA Net-Net SBC also indicates that it has moved from the Active to the
RelinquishingActive state.
Refer to the following example of a switchover log for an HA Net-Net SBC that is
relinquishing its active role.
ACMEPACKET2# Mar 28 16:38:08.321: Active to RelinquishingActive
ACMEPACKET2#
32 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
2
Fault Management
Overview
This chapter explains how to access Net-Net SBC fault management statistics to
locate faults, determine the cause, and make corrections. Fault management
involves the following:
Accessing Fault
Management Data
•
Continuous monitoring of statistics
•
Viewing alarms that warn of system problems
You can access fault management information using the following ACLI commands:
•
show commands to view statistics
•
display-alarms command to view alarms
You can access all show commands at the user level.
About Traps
This section defines the standard and proprietary traps supported by the Net-Net
system. A trap is initiated by tasks (such as the notify task) to report that an event
has happened on the Net-Net system. SNMP traps enable an SNMP agent to notify
the NMS of significant events by way of an unsolicited SNMP message.
Acme Packet uses SNMPv2c. These notification definitions are used to send
standard traps and Acme Packet’s own enterprise traps.
Traps are sent according to the criteria established in the following:
•
IETF RFC 1907 Management Information Base for Version 2 of the Simple Network
Management Protocol
•
IETF RFC 2233 The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2
•
Or the appropriate enterprise MIB (for example the Acme Packet syslog MIB or
the Acme Packet System Management MIB).
For additional information about the traps and MIBS supported by the Net-Net
System, see the Net-Net 4000 MIB Reference Guide.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 33
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Standard Traps
The following table identifies the standard traps that the Net-Net system supports.
Trap Name
Description
linkUp
The SNMPv2 agent detects that the ifOperStatus object
of an interface has transferred from the down state to
the up state. The ifOperStatus value indicates the other
state.
linkDown
The SNMPv2 agent detects that the ifOperStatus object
of an interface has transferred from the up state to the
down state. The ifOperStatus value indicates the other
state.
coldStart
The SNMPv2 agent is reinitializing itself and its
configuration may have been altered.
This trap is not associated with a Net-Net system alarm.
authenticationFailure
The SNMPv2 agent received a protocol message that
was not properly authenticated. If the snmp-enabled and
enable-snmp-auth-traps fields in the ACLI’s systemconfig element are set to enabled a
snmpEnableAuthenTraps object is generated.
This trap is not associated with a Net-Net system alarm.
Enterprise Traps
The following table identifies the proprietary traps that Net-Net system supports.
Trap Name
Description
apSyslogMessageGenerated
Generated by a syslog event. For example, this trap is generated if a switchover
alarm occurs (for High Availability (HA) Net-Net system peers only), or if an HA NetNet system peer times out or goes out-of-service.
You enable or disable the sending of syslog messages by using the ACLI.
apSysMgmtGroupTrap
Generated when a significant threshold for a Net-Net system resource use or health
score is exceeded. For example, if Network Address Translation (NAT) table usage,
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table usage, memory usage, or Central
Processing Unit (CPU) usage reaches 90% or greater of its capacity, the
apSysMgmtGroupTrap is generated. If the health score (for HA Net-Net peers only)
falls below 60, the apSysMgmtGroupTrap is generated.
apLicenseApproachingCapacityNotification
Generated when the total number of active sessions on the system (across all
protocols) is within 98 - 100% of the licensed capacity.
apLicenseNotApproachingCapacityNotification
Generated when the total number of active sessions on the system (across all
protocols) has gone to or below 90% of its licensed capacity (but no sooner than 15
seconds after the original alarm was triggered).
apEnvMonI2CFailNotification
Generated when the Inter-IC bus (I2C) state changes from normal (1) to not
functioning (7).
apEnvMonStatusChangeNotification
Generated when any entry of any environment monitor table changes in the state of
a device being monitored. To receive this trap, you need to set the system config’s
enable- env- monitor- table value to enabled.
apSwCfgActivateNotification
Generated when an activate-config command is issued and the configuration has
been changed at running time.
34 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Trap Name
Description
apSysMgmtPowerTrap
Generated if a power supply is powered down, powered up, inserted/present or
removed/not present.
apSysMgmtTempTrap
Generated if the temperature falls below the monitoring level.
apSysMgmtFanTrap
Generated if a fan unit speed falls below the monitoring level.
apSysMgmtTaskSuspendTrap
Generated if a critical task running on the system enters a suspended state.
apSysMgmtRedundancyTrap
Generated if a state change occurs on either the primary or secondary system in a
redundant (HA) pair.
apSysMgmtMediaPortsTrap
Generated if port allocation fails at a percentage higher or equal to the system’s
default threshold rate. Trap is generated when there are at least 5 failures within a
30 second window and a failure rate of 5% or more.
apSysMgmtMediaBandwidthTrap
Generated if bandwidth allocation fails at a percentage higher or equal to the
system’s default threshold rate. Trap is generated when there are at least 5 failures
within a 30 second window and a failure rate of 5% or more.
apSysMgmtMediaOutofMemory
Generated if the media process cannot allocate memory.
apSysMgmtMediaUnknownRealm
Generated if the media process cannot find an associated realm for the media flow.
apSysMgmtRadiusDownTrap
Generated if all or some configured RADIUS accounting servers have timed out from
a RADIUS server.
apSysMgmtGatewayUnreachableTrap
Generated if the gateway specified becomes unreachable by the system.
apSysMgmtH323InitFailTrap
Generated if the H.323 stack has failed to initialize properly and has been
terminated.
apSysMgmtHardwareErrorTrap
Provides a text string indicating the type of hardware error that has occurred. If the
message text exceeds 255 bytes, the message is truncated to 255 bytes.
apSysMgmtDOSTrap
Generated when the IP address and the realm ID is denied of service.
apSysMgmtCfgSaveFailTrap
Generated if an error occurs while the system is trying to save the configuration to
memory.
apSysMgmtSystemStateTrap
Generated when the Net-Net SBC is instructed to change the system-state or the
transition from becoming offline to online occurs. This trap contains one field called
APSysMgmtSystemState, and that field has three values:
apSysMgmtAuthenticationFailedTrap
Version S-C6.1.0
•
online(0)
•
becoming-offline(1)
•
offline(2)
Generated when an attempt to login to the Net-Net SBC through Telnet or by using
the console fails for any reason. The trap sent to all configured trap receivers
includes the following information:
•
administration and access level (SSH, user, enable)
•
connection type (Telnet or console)
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 35
FAULT MANAGEMENT
About Alarms
This section describes the alarms generated by the Net-Net system. Alarms play a
significant role in determining overall health of the system. For additional
information about the generated by the Net-Net System, see the Acme Packet MIB
Reference Guide.
Overview
An alarm is triggered when a condition or event happens within either the Net-Net
system’s hardware or software. This alarm contains an alarm code, a severity level, a
textual description of the event, the time the even occurred, and for high severity
alarms, trap information.
The Net-Net system’s alarm handler processes alarms by locating the Alarm ID for
a particular alarm condition and then looking up that condition in an alarm table.
The alarm table is a database that contains all of the actions required for following
up on the alarm.
Types of Alarms
The Net-Net system can generate the following types of alarms:
•
hardware alarms: generated when a problem with the Net-Net system chassis
occurs.
•
system alarms: accounts for system resource and redundancy issues. For
example, CPU utilization is over threshold, memory utilization is high, the
health score is under threshold, or a task is suspended. They also include lowlevel system calls (for example, there is not enough memory available).
•
network alarms: can occur when the software is unable to communicate with the
hardware.
•
application alarms: account for application issues (for example, problems that
involve protocols). These protocols include:
– SIP
– MGCP
– RADIUS
Application alarms also include security breaches, session failures, and
problems related to accounting.
About the Alarm
Process
An alarm is triggered when a condition or event happens within either the Net-Net
system’s hardware or software. This alarm contains the following elements:
•
Alarm ID: a unique 32-bit integer that contains a 16-bit category name or
number and a 16-bit unique identifier for the error or failure within that
category.
•
Severity: how severe the condition or failure is to the system.
•
Character string: a textual description of the event or condition.
•
Trap information: is not contained within every alarm, but is only sent for
events of greater severity. See the Acme Packet MIB Reference Guide for more
information.
36 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
About Alarms and
the Health Score
The Net-Net SBC health score is used to determine the active/standby roles of the
Net-Net SBCs participating in an HA Net-Net pair architecture. The healthiest NetNet SBC peer (peer with the highest health score) is the active Net-Net SBC peer.
The Net-Net SBC peer with the lower health score is the standby Net-Net SBC peer.
The health score is based on a 100-point scoring system. When all system
components are functioning properly, the health score of the system is 100.
Alarms play a significant role in determining the health score of an HA Net-Net
SBC. Some alarm conditions have a corresponding health value, which is subtracted
from the health score of the Net-Net system when that alarm occurs. When that
alarm is cleared or removed, the corresponding health value is added back to the
Net-Net system’s health score.
If a key system task (for example, a process or daemon) fails, the health score of that
HA Net-Net SBC might be decremented by 75 points, depending on how the system
configuration was configured. These situations, however, do not have a
corresponding system alarm.
When an alarm condition is cleared or removed, this action has a positive impact on
the health score of a system.
ACLI Instructions and
Examples
You display and clear alarms using the following ACLI commands:
•
display-alarms
•
clear-alarm
The clear-alarm command is only available in Superuser mode. You must have that
level of privilege to clear alarms.
Displaying Alarms
To display Net-Net system alarms:
1.
Enter the display-alarms command.
A list of the current alarms for the system will be displayed. For example:
ACMEPACKET# display-alarms
3 alarms to show
ID
Task
Severity
262147 35615744
4
First Occurred
2005-02-10 13:59:05
Last Occurred
2005-02-10 13:59:05
Count
Description
1
ingress realm 'test_client_realm' not found
131075 36786224
3
Count
Description
1
Slot 0 Port 0 DOWN
131101 36786224
3
2005-02-10 13:59:05
2005-02-10 13:59:05
2005-02-10 13:59:10
2005-02-10 13:59:10
Count
Description
1
health score is under threshold 50%
done
ACMEPACKET#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 37
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Clearing Alarms
If an alarm situation is corrected, the corresponding alarm is cleared in the Net-Net
system’s alarm table and health is restored. You can also issue an ACLI command to
clear a specific alarm:
To clear a specific Net-Net system alarm:
1.
Ensure you are in Superuser Mode by entering the show privilege command.
at the topmost ACLI level. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show privilege
console user - privilege level 1
•
privilege level 0 refers Level 0:User Mode
•
privilege level 1 refers to Level 1: Superuser Mode.
2.
Enter display-alarms to list the current alarms. Note the alarm ID (ID column)
and task ID (Task column) of the alarm you want to clear. You will need this
reference information in order to clear the alarm.
3.
Enter clear-alarm followed by a <Space>, the alarm ID, another <Space>, and
the task ID of the task that generated the alarm.
4.
Press <Enter>.
With regard to redundant architectures, if you clear an alarm using the clear-alarm
command without actually fixing the true cause of the alarm, it might have an
adverse effect on the health score of the system and might, in turn, prevent future
failover functionality.
About the Alarm
Display on the Chassis
The alarm display appears in a two-line front panel display mode. During an alarm
condition, the alarm display replaces the standard display on the chassis.
The first line of the graphic display shows the number of hardware-related alarms, if
any. The second line of the graphic display shows the number of link-related alarms,
if any. For example:
1 HW ALARM
2 LINK ALARMS
If the graphic display window indicates an alarm condition, the Net-Net system
administrator must determine the nature of the condition by using the displayalarms ACLI command. Executing this command allows Net-Net system
administrators to view specific details about the alarm.
When an alarm condition is cleared, the standard display replaces the alarm display.
Alarm Severity
Levels
Five levels of alarm severity have been established for the Net-Net system. These
levels have been designated so that the system can take action that is appropriate to
the situation.
Alarm
Severity
Description
Emergency
Requires immediate attention. If you do not attend to this condition immediately,
there will be physical, permanent, and irreparable damage to your Net-Net system.
Critical
Requires attention as soon as it is noted. If you do not attend to this condition
immediately, there may be physical, permanent, and irreparable damage to your
Net-Net system.
38 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Alarm
Severity
Net-Net SBC
Response to
Alarms
Description
Major
Functionality has been seriously compromised. As a result, this situation might
cause loss of functionality, hanging applications, and dropped packets. If you do
not attend to this situation, your Net-Net system will suffer no physical harm, but it
will cease to function.
Minor
Functionality has been impaired to a certain degree. As a result, you might
experience compromised functionality. There will be no physical harm to your NetNet system. However, you should attend to this type of alarm as soon as possible in
order to keep your Net-Net system operating properly.
Warning
Some irregularities in performance. This condition describes situations that are
noteworthy, however, you should attend to this condition in order to keep your NetNet system operating properly. For example, this type of alarm might indicate the
Net-Net system is running low on bandwidth and you may need to contact your
Acme Packet customer support representative to arrange for an upgrade.
The Net-Net system is capable of taking any of a range of actions when an alarm
event occurs. It can present the alarms in the VED graphic display window on the
front panel of the Net-Net chassis, use the acmelog (syslog) to log the events off the
system, create an SNMP trap with an event notification, or use three dry contacts for
external alarming.
Within the system, a database holds all information related to what actions to take
given an event of a specific category and severity. This section sets out and defines
these actions.
Writing to syslog
(acmelog)
The term syslog refers to the protocol used for the network logging of system and
network events. Because syslog facilitates the transmission of event notification
messages across networks, the syslog protocol can be used to allow remote log
access.
Sending SNMP Traps
An SNMP trap is essentially an event notification that can be initiated by tasks (such
as the notify task), by Net-Net log messages, or by alarm reporting. When an event
occurs, the Net-Net SBC sends a trap to the management station.
Although there is no direct correlation between Net-Net system alarms and the
generation of SNMP traps, there is a correlation between Net-Net system alarms
and the MIBs that support SNMP traps. For a list of the SNMP-related alarms and
their associated traps, refer to the MIB Reference Guide.
About Dry Contacts
The Net-Net system supports three relays at the back of the Net-Net SBC chassis
used for transmission of alarms called dry contacts. A dry contact is triggered for the
following levels of severity:
•
Critical
•
Major
•
Minor
Most often, the dry contact action is registered in the physical location of the NetNet chassis. For example, there may be an LED signal on a communications cabinet.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 39
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Displaying Alarms to
the Chassis
The Net-Net system can display a message concerning the alarm condition on the
chassis itself. If this action is taken, a brief message appears in the VED graphic
display window on the front panel of the Net-Net chassis.
Hardware and Environmental Faults
This section describes the hardware and environmental faults. It includes
information about fan speed, voltage, temperature, and power supply for the NetNet system.
Note: If you suspect you have a hardware fault, contact Acme Packet
Technical Support for assistance with running the diagnostics image
loaded on the Net-Net SBC.
Hardware
Temperature
Alarm
Alarm Name
TEMPERATURE
HIGH
The following table describes the hardware temperature alarm.
Alarm
ID
65538
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
SD1:
CRITICAL: >70°C
MAJOR: >60°C
MINOR: >50°C
SD2:
CRITICAL: >75°C
MAJOR: >65°C
MINOR: >55°C
Fans are
obstructed or
stopped. The room
is abnormally hot.
Example Log
Message
Temperature:
XX.XXC
(where XX.XX is the
temperature in
degrees)
Health
Score
Impact
Actions
• apSyslogMessageGenera
ted trap generated
• apEnvMonStatusChan
geNotification
CRITICAL: 100
MAJOR: -50
MINOR: -25
• apSysMgmtTempTrap
• critical, major, minor
dry contact
If this alarm occurs, the Net-Net system turns the fan speed up to the fastest possible speed.
40 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Fan Speed Alarm
Alarm Name
FAN STOPPED
Alarm
ID
65537
The following table describes the fan speed alarm.
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
CRITICAL: any fan
speed is <50%. Or
speed of two or
more fans is >50%
and <75%.
MAJOR: speed of
two or more fans is
> 75% and < 90%.
Or speed of one fan
is >50% and <75%
and the other two
fans are at normal
speed.
MINOR: speed of
one fan> 75% and
<90%, the other
two fans are at
normal speed
Fan speed failure.
Example Log
Message
Fan speed: XXXX
XXXX XXXX
where xxxx xxxx
xxxx is the
Revolutions per
Minute (RPM) of
each fan on the fan
module
Actions
• apSyslogMessageGenera
ted trap generated
• apEnvMonStatusChan
geNotification
Health
Score
Impact
CRITICAL: 100
MAJOR: -50
MINOR: -25
• apSysMgmtFanTrap
• critical, major, minor
dry contact
If this alarm occurs, the Net-Net system turns the fan speed up to the fastest possible speed.
Environmental
Sensor Alarm
Alarm Name
ENVIRONMENTAL
SENSOR FAILURE
The following table describes the environmental sensor alarm.
Alarm
ID
65539
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
CRITICAL
The environmental
sensor component
cannot detect fan
speed and
temperature.
Example Log
Message
Hardware monitor
failure! Unable to
monitor fan speed
and temperature!
Actions
Health
Score
Impact
• apSyslogMessageGenera
ted trap generated
CRITICAL: 10
• critical, major, minor
dry contact
• syslog
Acme Packet
recommends you
perform the following:
• power cycle the
standby Net-Net SBC
peer using the power
supply on/off
switches located on
the rear panel of the
Net-Net chassis
• force a manual
switchover by
executing the ACLI
notify berpd force
command
• power cycle the
active Net-Net SBC
peer
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 41
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Media Link Alarms
Media link alarms include the following:
•
Major
If the Net-Net SBC’s media link goes from being up to being down, it is
considered a major alarm. This alarms applies to both slots 1 and 2 on the NetNet SBC. A message appears on the front panel of the Net-Net SBC’s chassis,
similar to the following:
MAJOR ALARM
Gig Port 1 DOWN
•
Minor
If the Net-Net SBC’s media link goes from being down to being up, it is
considered a minor alarm. This alarm applies to both slots 1 and 2 on the NetNet SBC.
Power Supply
Alarms
The following table describes the power supply alarms
Alarm
Alarm ID
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
Log Message
Actions
PLD POWER A
FAILURE
65540
MINOR
(-10)
Power supply A
has failed.
Back Power
Supply A has
failed!
• apSyslogMessageGenera
ted trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
PLD POWER A
UP
65541
MINOR
Power supply A is
now present and
functioning.
Back Power
Supply A is
present!
• apSyslogMessageGenera
ted trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
If the Net-Net system boots up with one power supply, the health score will be 100, and no alarm will be generated. If another power
supply is then added to that same Net-Net system, this same alarm will be generated, but the health score will not be decremented.
PLD POWER B
FAILURE
65542
MINOR
(-10)
Power supply B
has failed.
Back Power
Supply B has
failed!
• apSyslogMessageGenera
ted trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
PLD POWER B
UP
65543
MINOR
Power supply B is
now present and
functioning.
Back Power
Supply B is
present!
• apSyslogMessageGenera
ted trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
42 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
The following table describes the voltage alarms, which are only available for NetNet SBC 2:
Voltage Alarms
Alarm
Alarm ID
Alarm Severity
PLD VOLTAGE
ALARM 2P5V
65544
MINOR
EMERGENCY
Cause(s)
Log Message
Actions
• Voltage 2.5V
CPU has minor
alarm
• apSyslogMessageGen
erated trap generated
• Voltage 2.5V
CPU has
emergency
alarm, the
system should
shutdown
PLD VOLTAGE
ALARM 3P3V
65545
MINOR
EMERGENCY
• Voltage 3.3V
has minor
alarm
• Voltage 3.3V
has emergency
alarm, the
system should
shutdown
PLD VOLTAGE
ALARM 5V
PLD VOLTAGE
ALARM CPU
65546
65547
MINOR
EMERGENCY
MINOR
EMERGENCY
• apSyslogMessageGen
erated trap generated
• dry contact
• syslog
• apSyslogMessageGen
erated trap generated
• Voltage 5V has
emergency
alarm, the
system should
shutdown
• dry contact
• Voltage CPU
has minor
alarm
• apSyslogMessageGen
erated trap generated
• syslog
• dry contact
• syslog
The following table describes the physical interface card alarms.
Alarm
Alarm ID
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
Log Message
PHY0 Removed
65550
MAJOR
Physical interface
card 0 was
removed.
PHY card 0 has
been removed.
PHY0 Inserted
65552
MAJOR
Physical interface
card 0 was
inserted.
None
PHY1 Removed
65553
MAJOR
Physical interface
card 1 was
removed.
PHY card 1 has
been removed.
PHY1 Inserted
65554
MAJOR
Physical interface
card 1 was
inserted.
None
Version S-C6.1.0
• syslog
• Voltage 5V has
minor alarm
• Voltage CPU
has emergency
alarm, the
system should
shutdown
Physical Interface
Card Alarms
• dry contact
Actions
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 43
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Viewing PROM
Statistics (Net-Net
SBC 1 only)
Display PROM statistics for the following Net-Net SBC 1 components by using the
show prom-info command:
•
mainboard (chassis)
•
CPU
•
PHY0
•
PHY1
•
CAM (Net-Net SBC2 IDT PROM only)
•
all
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show prom-info mainboard
Contents of Main Board PROM
Assy, Session Director with CAM
Part Number:
102-1001-00
Serial Number:
010323001127
Functional Rev:
1.18
Board Rev:
2
PCB Family Type:
Session Director
ID:
Session Director I
Format Rev:
3
Options:
0
Manufacturer:
MSL, Lowell
Week/Year:
23/2003
Sequence Number:
001127
Number of MAC Addresses:
16
Starting MAC Address:
00 08 25 01 07 60
The following example shows the host CPU PROM contents.
ACMEPACKET# show prom-info cpu
Contents of Host CPU PROM
Assy, Processor 7455 Daughter Card
Part Number:
002-0300-01
Serial Number:
010303000456
Functional Rev:
1.10
Board Rev:
4
PCB Family Type:
Session Director
ID:
Host CPU (7451/7455)
Format Rev:
3
Options:
0
Manufacturer:
MSL, Lowell, MA
Week/Year:
03/2003
Sequence Number:
000456
44 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Graphic Window
Display
The Environment display lets you scroll through information about the operational
status of the hardware displayed in the Net-Net SBC chassis’s graphic window. For
example, you can view hardware- and link-related alarm information, highest
monitored temperature reading, and fan speed.
The graphic display window presents the following Environment information in the
order listed:
Alarm state
temperature
fan speed
•
alarm state: HW ALARM: X (where X is the number of hardware alarms, excluding
ENVIRONMENTAL SENSOR FAILURE) and LINK ALARM: X (where X is the
number of link down alarms)
•
temperature: format is XX.XX C, where XX.XX is the temperature in degrees
•
fan speed: XXXX, where XXXX is the RPM of the failing fan on the fan module
For example:
HW ALARM: 1
LINK ALARM: 2
TEMPERATURE: 38.00 C
FAN SPEED: 5800
From this display, pressing <Enter> for the Return selection refreshes the
information and returns you to the main Environment menu heading.
Note: Environmental sensor failure alarms are not displayed in the
graphic display window on the front panel.
Fan Stopped Alarm
The fan stopped alarm presents the following in the graphic display window:
X HW ALARM(S) (where X indicates the number of HW alarms that exist on the Net-
Net system)
Temperature High
Alarm
The temperature high alarm presents the following in the graphic display window:
X HW ALARM(S) (where X indicates the number of HW alarms that exist on the Net-
Net system)
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 45
FAULT MANAGEMENT
System Fault Statistics
This section contains information about system faults. System faults include
problems related to CPU usage, memory usage, and license capacity. System faults
also include the functionality of the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on the NetNet system.
System State
Viewing System
Uptime
You can use the following commands to view system uptime and state information:
•
show uptime
•
show system-state
Display current date and time information and the length of time the system has
been running in days, hours, minutes, and seconds by using the show uptime
command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show uptime
FRI FEB 25 13:02:55 2005 - up 0 days, 3 hours, 42 minutes, 30 seconds
Viewing System State
Display whether the Net-Net SBC is currently online or offline by using the show
system-state command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show system-state
The current system state is online
System Resources
You can use the following command to view the system resource statistics:
•
Viewing CPU Usage
show processes cpu
Display CPU usage information, categorized on a per task/process basis, for your
Net-Net SBC by using the show processes cpu command.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show processes cpu
Task Name
Task Id Pri Status
Total CPU
Avg
Now
--------------
-------- --- ---------- -------------- ----- -----
tAlarm
1be43bb0
60 DELAY
29.524
0.0
0.0
tAndMgr
1335f370
95 PEND+T
11.450
0.0
0.0
tNetTask
06acf730
50 READY
6.809
0.0
0.0
tAtcpd
18ba1130
75 PEND+T
4.236
0.0
0.0
tTffsPTask
06a0eae0 100 DELAY
2.956
0.0
0.0
tSSH
1bfab580
55 PEND+T
2.419
0.0
0.0
tNpwbTmr
1883abd0
0 DELAY
1.881
0.0
0.0
tSysmand
1320a960
75 PEND+T
1.879
0.0
0.0
tExcTask
027588e8
1.680
0.0
0.0
tTaskCheck
132d09c0 100 DELAY
1.116
0.0
0.0
tH323d
1ba661f0
80 PEND+T
1.086
0.0
0.0
tSipd
1b970c50
80 PEND+T
1.032
0.0
0.0
tArpMgr
188614e0
61 PEND
0.691
0.0
0.0
tArpTmr
18861890
61 DELAY
0.490
0.0
0.0
tifXCheck
1be28db0
60 DELAY
0.483
0.0
0.0
0 PEND
46 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
tXbdService
131d9ba0
--------------
-------- --- ---------- -------------- ----- -----
50 PEND+T
0.428
Applications
55.998
System
0.0
0.0
0.0
18:10:21
0.2
The output of the show processes cpu command includes the following
information:
CPU Utilization Alarm
Alarm Name
CPU UTILIZATION
•
Task Name—Name of the Net-Net system task or process
•
Task Id—Identification number for the task or process
•
Pri—Priority for the CPU usage
•
Status—Status of the CPU usage
•
Total CPU—Total CPU usage since last reboot in hours, minutes, and seconds
•
Avg—Displays percentage of CPU usage since the Net-Net system was last
rebooted
•
Now—CPU usage in the last second
The following table lists the CPU utilization alarm.
Alarm
ID
131099
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
MINOR
CPU usage reached
90% or greater of its
capacity.
Example Log
Message
Actions
CPU usage X% over
threshold X%
• apSysMgmtGroupTrap trap
generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
Memory Usage
Viewing Memory
Usage Statistics
You can use the following commands to view memory statistics:
•
show memory usage
•
check-space-remaining
•
show buffers
Display memory usage statistics by using the show memory usage command. For
example:
ACMEPACKET# show memory usage
status
bytes
blocks
avg block
max block
-------- ---------- --------- ---------- ---------current
free
809685728
153
5292063
809068608
alloc
225332816
4203
53612
-
448
2
224
-
228178000
17335
13162
-
225504896
-
-
-
internal
cumulative
alloc
peak
alloc
Memory Errors:
Links Repaired
Version S-C6.1.0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 47
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Checking Remaining
Boot Directory Space
Padding Modified
0
Nodes Removed
0
Removal Failures
0
Fatal Errors
0
Display the remaining amount of space in the boot directory, code (or flash
memory), and ramdrv devices by using the check-space-remaining command. You
can check the following three directories:
•
boot
•
code
•
ramdrv
For example:
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining code
code: 26351616/29760512 bytes (88%) remaining
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining ramdrv
ramdrv: 131218944/132104192 bytes (99%) remaining
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing Memory
Buffer Statistics
Display memory buffer statistics by using the show buffers command. The memory
buffer statistics are divided into three sections:
•
Number of specific buffer types
•
Total number of buffers and number of times the system failed, waited, or had
to empty a protocol to find space
•
Cluster pool table
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show buffers
type
number
---------
------
FREE
:
20990
DATA
:
1
HEADER
:
1
TOTAL
:
20992
number of mbufs: 20992
number of times failed to find space: 0
number of times waited for space: 0
number of times drained protocols for space: 0
__________________
CLUSTER POOL TABLE
__________________________________________________________________
size
clusters
free
usage
48 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
minsize
maxsize
empty
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------64
8192
8192
116
4
56
0
128
8192
8191
152266
128
128
0
256
2048
2047
35296
131
255
0
512
2048
2048
644
258
512
0
1024
256
256
4
595
718
0
2048
256
256
7
1444
2048
0
------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table describes the memory utilization alarm.
Memory Utilization
Alarm
Alarm Name
MEMORY UTILIZATION
Alarm
ID
131100
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
MAJOR
Memory usage
reached 90% or
greater of its capacity.
Example Log
Message
Actions
Memory usage X%
over threshold X%
• apSysMgmtGroupTrap trap
generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
License Capacity
If the total number of active sessions on the system (across all protocols) is within
98-100% of the system’s licensed capacity, an alarm and trap will be generated. The
severity of this application alarm is MAJOR, but is not HA health-affecting.
The total number of active sessions is checked at an interval of 5 seconds (just as the
system temperature and fans speed are). Once an approaching capacity alarm is
triggered, another one will not be triggered until after the current alarm is cleared.
This alarm will be cleared (and the trap sent,
apLicenseNotApproachingCapacityNotification) after the total number of active
sessions has gone to or below 90% of capacity, but no sooner than 15 seconds after
the original alarm was triggered.
The following table describes the license capacity alarm
Alarm Name
LICENSE ALARM
APPROACHING
SESSION CAPACITY
Configuration
Statistics
Version S-C6.1.0
Alarm
ID
327684
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
MAJOR
Total number of
active sessions on
the system (across all
protocols) is within 98
to 100% of the NetNet system’s licensed
capacity.
Example Log
Message
Total number of
sessions (<#>) is
approaching
licensed capacity
(<#>)
Actions
• apLicenseApproachingCapacityN
otification
You can use the following commands to display configuration information:
•
show configuration
•
show running-config
•
realm-specifics <realm ID>
•
show virtual-interfaces
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 49
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Specifying a
Configuration Element
Both the show configuration and the show running-config commands let you
include a configuration element name as an argument to view only instances for that
configuration element. The list of valid configuration elements you can use as an
argument include the following:
•
account-config—Show account-config object
•
h323-config—Show h323-config object
•
h323-stack—Show all h323-stack objects
•
iwf-stack—Show iwf-stack object
•
host-route—Show all host-route objects
•
local-policy—Show all local-policy objects
•
media-profile—Show all media-profile objects
•
media-manager—Show media-manager object
•
mgcp-config—Show mgcp-config object
•
dns-config—Show all dns-config objects
•
network-interface—Show all network-interface objects
•
ntp-config—Show ntp-config object
•
phys-interface—Show all phys-interface objects
•
realm—Show all realm objects
•
MediaPolicy—Show all MediaPolicy objects
•
ClassPolicy—Show all ClassPolicy objects
•
redundancy-config—Show redundancy-config object
•
ResponseMap—Show all ResponseMap objects
•
session-agent—Show all session-agent objects
•
session-group—Show all session-group objects
•
session-translation—Show all session-translation objects
•
translation-rules—Show all translation-rules objects
•
session-router—Show session-router object
•
sip-config—Show all sip-config objects
•
sip-feature—Show all sip-feature objects
•
sip-interface—Show all sip-interface objects
•
sip-nat—Show all sip-nat objects
•
snmp-community—Show all snmp-community objects
•
static-flow—Show all static-flow objects
•
steering-pool—Show all steering-pool objectssystem-config—show systemconfig object
•
TrapReceiver—Show all TrapReceiver objects
•
call-recording-server—Show call-recording-server configurations
•
capture-receiver—Show capture-receiver configurations
•
rph-profile—Show rph-profile configurations
50 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Viewing Current
Configuration
•
rph-policy—Show rph-policy configurations
•
password-policy—Show password-policy configuration
•
enforcement-profile—Show enforcement-profile configurations
•
realm-group—Show realm-group configurations
•
inventory—Displays an inventory of all configured elements on the Net-Net
SBC
Display information about the current configuration (used once the activate-config
command is executed) by using the show configuration command. You can include
the name of a configuration element with the show configuration command to
display only instances for that configuration element.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show configuration media-manager
media-manager
state
enabled
latching
enabled
flow-time-limit
86400
initial-guard-timer
300
subsq-guard-timer
300
tcp-flow-time-limit
86400
tcp-initial-guard-timer
300
tcp-subsq-guard-timer
300
tcp-number-of-ports-per-flow
2
hnt-rtcp
disabled
algd-log-level
NOTICE
mbcd-log-level
NOTICE
red-flow-port
1985
red-mgcp-port
1986
red-max-trans
10000
red-sync-start-time
5000
red-sync-comp-time
1000
max-signaling-bandwidth
10000000
max-untrusted-signaling
100
min-untrusted-signaling
30
app-signaling-bandwidth
0
tolerance-window
30
rtcp-rate-limit
0
min-media-allocation
32000
min-trusted-allocation
1000
deny-allocation
1000
anonymous-sdp
disabled
arp-msg-bandwidth
32000
last-modified-date
2007-04-05 09:27:20
task done
Viewing Running
Configuration
Display the running configuration information currently in use on the Net-Net
system by using the show running-config command. You can include the name of
a configuration element with the show configuration command to display only the
instances for that configuration element.
For example:
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 51
FAULT MANAGEMENT
ACMEPACKET# show running-config realm
realm-config
identifier
testrealm
addr-prefix
0.0.0.0
network-interfaces
mm-in-realm
disabled
mm-in-network
enabled
mm-same-ip
enabled
mm-in-system
disabled
bw-cac-non-mm
disabled
msm-release
disabled
qos-enable
disabled
max-bandwidth
0
ext-policy-svr
boffo.com
max-latency
0
max-jitter
0
max-packet-loss
0
observ-window-size
0
parent-realm
dns-realm
media-policy
in-translationid
out-translationid
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
class-profile
average-rate-limit
0
access-control-trust-level
low
invalid-signal-threshold
0
maximum-signal-threshold
0
untrusted-signal-threshold
758
deny-period
30
symmetric-latching
disabled
pai-strip
disabled
trunk-context
early-media-allow
reverse
additional-prefixes
10.0.0.0/24
172.16.0.0
restricted-latching
peer-ip
restriction-mask
17
accounting-enable
enabled
user-cac-mode
none
user-cac-bandwidth
0
user-cac-sessions
0
net-management-control
disabled
delay-media-update
disabled
codec-policy
Viewing RealmSpecific Configuration
codec-manip-in-realm
disabled
last-modified-date
2006-07-06 12:43:39
Display realm-specific configuration based on the input realm ID by using the
realm-specifics <realm ID> command. The information displayed includes the
following:
52 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
•
realm-config
•
steering-pool
•
session-agent
•
session-translation
•
class-policy
•
local-policy (if the source realm or destination realm are defined)
For example:
ACMEPACKET# realm-specifics testrealm
realm-config
identifier
testrealm
addr-prefix
0.0.0.0
network-interfaces
mm-in-realm
disabled
mm-in-network
enabled
mm-same-ip
enabled
mm-in-system
disabled
bw-cac-non-mm
disabled
msm-release
disabled
qos-enable
disabled
max-bandwidth
0
ext-policy-svr
boffo.com
max-latency
0
max-jitter
0
max-packet-loss
0
observ-window-size
0
parent-realm
dns-realm
media-policy
in-translationid
out-translationid
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
class-profile
average-rate-limit
0
access-control-trust-level
low
invalid-signal-threshold
0
maximum-signal-threshold
0
untrusted-signal-threshold
758
deny-period
30
symmetric-latching
disabled
pai-strip
disabled
trunk-context
early-media-allow
reverse
additional-prefixes
10.0.0.0/24
172.16.0.0
Version S-C6.1.0
restricted-latching
peer-ip
restriction-mask
17
accounting-enable
enabled
user-cac-mode
none
user-cac-bandwidth
0
user-cac-sessions
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 53
FAULT MANAGEMENT
net-management-control
disabled
delay-media-update
disabled
codec-policy
codec-manip-in-realm
disabled
last-modified-date
2006-07-06 12:43:39
sip-interface
state
enabled
realm-id
testrealm
sip-port
address
192.168.10.12
port
5060
transport-protocol
UDP
tls-profile
allow-anonymous
register-prefix
carriers
trans-expire
0
invite-expire
0
max-redirect-contacts
0
proxy-mode
redirect-action
contact-mode
maddr
nat-traversal
none
nat-interval
30
tcp-nat-interval
30
registration-caching
disabled
min-reg-expire
300
registration-interval
3600
route-to-registrar
disabled
secured-network
disabled
teluri-scheme
disabled
uri-fqdn-domain
options
disable-privacy
trust-mode
all
max-nat-interval
3600
nat-int-increment
10
nat-test-increment
30
sip-dynamic-hnt
disabled
stop-recurse
401,407
port-map-start
0
port-map-end
0
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
sip-ims-feature
disabled
operator-identifier
anonymous-priority
none
max-incoming-conns
0
per-src-ip-max-incoming-conns
0
inactive-conn-timeout
0
untrusted-conn-timeout
0
network-id
ext-policy-server
default-location-string
charging-vector-mode
pass
charging-function-address-mode pass
54 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
ccf-address
ecf-address
term-tgrp-mode
none
implicit-service-route
disabled
rfc2833-payload
101
rfc2833-mode
transparent
constraint-name
response-map
local-response-map
last-modified-date
The following table lists the CFG ALARM SAVE FAILED alarm.
Configuration Save
Failed Alarm
Alarm Name
CFG ALARM SAVE
FAILED
HA Functionality
2006-06-12 12:08:34
Alarm
ID
393217
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
MAJOR
The save-config
command execution
failed on a standby
Net-Net SBC peer
operating as part of
an HA pair.
Example Log
Message
save-config failed
on targetName!/code
full, config sync
stopped!
or
save-config failed
on targetName!/code
full, config sync
stopped! (where the
targetName is the
target name (tn)
configured in the boot
parameters)
Actions
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
trap generated
• syslog
You can monitor HA Net-Net SBC functionality using the following ACLI
commands:
•
show health to view information about the HA Net-Net architecture and
associated HA Net-Net SBC peers.
•
show redundancy to view information about the synchronization of media
flows and signaling for the members of an HA Net-Net SBC pair.
You can also view state displays on the chassis’s graphical window display.
Viewing Health
Information
Display the following information for HA architectures by using the show health
command:
Note: The spaces are intentionally used in the following examples
because they appear on the screen.
Version S-C6.1.0
•
Health score
•
Whether the current HA Net-Net SBC is active, standby, or out of service
•
Whether the media flow information is synchronized for all supported
protocols: SIP, H.323, and MGCP (true/false)
•
If media flow information is not available, “Media Synchronized
disabled” will be displayed in the show health output.
•
Whether SIP signaling information is synchronized (true/false)
•
If SIP signaling is not available, “SIP Synchronized
displayed in the show health output.
disabled”will be
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 55
FAULT MANAGEMENT
•
Whether or not MGCP signaling information is synchronized (true/false)
•
If MGCP signaling is not available, “MGCP Synchronized
displayed in the show health output.
•
Whether configuration information is synchronized (true/false)
•
If configuration checkpointing is not available, “Config Synchronized
disabled” will be displayed in the show health output.
•
The IPv4 address of the current HA Net-Net SBC’s active peer (an HA Net-Net
SBC that is currently active does not have an active Net-Net SBC peer and
shows 0.0.0.0)
•
The last message received from the HA Net-Net SBC peer
•
A switchover log containing the last 20 switchover events (whether becoming
active or relinquishing the active role)
disabled”is
The following example shows a currently active Net-Net SBC.
ACMEPACKET# show health
Media Synchronized
enabled
SIP Synchronized
enabled
MGCP Synchronized
enabled
H248 Synchronized
enabled
Config Synchronized
enabled
Collect Synchronized
enabled
Radius CDR Synchronized
enabled
Rotated CDRs Synchronized
enabled
Active Peer Address
163.4.12.2
Redundancy Protocol Process (v2):
State
Active
Health
100
Lowest Local Address
11.0.0.1:9090
1 peer(s) on 1 socket(s):
systest3B: v2, Standby, health=100, max silence=1050
last received from 11.0.0.2 on wancom1:0
Switchover log:
Jul 11 14:18:21.442: Active to RelinquishingActive
Jul 11 14:24:00.872: Standby to BecomingActive, active peer
systest3B has timed out. The following example that follows shows a
currently standby Net-Net SBC.
Viewing Redundancy
Information
Display the following information about HA architecture by using the show
redundancy command:
•
General HA statistics
•
Statistics related to HA transactions that have been processed
•
Timestamp showing when the current period began
•
The numerical identifier for the last redundant transaction processed (each
transaction is numbered)
In an HA architecture that is functioning properly, the number for the last redundant
transaction processed on a standby Net-Net SBC peer should not be far behind (if
not exactly the same as) the one shown for the active Net-Net SBC peer.
56 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Several subcommands appear under the show redundancy command. Within this
set of subcommands, Net-Net system administrators can view information related
to HA transactions, including specific transaction information.
The following example shows the subcommands available for the show
redundancy command.
ACMEPACKET# show redundancy ?
HA Alarms
algd
MGCP Redundancy Statistics
collect
Collect Redundancy Statistics
config
Configuration Redundancy Statistics
link
Shows Link Redundancy Configuration
mbcd
MBC Redundancy Statistics
radius-cdr
Radius CDR Redundancy Statistics
rotated-cdr
Rotated Radius CDR Redundancy Statistics
sipd
SIP Redundancy Statistics
There are currently five alarms directly associated with the HA feature. A Net-Net
system alarm is triggered when any of the following HA conditions occurs:
•
When the health score falls below 60.
This is a hard-coded threshold value. It is not configurable.
•
By the Active-BecomingStandby peer upon switchover.
•
By the Standby-BecomingActive peer upon switchover.
•
When the HA Net-Net SBC peer times out.
•
When the standby system is unable to synchronize with its active Net-Net SBC
peer within the amount of time set for the becoming standby time field of the
redundancy element.
When certain alarms associated with the HA feature are triggered, traps are sent via
the appropriate MIB (for example, syslog or system management). Traps for
switchover alarms indicate that a switchover has occurred and identify the state
transition of the HA Net-Net SBC reporting the switchover. For example:
•
Standby to BecomingActive
•
BecomingStandby to BecomingActive
•
Active to RelinquishingActive and so on
In the case of an alarm from the Standby to BecomingActive peer, the associated trap
also indicates the reason for switchover (as far as high availability is concerned).
These reasons might include reporting the degraded health of the HA Net-Net SBC
peer or indicating that the HA Net-Net SBC peer has timed out or that a switchover
was forced by command.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 57
FAULT MANAGEMENT
The following table provides a list, by name, of the Net-Net SBC’s HA-related
alarms, including their alarm IDs, severities, causes, associated log messages, and
actions.
Alarm Name
Alarm
ID
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
Example Log
Message
Actions
HEALTH SCORE
131101
MAJOR
Net-Net system’s
health score fell
below 60.
Health score X is
under threshold
(where X is the health
score)
• apSysMgmtGroupTrap
NAT TABLE UTILIZATION
131102
MINOR
NAT table usage
reached 90% or
greater of its capacity.
NAT table usage X%
over threshold X%
• apSysMgmtGroupTrap
ARP TABLE UTILIZATION
131103
MINOR
ARP table usage
reached 90% or
greater of its capacity.
ARP table X% over
threshold X%
• apSysMgmtGroupTrap
REDUNDANT SWITCHTO-ACTIVE
131104
CRITICAL
A state transition
occurred from
Standby/Becoming
Standby to
BecomingActive.
Switchover, <state to
state>, active peer
<name of HA peer>
has timed out or
Switchover, <state to
state>, active peer
<name of HA peer>
has unacceptable
health (x) (where x is
the health score) or
Switchover, <state to
state>, forced by
command
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
REDUNDANT SWITCHTO-STANDBY
131105
A state transition
occurred from
Active/BecomingA
ctive to
BecomingStandby/
RelinquishingAct
ive.
Switchover, <state to
state>, peer <name of
HA peer> is healthier
(x) than us (x) (where x
is the health score)
or Switchover, <state
to state>, forced by
command
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
REDUNDANT TIMEOUT
131106
An HA Net-Net
system peer was not
heard from within a
time period.
Peer <name of HA
peer> timed out in
state x, my state is x
(where x is the state
(for example,
BecomingStandby))
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
CRITICAL
MAJOR
58 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
• apSysMgmtRedundancyTrap
• apSysMgmtRedundancyTrap
• apSysMgmtRedundancyTrap
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Alarm Name
Alarm
ID
REDUNDANT OUT OF
SERVICE
131107
CFG ALARM SAVE
FAILED
393217
Base Display Level
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
Example Log
Message
CRITICAL
Unable to
synchronize with
Active HA Net-Net
system peer within
BecomingStandby
timeout.
Unable to synchronize
with Active
redundant peer within
BecomingStandby
timeout, going
OutOfService
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
The save-config
command execution
failed on a standby
Net-Net SBC peer
operating as part of
an HA pair.
save-config failed
on targetName!/code
full, config sync
stopped!
or
save-config failed
on targetName!/code
full, config sync
stopped! (where the
targetName is the
target name (tn)
configured in the boot
parameters)
• apSyslogMessageGenerate
d trap generated
MAJOR
Actions
• apSysMgmtRedundancyTrap
• syslog
The base display level of the graphic display window on the front panel of the NetNet chassis shows the state of an HA Net-Net SBC. The base display appears when
the Net-Net SBC first starts up and when the graphic display times out at any menu
level.
Net-Net system administrators can distinguish between an active Net-Net SBC and
a standby Net-Net SBC in an HA architecture by looking at the front of the chassis.
The Net-Net chassis operating as the standby Net-Net SBC in an HA architecture
displays an “(S)” in the graphic display window to indicate its status as the standby
system. The Net-Net chassis operating as the active Net-Net SBC in an HA
architecture does not display anything in parentheses in the graphic display window.
HA State Display Stats
The Net-Net chassis’s graphic display window shows the current state of the HA
Net-Net SBC using an abbreviation that follows the Net-Net SBC name. The states
are defined in the following table.
State Abbreviation
Description
(I)
Initial (the Net-Net SBC is in this state
when it is booting)
(O/S)
Out of service
(B/S)
Becoming standby
(S)
Standby
(nothing displayed after the Net-Net SBC
name)
Active
Refer to the following sections for examples of the graphic display window output.
Initial State Displays
The following example shows the output in the graphic display window of a Net-Net
SBC in the initial state:
NET - NET
SESSION DIRECTOR (I)
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 59
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Out Of Service State
Displays
The following examples show the output in the graphic display window of an outof-service Net-Net SBC:
NET - NET
SESSION DIRECTOR (O/S)
Becoming Standby
State Displays
The following example shows the output in the graphic display window of a Net-Net
SBC becoming standby:
NET - NET
SESSION DIRECTOR (B/S)
Standby State
Displays
The following example shows the output in the graphic display window of a standby
Net-Net SBC:
NET - NET
SESSION DIRECTOR (S)
Active State Displays
HA Net-Net SBCs in the active state use the default graphic display. The following
example show the display of an active Net-Net SBC.
NET - NET
SESSION DIRECTOR
For further information about the Net-Net SBC chassis and graphic display window,
refer to the Net-Net Session Director Hardware Installation Guide, which can be
found on your Acme Packet documentation CD.
ARP Functionality
Testing Address
Resolution
You can use the following command to view ARP functionality information:
•
arp-check
•
show arp
Test a specific address resolution by using the arp-check command; which causes a
a test message to be sent. The test is successful when an OK is returned.
To run this test, you must enter the following information after typing arp-check and
a <Space>:
•
media interface slot (either of two values: 1 is for the left, and 2 is for the right)
•
VLAN identifier
Note: If there is no VLAN identifier to be entered, enter a value of 0.
•
IPv4 address (in dotted notation).
For example:
ACMEPACKET# arp-check 1 6 192.168.100.1
ARP: Sending ARP REQ port=0, vlan=6, source_ipa=192.168.200.10,
target_ipa=192.168.100.1
ACMEPACKET#
60 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Viewing Current
Address Mappings
Display the current Internet-to-Ethernet address mappings in the ARP table by
using the show arp command. The first section of this display shows the following
information: destination, gateway, flags, reference count, use, and interface. The
second section shows the interface, VLAN, IP address, MAC address, timestamp,
and type.
The intf (interface) column in the ARP includes both slot and port information. If a
value of 0/1 appears, 0 refers to the slot and 1 refers to the port. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show arp
LINK LEVEL ARP TABLE
destination
gateway
flags
Refcnt
Use
Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------172.30.0.1
00:0f:23:4a:d8:80
405
1
0
wancom0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total ARP Entries = 3
----------------------Intf
0/0
VLAN
IP-Address
0
MAC
010.000.045.001
time-stamp
type
00:00:00:00:00:00
1108462861
invalid
Special Entries:
0/0
0
000.000.000.000
00:00:00:00:00:00
1108462861
gateway
0/0
0
010.000.045.000
00:00:00:00:00:00
1108462861
network
Gateway Status:
Intf
0/0
VLAN
IP-Address
0
MAC
010.000.045.001
00:00:00:00:00:00
time-stamp hb status
1108462861
unreachable
-- ARP table info -Maximum number of entries
: 512
Number of used entries
: 3
Length of search key
: 1 (x 64 bits)
First search entry address : 0x3cb0
Version S-C6.1.0
length of data entry
: 2 (x 64 bits)
First data entry address
: 0x7960
Enable aging
: 0
Enable policing
: 0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 61
FAULT MANAGEMENT
ARP Table Utilization
Alarm
Alarm Name
ARP TABLE UTILIZATION
Local Policy
Viewing Running
Configuration Local
Policy
The following table describes the ARP table utilization alarm.
Alarm
ID
131103
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
MINOR
ARP table usage
reached 90% or
greater of its capacity.
Example Log
Message
Actions
ARP table X% over
threshold X%
• apSysMgmtGroupTrap trap
generated
• syslog
Use the following commands to view local policy statistics and information:
•
show running-config local-policy
•
show configuration local-policy
Display information about the local policy in the running configuration information
in use on the Net-Net system by using the show running-config local-policy
command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show running-config local-policy
local-policy
from-address
192.168.0.50
to-address
10.10.10.10
source-realm
*
activate-time
N/A
deactivate-time
N/A
state
enabled
policy-priority
urgent
last-modified-date
2006-06-12 08:48:57
policy-attribute
next-hop
172.168.0.10
realm
action
none
terminate-recursion
enabled
carrier
start-time
0000
end-time
2400
days-of-week
U-S
cost
0
app-protocol
state
enabled
media-profiles
task done
Viewing Current
Configuration Local
Policy
Display information about the local policy in the current configuration that will be
used once the activate-config command is executed by using the show
configuration command. For example:
62 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
ACMEPACKET# show configuration local-policy
ACMEPACKET# show running-config local-policy
local-policy
from-address
192.168.0.50
to-address
10.10.10.10
source-realm
*
activate-time
N/A
deactivate-time
N/A
state
enabled
policy-priority
urgent
last-modified-date
2006-06-12 08:48:57
policy-attribute
next-hop
172.168.0.10
realm
action
none
terminate-recursion
enabled
carrier
start-time
0000
end-time
2400
days-of-week
U-S
cost
0
app-protocol
state
enabled
media-profiles
task done
Session and Protocol Statistics
You can use the following commands to access protocol tracing statistics:
Viewing Runtime
Protocol Tracing
•
notify
•
monitor sessions
Display information about runtime protocol tracing for UDP/ TCP sockets by using
the notify command. This command provides information for all protocol messages
for ServiceSocket sockets to be written in a log file or sent out of the Net-Net system
to a UDP port.
This mechanism allows for tracing to be enabled for any socket, provided that the
class has a logit method for displaying and formatting the protocol message. All ACP
classes support this, as do SIP and MGCP. Tracing can be enabled for all processes,
specific sockets, all sockets, or specific processes. Tracing for specific sockets is
specified by the local IPv4 address and port on which the socket is connected.
notify all|<process-name> trace all|<socket-address><file-name> [<out-udpport>]
notify all|<process-name> notrace all|<socket-address>
The <socket-address> is the IPv4 address and the port on which the socket is
connected. The <out-udp-port> is the UDP IPv4 address and port to which the log
messages are sent. If the <out-udp-port> is not specified, the logs are written to the
<filename>.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 63
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Viewing Real-Time SIP
Session Statistics
If you have Superuser access, you can display real-time SIP session statistics by using
the monitor sessions command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# monitor sessions
09:10:26-172
SIP Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Subscriptions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dialogs
0
0
0
0
0
0
CallID Map
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rejections
-
-
0
0
0
ReINVITEs
-
-
0
0
0
Media Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Media Pending
0
0
0
0
0
0
Client Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Server Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Resp Contexts
0
0
0
0
0
0
Saved Contexts
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sockets
0
0
0
0
0
0
Req Dropped
-
-
0
0
0
DNS Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
DNS Sockets
0
0
0
0
0
0
DNS Results
0
0
0
0
0
0
Real-time statistics for the following categories appear on the screen:
•
Dialogs
•
Sessions
•
CallID Map
•
Rejections
•
ReINVITES
•
Media Sessions
•
Media Pending
•
Client Trans
•
Server Trans
•
Resp Contexts
•
Sockets
•
Reqs Dropped
•
DNS Trans
•
DNS Sockets
•
DNS Results
By default, the statistics refresh every second. Press any numerical digit (0-9) to
change the refresh rate. For example, while viewing the statistics, you can press <6>
to cause the Net-Net system statistics to refresh every 6 seconds.
64 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Pressing <q> or <Q> allows you to exit the statistics display and returns you to the
ACLI system prompt.
Media and
Bandwidth
Statistics
Viewing MBCD Task
Errors
You can use the following commands to display media and bandwidth statistics:
•
show mbcd errors
•
show mbcd realms
•
monitor media
Display Middle Box Control Daemon (MBCD) task error statistics by using the show
mbcd errors command. There are two categories of MBCD error statistics: Client
and Server.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show mbcd errors
16:19:18-139
MBC Errors
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Client Errors
0
0
0
Client IPC Errors
0
0
0
Open Streams Failed
0
0
0
Drop Streams Failed
0
0
0
Exp Flow Events
0
0
0
Exp Flow Not Found
0
0
0
Transaction Timeouts
0
0
0
Server Errors
0
0
0
Server IPC Errors
0
0
0
Flow Add Failed
0
0
0
Flow Delete Failed
0
0
0
Flow Update Failed
0
0
0
Flow Latch Failed
0
0
0
Pending Flow Expired
0
0
0
ARP Wait Errors
0
0
0
Exp CAM Not Found
0
2
2
Drop Unknown Exp Flow
0
0
0
Drop/Exp Flow Missing
0
0
0
Exp Notify Failed
0
0
0
Unacknowledged Notify
0
0
0
Invalid Realm
0
5
5
No Ports Available
0
0
0
Insufficient Bandwidth
0
0
0
Stale Ports Reclaimed
0
0
0
Stale Flows Replaced
0
0
0
Pipe Alloc Errors
0
0
0
Pipe Write Errors
0
0
0
Client statistics count errors and events encountered by applications that use the
MBCD to set up and tear down media sessions:
•
Version S-C6.1.0
Client Errors—Number of errors in the client application related to MBC
transactions that are otherwise uncategorized
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 65
FAULT MANAGEMENT
•
Open Streams Failed—Number of errors related to sending Add or Modify
requests to MBCD
•
Drop Streams Failed—Number of errors related to sending Subtract requests to
MBCD
•
Exp Flow Events—Number of flow timer expiration notifications received from
the MBCD by all applications
•
Exp Flow Not Found—Number of flow timer expiration notifications received
from the MBCD by all applications for which no media session or flow
information was present in the application
•
Transaction Timeouts—Number of MBC transaction timeouts
•
Server statistics count errors and events encountered by MBCD
•
Server Errors—Number of uncategorized errors in the MBC server
•
Flow Add Failed—Number of errors encountered when attempting to add an
entry to the NAT table
•
Flow Delete Failed—Number of errors encountered when attempting to remove
an entry from the NAT table
•
Flow Update Failed—Number of errors encountered when attempting to
update an entry in the NAT table upon receipt of the first packet for a media flow
•
Flow Latch Failed—Number of errors when attempting to locate an entry in the
NAT table upon receipt of the first packet for a media flow
•
Pending Flow Expired—Number of flow timer expirations for pending flows
that have not been added to the NAT table
•
ARP Wait Errors—Number of errors and timeouts related to obtaining the Layer
2 addressing information necessary for sending media
•
Exp CAM Not Found—This statistic shows the number that the NAT table entry
for an expired flow could not find in the NAT table. This usually occurs due to a
race condition between the removal of the NAT entry and the flow timer
expiration notification being sent to MBCD from the NP
•
Drop Unknown Exp Flow—Number of flows deleted by the MBCD because of
a negative response from the application to a flow timer expiration notification
•
Drop/Exp Flow Missing—Number of negative responses from the application to
a flow timer expiration notification for which the designated flow could not be
found in MBCD's tables. Also includes when a flow for a Subtract request to
MBCD cannot be found
•
Exp Notify Failed—Number of errors encountered when the MBCD attempted
to send a flow timer expiration notification to the application.
•
Unacknowledged Notify—Number of flow expiration notification messages
sent from MBCD to the application for which MBCD did not receive a response
in a timely manner.
•
No Ports Available—Number of steering port allocation requests not be satisfied
due to a lack of free steering ports in the realm
•
Invalid Realm—Number of flow setup failures due to an unknown realm in the
request from the application
•
Insufficient Bandwidth—Number of flow setup failures due to insufficient
bandwidth in the ingress or egress realm
66 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Viewing Steering Port
and Bandwidth Usage
Display steering ports and bandwidth usage for home, public, and private realms by
using the show mbcd realms command.
For example:
acmepacket# show mbcd realms
18:26:39-1629
--- Steering Ports --Realm
----------- Bandwidth Usage ----------
Used
Free
No Ports
0
0
0
acme
Flows Ingrss Egress
0
0K
Total
Insuf BW
0K
0
0K
h323172
2
29999
0
0
0K
0K
0K
0
sip172
2
29999
0
0
0K
0K
0K
0
sip192
0
30001
0
0
0K
0K
0K
0
Information in the following categories is displayed:
Viewing Real-Time
Media Monitoring
Statistics
•
Used—Number of steering ports used
•
Free—Number of free steering ports
•
No Ports—Number of times that a steering port could not be allocated
•
Flows—Number of established media flows
•
Ingrss—Amount of bandwidth being used for inbound flows
•
Egress—Amount of bandwidth being used for outbound flows
•
Total—Maximum bandwidth set for this realm
•
Insuf BW—Number of times that a session was rejected due to insufficient
bandwidth
If you have Superuser access, you can display real-time media monitoring statistics
by using the monitor media command. For example:
acmepacket# monitor media
17:31:00-160
MBCD Status
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
143
182
1930
1218332
4225
683
0
18
5744
2500196
8439
625
Contexts
144
182
1930
834745
2783
2001
Flows
296
372
3860
1669498
5566
3689
Flow-Port
286
362
3860
1669488
5566
3679
Flow-NAT
294
365
3788
1658668
5563
2051
Flow-RTCP
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flow-Hairpin
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flow-Released
0
0
0
0
0
0
MSM-Release
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rel-Port
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rel-Hairpin
0
0
0
0
0
0
NAT Entries
295
365
3791
1658671
5563
2051
Free Ports
7430
7518
7828
3346410
11604
8002
Used Ports
572
724
7724
3338980
11132
8000
Port Sorts
-
-
0
14796
4156
Client Sessions
Client Trans
MBC Trans
Version S-C6.1.0
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
1141
1234
5748
2503147
8440
MBC Ignored
-
-
0
0
0
ARP Trans
0
0
0
8
8
2974
1
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 67
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Real-time statistics for the following categories appear on the screen:
•
Client Sessions
•
Client Trans
•
Contexts
•
Flows
•
Flow-Port
•
Flow-NAT
•
Flow-RTCP
•
Flow-Hairpin
•
Flow-Release
•
MSM-Release
•
NAT Entries
•
Free Ports
•
Used Ports
•
Port Sorts
•
MBC Trans
•
MBC Ignored
•
ARP Trans
By default, the statistics refresh every second. Press any numerical digit (0-9) to
change the refresh rate. For example, while viewing the statistics, you can press <6>
to cause the Net-Net system statistics to refresh every 6 seconds.
Pressing <q> or <Q> allows you to exit the statistics display and returns you to the
ACLI system prompt.
The following table describes the Media alarms:
Media Alarms
Alarm Name
MBCD ALARM OUT OF
MEMORY
MBCD ALARM
UNKNOWN REALM
Alarm
ID
262145
262147
Example Log
Message
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
CRITICAL: for
flow
MAJOR: for
media (if server
cannot allocate a
new context)
No further memory
can be allocated for
MBCD.
Flow: Cannot create
free port list for
realm.
Media Server: Failed
to allocate new
context.
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
(ap-slog.mib)
MAJOR: if media
server is adding
a new flow
Media server is
unable to find
realm interface.
Realm type (ingress,
egress, hairpin) X,
not found
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
(ap-slog.mib)
68 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Actions
• apSysMgmtMediaOutofMe
mory
• apSysMgmtUnknownRealm
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
MBCD ALARM OUT OF
BANDWIDTH
MBCD ALARM OUT OF
PORTS
262149
262150
Task Statistics
CRITICAL: failure
rate = 100%
MAJOR: failure
rate > or = 50%
The realm is out of
bandwidth.
CRITICAL: failure
rate = 100%
MAJOR: failure
rate > or = 50%
The realm is out of
steering ports.
Out of bandwidth
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
(ap-slog.mib)
• apSysMgmtMediaBandwidt
hTrap
Out of steering ports
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
(ap-slog.mib)
• apSysMgmtMediaPortsTrap
You can use the following commands to display task information.
•
stack
•
check-stack
There is also an alarm that occurs when a system task is suspended.
Viewing Function Call
Stack Traces
Display the function call stack trace for a specified task by using the stack command.
It displays a list of nested routine calls for that specified task. Each routine call and
its parameters are shown. The command takes a single argument, which is the task
name or the task ID.
To use the stack command, enter stack followed by a <Space>, the task name or task
ID, then <Enter>. (You can access a list of tasks by using the show processes
command.)
For example:
acmepacket# stack sipd
0x001034f4 vxTaskEntry
+60 : sipd(char *, semaphore *) ()
0x007e5404 sipd(char *, semaphore *)+1e0: sip_proxy_daemon(int, char **,
semaphore *) ()
0x00a69ea4 sip_proxy_daemon(int, char **, semaphore *)+ae8:
Process::Run(int, int) ()
0x00f2c298 Process::Run(int, int)+5d8: Selector::do_select(const Time &,
Time &) ()
0x00f3a7ec Selector::do_select(const Time &, Time &)+1a8: select ()
Viewing the Stack
Trace
0x000eb640 select
+1f8: semTake ()
0x000ed114 semTake
+94 : semBTake ()
Display the stack trace for a specific task by using the check-stack command. For
example:
ACMEPACKET# check-stack
NAME
ENTRY
TID
SIZE
CUR
HIGH
MARGIN
------------ ------------ ---------- ----- ----- ----- -----tMgrTask
mgrTask
0x3df00b50 12240
392
tExcTask
excTask
0x3df185f0
8144
tLogTask
logTask
0x3df19470
8144
tWatchDog
0x0000088334 0x3df197d0
4048
176
904
3144
tNpwbTmr
0x0001d02320 0x3df4c560 20432
168
1168
19264
ubsec_bh_han 0x0001d62f6c 0x3df22fe0
tCliSSH0
Version S-C6.1.0
440
11800
296
768
7376
344
1032
7112
4048
176
248
3800
acli(tagCLI_ 0x3df24ac0 65488
1920
9888
55600
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 69
FAULT MANAGEMENT
tCliSSH1
acli(tagCLI_ 0x3df66f80 65488
1920
9888
55600
tCliSSH2
acli(tagCLI_ 0x3df67460 65488
1920
9888
55600
tCliSSH3
acli(tagCLI_ 0x3df67940 65488
1920
9888
55600
tCliSSH4
acli(tagCLI_ 0x3df67e20 65488
1920
9888
55600
tCli
cliInterface 0x3df68460 65488
6056 21432
44056
tCliTelnet
cliInterface 0x3df68840 65488
1968 19672
45816
tCliTelnet
cliInterface 0x3df68c20 65488
1968
9936
55552
tCliTelnet
cliInterface 0x3df69000 65488
1968
9936
55552
tCliTelnet
cliInterface 0x3df693e0 65488
1968
9936
55552
tCliTelnet
cliInterface 0x3df697c0 65488
1968
9936
55552
tWdbTask
wdbTask
0x3df1bff0
8144
280
352
7792
tNetTask
netTask
0x3df1abd0 12240
224
1136
11104
tTelnetd
telnetd
0x3df1b5b0 32720
480
1208
31512
tIdmaInt
idma5700IntT 0x3df46be0
8144
272
344
7800
tSSH
SSH_startSer 0x3df68100 65488
424
760
64728
tFtp6d
0x00000433fc 0x3df1bb90 65488
408
1136
64352
tBrokerd
brokerd(char 0x3df24fc0 65488
1648 10920
54568
tNpFrmTx
app_send_tas 0x3df47440 20432
344
696
19736
tNpFrmRx
app_frame_rx 0x3df47820 20432
304
736
19696
tNpCellRx
app_cell_rx_ 0x3df47b80 20432
304
376
20056
tNpDmaTx
app_idma_sen 0x3df48140 20432
304
2440
17992
tNpwbNpmRx
npwbNpmRxTas 0x3df4c840 20432
312
4592
15840
tIpFrag
0x0001ce1634 0x3df5af40 20432
272
344
20088
tAlarm
0x0001450910 0x3df66220 40912
336
1376
39536
tNpDmaRx
app_idma_fra 0x3df47e60 20432
280
2392
18040
tArpMgr
arp_manager_ 0x3df5a0c0 20432
336
4968
15464
tArpTmr
arp_manager_ 0x3df5a3a0 20432
304
392
20040
tPktCapMgr
pktcpt_main
0x3df5bb80 20432
344
616
19816
tFlowGdTmr
nPApp_fg_mai 0x3df5b320 20432
208
568
19864
tSysmand
sysmand
2968 17880 145912
tAtcpd
atcpd(char * 0x3df5d6a0 65488
1928 12488
53000
tMbcd
mbcd_daemon( 0x3df5ec60 65488
2784 17400
48088
tEbmd
ebmd_daemon( 0x3df622c0 65488
3744 15864
49624
tLid
li_daemon(ch 0x3df5f540 65488
1992 14880
50608
tAlgd
algd_daemon( 0x3df603a0 65488
2088 15656
49832
tSipd
sipd(char *, 0x3df62e20 98256
2488 17488
80768
tH323d
h323d(char * 0x3df63980 65488
2360 14720
50768
tH248d
h248d(char * 0x3df64360 65488
1864 10920
54568
tRadd
radd(char *, 0x3df60d80 65488
1456 12016
53472
tPusher
pusher(char
0x3df61960 65488
2096 12656
52832
tEvtMgrTask
evtMgr
0x3df1c5a0
4048
360
432
3616
tAndMgr
AND_start
0x3df46100 40912
536
2216
38696
tSnmpd
snmpd
0x3df64bc0 65488
1360 15216
50272
tLemd
lemd(char *, 0x3df5c940 65488
2448 21592
43896
tAtcpApp
atcpAppTask( 0x3df5e000 65488
1392 11952
53536
tDumper
tDumperMain
0x3df234c0 163792
0x3df241a0 16336
70 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
240
600
15736
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
tTaskCheck
taskCheckMai 0x3df24480 16336
208
5856
10480
tCliWorker
cliWorkerTas 0x3df5c1e0 65488
240 14072
51416
tDcacheUpd
dcacheUpd
0x3df20f80
8144
160
248
7896
tPanel
0x0000021dc4 0x3df19f90
8144
240
312
7832
tIdle
0x00000370f0 0x3df1a270
4048
96
96
3952
INTERRUPT
SYSTEM TASK
SUSPENDED
0
928
9072
The following table describes the system task suspended alarm information.
System Task
Suspended Alarm
Alarm Name
10000
Alarm
ID
131108
Example Log
Message
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
CRITICAL
A Net-Net system
task (process)
suspends or fails.
Actions
Task X suspended,
which decremented
health by 75! (where X
is the task/process
name)
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
trap generated
• major dry contact
• syslog
• reboot (if the Net-Net system is
configured to do so)
System Problem
Statistics
Packet Tracing
When you enable packet tracing (using the packet-capture configuration and
related ACLI commands), the Net-Net SBC can mirror any communication between
two endpoints, or between itself and a specific endpoint. To accomplish this, the
Net-Net SBC replicates the packets sent and received, and can then send them to a
trace server that you designate. Using the trace server, you can display the packets
on software protocol analyzer. Currently, the Net-Net SBC supports:
•
One configurable trace server (on which you have installed your software
protocol analyzer)
•
Sixteen concurrent endpoint traces
For more information about how to set up packet tracing, refer to the Net-Net 4000
ACLI Configuration Guide.
You can see statistics for packet traces initiated on the Net-Net SBC by using the
show packet-trace command. The display shows you a summary of the active
packet traces on the Net-Net SBC. Displayed information includes: the IP address,
local and remote port (which displays as 0 if no ports have been designated), slot,
port, and VLAN.
ACMEPACKET# show packet-trace
IP Address
Local-Port
Remote-Port
Slot Port
VLAN
--------------------------------------------------------192.168.10.1
192.168.10.99
10.0.0.1
Capturing and Viewing
Packets
Version S-C6.1.0
0
0
0
1
0
5060
5060
0
1
0
23
0
1
0
0
You can capture and view packets for debugging purposes by using the packetcapture command. For example, if you detect an issue with the Net-Net system
flows, you can capture certain packets so that you can resolve the problem. Using
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 71
FAULT MANAGEMENT
this command, you can examine the packets in question and then perform any
debugging that might be necessary.
When you use packet-capture, you work with the following subcommands:
•
packet-capture enable
•
packet-capture show
•
packet-capture detail
Use the packet-capture enable command to enable packet-capture before using it.
Because enabling this function uses system resources that should otherwise be kept
free, you should enable it only when you need it and then disable it when you finish
debugging.
Use the packet-capture show command to view a summary of the most recently
captured packets, including the following:
•
ingress interface
•
frame format
•
type/length
•
VLAN identifier
•
source IPv4 address
•
destination IPv4 address
•
protocol
•
source port
•
destination port
For example:
acmepacket# packet-capture show
Entry #
Protocol
1
Ingress IF
Src Port
1/0
2
1/0
3
1/0
4
1/0
5
1/0
6
1/0
7
1/0
8
1/0
9
1/0
10
1/0
-
-
Frame Format
Type/Length
VLAN ID
Source IP address
Destination IP address
Dest Port
unknown
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
-
72 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
11
1/0
-
12
1/0
13
1/0
14
1/0
15
1/0
16
1/0
17
1/0
-
-
unknown
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
0x0026
-
-
-
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
-
Use the packet-capture detail command to view the details of a particular packet,
including: the ingress interface, MAC source address, MAC destination address,
VLAN identifier, and the length/type. For example:
acmepacket# packet-capture detail 30
Ingress Slot/Port: 1/0
FF FF FF FF FF FF 00 0D 28 74 A2 01 08 00
45 00 00 4C 08 E9 00 00 40 11 61 18 AC 10 64 90 FF FF FF FF
00 7B 00 7B 00 38 00 00
1B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00
DIX header --MAC Src Addr
: 0x FF FF FF FF FF FF
MAC Dest Addr
: 0x 00 0D 28 74 A2 01
VLAN ID
: 0x XX
Length/Type
: 0x 0800
IP Header --IP Version
: 4
IP Header Length
: 5
Type-of-Service
: 0
Total Length
: 76
Identificaton
: 2281
Flags
: 0
Fragment Offset
: 0
Time-to-Live
: 64
protocol
: 17
Header Checksum
: 0x6118
Source IP Addr
: 172.16.100.144
Destination IP Addr : 255.255.255.255
UDP Header --Source Port
Version S-C6.1.0
: 123
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 73
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Destination Port
: 123
Length
: 56
Checksum
: 0x0000
System ACLs
This section provide information about system ACL removal, and about viewing
system ACL statistics and configurations.
Notes on Deleting
System ACLs
If you delete a system ACL from your configuration, the Net-Net SBC checks
whether or not there are any active FTP or Telnet client was granted access when the
entry was being removed. If such a client were active during ACL removal, the NetNet SBC would warn you about the condition and ask you to confirm the deletion.
If you confirm the deletion, then the Net-Net SBC’s session with the active client is
suspended.
The following example shows you how the warning message and confirmation
appear. For this example, and ACLI has been deleted, and the user is activating the
configuration that reflects the change.
ACMEPACKET# activate-config
Object deleted will cause service disruption:
system-access-list: identifier=172.30.0.24
** WARNING: Removal of this system-ACL entry will result
in the lockout of a current FTP client
Changes could affect service, continue (y/n) y
Activate-Config received, processing.
Viewing System ACL
Configurations
The system-access-list configuration has been added to the list of configurations
you can display using the show configuration and show running-config ACLI
commands. It will display each system ACL entry.
ACMEPACKET# show running-config system-access-list
system-access-list
dest-address
165.31.24.2
netmask
225.225.0.0
last-modified-date
2007-04-30 13:00:02
system-access-list
dest-address
175.12.4.2
netmask
225.225.225.0
last-modified-date
2007-04-30 13:00:21
task done
Viewing System ACL
Statistics
You can display statistics for system ACLs using the show ip stats ACLI command.
Two new entries have been added to let you see the total number of ACL denials and
the last ACL denial the Net-Net SBC made.
ACMEPACKET# show ip stats
total
3170
badsum
0
tooshort
0
74 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
toosmall
0
badhlen
0
badlen
0
infragments
0
fragdropped
0
fragtimeout
0
forward
0
fastforward
0
cantforward
14
redirectsent
0
unknownprotocol
0
delivered
1923
localout
855
nobuffers
0
reassembled
0
fragmented
0
outfragments
0
cantfrag
0
badoptions
0
noroute
0
badvers
0
rawout
0
toolong
0
notmember
0
nogif
0
badaddr
0
acl-denials
1233
last-srcip-denied
174.35.60.72
ACMEPACKET#
Phy Link
Redundancy
If you have two two-port GigE cards installed in your Net-Net SBC, you can
configure them for phy link redundancy. This feature requires that two-port GigE
cards be installed in both slots of your Net-Net SBC.
In this redundancy scheme, port 0 on slots 0 and 1 is the master port and port 1 is
the backup port. The card receives and sends all traffic on one port, while the other
acts as a standby in the event of failure. In this way, the two-port GigE card behaves
as though it were a single-port card by only using one port as an active at one time.
Viewing phy link redundancy information tells you which ports are active on which
cards, and how many switchover events have occurred.
Viewing Redundancy
Link Information
Using the show redundancy link command, you can see information about the
redundancy link, including which ports are active and what the link status is for each
port.
To view redundancy link information:
1.
In either User or Superuser mode, type show redundancy link and press
<Enter>. A display similar to the one below will appear.
ACMEPACKET# show redundancy link
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 75
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Wancom Port
Speed and Duplex
Mode Display
Active port on Slot 0 is port:
0
Slot 0 Switchover Events:
0
Active port on Slot 1 is port:
0
Slot 1 Switchover Events:
0
You can display the negotiated duplex mode and speed for all Net-Net system
control ports by using the ACLI show wancom command. This command allows
you to diagnose network issues more efficiently.
When you use this command, the systems shows information for all three control
ports with the numbers starting at 0. It will then tell you the negotiated duplex mode
and speed, or that the link is down.
To display negotiated duplex mode and speed for control interfaces:
1.
At the user prompt, type the ACLI show wancom command and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET> show wancom
wancom [unit number 0]:
Duplex Mode: half
Speed: 100 Mbps
wancom [unit number 1]:
Link down
wancom [unit number 2]:
Link down
Application Faults
This section contains information about application fault statistics. This category of
alarm accounts for problems related to applications (protocols).
•
H.323
•
SIP
•
MGCP
•
RADIUS
Application alarms do not display an alarm message in the graphic display window
on the front panel of the Net-Net chassis.
H.323 Statistics
You can use the following command to display H.323 statistics:
•
show h323d
There is also an alarm that occurs when stack initialization fails.
Viewing H.323
Statistics
Display H.323 statistics by using the show h323d command.
For example:
acmepacket# show h323d
18:32:26-86
Session Stats
-- Period -Active
High
76 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Total
-------- Lifetime ------Total
PerMax
High
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Incoming Calls
5
5
1
18
6
5
Outgoing Calls
1
1
1
18
6
2
Connected Calls
1
1
1
8
2
1
Incoming Channels
2
2
2
17
4
2
Outgoing Channels
2
2
2
17
4
2
Contexts
5
5
1
18
6
5
H323D Status
Current
Lifetime
Queued Messages
1
1608
TPKT Channels
5
404
UDP Channels
0
0
Stack
State
Type Mode
Registered Gatekeeper
h323172
enabled
H323 Gateway
No
In the first display section, the following statistics are displayed for period and
lifetime durations in addition to an active count.
•
Incoming Calls—Number of incoming H.323 calls.
•
Outgoing Calls—Number of outgoing H.323 calls.
•
Connected Calls—Number of currently connected H.323 calls.
•
Incoming Channels—Number of established incoming channels.
•
Outgoing Channels—Number of established outgoing channels.
•
Contexts—Number of established H.323 contexts.
In the second section, the following statistics are displayed for current and lifetime
durations.
H.323 ALARM STACK
INITIALIZATION FAILURE
MGCP Statistics
Version S-C6.1.0
Queued Messages—Number of messages queued.
•
TPKT Channels—Number of TPKT channels open(ed).
•
UDP Channels—Number of UDP channels open(ed).
The following table provides information about the H.323 ALARM STACK
INITIALIZATION FAILURE application alarm, which is triggered by the failure of
an H.323 stack to initialize properly.
H.323 Stack
Initialization Failure
Alarm
Alarm Name
•
Alarm
ID
327682
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
Example Log
Message
CRITICAL
The H.323 stack has
failed to initialize
properly and is
terminated.
[H.323 | IWF] stack
<stack-name> has
failed to initialize and
is terminated
Actions
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
trap generated
• critical dry contact
• syslog
You can use the following show commands to display MGCP statistics:
•
show algd errors
•
show processes algd
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 77
FAULT MANAGEMENT
There is also an alarm generated when a DNS failure occurs.
Viewing MGCP Errors
Display MGCP error statistics by using the show algd errors command. For
example:
acmepacket# show algd error
18:33:06-186
MGCP Media Events
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Calling SDP Errors
0
0
0
Called SDP Errors
0
0
0
Drop Media Errors
0
0
0
Transaction Errors
0
0
0
Application Errors
0
0
0
Media Exp Events
0
0
0
Early Media Exps
0
0
0
Exp Media Drops
0
0
0
78 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Display MGCP process statistics by using the show processes algd command. For
example:
Viewing MGCP
Processes
ACMEPACKET# show processes algd
11:31:39-140 (algd) ID=1b69e570
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
5
5
0
6
6
5
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
7
7
0
17
17
10
Total Buffers
10
10
0
10
10
10
Alloc Buffers
5
5
0
7
7
7
Memory Chunks
47
47
0
81
81
49
1
1
1
5306
10
2
Operations
5
12365
5
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
9
9
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
1
5298
2
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
11
11
Process Logs
0
13
13
TOQ Entries
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
MGCP ALARM DNS
FAILURE
MGCP Congestion
Control Information
0.0
0.547/529790
The following table lists information about the MGCP DNS failure alarm.
MGCP DNS Failure
Alarm
Alarm Name
0.0
Alarm
ID
327683
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
WARNING
Cannot
authenticate the
RSIP and need to
drop the packet.
Example Log
Message
Endpoint
<endpoint> from
source
<sourceHostname>
could not be
authenticated.
Actions
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
trap generated
• critical dry contact
• syslog
The MGCP congestion control feature is designed to help customers handle large
call events in an oversubscribed environment. When you enable this feature, the
Net-Net SBC can send a system busy message back to the call agent for new calls
when system resources have been exhausted.
If the Net-Net SBC’s CPU utilization equals or exceeds the threshold you configure,
the Net-Net SBC will reject calls (off-hook NTFY messages) by sending 403
messages. The “off-hook message” is the only message that the Net-Net SBC rejects
with a 403 message. And the Net-Net SBC resends 403 Intermediary Failure
messages for subsequent retransmissions of calls that the Net-Net SBC has already
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 79
FAULT MANAGEMENT
rejected. CRCX and RSIP messages are not rejected, but instead are handled the
same way they were prior to the implementation of MGCP congestion control. In
addition, the Net-Net SBC tracks the number of NTFY Overload 403 Sent messages,
which you can view using the ACLI show algd NTFY command.
To view the number of NTFY Overload 403 Sent messages sent:
1.
At the command line, type show algd ntfy and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show algd ntfy
MGCP Endpoint
Inactivity
The Net-Net SBC maintains a per-endpoint timer to track when traffic was last
received from the gateway. If the timer expires, the Net-Net SBC deletes the
endpoint and frees its resources. If all endpoints associated with a gateway are
deleted, then the Net-Net SBC removes the gateway entry, too.
You can monitor the value of the timers assigned to endpoints by using the new
ACLI show algd mgcp-endpoints-inactivity-timer command. If you want to see
the timer assigned to a specific endpoint, you can enter this command with the
endpoint’s FQDN.
SIP Statistics
Viewing SIP Errors
You can use the following commands to view SIP statistics:
•
show sipd errors
•
show processes sipd
•
show registration
Display SIP error statistics by using the show sipd errors command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show sipd errors
11:34:13-194
SIP Errors/Events
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
SDP Offer Errors
0
0
0
SDP Answer Errors
0
0
0
Drop Media Errors
0
0
0
Transaction Errors
0
0
0
Application Errors
0
0
0
Media Exp Events
0
0
0
Early Media Exps
0
0
0
Exp Media Drops
0
0
0
Expired Sessions
0
0
0
Multiple OK Drops
0
0
0
Multiple OK Terms
0
0
0
Media Failure Drops
0
0
0
Non-ACK 2xx Drops
0
0
0
Invalid Requests
0
0
0
Invalid Responses
0
0
0
Invalid Messages
0
0
0
CAC Session Drop
0
0
0
80 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
CAC BW Drop
Viewing SIP
Processes
0
0
0
Display statistics about SIP processes by using the show processes sipd command.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show processes sipd
11:34:49-130 (sipd) ID=1b89dfd0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
5
5
0
5
5
5
Messages
0
0
0
6
4
3
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
7
7
0
14
11
9
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
3
3
0
7
4
5
Memory Chunks
48
48
0
82
79
50
2
2
14
58301
19
4
14
52997
12
TOQ Entries
Operations
Messages Received
0
3
2
Messages Sent
4
17681
30
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
14
58291
12
Timed Events
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
4
17681
32
4
17684
Process Logs
Load Rate
CPU Usage
Viewing IP Session
Replication for
Recording (SRR)
Information
0.0
0.0
35
0.0
8.133/529935
The show call-recording-server command displays information regarding the IP
call recording feature configured on the Net-Net SBC. Entering this command
without the optional call recording server (CRS) ID displays all CRS endpoints
configured on the Net-Net SBC along with their state.
You can specify a CRS whose information you want to view. When you specify an ID,
the ACLI displays all session agents created for the CRS endpoint, its IP address, its
state, and the last time a failover occurred. For example:
Viewing SIP
Registration
Cache Status
Display SIP registration cache status by using the show registration command.
The display shows statistics for the Period and Lifetime monitoring spans.
•
Cached Entries—Number of registration entries for the address of record
•
Local Entries—Number of entries for Contact messages sent to a real registrar.
•
Forwards—Number of registration requests forwarded to the real registrar
•
Refreshes—Number of registrations the Net-Net SBC answered without having
to forward registrations to the real registrar
•
Rejects—Number of unsuccessful registrations sent to real registrar
•
Timeouts—Number of times a refresh from the HNT endpoint was not received
before the timeout
For example:
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 81
FAULT MANAGEMENT
ACMEPACKET# show registration
11:38:57-177
SIP Registrations
SIP NSEP Statistics
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
User Entries
0
0
0
0
0
0
Local Contacts
0
0
0
0
0
0
Via Entries
0
0
0
0
0
0
AURI Entries
0
0
0
0
0
0
Free Map Ports
0
0
0
0
0
0
Used Map Ports
0
0
0
0
0
0
Forwards
-
-
0
0
0
Refreshes
-
-
0
0
0
Rejects
-
-
0
0
0
Timeouts
-
-
0
0
0
Fwd Postponed
-
-
0
0
0
Fwd Rejected
-
-
0
0
0
Refr Extension
0
0
0
0
0
Refresh Extended
-
-
0
0
0
Surrogate Regs
0
0
0
0
0
Surrogate Sent
-
-
0
0
0
Surrogate Reject
-
-
0
0
0
Surrogate Timeout
-
-
0
0
0
HNT Entries
0
0
0
0
0
0
Non-HNT Entries
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
To view statistics related to the NSEP feature, the ACLI show command has been
expanded. It now allows you to see all of the statistics for NSEP support, to see them
for a specific r-value (namespace and r-priority combination), or to see all of these.
You can also reset the NSEP statistics counters.
When you use the ACLI show nsep-stats command without further arguments, the
system shows you information for inbound sessions.
To display general NSEP statistics for inbound sessions:
1.
Type show nsep-stats and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show nsep-stats
------- Lifetime--------Inbound Sessions
NSEP Statistics per RValue Display
Current
Total
PerMax
0
0
0
You can see statistics for specific r-value by entering it with the show nsep-stats
command. An r-value is a namespace and priority combination entered in the
following format: namespace.priority. The display will also show the specified rvalue for which it is displaying data.
To display general NSEP statistics for specific r-values:
1.
Type show nsep-stats, a <Space>, and then the r-value for which you want to
display statistics. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show nsep-stats ets.2
RValue = ets.2
82 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
PerMax
High
Incoming Sessions
0
High
0
Total
0
Total
0
0
0
Outgoing Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
InbSessions Rej
-
-
0
0
0
-
OutbSessions Rej
-
-
0
0
0
-
You can see the full set of statistics for NSEP inbound sessions and for all r-values
by using the show nsep-stats all command. The display for r-values is divided into
individual sections for each r-value shown.
To display general NSEP statistics for specific r-values:
1.
Type show nsep-stats all and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show nsep-stats all
Session Stats
------- Lifetime--------Current
Total
PerMax
0
0
0
Inbound Sessions
Per RValue Stats
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
0
RValue = ets.2
Incoming Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
Outgoing Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
InbSessions Rej
-
-
0
0
0
-
OutbSessions Rej
-
-
0
0
0
-
Incoming Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Outgoing Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
InbSessions Rej
-
-
0
0
0
-
OutbSessions Rej
-
-
0
0
0
-
RValue = ets.5
Viewing NSEP Burst
Statistics for SIP
Session Agents
The ACLI show sipd command supports an sa-nsep-burst argument that displays
the NSEP burst rate for all SIP session agents.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd sa-nsep-burst
Agent
Resetting NSEP
Statistics
Current Rate
Lifetime High
192.168.1.139
0
0
192.168.1.6
0
0
192.168.200.135
4
10
You can reset the statistics for incoming sessions, for an individual r-value, or for the
entire set of NSEP data. You use the same command syntax as you do when showing
the statistics, except that you start your entry with the reset command.
In the example below, the command resets the statistics counters for the specific rvalue ets.2.
To reset the counters for a specific r-value:
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 83
FAULT MANAGEMENT
1.
For the set of statistics you want to reset, type reset nsep-stats and then the
group that you want to reset. The press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# reset nsep-stats ets.2
To reset the counters for all NSEP statistics:
1.
For the set of statistics you want to reset, type reset nsep-stats and then press
<Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# reset nsep-stats
Viewing SIP Method
Throttling Mechanism
Statistics
You can monitor the SIP method throttling mechanism statistics for either a specific
SIP interface or a session agent.
To display SIP method throttling mechanism statistics for a SIP interface:
1.
Type show sipd interface, a <Space>, and then the SIP interface’s name and
the SIP method name for which you want statistics. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd interface net1 NOTIFY
NOTIFY (15:53:42-57)
--------- Server -------Message/Event
Recent
------
--------- Client --------
Total PerMax
---------
------
Recent
------
Total PerMax
---------
------
NOTIFY Requests
0
49
19
0
0
0
Retransmissions
0
0
0
0
0
0
100 Trying
0
49
19
0
0
0
180 Ringing
0
38
19
0
0
0
200 OK
0
38
19
0
0
0
503 Service Unavail
0
11
11
0
0
0
Response Retrans
0
9
5
0
0
0
Transaction Timeouts
-
-
-
0
0
0
Locally Throttled
-
-
-
0
0
0
Avg Latency=0.000 for 0
Max Latency=0.000
BurstRate Incoming=11 Outgoing=0
To display SIP method throttling mechanism statistics for a session agent:
1.
Type show sipd agents, a <Space>, and then the session agent IP address and
the SIP method name for which you want statistics. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd agents 198.167.1.60 NOTIFY
NOTIFY (15:53:34-49)
--------- Server -------Message/Event
Recent
------
--------- Client --------
Total PerMax
---------
------
Recent
------
Total PerMax
---------
------
NOTIFY Requests
0
50
31
0
0
0
Retransmissions
0
3
3
0
0
0
18
0
200 OK
0
0
503 Service Unavail
0
0
25
25
24
0
0
0
Transaction Timeouts
-
-
-
0
0
0
Locally Throttled
-
-
-
0
24
24
Avg Latency=0.000 for 0
Max Latency=0.000
84 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
BurstRate Incoming=5 Outgoing=0
Viewing SIP IP CAC
Statistics
You can display CAC parameters for an IP address using the show sipd ip-cac
command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show sipd sessions ipcac
09:21:22-164
SIP Session Status
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
2
2
4
6
2
2
Initial
0
2
4
6
2
2
Early
0
2
4
6
2
2
Established
2
2
4
6
2
2
Terminated
0
2
2
4
2
2
Dialogs
4
4
8
12
4
4
Early
0
4
8
12
4
4
Confirmed
4
4
8
12
4
4
Terminated
0
4
4
8
4
4
Sessions
Viewing SIP PUBLISH
Statistics
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime --------
Active
You can display statistics related to incoming SIP PUBLISH messages using the
show sipd publish command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show sipd sessions publish
09:23:06-167
SIP Session Status
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
2
2
2
6
2
2
Initial
0
2
2
6
2
2
Early
0
2
2
6
2
2
Established
2
2
2
6
2
2
Terminated
0
2
0
4
2
2
Dialogs
4
4
4
12
4
4
Early
0
4
4
12
4
4
Confirmed
4
4
4
12
4
4
Terminated
0
4
0
8
4
4
Sessions
RADIUS Statistics
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime --------
Active
The ACLI show radius command, used with the three arguments described in this
section, displays the status of any established RADIUS accounting connections and
authentications. A working RADIUS connection displays READY, and a disabled
connection displays DISABLED.
There is also an alarm that occurs when the RADIUS connection is down.
Viewing RADIUS
Statistics
Version S-C6.1.0
The show radius command can take one of the three available arguments:
•
authentication—Shows authentication statistics for primary and secondary
RADIUS servers, including: server IP address and port; round trip time;
information about failed and successful requests/authentications; number of
rejections; number of challenges; number of time-outs, number of
retransmissions
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 85
FAULT MANAGEMENT
•
•
accounting—Shows the information described in the following table:
Section
Description
Client Display
General accounting setup (as established in the accounting
configuration element), including:
• Information about the state of the RADIUS client
• Accounting strategy used (Hunt, Failover, RoundRobin,
FastestRTT, or FewestPending)
• IP address and port on which the Net-Net server is listening
• Maximum message delay in seconds
• Number of configured accounting servers
Waiting Queue
Amount of accounting (RADIUS) messages waiting to be sent.
Waiting queue capacity is 4,096 messages.
<IP Address:Port>
Information about each configured accounting server (established in
the accounting servers configuration). The heading above each
accounting server section is the IPv4 address and port combination
of the accounting server described. This section also includes
information about the accounting server’s state (e.g.,
Connect_Attempt, INIT).
all—Shows all of the information for both the authentication and accounting
displays
The following is an example of the ACLI show radius authentication command
output.
ACMEPACKET# show radius authentication
Active Primary Authentication Servers:
server ipAddr: 172.30.0.7
Active Secondary Authentication Servers:
server ipAddr: 172.30.0.8
Authentication Statistics:
Server:"172.30.0.7:1812"
RoundTripTime
:0
MalformedAccessResponse:0
AccessRequests
:2
BadAuthenticators
:0
AccessRetransmissions
:5
AccessAccepts
:0
Timeouts
:6
AccessRejects
:0
UnknownPDUTypes
AccessChallenges
:0
:0
Server:"172.30.0.8:1812"
RoundTripTime
:0
MalformedAccessResponse:0
AccessRequests
:2
BadAuthenticators
:0
AccessRetransmissions
:9
AccessAccepts
:0
Timeouts
:10
AccessRejects
:0
86 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
UnknownPDUTypes
:0
AccessChallenges
:0
The following is an example of the ACLI show radius accounting command
output.
ACMEPACKET# show radius accounting
*********Client Display Start************
Client State = READY, strategy=Hunt
listening on 127.0.0.1:1813
max message delay = 60 s, # of servers = 2
================= Waiting Queue ================
Waiting size = 89
================================================
----------------- 10.0.0.189:1813 -----------------Remote = 10.0.0.189:1813, Local = 0.0.0.0:1026, sock=45 (BOUND)
conn state=READY, RTT=250 ms
Min Rtt=250 ms, Max inactivity=60 s, expires at Nov 21 13:50:19.582,
Restart delay=30 s
----------------- 192.168.200.70:5050 -----------------Remote = 192.168.200.70:5050, Local = 0.0.0.0:1027, sock=46 (BOUND)
conn state=DISABLED, RTT=0 ms
Min Rtt=250 ms, Max inactivity=60 s, expires at Nov 21 13:50:19.569,
Restart delay=30 s
*********Client Display End************
The following is an example of the ACLI show radius all command output.
ACMEPACKET# show radius all
*********Client Display Start************
Client State = READY, strategy=Hunt
listening on 127.0.0.1:1813
max message delay = 60 s, # of servers = 2
================= Waiting Queue ================
Waiting size = 89
================================================
----------------- 10.0.0.189:1813 -----------------Remote = 10.0.0.189:1813, Local = 0.0.0.0:1026, sock=45 (BOUND)
conn state=READY, RTT=250 ms
Min Rtt=250 ms, Max inactivity=60 s, expires at Nov 21 13:50:19.582,
Restart delay=30 s
----------------- 192.168.200.70:5050 -----------------Remote = 192.168.200.70:5050, Local = 0.0.0.0:1027, sock=46 (BOUND)
conn state=DISABLED, RTT=0 ms
Min Rtt=250 ms, Max inactivity=60 s, expires at Nov 21 13:50:19.569,
Restart delay=30 s
*********Client Display End************
Active Primary Authentication Servers:
server ipAddr: 172.30.0.7
Active Secondary Authentication Servers:
server ipAddr: 172.30.0.8
Authentication Statistics:
Server:"172.30.0.7:1812"
RoundTripTime
Version S-C6.1.0
:0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 87
FAULT MANAGEMENT
MalformedAccessResponse:0
AccessRequests
:2
BadAuthenticators
:0
AccessRetransmissions
:5
AccessAccepts
:0
Timeouts
:6
AccessRejects
:0
UnknownPDUTypes
AccessChallenges
:0
:0
Server:"172.30.0.8:1812"
RoundTripTime
:0
MalformedAccessResponse:0
RADIUS ACCOUNTING
CONNECTION DOWN
:2
BadAuthenticators
:0
AccessRetransmissions
:9
AccessAccepts
:0
Timeouts
:10
AccessRejects
:0
UnknownPDUTypes
:0
AccessChallenges
:0
The following table lists the alarm generated when the RADIUS accounting
connection is down.
RADIUS Connection
Down Alarm
Alarm Name
AccessRequests
Alarm
ID
327681
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
CRITICAL: if all
enabled and
configured Remote
Authentication Dialin User Service
(RADIUS)
accounting server
connections have
timed-out without
response from the
RADIUS server
MAJOR: if some,
but not all
configured RADIUS
accounting server
connections have
timed-out without
response from the
RADIUS server.
The enabled
connections to
RADIUS servers have
timed-out without a
response from the
RADIUS server.
Example Log
Message
CRITICAL: All enabled
accounting
connections have been
lost! Check accounting
status for more details.
MAJOR: One or more
enabled accounting
connections have been
lost! Check accounting
status for more details.
88 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Actions
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
trap generated
• apSysMgmtRadiusDownTrap
trap generated
• syslog
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Security Breach
Statistics
Viewing List of Denied
ACL Entries
You can view statistics about denied ACL entries by using the following commands:
•
acl-show
•
show acl
Display a list of denied ACL entries by using the acl-show command. If a IP address
and realm ID is denied of service, its is added to the deny list. This command shows
list of deny ACL entries. Information for each entry includes:
•
Incoming port, slot, and VLAN tag
•
Source IP, bit mask, port, and port mask
•
Destination IP address and port
•
Protocol
•
ACL entry as static or dynamic
•
ACL entry index
For example:
ACMEPACKET# acl-show
deny entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
prot type
Total number of deny entries = 0
Denied Entries not allocated due to ACL constraints:
0
task done
Viewing ACL List
Entries
Display entries in the deny, untrusted, and trusted lists using the show acl
command.
•
show acl denied
•
show acl untrusted
•
show acl trusted
•
show acl all
•
show acl ip
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show acl denied
deny entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
prot type
Total number of deny entries = 0
Denied Entries not allocated due to ACL constraints:
0
task done
ACMEPACKET# show acl untrusted
untrusted entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
prot type
Total number of untrusted entries = 0
Untrusted Entries not allocated due to ACL constraints:
Version S-C6.1.0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 89
FAULT MANAGEMENT
task done
ACMEPACKET# show acl trusted
trusted entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
recv
prot type
drop
Total number of trusted entries = 0
Trusted Entries not allocated due to ACL constraints:
0
task done
ACMEPACKET# show acl all
deny entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
prot type
Total number of deny entries = 0
trusted entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
recv
prot type
drop
Total number of trusted entries = 0
untrusted entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
prot type
Total number of untrusted entries = 0
total deny entries: 0
(0 dropped)
total media entries: 0
total trusted entries: 0
(0 dropped)
total untrusted entries: 0
(0 dropped)
task done
Viewing ACL List
Entries by IP Address
You can filter the output of show acl all based on IP address. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show acl ip 192.168.69.65
deny entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
prot type
Total number of deny entries = 0
trusted entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
recv
prot type
drop
Total number of trusted entries = 0
90 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
untrusted entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
prot type
Total number of untrusted entries = 0
Viewing ACL Entry
Space in the CAM
Display how much space is used in the CAM for ACL entries, in a percentage and
raw value breakdown of the use, by using the show acl info command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show acl info
Access Control List Statistics:
|
# of entries
|
% utilization
|
Reserved Entry Count
--------------------------------------------------------------Denied
|
0
0.0%
200
Trusted
|
0
0.0%
200
Media
|
0
0.0%
3884
Untrusted |
0
0.0%
100
--------------------------------------------------------------Total CAM space used = 0 of 7768 (100.00% free)
------------------------------------------------------------Media Entries not allocated due to ACL constraints:
0
Trusted Entries not allocated due to ACL constraints:
0
Untrusted Entries not allocated due to ACL constraints:
0
Denied Entries not allocated due to ACL constraints:
0
Session Agent and Session Agent Group Faults
This section explains how to view fault information about SIP and H.323 session
agents and session agent groups.
SIP Agent
Statistics
Viewing SIP Session
Agent Statistics
You can use the following commands to view SIP agent statistics:
•
show sipd agents
•
show sipd <agent ID>
Display SIP session agent information by using the show sipd agents command.
With this command, the Net-Net SBC ascertains whether a session agent is in
service. When the session agent stops responding to SIP requests, it transitions to
the out-of-service state. You can configure the Net-Net SBC to periodically ping the
session agent if it has gone out-of-service, or if no requests have been sent to it.
The show sipd agents command shows information about the number of active
sessions, the average rate of session invitations, and the number of times that the
constraints established in the session-agent element have been exceeded for
sessions inbound to and outbound from each session agent, as well as the average
and maximum latency and the maximum burst rate related to each session agent.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show sipd agents
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 91
FAULT MANAGEMENT
19:39:34-95
Session Agent
192.168.200.131
----- Inbound ----Active Rate ConEx
I
0
0.0
0
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency -- ------- Max ------Active Rate ConEx
Avg
Max Burst InBurst OutBurst
0
0.0
0 0.000 0.000
0
0
0
Inbound statistics:
•
Active: number of active sessions sent to each session agent listed
•
Rate: average rate of session invitations (per second) sent to each session agent
listed
•
ConEx: number of times the constraints have been exceeded
Outbound statistics:
•
Active: number of active sessions sent from each session agent
•
Rate: average rate of session invitations (per second) sent from each session
agent listed
•
ConEx: number of times the constraints have been exceeded
Latency statistics:
•
Avg: average latency for packets traveling to and from each session agent listed
•
Max: maximum latency for packets traveling to and from each session agent
listed
•
Max Burst: total number of session invitations sent to or received from the
session agent within the amount of time configured for the burst rate window of
the session agent
The second column, which is not labeled, of the show sipd agents output shows the
service state of each session agent identified in the first column. In the service state
column, an I indicates that the particular session agent is in service and an O
indicates that the particular session agent is out of service. An S indicates that the
session agent is transitioning from the out-of-service state to the in-service state; it
remains in this transitional state for a period of time that is equal to its configured
in-service period, or 100 milliseconds (whichever is greater). A D indicates that the
session agent is disabled.
Resetting Session
Agent Statistics
Reset a specific session agent’s statistics by using the reset session-agent
<hostname> command.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# reset session-agent agent2
Accepted
Reset SA failover timer
Viewing SIP Session
Agent Activity
Display a specific session agent’s activity by using the show sipd <agent ID>
command.
For example:
acmepacket# show sipd agent 69.69.69.22
19:32:17-47
Session Agent 172.16.0.10(sip172) [In Service]
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
92 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Total
PerMax
High
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Inbound Sessions
0
0
0
234666
92
168
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Outbound Sessions
0
0
0
239762
126
200
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
-
-
0
0
0
-
Trans Timeout
40928
40928
400
40928
800
40928
Requests Sent
-
-
400
519695
780
-
Requests Complete
-
-
0
478367
574
-
Seizure
-
-
0
239762
126
-
Answer
-
-
0
234661
93
-
-
-
0
0
0
-
-
-
0
1431343
1415
-
Out of Service
ASR Exceeded
Messages Received
Latency=0.000; max=0.000
Inbound sessions:
•
Rate Exceeded: number of times session or burst rate was exceeded for inbound
sessions
•
Num Exceeded: number of times time constraints were exceeded for inbound
sessions
Outbound sessions:
SIP Session Agent
Group Statistics
Viewing Session
Agent Group Statistics
Version S-C6.1.0
•
Rate Exceeded: number of times session or burst rate was exceeded for
outbound sessions
•
Num Exceeded: number of times time constraints were exceeded for inbound
sessions
•
Burst: number of times burst rate was exceeded for this session agent
•
Out of Service: number of times this session agent went out of service
•
Trans Timeout: number of transactions timed out for this session agent
•
Requests Sent: number of requests sent via this session agent
•
Requests Complete: number of requests that have been completed for this
session agent
•
Messages Received: number of messages received by this session agent
You can use the following commands to display SIP agent group statistics:
•
show sipd groups
•
show sipd groups -v
•
show sipd groups <group name>
Display session information for the session agent groups on the Net-Net system by
using the show sipd groups command. This information is compiled by totaling the
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 93
FAULT MANAGEMENT
session agent statistics for all of the session agents that make up a particular session
agent group.
The Active column of the session agent group statistics output displays the first
character of the session agent group state. The session agent group statistics can be
in one of the following states.
•
D—Disabled
•
O—Out Of Service
•
S—Standby
•
I—In Service
•
C—Constraints Exceeded
•
N—No Response Timeout
•
O—OOS Provisioned Response
•
R—Reduction In Call Load
While the show sipd groups command accesses the subcommands that are
described in this section, the main show sipd groups command (when executed
with no arguments) displays a list of all session agent groups for the Net-Net system.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show sipd groups
11:00:21-16
----- Inbound -----
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency --
SAG
Active
Rate
ConEx
Active
recursion
I
0.0
0
1
0
Rate
0.1
ConEx
Avg
0 0.005 0.005
Max
2
If you carry out this command, but you do not specify the name of an existing session
agent group, the Net-Net system will inform you that the group statistics are not
available.
Viewing List of SIP
Session Agents in a
Group
List the session agents that make up the session agent group, along with statistics
for each by using the show sipd groups -v command. The -v (verbose) option must
be included with this command to provide this level of detail.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show sipd groups -v
SAG:
recursion
11:00:07-32
----- Inbound ----Session Agent
Active
150.150.150.16
I
SAG:
150.150.150.35
0
Rate
ConEx
0.0
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency -Active
Rate
ConEx
Avg
Max
0
0
0.0
0 0.005 0.005
1
0
1
0.0
0 0.000 0.000
1
1
0.8
0 0.005 0.005
2
recursion
I
0
0.0
Totals:
recursion
Viewing Statistics for a
SIP Session Agent
I
0
0.0
0
Display statistics for a specific session agent group by using the show sipd groups
<group name> command.
For example:
94 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
ACMEPACKET# show sipd groups recursion
11:00:28-23
----- Inbound -----
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency --
SAG
Active
Rate
ConEx
Active
recursion
I
0.0
0
0
0
Rate
0.0
ConEx
Avg
Max
0 0.005 0.005
2
Session Agent and
Session Router
Constraint
Statistics
Net-Net SBC’s support for session constraints is applicable not only to the system
when configured for dialog-stateful or for session-stateful mode, but also when it
operates in proxy (transaction or stateless) mode.
Notes on Statistics
When it runs in transaction mode, the Net-Net SBC counts INVITE transactions for
calculating session agent statistics that are used to apply session agent constraints.
The following describes how the Net-Net SBC performs its count:
Example 1: Statistics
from Transaction
Mode
•
For calculating the max-burst-rate and the max-inbound-burst-rate, the NetNet SBC counts the server transaction created when it receives an INVITE
request.
•
For calculating the max-outbound-burst-rate, the Net-Net SBC counts the
client transaction when it sends an INVITE request to a session agent.
•
The Net-Net SBC counts each INVITE transaction, except for in-dialog reINVITE transactions. It detects in-dialog re-INVITE requests by checking the To
tag.
•
The Net-Net SBC does not count retransmitted INVITE requests, which it can
detect.
This section shows sample output from the ACLI show sipd agents command. The
sections that do not apply to transaction mode appear in italics.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd agents acme5
11:08:18-46
Session Agent acme5(private) [In Service]
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
22
22
22
22
22
22
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Burst Rate
0
19
0
0
0
19
Reg Rate Exceeded
Inbound Sessions
Version S-C6.1.0
-
-
0
0
0
-
Outbound Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Burst Rate
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Out of Service
-
-
0
0
0
-
Trans Timeout
0
0
0
0
0
0
Requests Sent
-
-
0
0
0
-
Requests Complete
-
-
0
0
0
-
Seizure
Answer
ASR Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
Messages Received
-
-
65
65
65
-
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 95
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Latency=0.000; max=0.000
Example 1: Statistics
from Stateless Mode
This section shows sample output from the ACLI show sipd agents command. The
sections that do not apply to stateless mode appear in italics.
acmesystem# show sipd agents uni
12:11:17-51
Session Agent uni(public) [In Service]
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Burst Rate
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Outbound Sessions
0
1
11
11
11
1
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Burst Rate
0
11
0
0
0
11
Reg Rate Exceeded
Inbound Sessions
-
-
0
0
0
-
Out of Service
-
-
0
0
0
-
Trans Timeout
Requests Sent
Requests Complete
Seizure
Answer
ASR Exceeded
0
-
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
Messages Received
-
-
30
30
30
-
Latency=0.000; max=0.000
H.323 Session
Agent Statistics
Viewing H.323 Session
Agent List
Display H.323 session agent information by using the following commands:
•
show h323d agentlist
•
show h323d agentconfig
•
show h323d agentstats
Display a list of session agents by using the show h323d agentlist command. For
example:
ACMEPACKET# show h323d agentlist
H323-Session Agent List
hostname 192.168.200.20
hostname 192.168.200.30
hostname 10.10.10.3
Viewing Session
Agent Configuration
Statistics
Display information about the session agent configuration by using the show h323d
agentconfig command. For example:
ACMEPACKET(session-agent)# show h323 agentconfig
session-agent
hostname
testhostname.com
ip-address
192.168.200.13
96 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
port
5060
state
enabled
app-protocol
SIP
app-type
H323-GW
transport-method
UDP
realm-id
h323192
description
carriers
allow-next-hop-lp
enabled
constraints
disabled
max-sessions
0
max-inbound-sessions
4
max-outbound-sessions
5
max-burst-rate
0
max-inbound-burst-rate
10
max-outbound-burst-rate
1
max-sustain-rate
0
max-inbound-sustain-rate
0
max-outbound-sustain-rate
0
min-seizures
5
min-asr
0
time-to-resume
0
ttr-no-response
0
in-service-period
0
burst-rate-window
0
sustain-rate-window
0
req-uri-carrier-mode
None
proxy-mode
Redirect
redirect-action
loose-routing
enabled
send-media-session
enabled
response-map
ping-method
ping-interval
0
ping-in-service-response-codes
out-service-response-codes
media-profiles
in-translationid
out-translationid
trust-me
disabled
request-uri-headers
stop-recurse
local-response-map
ping-to-user-part
ping-from-user-part
li-trust-me
disabled
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
p-asserted-id
trunk-group
tgname1:tgcontext1
tgname2:tgcontext2
max-register-sustain-rate
0
early-media-allow
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 97
FAULT MANAGEMENT
invalidate-registrations
disabled
rfc2833-mode
none
rfc2833-payload
0
codec-policy
last-modified-date
2007-03-29 17:15:50
task done
Viewing H.323 Session
Agent Statistics
Display statistics about the session agent by using the show h323d agentstats
command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show h323d agentstats
19:38:59-30
----- Inbound ----Session Agent
Active Rate ConEx
192.168.1.15
I
0
0.0
0
192.168.1.6
I
0
0.0
0
H.323 Session
Agent Group
Statistics
Viewing List of H.323
Session Agent Groups
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency -- ------- Max ------Active Rate ConEx
Avg
Max Burst InBurst OutBurst
0
0.0
0 0.000 0.000
0
0
0
0
0.0
0 0.000 0.000
0
0
0
You can use the following commands to view H.323 session agent group statistics:
•
show h323d grouplist
•
show h323d groupconfig
•
show h323d groupstats
Display a list of session agent groups by using the show h323d grouplist command.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show h323d grouplist
H323-Session Agent Group List
group-name
session-agent
hostname
ip-address
port
state
app-protocol
app-type
transport-method
realm-id
description
carriers
allow-next-hop-lp
constraints
max-sessions
max-inbound-sessions
max-outbound-sessions
max-burst-rate
max-inbound-burst-rate
max-outbound-burst-rate
max-sustain-rate
max-inbound-sustain-rate
max-outbound-sustain-rate
min-seizures
min-asr
time-to-resume
ttr-no-response
in-service-period
burst-rate-window
sustain-rate-window
req-uri-carrier-mode
proxy-mode
98 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
h323
testhostname.com
5060
enabled
SIP
UDP
enabled
disabled
0
4
5
0
10
1
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
None
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
redirect-action
loose-routing
send-media-session
response-map
ping-method
ping-interval
ping-in-service-response-codes
out-service-response-codes
media-profiles
in-translationid
out-translationid
trust-me
request-uri-headers
stop-recurse
local-response-map
ping-to-user-part
ping-from-user-part
li-trust-me
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
p-asserted-id
trunk-group
0
disabled
disabled
tgname1:tgcontext1
tgname2:tgcontext2
0
max-register-sustain-rate
early-media-allow
invalidate-registrations
rfc2833-mode
rfc2833-payload
codec-policy
last-modified-date
Viewing H.323 Session
Agent Group
Configuration
Statistics
enabled
enabled
disabled
none
0
2007-03-29 17:15:50
Display information about the session agent group configuration by using the show
h323d groupconfig command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show h323d groupconfig
session-group
group-name
h323
description
state
enabled
app-protocol
H323
strategy
Hunt
dest
172.16.0.13
1.1.1.1
trunk-group
last-modified-date
Viewing H.323 Session
Agent Group Statistics
2006-07-11 19:12:22
Display statistics about the session agent group by using the show h323d
grouptstats command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show h323d groupstats
19:38:59-30
----- Inbound -----
Version S-C6.1.0
SAG
Active
H323Group
I
Rate
0
0.0
ConEx
0
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency -Active
0
Rate
0.0
ConEx
0
Avg
0.000
------- Max -------
Max Burst InBurst OutBurst
0.000
0
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 99
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Realm Faults
This section explains how to access realm fault statistics.
Signaling
Use the following command to display SIP realm statistics:
•
Viewing SIP Realm
Statistics
Media Statistics
show sipd realms
Display SIP realm statistics by using the show sipd realms command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show sipd realms
19:38:17-18
----- Inbound ----Realm
Active Rate ConEx
external
0
0.0
0
external-child
0
0.0
0
internal
0
0.0
0
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency -- ------- Max ------Active Rate ConEx
Avg
Max Burst InBurst OutBurst
0
0.0
0 0.000 0.000
0
0
0
0
0.0
0 0.000 0.000
0
0
0
0
0.0
0 0.000 0.000
0
0
0
You can use the following commands to display information about mbcd realms:
•
show mbcd realms
•
show mbcd realms <realm name>
•
show flows
There are also alarms that occur when the following events happen:
Viewing MBCD
Steering Port and
Bandwidth Usage for
Realms
•
out of memory
•
internal
•
unknown realm
•
realm change
•
out of bandwidth
•
out of ports
Display steering ports and bandwidth usage for home, public, and private realms by
using the show mbcd realms command.
For example:
acmepacket# show mbcd realms
18:46:29-2819
--- Steering Ports --Realm
acme
Used
Free
No Ports
0
0
0
----------- Bandwidth Usage ---------Flows Ingrss Egress
0
0K
0K
Total
Insuf BW
0K
0
h323172
0
30001
0
0
0K
0K
0K
0
sip172
2
29999
0
0
0K
0K
0K
0
sip192
2
29999
0
0
0K
0K
0K
0
The information displayed includes the following:
•
Used—Number of steering ports used
•
Free—Number of free steering ports
•
No Ports—Number of times that a steering port could not be allocated
100 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Viewing MBCD
Statistics for a Specific
Realm
•
Flows—Number of established media flows
•
Ingress—Amount of bandwidth being used for inbound flows
•
Egress—Amount of bandwidth being used for outbound flows
•
Total—Maximum bandwidth set for this realm
•
Insuf BW—Number of times that a session was rejected due to insufficient
bandwidth.
Display media statistics for a specific realm by using the show mbcd realms
<realm-name> command. This information is given for period and lifetime
durations.
•
Ports Used—Number of ports used
•
Free Ports—Number of free ports
•
No Ports Avail—Number of times no steering ports were available
•
Ingress Band—Amount of bandwidth used for inbound flows
•
Egress Band—Amount of bandwidth used for outbound flows
•
BW Allocations—Number of times that bandwidth was allocated
•
Band Not Avail—Number of times a session was rejected due to insufficient
bandwidth
For example:
acmepacket# show mbcd realms sip172
18:47:31-2881 Realm=sip172
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Ports Used
2
2
18
18
18
2
Free Ports
29999
30001
30017
30017
30017
30001
-
-
0
0
0
-
Ingress Band
0K
0K
0
0
0
0K
Egress Band
0K
0K
0
0
0
0K
BW Allocations
0
0
0
0
0
0
Band Not Avail
-
-
0
0
0
-
No Ports Avail
Total Bandwidth=0K
Steering Ports: 100% Success
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 101
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Viewing MBCD Task
Errors
The show mbcd errors command displays MBCD task error statistics, starting with
a time stamp that shows when the current period began.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show mbcd errors
11:42:37-198
MBC Errors/Events
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Client Errors
0
0
0
Client IPC Errors
0
0
0
Open Streams Failed
0
0
0
Drop Streams Failed
0
0
0
Exp Flow Events
0
0
0
Exp Flow Not Found
0
0
0
Transaction Timeouts
0
0
0
Server Errors
0
0
0
Server IPC Errors
0
0
0
Flow Add Failed
0
0
0
Flow Delete Failed
0
0
0
Flow Update Failed
0
0
0
Flow Latch Failed
0
0
0
Pending Flow Expired
0
0
0
ARP Wait Errors
0
0
0
Exp CAM Not Found
0
0
0
Drop Unknown Exp Flow
0
0
0
Drop/Exp Flow Missing
0
0
0
Exp Notify Failed
0
0
0
Unacknowledged Notify
0
0
0
Invalid Realm
0
0
0
No Ports Available
0
0
0
Insufficient Bandwidth
0
0
0
Stale Ports Reclaimed
0
0
0
Stale Flows Replaced
0
0
0
Telephone Events Gen
0
0
0
Pipe Alloc Errors
0
0
0
Pipe Write Errors
0
0
0
There are two categories of MBCD error statistics: Client and Server.
Client statistics count errors and events encountered by applications that use the
MBCD to set up and tear down media sessions:
•
Client Errors—Number of errors in the client application related to MBC
transactions that are otherwise uncategorized
•
No Session (Open)—Number of MBC transactions creating or updating a media
session that could not be sent to MBCD because the media session state
information could not be located
•
No Session (Drop)—Number of MBC transactions deleting a media session that
could not be sent to MBCD because the media session state information could
not be located
•
Exp Flow Events—Number of flow timer expiration notifications received from
the MBCD by all applications
102 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Viewing Realm
Configurations
•
Exp Flow Not Found—Number of flow timer expiration notifications received
from the MBCD by all applications for which no media session or flow
information was present in the application.
•
Transaction Timeouts—Number of MBC transaction timeouts
•
Server statistics count errors and events encountered by MBCD
•
Server Errors—Number of uncategorized errors in the MBC server
•
Flow Add Failed—Number of errors encountered when attempting to add an
entry to the NAT table
•
Flow Delete Failed—Number of errors encountered when attempting to remove
an entry from the NAT table
•
Flow Update Failed—Number of errors encountered when attempting to
update an entry in the NAT table upon receipt of the first packet for a media flow
•
Flow Latch Failed—Number of errors when attempting to locate an entry in the
NAT table upon receipt of the first packet for a media flow
•
Pending Flow Expired—Number of flow timer expirations for pending flows
that have not been added to the NAT table
•
ARP Wait Errors—Number of errors and timeouts related to obtaining the Layer
2 addressing information necessary for sending media
•
Exp CAM Not Found—This statistic shows the number that the NAT table entry
for an expired flow could not find in the NAT table. This usually occurs due to a
race condition between the removal of the NAT entry and the flow timer
expiration notification being sent to MBCD from the NP
•
Drop Unknown Exp Flow—Number of flows deleted by the MBCD because of
a negative response from the application to a flow timer expiration notification
•
Unk Exp Flow Missing—Number of negative responses from the application to
a flow timer expiration notification for which the designated flow could not be
found in MBCD's tables
•
Exp Notify Failed—Number of errors encountered when the MBCD attempted
to send a flow timer expiration notification to the application
•
Unacknowledged Notify—Number of flow expiration notification messages
sent from MBCD to the application for which MBCD did not receive a response
in a timely manner
•
No Ports Available—Number of steering port allocation requests not be satisfied
due to a lack of free steering ports in the realm
•
Invalid Realm—Number of flow setup failures due to an unknown realm in the
request from the application
•
Insufficient Bandwidth—Number of flow setup failures due to insufficient
bandwidth in the ingress or egress realm
You can use the show realm command to display all realm-specific configurations.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show realm
14:27:38-56SIP Realm Statistics
-- Period -- ------- Lifetime ------Realm
Active
Rate
High
Total
0
0.0
0
0
Total PerMax
High
realm1
Inbound
Version S-C6.1.0
0
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 103
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Outbound
Viewing Realm
Configurations for a
Specific Realm
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
ACMEPACKET# show realm realm1
realm stats for : Realm: realm1
14:29:22-40
Realm realm1 NO ACTIVITY
Viewing Monthly
Minutes for a Specific
Realm
You can use the show monthly minutes <realm-id> command to display the
monthly minutes for a specified realm. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show monthly-minutes realm1
14:31:33-51
Realm
MinutesAllowed MinutesLeft
------------
-------------
-----------
Minutes Exceed Rejects
-------------------Recent
realm1
10
10
Total
PerMax
0
0
0
The following table lists information about the different media alarms.
Media Alarms
Table 1:
Alarm Name
Alarm
ID
Example Log
Message
Actions
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
CRITICAL: for flow
MAJOR: for media
(if server cannot
allocate a new
context)
No further memory
can be allocated for
MBCD.
Flow: Cannot create
free port list for
realm.
Media Server: Failed
to allocate new
context.
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
MBCD ALARM OUT OF
MEMORY
262145
MBCD ALARM INTERNAL
262146
MINOR
An internal
software error.
Internal Error. No
agent for socket
<IPPort>.
None
MBCD ALARM UNKNOWN
REALM
262147
MAJOR: if media
server is adding a
new flow
Media server is
unable to find realm
interface.
Realm type (ingress,
egress, hairpin) X,
not found
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
MBCD ALARM OUT OF
BANDWIDTH
262149
CRITICAL: failure
rate = 100%
MAJOR: failure rate
> or = 50%
The realm is out of
bandwidth.
Out of bandwidth
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
MBCD ALARM OUT OF
PORTS
262150
CRITICAL: failure
rate = 100%
MAJOR: failure rate
> or = 50%
The realm is out of
steering ports.
Out of steering ports
Viewing Deny ACL
List
• apSysMgmtMediaOutofMem
ory trap generated
• apSysMgmtUnknownRealm
• apSysMgmtMediaBandwidth
Trap
• apSyslogMessageGenerated
• apSysMgmtMediaPortsTrap
Display a list of deny ACLI entries by using the acl-show command at the topmost
ACLI prompt. The following information is displayed:
•
Incoming port, slot, and VLAN tag
•
Source IP, bit mask, port, and port mask
•
Destination IP address and port
•
Protocol
•
ACL entry as static and dynamic
•
ACL entry index
104 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
For example:
ACMEPACKET# acl-show
deny entries:
intf:vlan source-ip/mask:port/mask dest-ip/mask:port/mask
index
prot type
Total number of deny entries = 0
Denied Entries not allocated due to ACL constraints:
0
task done
Network Faults
This section explains how to access network fault information. Network alarms
account for problems related to low-level network issues and might occur when the
software is unable to communicate with the hardware.
NAT Statistics
Use the following command to display NAT table information.
•
show nat
There is also an alarm that occurs when the NAT table usage reaches 90% or greater
of its capacity.
Viewing Information
from the NAT Table
Display information from the NAT table by using the show nat command along
with one of the following subcommands.
Caution: Do not display the entire contents of the NAT table on your
screen. The size of the table can interfere with call processing.
•
by-index: specify the range of entries to display, up to a maximum of 5024
entries. For example, to see entries on lines 10 through 50 of the NAT table,
enter the following:
show nat by-index 10 50
A <Space> separates the two numbers defining the range. If you do not specify
a range, the system uses the default range of 1 through 200. The range you enter
here corresponds to line numbers in the table, and not to the number of the
entry itself.
•
by-addr: specify the entries to display according to SA and DA values. For
example, to view entries with an SA of 192.168.112.25 and a DA
101.102.103.104, enter the following:
show nat by-addr 192.168.112.25 101.102.103.104
The system matches these values to the NAT table entries and displays the
pertinent information. If no addresses are entered, the system displays all of the
table entries (all of the table entries will match).
•
in-tabular: Display a specified range of entries in the NAT table display in table
form, maximum of 5024 entries. The syntax is modeled on the show nat byindex command: show nat in-tabular <starting entry> <ending
entry>
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 105
FAULT MANAGEMENT
•
info: Display general NAT table information. The output is used for quick
viewing of a Net-Net SBC’s overall NAT functions, including the maximum
number of NAT table entries, the number of used NAT table entries, the length
of the NAT table search key, the first searchable NAT table entry address, the
length of the data entry, the first data entry address, and whether or not aging
and policing are enabled in the NAT table.
•
flow-info: Display NAT table entry debug information. The syntax is:
show nat flow-info <all | by-addr | by-switchid>
Viewing NAT
information By Index
The following example shows the output of the show nat by-index command:
ACMEPACKET# show nat by-index 1 2
------------------------------------------------------------Total number of entries in the Database = 395
NAT table search address 1, xsmAddr 62580 :
Flow type: Traditional weighted flow
SA_flow_key
: 192.168.200.041
SA_prefix
: 32
DA_flow_key
: 000.000.000.000
DA_prefix
: 0
SP_flow_key
: 0
SP_prefix
: 0
DP_flow_key
: 0
DP_prefix
: 0
VLAN_flow_key
: 0
Protocol_flow_key : 0
Ingress_flow_key
: 64
Ingress Slot
: 64
Ingress Port
: 0
XSA_data_entry
: 000.000.000.000
XDA_data_entry
: 000.000.000.000
XSP_data_entry
: 0
XDP_data_entry
: 0
Egress_data_entry : 0
Egress Slot
: 0
Egress Port
: 0
flow_action
: 0X1
optional_data
: 0
FPGA_handle
: 0xffffffff
assoc_FPGA_handle : 0xffffffff
VLAN_data_entry
: 0
host_table_index
: 1
Switch ID
: 0x00034000
average-rate
: 0
weight
: 0x10
init_flow_guard
: 4294967295
inact_flow_guard
: 4294967295
max_flow_guard
: 4294967295
q - quit, return - next entry, space - through to the end :
Viewing NAT
Information By
Address
ACMEPACKET# show nat by-addr
sip_key = (null), dip_key = (null)
-- Total number of entries in the NAT table is 407
---------------------------------
106 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
NAT table search address 1 :
Flow type: Traditional weighted flow.
Weight = 16
SA_flow_key
: 192.168.200.041
SA_prefix
: 32
DA_flow_key
: 000.000.000.000
DA_prefix
: 0
SP_flow_key
: 0
SP_prefix
: 0
DP_flow_key
: 0
DP_prefix
: 0
VLAN_flow_key
: 0
Protocol_flow_key : 0
Ingress_flow_key
: 64
Ingress Slot
: 64
Ingress Port
: 0
XSA_data_entry
: 000.000.000.000
XDA_data_entry
: 000.000.000.000
XSP_data_entry
: 0
XDP_data_entry
: 0
Egress_data_entry : 0
Egress Slot
: 0
Egress Port
: 0
flow_action
: 0X1
optional_data
: 0
FPGA_handle
: 0xffffffff
assoc_FPGA_handle : 0xffffffff
VLAN_data_entry
: 0
host_table_index
: 1
Switch ID
: 0x00034000
average-rate
: 0
weight
: 0x10
init_flow_guard
: 4294967295
inact_flow_guard
: 4294967295
max_flow_guard
: 4294967295
q - quit, return - next entry, space - through to the end :
Viewing NAT
Information In Tabular
acmepacket# show nat in-tabular
NAT
ING
SA_key
PROTO
DA_key
SP_key
DP_key
VLAN_key
WEIGHT
addr=
1, sip=0xac100056, dip=0x00000000, SP=0x0000, DP=0x0000, VLAN=
0, Intf=64, proto= 0, weight=0x10
addr=
2, sip=0x7f000064, dip=0x00000000, SP=0x0000, DP=0x0000, VLAN=
999, Intf=64, proto= 0, weight=0x10
addr=
3, sip=0x00000000, dip=0xac100056, SP=0x0000, DP=0x0000, VLAN=
0, Intf= 0, proto= 6, weight=0x9
addr=
4, sip=0x00000000, dip=0xac100056, SP=0x0000, DP=0x0000, VLAN=
0, Intf= 0, proto= 17, weight=0x9
addr=
5, sip=0x00000000, dip=0x7f000064, SP=0x0000, DP=0x13c4, VLAN=
999, Intf= 0, proto= 17, weight=0xd
addr=
6, sip=0x00000000, dip=0xac100058, SP=0x0000, DP=0x13c4, VLAN=
0, Intf= 0, proto= 17, weight=0xd
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 107
FAULT MANAGEMENT
addr=
7, sip=0x00000000, dip=0xc0a86458, SP=0x0000, DP=0x13c4, VLAN=
0, Intf= 1, proto= 17, weight=0xd
addr=
8, sip=0x00000000, dip=0xac100056, SP=0x0000, DP=0x0001, VLAN=
0, Intf= 0, proto= 6, weight=0x63
Viewing General NAT
Table Information
acmepacket# show nat info
-- NAT table info -Maximum number of entries
: 7768
Number of used entries
: 10
Length of search key
: 2 (x 64 bits)
First search entry address : 0x0
Viewing NAT Flow
Information
length of data entry
: 4 (x 64 bits)
First data entry address
: 0x0
Enable aging
: 1
Enable policing
: 0
You can view NAT flow information by using the show nat flow-info <all | by-addr
| by switchid> command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show nat flow-info all
SA_flow_key
: 001.000.002.003
SA_prefix
: 32
DA_flow_key
: 000.000.000.000
DA_prefix
: 0
SP_flow_key
: 0
SP_prefix
: 0
DP_flow_key
: 0
DP_prefix
: 0
VLAN_flow_key
: 0
Protocol_flow_key : 0
Ingress_flow_key
: CPU PORT(64)
Ingress Slot
: 64
Ingress Port
: 0
XSA_data_entry
: 000.000.000.000
XDA_data_entry
: 000.000.000.000
XSP_data_entry
: 0
XDP_data_entry
: 0
Egress_data_entry : 0
Egress Slot
: 0
Egress Port
: 0
flow_action
: 0
optional_data
: 0
FPGA_handle
: 0x00000000
assoc_FPGA_handle : 0x00000000
VLAN_data_entry
: 0
host_table_index
: 1
Switch ID
: 0x00034000
average-rate
: 0
weight
: 0x0
init_flow_guard
: 4294967295
inact_flow_guard
: 4294967295
max_flow_guard
: 4294967295
payload_type_2833 : 0
index_2833
: 0
pt_2833_egress
: 0
LI X3 Index
: 0x00000000
108 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
---------------------------------------------IFD Index
IFD Info
Input Admission Params
0x00034000 Static = No
Word 0 =Valid, Word 1 = Valid
Enabled for CPU Traffic = Yes
ABJ Mode = Enabled,
EPD Mode =
Disabled
Enabled for Data Traffic = Yes
IFD enabled = Disabled,
IFD ass
igned = Unassigned
IQD Assigned =
No
Thresholding Enabled,
TG Index
= 0x0
WRED Disabled.
OFD Index
Oft
DestID
QueueIndex
Scheduling Parameters.
0x00034000 0x00034000 0x00000000 0x00000001
Word 1 = Val
Word 0 = Valid,
id
Word 2 = Valid, Word 3 = Val
id
Word 4 = Valid
Packet Mode = Yes
SPWRR Parameters
Delta = 0x00000001
Credit Min Exponent = 0x0
0000000
Pipe Index
Pipe Scheduler Parameters
0x00008000
Packet Max Mode Set =
Enabled
Delta = 0x00000001
mticke = 0x00000007
Credit Min Exponent = 0x00000008
Credit Min Mantissa = 0x00000000
Credit Max Exponent = 0x00000007
Credit Max Mantissa = 0x00000018
Total Dropped = 0x0
Total Received = 0x5
----------------------------------------------
01.000.011.012
SA_prefix
: 32
DA_flow_key
: 192.168.050.001
DA_prefix
: 32
SP_flow_key
: 80
SP_prefix
: 16
DP_flow_key
: 0
DP_prefix
: 0
VLAN_flow_key
: 0
Protocol_flow_key : 6
Ingress_flow_key
: 0
Ingress Slot
: 0
Ingress Port
: 0
XSA_data_entry
: 000.000.000.000
XDA_data_entry
: 192.168.050.001
XSP_data_entry
: 0
XDP_data_entry
: 0
Egress_data_entry : 0
Egress Slot
Version S-C6.1.0
: 0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 109
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Egress Port
: 0
flow_action
: 0
optional_data
: 0
FPGA_handle
: 0xffffffff
assoc_FPGA_handle : 0xffffffff
VLAN_data_entry
: 0
host_table_index
: 2
Switch ID
: 0x00000002
average-rate
: 0
weight
: 0x0
init_flow_guard
: 4294967295
inact_flow_guard
: 4294967295
max_flow_guard
: 4294967295
payload_type_2833 : 0
index_2833
: 0
pt_2833_egress
: 0
LI X3 Index
: 0x00000000
---------------------------------------------IFD Index
IFD Info
Input Admission Params
0x00000002 Static = No
Word 0 =Valid, Word 1 = Valid
Enabled for CPU Traffic = Yes
ABJ Mode = Enabled,
EPD Mode =
Disabled
Enabled for Data Traffic = Yes
IFD enabled = Disabled,
IFD ass
igned = Unassigned
IQD Assigned =
No
Thresholding Enabled,
TG Index
= 0x0
WRED Disabled.
OFD Index
Oft
DestID
QueueIndex
Scheduling Parameters.
0x00040002 0x00040002 0x00000000 0x00000001
Word 1 = Val
Word 0 = Valid,
id
Word 2 = Valid, Word 3 = Val
id
Word 4 = Invalid
Packet Mode = Yes
Shaping Parameters
Sustained Cell Rate Exp =
0x00000005
Sustained Cell Rate Manti
ssa = 0x000000e8
Peak Cell Rate Exp = 0x00
000000
Peak Cell Rate Mantissa =
0x00000000
Max Burst Threshold Exp =
0x00000000
Max Burst Threshold Manti
ssa = 0x00000000
Latency Sensitive = Disab
led
110 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Pipe Index
Pipe Scheduler Parameters
0x00008000
Packet Max Mode Set =
Enabled
Delta = 0x00000001
mticke = 0x00000007
Credit Min Exponent = 0x00000008
Credit Min Mantissa = 0x00000000
Credit Max Exponent = 0x00000007
Credit Max Mantissa = 0x00000018
Total Dropped = 0x0
Total Received = 0x0
NAT Table Utilization
Alarm
Alarm Name
NAT TABLE UTILIZATION
ARP Statistics
The following table describes the NAT table utilization alarm:
Alarm
ID
131102
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
MINOR
NAT table usage
reached 90% or
greater of its capacity.
Example Log
Message
Actions
NAT table usage X%
over threshold X%
• apSysMgmtGroupTrap trap
generated
• syslog
You can use the following command to view ARP statistics:
•
show arp
There is also an alarm that occurs when a gateway is unreachable.
Viewing Address
Mappings
Display the current Internet-to-Ethernet address mappings in the ARP table by
using the show arp command. The first section of this display shows the following
information: destination, gateway, flags, reference count, use, and interface. The
second section shows the interface, VLAN, IP address, MAC address, timestamp,
and type.
The intf (interface) column in the ARP includes both slot and port information. If a
value of 0/1 appears, 0 refers to the slot and 1 refers to the port.
ACMEPACKET# show arp
LINK LEVEL ARP TABLE
destination
gateway
flags
Refcnt
Use
Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------172.30.0.1
00:0f:23:4a:d8:80
405
1
0
wancom0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total ARP Entries = 3
----------------------Intf
0/0
VLAN
0
IP-Address
010.000.045.001
MAC
time-stamp
type
00:00:00:00:00:00
1108462861
invalid
00:00:00:00:00:00
1108462861
gateway
Special Entries:
0/0
Version S-C6.1.0
0
000.000.000.000
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 111
FAULT MANAGEMENT
0/0
0
010.000.045.000
00:00:00:00:00:00
1108462861
network
Gateway Status:
Intf
0/0
VLAN
0
IP-Address
MAC
010.000.045.001
00:00:00:00:00:00
time-stamp hb status
1108462861
unreachable
-- ARP table info -Maximum number of entries
: 512
Number of used entries
: 3
Length of search key
: 1 (x 64 bits)
First search entry address : 0x3cb0
Gateway Unreachable
Alarm
length of data entry
: 2 (x 64 bits)
First data entry address
: 0x7960
Enable aging
: 0
Enable policing
: 0
The Net-Net SBC supports polling for and detection of front interface links to the
default gateway when monitoring ARP connectivity. Based on configured gateway
link parameter, the Net-Net SBC detects connectivity loss, generates an alarm when
it loses ARP-connectivity to the front interface gateway, and decrements its health
score accordingly.
The GATEWAY UNREACHABLE network-level alarm is generated in the following
circumstances:
•
If the ARP manager has not received any ARP messages from a front interface
gateway (assigned when the network interface was configured) within the
configured heartbeat time period, it will send out ARP requests and wait for a
reply.
You can set this heartbeat time period when configuring the gateway heartbeat
interval for the redundancy element or when configuring the gw heartbeat’s
heartbeat field for the network interface element.
•
If no reply is received after retrying (re-sending) ARP requests for a configured
number of times.
You can set this retry value when configuring the gateway heartbeat retry field
for the redundancy element or the gw heartbeat’s retry count field for the
network interface element.
The GATEWAY UNREACHABLE alarm decrements the health score of the Net-Net
SBC by the amount you set for either the gateway heartbeat health field of the
redundancy element or the gw heartbeat’s health score field for the network
interface. The alarm is cleared once a front interface gateway ARP entry is valid
again.
After the initial alarm is triggered, the Net-Net SBC continues to attempt to connect
to the front interface gateway. It issues ARP requests (retries) every five seconds until
front interface gateway ARP connectivity is achieved.
You can set the gateway link failure detection and polling parameters, and the health
score decrement (reduction) value for the entire Net-Net SBC by configuring the
redundancy element or for each individual network interface by configuring the gw
heartbeat for the network interface.
112 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
The following table lists information about the GATEWAY UNREACHABLE alarm.
Alarm Name
Alarm ID
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
GATEWAY
UNREACHABLE
dynamicID
MAJOR
The Net-Net SBC lost
ARP connectivity to
the front interface
gateway.
Example Log
Message
gateway X.X.X.X
unreachable on slot Y
port Z subport ZZ
(where X.X.X.X is the
IPv4 address of the
front interface
gateway, Y is the front
interface slot number,
Z is the front interface
port number, and ZZ is
the subport ID)
Actions
• apSysMgmtGatewayUnreach
ableTrap generated
• syslog
The value of this alarm changes based on a number of factors. The total alarm ID range falls between 12288 - 229357. The alarm ID is calculated based
on a compilation of a hexadecimal number that represents the VLAN ID and the front interface slot/port numbers.
View Network
Interfaces Statistics
Display statistics for network interfaces by using show interfaces command. The
following is an example of the C6.0.0 output:
ACMEPACKET# show interfaces
wancom (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x8063) UP BROADCAST MULTICAST ARP RUNNING
Type: ETHERNET_CSMACD
Internet address: 172.30.55.127
Broadcast address: 172.30.255.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffff0000
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:01:07:60
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
3481 octets received
93 octets sent
3481 packets received
93 packets sent
3389 non-unicast packets received
0 non-unicast packets sent
92 unicast packets received
93 unicast packets sent
0 input discards
0 input unknown protocols
0 input errors
0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
lo (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x8069) UP LOOPBACK MULTICAST ARP RUNNING
Type: SOFTWARE_LOOPBACK
Internet address: 127.0.0.1
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 32768
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 113
FAULT MANAGEMENT
69 packets received; 69 packets sent
0 multicast packets received
0 multicast packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
The following is an example of the Cx6.0.0 output:
# show interfaces
lo (unit number 0):
Flags: (0xc8049) UP LOOPBACK MULTICAST TRAILERS ARP RUNNING INET_UP
INET6_U
P
Type: SOFTWARE_LOOPBACK
inet: 127.0.0.1
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
inet6:
::1 prefixlen 128
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1536
198 packets received; 198 packets sent
0 multicast packets received
0 multicast packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
eth (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x78843) UP BROADCAST MULTICAST ARP RUNNING INET_UP
Type: ETHERNET_CSMACD
inet: 172.30.1.186
Broadcast address: 172.30.255.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffff0000
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:a0:78:50
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
123096284 octets received
12747 octets sent
23 unicast packets received
198 unicast packets sent
96295 multicast packets received
0 multicast packets sent
1396154 broadcast packets received
1 broadcast packets sent
0 incoming packets discarded
0 outgoing packets discarded
0 incoming errors
0 outgoing errors
0 unknown protos
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
sp (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x68043) UP BROADCAST MULTICAST ARP RUNNING INET_UP
Type: ETHERNET_CSMACD
inet: 192.168.69.10
Broadcast address: 192.168.69.255
Netmask 0xffffff00 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
114 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:a0:78:53
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
0 unicast packets received
0 unicast packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
0 non-unicast packets sent
0 incoming packets discarded
0 outgoing packets discarded
0 incoming errors
0 outgoing errors
0 unknown protos
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
lefty (media slot 0, port 0)
Flags: Down
Type: GIGABIT_ETHERNET
Admin State: enabled
Auto Negotiation: enabled
Internet address: 192.168.69.10
Vlan: 69
Broadcast Address: 192.168.69.255
Netmask: 0xffffff00
Gateway: 192.168.69.10
Internet address: 172.16.0.10
Vlan: 0
Broadcast Address: 172.16.255.255
Netmask: 0xffff0000
Gateway: 0.0.0.0
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:a0:78:53
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
0 packets received
0 packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
0 non-unicast packets sent
0 unicast packets received
0 unicast packets sent
0 input discards
0 input unknown protocols
0 input errors
0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
righty (media slot 1, port 0)
Flags: Down
Type: GIGABIT_ETHERNET
Admin State: enabled
Auto Negotiation: enabled
Internet address: 192.168.200.10
Vlan: 0
Broadcast Address: 192.168.200.255
Netmask: 0xffffff00
Gateway: 0.0.0.0
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 115
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:a0:78:55
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
0 packets received
0 packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
0 non-unicast packets sent
0 unicast packets received
0 unicast packets sent
0 input discards
0 input unknown protocols
0 input errors
0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
You can also view key running statistics about the interfaces within a single screen
by using the show interfaces [brief] command.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show interfaces brief
Slot Port Vlan Interface
Num
Num
ID Name
IP
Address
Gateway
Address
Admin Oper
State State
---- ---- ---- ---------- ------------------- ---------------- ----- ---lo (unit number 0):
Flags: (0xc8049) UP LOOPBACK MULTICAST TRAILERS ARP RUNNING INET_UP
INET6_U
P
Type: SOFTWARE_LOOPBACK
inet: 127.0.0.1
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
inet6:
::1 prefixlen 128
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1536
238 packets received; 238 packets sent
0 multicast packets received
0 multicast packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
wancom (unit number 0):
Flags: (0xe8043) UP BROADCAST MULTICAST ARP RUNNING INET_UP
INET6_UP
Type: ETHERNET_CSMACD
inet6:
fe80::208:25ff:fe02:2280%wancom0 scopeid 0x2 prefixlen 64
inet: 172.30.1.186
Broadcast address: 172.30.255.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffff0000
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:02:22:80
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
116 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
638311 unicast packets received
129 unicast packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
5 non-unicast packets sent
0 incoming packets discarded
0 outgoing packets discarded
0 incoming errors
0 outgoing errors
21 unknown protos
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
sp (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x68043) UP BROADCAST MULTICAST ARP RUNNING INET_UP
Type: ETHERNET_CSMACD
inet: 1.0.2.3
Broadcast address: 1.0.2.255
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:02:22:84
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
0 unicast packets received
0 unicast packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
0 non-unicast packets sent
0 incoming packets discarded
0 outgoing packets discarded
0 incoming errors
0 outgoing errors
0 unknown protos
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
0
0
0 lefty
192.168.50.1/24
192.168.0.1
up
down
1
0
0 righty
192.168.50.5/24
192.168.0.1
up
down
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Physical Interface Faults
This section contains information about the statistics you can view for network and
media interfaces, and alarms that occur for physical interface faults.
Viewing Network
Interface Statistics
Display information about the network interfaces by using the show interfaces
command.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show interfaces
wancom (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x8063) UP BROADCAST MULTICAST ARP RUNNIN
Type: ETHERNET_CSMACD
Internet address: 172.30.55.127
Broadcast address: 172.30.255.255
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 117
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffff0000
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:01:07:60
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
236354 octets received
847 octets sent
236354 packets received
847 packets sent
235526 non-unicast packets received
0 non-unicast packets sent
828 unicast packets received
847 unicast packets sent
0 input discards
0 input unknown protocols
0 input errors
0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
lo (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x8069) UP LOOPBACK MULTICAST ARP RUNNING
Type: SOFTWARE_LOOPBACK
Internet address: 127.0.0.1
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 32768
104 packets received; 104 packets sent
0 multicast packets received
0 multicast packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
Viewing Media
Interface Statistics
Display information about the Net-Net system’s media interfaces, if any, by using
the show media command. You can also display information about loopback
(internal) interfaces, which are logical interfaces used for internal communications.
You can use the following arguments to specify the information you want to view:
•
classify—network processor statistics; requires slot and port arguments
•
host-stats—host processor statistics, including number of packets received at a
specific port and types of packets received; requires slot and port arguments
•
frame-stats—frame counts and drops along the host path; does not require port
and slot specification
•
network—network interface details; does not require port and slot specification
•
physical—physical interface information; does not require port and slot
specification
•
phy-stats—data/packets received on the front interface (media) ports; shows the
physical level of front interface statistics according to slot and port numbers and
118 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
is displayed according to received data/packets and transmitted data/packets;
requires slot and port arguments
For the slot arguments, 1 corresponds to the left Phy slot and 2 corresponds to the
right Phy slot on the front of the Net-Net chassis. For the port argument, the values
are 0, 1, 2, and, 3, with 0 corresponding to the leftmost port and 3 corresponding to
the rightmost port.
For example:
The RECEIVE STATISTICS and TRANSMIT STATISTICS in the following examples
have been abbreviated.
Viewing Network
Interface Statistics
ACMEPACKET# show media network
Slot/Port:
Vlan
1/0:
2/3:
Viewing Physical
Interface Statistics
Viewing Front
Interface Physical
Level Statistics
Version S-C6.1.0
IPAddress
Mask
Gateway Status
4
192.168.200. 10 255.255.255.
0 192.168.200.
1 enable
2
192.168.200. 10 255.255.255.
0 192.168.200.
1 enable
0
1 enable
0
63. 67.143.
8 255.255.255.
63. 67.143.
ACMEPACKET# show media physical
Slot/Port:
MAC Address
Encap
Connection ID
1/1:
0:
8:25: 1: 0:53
0x0
0x0
0x0
2/3:
0:
8:25: 1: 0:54
0x0
0x0
0x0
Frames Rx
ACMEPACKET# show media phy-stats 0 0
*** RECEIVE STATISTICS ***
Statistics Counter Name
:
Count (hex)
:
Count (decimal)
Rx bytes recd - Upper 32 bits :
0x0000
0x002E
:
46
Rx bytes recd - Lower 32 bits :
0xB132
0xE69D
:
2972903069
Rx 64 (Bad + Good)
:
0x0005
0x3392
:
340882
Rx 65 to 127 (Bad + Good)
:
0x006F
0x6F88
:
7303048
Rx 128 to 255 (Bad + Good)
:
0x36BA
0xB44C
:
918205516
Rx 256 to 511 (Bad + Good)
:
0x0004
0x531C
:
283420
Rx 512 to 1023 (Bad + Good)
:
0x0000
0x02D0
:
720
Rx 1024 to 1518 (Bad + Good)
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx 1519 to 1530 (Bad + Good)
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx > 1530 (Good)
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx Error Oversized > 1530
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx Good Undersized < 64
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx Error Undersized < 64
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx Unicast Frames In (Good)
:
0x3732
0xBCF4
:
926072052
Rx Multicast Frames In (Good) :
0x0000
0x93A2
:
37794
Rx Broadcast Frames In (Good) :
0x0000
0x5CBC
:
23740
Rx Sync loss / Rx PHY Error
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx GMAC Fifo Full Errors
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx FCS Errors
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx Delimiter Sequence Errors
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx GMAC Drop count
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx Symbol Error/Alignment err :
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 119
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Rx Pause Control Frames In
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx Control Frames In
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Rx Threshold Oversize
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
*** TRANSMIT STATISTICS ***
Statistics Counter Name
Physical Interface
Alarms
Alarm Name
Alarm
ID
LINK UP ALARM
GIGPORT
131073
LINK UP ALARM
GIGPORT
131074
LINK DOWN ALARM
GIGPORT
131075
:
Count (hex)
:
Count (decimal)
Total Xmitted - Upper 32 bits :
0x0000
0x002E
:
46
Total Xmitted - Lower 32 bits :
0xC35B
0x3BCC
:
3277536204
Tx 64
:
0x0011
0x3635
:
1127989
Tx 65 to 127
:
0x0084
0xC730
:
8701744
Tx 128 to 255
:
0x36AC
0xEA43
:
917301827
Tx 256 to 511
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx 512 to 1023
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx 1024 to 1518
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx 1519 to 1530
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx > 1530
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Unicast Frames Out
:
0x3742
0xE767
:
927131495
Tx Multicast Frames Out
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Broadcast Frames Out
:
0x0000
0x0041
:
65
Tx FCS Error
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Pause Control Frames Out
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Control Frames Out
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Bad Frames Fifo Underrun
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Bad Frames Fifo Overrun
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Drop Frames Fifo Overrun
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Bad Frames Parity Error
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Drop Frames Parity Error
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Bad Frames Sequence Error
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Drop Frames Sequence Error :
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Bad Frames Jam Bit Error
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Drop Frames Jam Bit Error
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Undersized < 64
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx Excess Collisions
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx One Collision
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
Tx > One Collision
:
0x0000
0x0000
:
0
The following table lists the physical interface alarms.
Example Log
Message
Actions
Gigabit Ethernet
interface 1 goes up.
Slot 1 port 0 UP
• linkUp trap generated
Gigabit Ethernet
interface 2 goes up.
Slot 2 port 0 UP
Gigabit Ethernet
interface 1 goes
down.
Slot 1 port 0 DOWN
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
MINOR
MINOR
MAJOR
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
120 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
LINK DOWN ALARM
GIGPORT
LINK UP ALARM VXINTF
LINK UP ALARM VXINTF
LINK UP ALARM VXINTF
Alarm Name
LINK DOWN ALARM
VXINTF
131076
131077
131078
131079
Alarm
ID
131080
MAJOR
MINOR
MINOR
MINOR
Gigabit Ethernet
interface 2 goes
down.
Slot 2 port 0 DOWN
Control interface 0
goes up.
Port 0 UP
Control interface 1
goes up.
Port 1 UP
Control interface 2
goes up.
Port 2 UP
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
MAJOR
Control interface 0
goes down.
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
Example Log
Message
Actions
Port 0 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
LINK DOWN ALARM
VXINTF
131081
MAJOR
Control interface 1
goes down.
Port 1 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
LINK DOWN ALARM
VXINTF
131082
MAJOR
Control interface 2
goes down.
Port 2 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
LINK UP ALARM FEPORT
LINK UP ALARM FEPORT
LINK UP ALARM FEPORT
LINK UP ALARM FEPORT
LINK UP ALARM FEPORT
LINK UP ALARM FEPORT
LINK UP ALARM FEPORT
LINK UP ALARM FEPORT
LINK DOWN ALARM
FEPORT
131083
131084
131085
131086
131087
131088
131089
131090
131091
MAJOR
MAJOR
MINOR
MINOR
MINOR
MINOR
MINOR
MINOR
MAJOR
Fast Ethernet slot 1,
port 0 goes up.
Slot 1 port 0 UP
Fast Ethernet slot 2,
port 0 goes up.
Slot 2 port 0 UP
Fast Ethernet slot 1,
port 1 goes up.
Slot 1 port 1 UP
Fast Ethernet slot 2,
port 1 up.
Slot 2 port 1 UP
Fast Ethernet slot 1,
port 2 goes up.
Slot 1 port 2 UP
Fast Ethernet slot 2,
port 2 goes up.
Slot 2 port 2 UP
Fast Ethernet slot 1,
port 3 goes up.
Slot 1 port 3 UP
Fast Ethernet slot 2,
port 3 goes up.
Slot 2 port 3 UP
Fast Ethernet slot 1,
port 0 goes down.
Slot 1 port 0 DOWN
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkUp trap generated
• syslog
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
LINK DOWN ALARM
FEPORT
131092
MAJOR
Fast Ethernet slot 2,
port 0 goes down.
Slot 2 port 0 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
LINK DOWN ALARM
FEPORT
131093
MAJOR
Fast Ethernet slot 1,
port 1 goes down.
Slot 1 port 1 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 121
FAULT MANAGEMENT
LINK DOWN ALARM
FEPORT
131094
MAJOR
Fast Ethernet slot 2,
port 1 goes down.
Slot 2 port 1 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
LINK DOWN ALARM
FEPORT
131095
MAJOR
Fast Ethernet slot 1,
port 2 goes down.
Slot 1 port 2 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
LINK DOWN ALARM
FEPORT
131096
MAJOR
Fast Ethernet slot 2,
port 2 goes down.
Slot 2 port 2 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
122 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Alarm Name
LINK DOWN ALARM
FEPORT
Alarm
ID
131097
Alarm Severity
Cause(s)
MAJOR
Fast Ethernet slot 1,
port 3 goes down.
Example Log
Message
Actions
Slot 1 port 3 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
LINK DOWN ALARM
FEPORT
131098
MAJOR
Fast Ethernet slot 2,
port 3 goes down.
Slot 2 port 3 DOWN
• linkDown trap generated
• minor dry contact
• syslog
Verifying an IP Address
This section explains how to determine the existence of an IP address, and whether
it is up and accepting requests.
You can use the ping command with the IPv4 address to send echo messages that
indicate whether a given address is available. In addition the ping command returns
the following information:
•
time in milliseconds it took the ICMP packets to reach the destination and
return
•
statistics that indicate the number of packets transmitted, the number of packets
received, and the percentage of packet loss.
•
time in milliseconds for the minimum, average, and maximum RTTs. The default
timeout is 64 milliseconds.
The following example shows the ping command used with IPv4 address 10.0.0.1:
ACMEPACKET# ping 172.30.1.150
PING 172.30.1.150: 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 172.30.1.150: icmp_seq=0. time=1. ms
64 bytes from 172.30.1.150: icmp_seq=1. time=0. ms
64 bytes from 172.30.1.150: icmp_seq=2. time=0. ms
64 bytes from 172.30.1.150: icmp_seq=3. time=0. ms
----172.30.1.150 PING Statistics---4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip (ms)
Specifying a Source
Address for ICMP
Pings
min/avg/max = 0/0/1
The Net-Net 4000’s ping command can also be used to set the source IP address (a
valid network interface) to use when sending ICMP pings. You must enter the IP
address for the entity you want to ping first, followed by the source IP address.
To specify a source address for an ICMP ping:
1.
At the main system prompt, type ping and a <Space>, the IP address of the
entity you want to ping, the network interface, and then the source IP address
you want to use, and then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET # ping 124.7.58.6 core:0 172.30.56.6
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 123
FAULT MANAGEMENT
DNS Statistics
You can monitor DNS statistics using the ACLI show dns command. The
information displayed includes the following:
•
Queries—The number of DNS queries initiated.
•
Successful—The number of DNS queries completed successfully.
•
NotFound—The number of DNS queries that did not result in DNS
resolution.
•
TimedOut—The number of DNS queries that timed out.
To get DNS statistics, use either the ACLI show dns or show dns stats command.
Both return the same output. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show dns
18:20:18-16
---Queries---DNS Intf Name
Current
--Successful--
Total
Current
---NotFound---
Total
Current
---TimedOut---
Total
Current
Total
M10
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
ACMEPACKET# show dns stats
12:33:57-43
---Queries---DNS Intf Name
Current
--Successful--
Total
Current
---NotFound---
Total
Current
---TimedOut---
Total
Current
Total
M10
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Viewing DNS
Statistics for
Specific Cache
Entries
To view DNS statistics for specific cache entries, use the show dns cache-entry
command. You must include both the realm name and the entry ID as arguments to
avoid receiving an error message. Your cache key entries must appear in one of the
following formats:
•
NAPTR records—NAPTR:abc.com
•
SRV records—SRV:_sip._tcp.abc.com
•
A records—A:abc.com
A successful inquiry appears as follows:
ACMEPACKET# show dns cache-entry core A:abc.sipp.com
Query-->
Q:A abc.sipp.com ttl=86329
Answers-->
172.16.0.191
Clearing ENUM
and DNS Statistics
To clear statistics for DNS, you can use additions to the ACLI reset command. Before
you reset the counters, however, you might want to confirm the current statistics on
the system are not zero. You can do so using the show dns command.
124 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
The reset command takes the DNS arguments to clear those sets of statistics. When
you use the command, the system notifies you whether it has successfully cleared
the statistics (even if the counter are zero) or if it has run into an error causing the
command to fail.
You can reset all system statistics using the reset all command.
This section shows you how to clear DNS statistics. The sample below shows the
error message that appears if the command fails.
To clear DNS statistics:
1.
At the command line, type reset dns and then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# reset dns
SIP DNS statistics not available
System Support Information for Troubleshooting
The show support-info command allows you to gather a set of information
commonly requested by the Acme Packet TAC when troubleshooting customer
issues.
The command is available in both User and Superuser mode. You send the output
from this command to a specified file by entering a <filename> argument. If no
filename is specified, the output is directed to the screen. You can also view this
command’s output one page at a time by typing more at the end of the commandline entry:
ACMEPACKET# show support-info more
You can include an optional <custom> argument which displays information in the
/code/supportinfo.cmds file to determine what commands should be
encompassed. If the file does not exist, then the system notifies you.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 125
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Included Data
Using the ACLI show
support-info
command
This command combines the output of several other ACLI commands into a single
command, which are listed in the table below.
Data Group
Included Data
General System Commands
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
show clock
show version image
show version boot
show prom-info all
display-alarms
show uptime
show process
show arp
show sessions
show features
show memory
show buffer
show health
show running-config
Physical Interface Commands
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
show interface
show media physical
show media phy-stats
show media host-stats
show media classify
show media network
show media frame-stats
show media tm-stats
SIP Commands
•
•
•
•
show reg
show sipd all
show sipd agent
stack sipd
H323 Commands
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
show h323
show h323 h323stats
show h323 agentstats
show h323 stackCallstats
show h323 stackPvtStats
show h323 stackDisconnectInstate
show h323 stacklist
stack h323d
MGCP Commands
•
•
•
•
show algd all
show algd rsip
show algd errors
stack algd
Call Media Commands
• show mbcd all
• show mbcd realms
• stack mbcd
To gather and ship information to Acme Packet TAC using the show support-info
command:
1.
Select a meaningful filename for the file to which you will send data.
2.
In either User or Superuser mode, type show support-info at the prompt.
Include the name of the file you want to send the information to as follows:
ACMEPACKET# show support-info 10102006
126 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
3.
FTP the file to Acme Packet TAC as follows:
3a.
Check the IP address of the Net-Net system’s management port (wancom0).
(You might think of this as a management address since it is used in the
management of your Net-Net system.)
3b.
Create the connection to your Net-Net system. In your terminal window, type
ftp and the IPv4 address of your Net-Net system’s management port
(wancom0), and then press <Enter>. Once a connection has been made, a
confirmation note appears followed by the FTP prompt.
3c.
When prompted, enter your FTP username and FTP password information. The
username is always user, and the password by default is acme.
3d.
Invoke binary mode
ftp> binary
Caution: Caution: Be sure to use binary transfer mode. If you do not,
transfers will be corrupted.
3e.
From the FTP prompt, change the directory to /ramdrv/logs.
ftp> cd /ramdrv/logs
3f.
Go to the directory where you are putting the file. The /code directory is used
by Acme Packet TAC. To do this, type dir at the FTP prompt.
ftp> dir
3g.
At the FTP prompt, enter the get command, a <Space>, the name of the file
from the directory that you want to be transferred, and then press <Enter>.
ftp> get <filename>
Confirmation that the connection is opening and that the transfer is taking place
appears.
3h.
After the file transfer is complete, type bye to end the FTP session.
ftp> bye
3i.
Once you have confirmed that Acme Packet TAC has received the file, delete
it from the /code in order to free up directory space.
To Display information on the screen gathered from the show support-info
command:
1.
In either User or Superuser mode, type show support-info at the prompt.
Include more if you want to view the information one page at a time.
2.
At the prompt at the bottom of the window, select one of the following ways to
view further information:
ACMEPACKET# show support-info more
Version S-C6.1.0
•
Enter a q to exit and return to the system prompt
•
Press the <enter> key to view the next page
•
Press the <space> bar to view the information through the end
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 127
FAULT MANAGEMENT
SIP Interface Constraints Monitoring
The session constraints configuration allows you to set up a body of constraints that
you can then apply them to a SIP interface. Using the constraints you have set up,
the Net-Net SBC checks and limits traffic according to those settings for the SIP
interface.
SIP interfaces have two states: “In Service” and “Constraints Exceeded.” When any
one of the constraints is exceeded, the status of the SIP interface changes to
“Constraints Exceeded” and remains in that state until the time-to-resume period
ends. The session constraint timers that apply to the SIP interface are the time-toresume, burst window, and sustain window.
You can view information about constraints for a SIP interface by using the show
sipd interface command. Using that command, you can show statistics for all SIP
interfaces, or for one that you specify when you carry out the command.
All SIP Interfaces
To display statistical information for all SIP interfaces:
1.
Type show sipd interface at the command line and then press <Enter>. The
results will resemble the following example.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd interface
19:38:17-18
----- Inbound ----Realm
Active Rate ConEx
external
I
0
0.0
0
Single SIP
Interface
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency -- ------- Max ------Active Rate ConEx
Avg
Max Burst InBurst OutBurst
0
0.0
0 0.000 0.000
0
0
0
To display statistical information for a single SIP interfaces:
1.
Type show sipd interface at the command line, followed by the realm identifier
for that interface, and then press <Enter>. The results will resemble the
following example.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd interface internal
19:46:10-37
Sip Interface internal(internal) [In Service]
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Outbound Sessions
1
1
1
1
1
1
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Out of Service
-
-
0
0
0
-
Trans Timeout
0
0
0
0
0
0
Requests Sent
-
-
1
1
1
-
Requests Complete
-
-
1
1
1
-
Messages Received
-
-
3
3
2
-
Inbound Sessions
Latency=0.013; max=0.013
128 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Displaying and Clearing Registration Cache Entries
The Net-Net SBC’s registration cache management for all protocols offers detailed
information (beyond basic registration cache displays) and flexible ways to work
with SIP, H.323, and MGCP registrations. You can query, clear, and audit entries.
Working with the
SIP Registration
Cache
There are two ways to view basic SIP registration cache statistics. The show sipd
endpoint-ip command displays information regarding a specific endpoint, and the
show registration command displays statistics for the SIP registration. These
commands still remain.
There are additional commands let you view SIP registration cache information, and
to clear and audit information from the cache.
Displaying the SIP
Registration Cache
You can view the SIP registration cache by using one of the following commands:
•
show registration sipd by-ip <ipaddress>—Displays the Net-Net SBC’s SIP
process registration cache for a specified IP address. The IP address value can be
a single IP address or a wildcarded IP address value that has an asterisk (*) as its
final character.
This command is only available if you configure the reg-via-key parameter in
the SIP interface configuration prior to endpoint registration. The reg-via-key
parameter keys all registered endpoints by IP address and username.
•
show registration sipd by-realm <realm>—Display information for calls that
have registered through a specified ingress realm. Enter the realm whose
registration cache information you want to view. This value can be wildcarded.
•
show registration sipd by-registrar <ipaddress>—Display information for
calls that use a specific registrar. Enter the IP address of the registrar whose
registration cache information you want to view. This value can be wildcarded.
•
show registration sipd by-route <ipaddress>—Display information for calls
by their Internet-routable IP address. This allows you to view the endpoints
associated with public addresses. Enter the IP address whose registration cache
information you want to view. This value can be wildcarded.
•
show registration sipd by-user <endpoint>—Displays the Net-Net SBC’s
SIP process registration cache for a specified phone number or for a user name.
That is, the <endpoint> portion of the command you enter depends on how the
SIP endpoint is registered. For example, an endpoint might be registered as
7815551234@10.0.0.3 or as username@10.0.0.3. The value preceding the at-sign
(@) is what you enter for the <endpoint>.
The phone number can be a single number (such as 7815551234) or a single
number wildcarded by placing an asterisk (*) (such as 7815551*) at the end of
the phone number. The user name can be a single name (such as user), or a
single name wildcarded by using an asterisk at the end of the user name (such
as us*).
There are brief and detailed versions of this display. To see the detailed version,
add the detail argument to the end of your entry.
The following is a sample of this command’s output for the brief view:
ACMEPACKET> show registration sipd by-user user*
Registration Cache
TUE JUL 11:29:50 UTC 2007
Num
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 129
FAULT MANAGEMENT
User
Contacts
Registered at
--------------------------------- --------
-------------------
sip:user@acme.com
1
2007-07-26-11:29:50
sip:username@acme.com
1
2007-07-26-11:29:51
sip:username2@acme.com
1
2007-07-26-11:29:51
ACMEPACKET>
You can add the detail argument to view this command’s output with detailed
information:
ACMEPACKET> show registration sipd by-user user@acme.com detail
Registration Cache (Detailed View)
2007
TUE JUL
11:32:21 UTC
User: sip:user@acme.com
Registered at:
2007-07-26-11:32:21
Surrogate User: false
Contact Information:
Contact Name: sip:user@acme.com valid: false, challenged: false
Via-Key: 172.30.80.4
Registered at: 2007-07-26-11:32:21
Last Registered at: 2007-07-26-11:32:21
state:
<expired>
Transport: <none>,
Secure: false
Local IP: 172.30.80.180:5060
User Agent Info:
Contact: sip:user-accm2vmeh72n09kb@127.0.0.15:5060;transport=udp
Realm: access,
IP: 172.30.80.4:5060
SD Contact: sip:user-p3rrurjvp0lvf@127.0.0.10:5060
Realm: backbone
ACMEPACKET>
The following is a sample of the show registration sipd by-realm command’s
output:
ACMEPACKET# show registration sipd by-realm access
Registration Cache
Realm
WED JUN 25 2008
User
09:12:03
Registered at
----------------- -------------------------------- -----------------access
09:00:32
sip:16172345687@192.168.12.200
2008-06-25-
access
09:00:40
sip:3397654323@192.168.12.200
2008-06-25-
----------------- -------------------------------- -----------------Total: 2 entries
130 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
The following is a sample of the show registration sipd by-registrar
command’s output:
ACMEPACKET# show registration sipd by-registrar *
Registration Cache
WED JUN 25 2008
09:06:28
Registrar
IP Address
User
Registered at
----------------- -------------------------------- -----------------0.0.0.0
09:00:32
sip:16172345687@192.168.12.200
2008-06-25-
0.0.0.0
09:00:40
sip:3397654323@192.168.12.200
2008-06-25-
----------------- -------------------------------- -----------------Total: 2 entries
The following is a sample of the show registration sipd by-route command’s
output:
ACMEPACKET# show registration sipd by-route 192.168.11.101
Registration Cache
WED JUN 25 2008
09:06:04
Routable
IP Address
User
Registered at
----------------- -------------------------------- -----------------192.168.11.101
09:00:40
sip:3397654323@192.168.12.200
2008-06-25-
----------------- -------------------------------- -----------------Total: 1 entry
Clearing the SIP
Registration Cache
You can clear the SIP registration cache by using one of the following commands:
•
clear-cache registration sipd all—Clears all SIP registrations in the cache.
•
clear-cache registration sipd by-ip <ipaddress>—Clears the Net-Net SBC’s
SIP process registration cache of a particular IP address. The IP address value
can be a single IP address or an IP address range in the form n.n.n.n/nn.
•
clear-cache registration sipd by-user <endpoint>—Clears the Net-Net
SBC’s SIP process registration cache of a particular phone number. The phone
number can be a single number (7815554400). You can also enter a user name
for this value.
Note that you cannot wildcard values for commands to clear the SIP registration
cache. When you use one of these commands, the system asks you to confirm
clearing the applicable cache entries.
Auditing the SIP
Registration Cache
Version S-C6.1.0
You can audit the SIP registration cache by using one of the following commands:
•
request audit registration sipd by-ip <ipaddress>—Audits a specified IP
address in the SIP registration cache.
•
request audit registration sipd by-user <endpoint>—Audits a specific user
by specifying the phone number in the SIP registration cache. You can also enter
a user name for this value.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 131
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Note that you cannot wildcard values for commands to audit the SIP registration
cache. Expired entries are automatically cleared.
Working with the
H.323 Registration
Cache
The ACLI displays the number of cached H.323 entries when you use the basic show
h323d registrations command. Using this command with a registration key displays
information about a single H.323 cached entry.
Additions to this command allow you to view detailed H.323 registration cache
information based on a specific phone number or terminal identifier. You can also
clear and audit the cache.
Displaying the H.323
Registration Cache
You can view the H.323 registration cache by using the show registration h323d
by-alias <endpoint> command. For the <endpoint> portion of the entry, use a
phone number or terminal identifier. You can wildcard the <endpoint> value by
using an asterisk (*) as the final character in the terminalAlias string.
There are brief and detailed versions of this display. To see the detailed view, add the
detail argument to the end of your entry.
The following is a sample of this command’s output for the brief view:
ACMEPACKET# show registration h323d by-alias 4278_endp
Registration Cache
FRI AUG
Endpoint
Expiration
20:22:00
2007
Registered at
--------------------------------- --------------- ------------------4278_endp
27
2007-08-03-19:58:34
ACMEPACKET#
You can add the detail argument to view this command’s output with detailed
information:
ACMEPACKET# show registration h323d by-alias 4224_endp detail
Registration Cache (Detailed View)
Endpoint: 4224_endp,
TUE JUL 14:51:59 007
state: Registered
Registered at: 2007-04-24-14:50:05
Expiration: 204
Gatekeeper: open-gk1
Endpoint NAT Address: 192.168.200.56:1372
SD Call Signaling Address: 150.150.150.10:2048
SD RAS Address: 150.150.150.10:8200
Terminal Alias(s):
Alias: e164: 17815552222,
Registered: true
Call Signaling Address(s):
Address: 192.168.200.56:1720
RAS Address(s):
132 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Address: 192.168.200.56:1372
Clearing the H.323
Registration Cache
You can clear the H.323 registration cache by entering one of the following
commands:
•
clear-cache registration h323d all—Clears all H.323 registrations in the
registration cache.
•
clear-cache registration h323d by-alias <endpoint>—Clears H.323
registrations from the registration cache based on a phone number or terminal
identifier.
Note that you cannot wildcard values for commands to clear the H.323 registration
cache. When you use one of these commands, the system asks you to confirm
clearing the appropriate cache entries.
Auditing the H.323
Registration Cache
You can audit the H.323 registration cache by entering one of the following
commands:
•
request audit registration h323 <terminalAlias>—Audits the H.323
registration cache based on a phone number or terminal identifier.
Working with the
MGCP
Registration
Cache
This section describes ACLI commands that allow you to display, clear, or audit
MGCP registration cache entries..
Displaying the MGCP
Registration Cache
You can view the MGCP registration cache by entering one of the show registration
mgcp by-endpoint <endpoint> command. This command supports a regular view
and a detailed view; the detailed view is entered with the additional detail argument
at the end of the command.
Note that all requests to the registration cache are made to the access registration.
You enter this command with one of the following arguments:
•
realm_id:local_name@host
•
realm_id:host
•
local_name@host
•
host
In these arguments, values are defined as follows:
•
realm_id—Name of a realm named in the MGCP configured; only complete
realm names are accepted; entry must end with a colon (:)
•
local_name—Local name of the endpoint; must end with the at-sign (@)
•
host—Can be an FQDN, IP address, or IP address enclosed in square brackets
([]); wildcarded by using an asterisk (*) at the end to refer to multiple hosts;
using the square brackets for in IP address value is optional
The following is a sample of this command’s output for the regular view:
ACMEPACKET# show registration mgcp by-endpoint mgcp150:aaln/*@mta1.cablelabs.com
Registration Cache
Version S-C6.1.0
WED MAR
17:58:01
2007
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 133
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Call Agent
Endpoint
Address
Registered at
-------------------------------------- --------------------- -----------------mgcp-150:aaln/*@mta1.cablelabs.com
28-17:56:54
150.150.150.20:2727
2007-03-
mgcp-150:aaln/1@mta1.cablelabs.com
28-17:56:54
150.150.150.20:2727
2007-03-
ACMEPACKET#
You can add the detail argument to view this command’s output with detailed
information:
ACMEPACKET# show registration mgcp by-endpoint mgcp150:aaln/1@mta1.cablelabs.com detail
Registration Cache (Detailed View)
THU JUN 14:03:42
2007
Endpoint: mgcp-150:aaln/1@mta1.cablelabs.com
ID: 4,
Registered at:
2007-06-21-14:01:14
Public Side Registration: true
Call Agent IP Address: 150.150.150.20:2727
Full Call Agent Address: ca@[150.150.150.20]:2727
Session Information:
Session ID: 5
NAT Mode: OnlyHost
Endpoint name when sending an audit: mgcp150:aaln/1@mta1.cablelabs.com
Call Agent View
Gateway Address: 150.150.150.80:2427
Gateway View
FQDN Gateway Address: mta1.cablelabs.com
Gateway Address: 192.168.200.20:2427
Internal Key: mgcp-192:mta1.cablelabs.com
Name Format: aaln/1
External Key: mgcp-150:mta1.cablelabs.com
Name Format: aaln/1@mta1.cablelabs.com
Clearing the MGCP
Registration Cache
You can clear the MGCP registration cache by entering one of the following
commands:
•
clear-cache registration mgcp all—Clears all MGCP registrations in the
registration cache.
•
clear-cache registration by-endpoint <endpoint>—Clears the MGCP
registration cache of a particular endpoint. You enter this command with one of
the following arguments:
134 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
• realm_id:local_name@host
• realm_id:host
In these arguments, values are defined as follows:
• realm_id—Name of a realm named in the MGCP configured; only complete
realm names are accepted; entry must end with a colon (:)
• local_name—Local name of the endpoint; must end with the at-sign (@)
• host—Can be an FQDN, IP address, or IP address enclosed in square
brackets ([]); wildcarded by using an asterisk (*) at the end to refer to
multiple hosts; using the square brackets for in IP address value is optional
Auditing the MGCP
Registration Cache
You can audit the MGCP registration cache by entering the following command:
•
request audit registration mgcp by-endpoint <endpoint>—Audits the
MGCP registration cache for a certain endpoint.
When you audit the MGCP registration cache, the Net-Net SBC sends an audit
endpoint message (AUEP) to the MGCP endpoint to determine reachability, and a
reply is expected from the endpoint.
Note that MGCP audit messages are only sent to the endpoints in private realms.
Requests sent to public realms are rejected and error messages are returned.
Session Management for SIP, H.323, and IWF
Using the session management feature, you can display and manage SIP, H.323, and
IWF sessions using a range of new ACLI commands. You can choose to view
summary or detailed displays.
If you choose to terminate a session that is already in progress, the Net-Net SBC
tears down the session and returns:
•
SIP BYE with a reason header naming administrative preemption as a cause, and
where the cause code is 3
•
H.323 Disconnect with Q.850 disconnect cause code 8, preemption
Note that if your system is carrying a heavy traffic load, it could take a good amount
of time to display or clear sessions. When you use these commands, a reminder will
appear about the fact that it can take up to thirty seconds for the command to
complete.
Displaying
Sessions
Version S-C6.1.0
You can display SIP, H.323 and IWF sessions using the ACLI show <protocol type>
sessions command. This command now takes the following additional arguments:
•
all—Displays all SIP or H.323 sessions for the protocol you specify.
•
by-agent—When entered with the name of a configured session agent, displays
session information for the specified session agent: adding iwf to the very end
of the command shows sessions for IWF; adding detail to the very end of the
command expands the displayed information
•
by-ip—When entered with the IP address of an endpoint, displays session
information for the specific endpoint; adding iwf to the very end of the
command shows sessions for IWF; adding detail to the very end of the
command expands the displayed information
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 135
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Entries for the IP address portion of this command must be enclosed in
quotation marks (“”)
Example 1: Displaying
All SIP Sessions
•
by-user—When entered with the calling or called number, displays session
information for the specified user; adding iwf to the very end of the command
shows sessions for IWF; adding detail to the very end of the command expands
the displayed information
•
by-callid—Display H.323 sessions for the call ID specified; adding iwf to the
end of the command shows sessions for the IWF; adding detail to the end of the
command expands the displayed information
The following is an example of a display showing all SIP sessions.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd sessions all
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displaying Sessions 'all' expression ''
This may take up to 30 seconds
-----------------------------------------------------------------CallID(S) 1139b3d8-1d0010ac-13c4-12557b-146c746b-12557b@127.0.0.11
(ESTABLISHED)
CallID(C)
SDo6d9601-05da1dd13301cad1523806354168b28b-v3000i1
IWF Call Leg is = SERVER
From (Server)
Realm
sip172 SA=127.0.0.11
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=113783f0-1d0010ac13c4-12557b-426bb44b-12557b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.100:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDo6d96990000012000088798
Contact-URI <sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>
To (Client)
Realm
h323192fs; SA=192.168.200.29
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDo6d9601-113783f01d0010ac-13c4-12557b-426bb44b-12557b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@192.168.200.29:1720;acme_sa=192.168.200.29;acme_realm=h3
23192fs;acme_irealm=sip172;acme_iwf_itrusted>;tag=0000012000088798
Contact-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.1:5070;acme_sa=192.168.200.29;acme_realm=h323192
fs;acme_iwf_itrusted>
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displayed 1 out of total of 1 Sessions (msg=1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------ACMEPACKET#
Example 2: Displaying
All H.323 Sessions
The following is an example of a display showing all H.323 sessions.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d sessions all
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displaying Sessions 'all' expression ''
This may take up to 30 seconds
-----------------------------------------------------------------CallID(S)
SDo6d9601-05da1dd13301cad1523806354168b28b-v3000i1 ()
CallID(C)
80834d3a4200001f0110090e2f3cc51b
IWF Call Leg is = SERVER
From (Server)
136 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Realm
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDo6d9601-113783f01d0010ac-13c4-12557b-426bb44b-12557b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.100:5060;transport=UDP>
To (Client)
Realm
; SA=192.168.200.29
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDo6d9601-113783f01d0010ac-13c4-12557b-426bb44b-12557b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.100:5060;transport=UDP>
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displayed 1 out of total of 1 Sessions (msg=1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------ACMEPACKET#
Example 3: Displaying
SIP Sessions for a
Session Agent
The following is an example of a display showing SIP sessions for a specified session
agent.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd sessions by-agent 127.0.0.11
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displaying Sessions 'by-agent' expression '127.0.0.11'
This may take up to 30 seconds
-----------------------------------------------------------------CallID(S) 1139b3d8-1d0010ac-13c4-12557b-146c746b-12557b@127.0.0.11
(ESTABLISHED)
CallID(C)
SDo6d9601-05da1dd13301cad1523806354168b28b-v3000i1
IWF Call Leg is = SERVER
From (Server)
Realm
sip172 SA=127.0.0.11
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=113783f0-1d0010ac13c4-12557b-426bb44b-12557b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.100:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDo6d96990000012000088798
Contact-URI <sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>
To (Client)
Realm
h323192fs; SA=192.168.200.29
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDo6d9601-113783f01d0010ac-13c4-12557b-426bb44b-12557b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@192.168.200.29:1720;acme_sa=192.168.200.29;acme_realm=h3
23192fs;acme_irealm=sip172;acme_iwf_itrusted>;tag=0000012000088798
Contact-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.1:5070;acme_sa=192.168.200.29;acme_realm=h323192
fs;acme_iwf_itrusted>
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displayed 1 out of total of 1 Sessions (msg=1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------ACMEPACKET#
Example 3: Displaying
H.323 Sessions for a
Session Agent
The following is an example of a display showing H.323 sessions for a specified
session agent.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d sessions by-agent 192.168.200.29
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displaying Sessions 'by-agent' expression '192.168.200.29'
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 137
FAULT MANAGEMENT
This may take up to 30 seconds
-----------------------------------------------------------------CallID(S)
SDo6d9601-05da1dd13301cad1523806354168b28b-v3000i1 ()
CallID(C)
80834d3a4200001f0110090e2f3cc51b
IWF Call Leg is = SERVER
From (Server)
Realm
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDo6d9601-113783f01d0010ac-13c4-12557b-426bb44b-12557b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.100:5060;transport=UDP>
To (Client)
Realm
; SA=192.168.200.29
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDo6d9601-113783f01d0010ac-13c4-12557b-426bb44b-12557b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.100:5060;transport=UDP>
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displayed 1 out of total of 1 Sessions (msg=1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------ACMEPACKET#
Example 4: Displaying
SIP Sessions for a Call
ID
The following is an example of a display showing SIP sessions for a specified call ID.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd sessions by-callId A899FD1C-8D4F-4E6C-921CF45F5CD5DFC9@192.168.11.101
<call-id>
Call-Id
< sessions by-callId A899FD1C-8D4F-4E6C-921CF45F5CD5DFC9@192.168.11.101
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displaying Sessions 'by-callId' expression 'A899FD1C-8D4F-4E6C-921CF45F5CD5DFC9@192.168.11.101'
This may take up to 30 seconds
-----------------------------------------------------------------CallID
A899FD1C-8D4F-4E6C-921C-F45F5CD5DFC9@192.168.11.101
(ESTABLISHED)
From (Server)
Realm
From-URI
To-URI
access SA=192.168.12.100
"poza"<sip:333@192.168.12.200:5060>;tag=43629539029921
<sip:1234@192.168.12.200:5060>;tag=EE9B4A00-BFF07BF1
Contact-URI <sip:333@192.168.11.101:5060>
To (Client)
Realm
From-URI
To-URI
core
"poza"<sip:333@192.168.12.200:5060>;tag=43629539029921
<sip:1234@192.168.12.200:5060>;tag=EE9B4A00-BFF07BF1
Contact-URI <sip:1234dcgkuvfb53ne8@192.168.12.100:5060;transport=udp>
-----------------------------------------------------------------CallID
A899FD1C-8D4F-4E6C-921C-F45F5CD5DFC9@192.168.11.101
(ESTABLISHED)
From (Server)
Realm
From-URI
To-URI
core
"poza"<sip:333@192.168.12.200:5060>;tag=43629539029921
<sip:1234@192.168.12.200:5060>;tag=EE9B4A00-BFF07BF1
Contact-URI <sip:3333sd0uq3ad3a65@192.168.12.100:5060;transport=udp>
138 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
FAULT MANAGEMENT
To (Client)
Realm
access
From-URI
"poza" <sip:333@192.168.12.200:5060>;tag=43629539029921
To-URI
<sip:1234@192.168.12.200:5060>;tag=EE9B4A00-BFF07BF1
Contact-URI <sip:1234@192.168.11.102>
-----------------------------------------------------------------Displayed 2 out of total of 2 Sessions (msg=1)
Clearing Sessions
Example 1: Clearing
All SIP Sessions
You can clear sessions from the Net-Net SBC with the clear-sess command. You
can clear all sessions, or you can:
•
Clear sessions for a specific session agent (by-agent)
•
Clear sessions for a specific call by using the call identifier (by-callid)
•
Clear sessions for a specific IP address (by-ip, where you enter the IP address in
quotation marks (“”) )
•
Clear sessions for a specific user by using the called or calling number (by-user)
The following is an example of clearing all SIP sessions from the Net-Net SBC.
ACMEPACKET# clear-sess sipd sessions all
-----------------------------------------------------------------Clearing Sessions 'all' expression ''
This may take up to 30 seconds
-----------------------------------------------------------------CallID(S) 1139b3d8-1d0010ac-13c4-12568b-333eb709-12568b@127.0.0.11
(ESTABLISHED)
CallID(C)
SDpmd9601-8a9346384f02a41972cf4e65d7b692be-v3000i1
IWF Call Leg is = SERVER
From (Server)
Realm
sip172 SA=127.0.0.11
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=113783f0-1d0010ac13c4-12568b-3ce7f7a6-12568b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.100:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDpmd96990000022c000a0e38
Contact-URI <sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>
To (Client)
Realm
h323192fs; SA=192.168.200.29
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SDpmd9601-113783f01d0010ac-13c4-12568b-3ce7f7a6-12568b
To-URI
<sip:1180000@192.168.200.29:1720;acme_sa=192.168.200.29;acme_realm=h3
23192fs;acme_irealm=sip172;acme_iwf_itrusted>;tag=0000022c000a0e38
Contact-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.1:5070;acme_sa=192.168.200.29;acme_realm=h323192
fs;acme_iwf_itrusted>
Clear Call [y/n]?: y
*** Call Cleared ***
-----------------------------------------------------------------Cleared 1 Sessions
-----------------------------------------------------------------ACMEPACKET#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 139
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Example 2: Clearing an
H.323 Session by User
The following is an example of clearing an H.323 session for a specific user from the
Net-Net SBC.
ACMEPACKET# clear-sess h323d sessions by-user 2180000
-----------------------------------------------------------------Clearing Sessions 'by-user' expression '2180000'
This may take up to 30 seconds
-----------------------------------------------------------------CallID(S)
SD70bp801-c3ab2f185aa73aca37d1fc619ec16a2f-v3000i1 ()
CallID(C)
c080c5f0c600001f0112090e2f3cc51b
IWF Call Leg is = SERVER
From (Server)
Realm
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SD70bp801-1138cd281d0010ac-13c4-1257b5-1a5eebc4-1257b5
To-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.100:5060;transport=UDP>
To (Client)
Realm
; SA=192.168.200.29
From-URI
<sip:2180000@127.0.0.11:5060;transport=UDP>;tag=SD70bp801-1138cd281d0010ac-13c4-1257b5-1a5eebc4-1257b5
To-URI
<sip:1180000@127.0.0.100:5060;transport=UDP>
Clear Call [y/n]?: y
*** Call Cleared ***
Retrying the command
-----------------------------------------------------------------Cleared 1 Sessions
-----------------------------------------------------------------ACMEPACKET#
140 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
3
Performance Management
Overview
This chapter explains how to access and view statistics to help you monitor and
manage Net-Net SBC performance. Gathering statistical information to help
monitor system performance effectively helps you decide on the actions you need to
take to correct or improve system behavior. For example, you can access statistics to
monitor the calls per second capability of the Net-Net SBC and make decisions
based on that information.
You can collect performance data to establish a baseline before making changes to
the system. This helps determine what effect the change has on performance. You
can use the baseline to compare future trends. You can collect performance data on
a daily, weekly, and monthly basis for trend analysis. This allows you to pro-actively
solve problems before they result in degraded performance.
Viewing System Information
This section explains how to access system level performance statistics. All the
commands defined in this section are accessible in User mode.
ACLI Credit
Information
Display the credit information, including the version number, for the ACLI that you
are running on your Net-Net system by using the show about command.
ACMEPACKET> show about
- ACLI/Network Configuration Shell 1.0-1
ACMEPACKET>
User Privilege
Mode
Display the current level of privilege at which the user is operating on the Net-Net
system by using the show privilege command.
ACMEPACKET> show privilege
console user - privilege level 0
ACMEPACKET>
Privilege level 0 means the current user is in User mode and privilege level 1
means the current user is in Superuser mode.
System Uptime
Display information about the length of time the system has been running in days,
hours, minutes, and seconds (as well as the current date and time) by using the show
uptime command.
ACMEPACKET# show uptime
FRI SEP 06 12:57:23 2002 - up 0 days, 22 hours, 58 minutes, 57 seconds
ACMEPACKET#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 141
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Current Date and
Time
Display the current date and time for your Net-Net system by using the show clock
command.
ACMEPACKET# show clock
11:51:41 est
Software Release
Current Version
TUE APR 03 2007
Display the version information for the release, including: the version number, the
date that the current copy of the OS was made, and other information by using the
show version command.
ACMEPACKET# show version
ACME Net-Net 4250 Firmware C5.0.0
Build Date=05/22/07
Viewing System Resource Information
This section explains how to access system resource statistics.
System Memory
Display the memory statistics for the system by using the show memory command.
It displays the number of bytes, the number of blocks, the average block size in both
free and allocated memory, and the maximum block size of free memory in table
form. In addition, it displays the number of blocks currently allocated, the average
allocated block size, and the maximum number of bytes allocated at any given time
(peak use, for example).
ACMEPACKET# show memory
status
bytes
blocks
avg block
max block
-------- ---------- --------- ---------- ---------current
free
826292736
179
4616160
825573472
alloc
211642160
3398
62284
-
448
2
224
-
212286912
5105
41584
-
211643792
-
-
-
internal
cumulative
alloc
peak
alloc
Memory Errors:
Listing Memory
Subcommands
Links Repaired
0
Padding Modified
0
Nodes Removed
0
Removal Failures
0
Fatal Errors
0
You can access a list of available show memory subcommands.
ACMEPACKET# show memory ?
application
application memory usage statistics
l2
layer 2 cache status
l3
layer 3 cache status
usage
memory usage statistics
142 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Application Object
Allocation and Use
Display information about application object allocations and usage by using
subcommands associated with the show memory application command.
ACMEPACKET# show memory application
14:06:47-153
Memory Statistics
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
27
27
0
29
28
27
Messages
3
4
12
23768
298
27
Services
133
133
0
142
139
134
Sockets
120
120
0
129
126
121
Buffers
338
338
0
350
325
338
0
0
0
22
11
11
16164
16164
0
16486
16218
16176
Processes
Transactions
Timed Objects
TOQ Entries
25
25
1893
4178055
1334
37
SIP Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
MBC Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
30
0
30
30
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pipe Messages
Message Blocks
The following table lists and defines the subcommands of the show memory
application command.
Version S-C6.1.0
show memory application
Subcommand
Description
Processes
Process object statistics
Message
Message class and all derived classes statistics
Services
Service class and all derived classes statistics
Sockets
ServiceSocket class and all derived classes statistics
Buffers
Malloced buffers in various classes statistics
Transactions
All classes derived from the transactions template statistics
Timed Objects
TimedObject class and all derived classes statistics
TOQ Entries
Timed out queue (TOQEntry) class statistics
SIP Messages
Sip request (SipReq) and SIP response (SipResp) entry classes
statistics
MBC Messages
MbcpMessage class statistics
Pipe Messages
Pipe message class statistics
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 143
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Memory Buffer
Display memory buffer statistics information by using the show buffers command.
ACMEPACKET# show buffers
type
number
---------
------
FREE
:
20990
DATA
:
1
HEADER
:
1
TOTAL
:
20992
number of mbufs: 20992
number of times failed to find space: 0
number of times waited for space: 0
number of times drained protocols for space: 0
__________________
CLUSTER POOL TABLE
__________________________________________________________________
size
clusters
free
usage
minsize
maxsize
empty
-----------------------------------------------------------------64
8192
8192
116
4
56
0
128
8192
8191
169342
128
128
0
256
2048
2047
35893
131
255
0
512
2048
2048
20357
258
512
0
1024
256
256
4
595
718
0
2048
256
256
7
1444
2048
0
------------------------------------------------------------------
The first column of the two column list shows the type of buffer, and the second
column shows the number of buffers of that type. The first line of the list shows the
number of buffers that are free; all subsequent lines show buffers of each type that
are currently in use. Next you see four lines that describe the total number of buffers
and how many times the system failed, waited, or had to empty a protocol to find
space.
Following this information, the next section of the displayed information shows the
cluster pool table. The size column lists the size of the clusters. The clusters
column lists the total number of clusters of a certain size that have been allocated.
The free column lists the number of available clusters of that size. The usage
column lists the number of times that clusters have been allocated (and not the
number of clusters currently in use).
Control and
Maintenance
Interfaces
Display all information concerning the Net-Net system’s control and maintenance
interfaces by using the show interfaces command.
ACMEPACKET# show interfaces
lo (unit number 0):
Flags: (0xc8049) UP LOOPBACK MULTICAST TRAILERS ARP RUNNING INET_UP
INET6_UP
Type: SOFTWARE_LOOPBACK
inet: 127.0.0.1
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
inet6:
::1 prefixlen 128
144 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1536
0 packets received; 5262 packets sent
0 multicast packets received
0 multicast packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
wancom (unit number 0):
Flags: (0xe8043) UP BROADCAST MULTICAST ARP RUNNING INET_UP INET6_UP
Type: ETHERNET_CSMACD
inet6:
fe80::208:25ff:fe01:760%wancom0 scopeid 0x2 prefixlen 64
inet: 172.30.55.127
Broadcast address: 172.30.255.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffff0000
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:01:07:60
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
259331 unicast packets received
2069 unicast packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
5 non-unicast packets sent
0 incoming packets discarded
0 outgoing packets discarded
0 incoming errors
0 outgoing errors
0 unknown protos
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
f00 (media slot 0, port 0)
Flags: Down
Type: GIGABIT_ETHERNET
Admin State: enabled
Auto Negotiation: enabled
Internet address: 10.10.0.10
Vlan: 0
Broadcast Address: 10.10.255.255
Netmask: 0xffff0000
Gateway: 10.10.0.1
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:01:07:64
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
0 packets received
0 packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
0 non-unicast packets sent
0 unicast packets received
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 145
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
0 unicast packets sent
0 input discards
0 input unknown protocols
0 input errors
0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
f01 (media slot 1, port 0)
Flags: Down
Type: GIGABIT_ETHERNET
Admin State: enabled
Auto Negotiation: enabled
Internet address: 10.10.0.11
Vlan: 0
Broadcast Address: 10.10.255.255
Netmask: 0xffff0000
Gateway: 10.10.0.1
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:01:07:6a
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
0 packets received
0 packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
0 non-unicast packets sent
0 unicast packets received
0 unicast packets sent
0 input discards
0 input unknown protocols
0 input errors
0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
The following information is listed for each interface:
•
Internet address
•
broadcast address
•
netmask
•
subnet mask
•
Ethernet address
•
route metric
•
maximum transfer unit
•
number of octets sent and received
•
number of packets sent and received
•
number of input discards
•
number of unknown protocols
•
number of input and output errors
•
number of collisions
146 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
•
number of drops
•
flags (such as loopback, broadcast, promiscuous, ARP, running, and debug)
This command also displays information for loopback (internal) interfaces, which are
logical interfaces used for internal communications.
You can also view key running statistics about the interfaces within a single screen
by using the show interfaces [brief] command.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show interfaces brief
Slot Port Vlan Interface
Num
Num
ID Name
IP
Address
Gateway
Address
Admin Oper
State State
---- ---- ---- ---------- ------------------- ---------------- ----- ---lo (unit number 0):
Flags: (0xc8049) UP LOOPBACK MULTICAST TRAILERS ARP RUNNING INET_UP
INET6_U
P
Type: SOFTWARE_LOOPBACK
inet: 127.0.0.1
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
inet6:
::1 prefixlen 128
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1536
238 packets received; 238 packets sent
0 multicast packets received
0 multicast packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
wancom (unit number 0):
Flags: (0xe8043) UP BROADCAST MULTICAST ARP RUNNING INET_UP
INET6_UP
Type: ETHERNET_CSMACD
inet6:
fe80::208:25ff:fe02:2280%wancom0 scopeid 0x2 prefixlen 64
inet: 172.30.1.186
Broadcast address: 172.30.255.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffff0000
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:02:22:80
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
638311 unicast packets received
129 unicast packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
5 non-unicast packets sent
0 incoming packets discarded
0 outgoing packets discarded
0 incoming errors
0 outgoing errors
21 unknown protos
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 147
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
sp (unit number 0):
Flags: (0x68043) UP BROADCAST MULTICAST ARP RUNNING INET_UP
Type: ETHERNET_CSMACD
inet: 1.0.2.3
Broadcast address: 1.0.2.255
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
Ethernet address is 00:08:25:02:22:84
Metric is 0
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 octets received
0 octets sent
0 unicast packets received
0 unicast packets sent
0 non-unicast packets received
0 non-unicast packets sent
0 incoming packets discarded
0 outgoing packets discarded
0 incoming errors
0 outgoing errors
0 unknown protos
0 collisions; 0 dropped
0 output queue drops
0
0
0 lefty
192.168.50.1/24
192.168.0.1
up
down
1
0
0 righty
192.168.50.5/24
192.168.0.1
up
down
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Viewing Active Processes
This section explains how to display statistics for active processes by displaying the
task information for the Net-Net system. By using the show processes command,
you can view the Net-Net system tasks in a table.
The information in this table is useful not only for viewing the process running on
the system, but also for obtaining task names and identification numbers (TIDs in
this table) for carrying out notify and stop-task commands.
This table contains the following information: names of tasks, entries, task
identification codes, priority of a task, status, program counter, error numbers, and
protector domain identification.
ACMEPACKET# show processes
NAME
---------- -----
ENTRY
TID
PRI
STATUS
PC
SP
ERRNO
DELAY
------------ -------- --- ---------- -------- -------- ------
tJobTask
1934484
6704870
0 PEND
19e33dc 6707ed0
0
0
tExcTask
1933408
26c6458
0 PEND
19e33dc 26ca1f0
0
0
tLogTask
logTask
6704d30
0 PEND
19e0ac8 6711e90
0
0
tNbioLog
19354e8
670ebc0
0 PEND
19e33dc 671aef0
0
0
tWatchDog
435fc
698b9c0
0 DELAY
19ea2c0 699df68
0 3943
tNpwbTmr
160a690
18793830
0 DELAY
19ea2c0 187c6f40
0
77
13155990
1 PEND
19e33dc 13168f40
0
0
_Z4acliP11ta 1be38940
1 PEND
19e33dc 1324e820
44
0
ubsec_bh_h> 167b8f0
tCliSSH0
148 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
tCliSSH1
_Z4acliP11ta 1be88cd0
1 PEND
19e33dc 1be9a820
44
0
tCliSSH2
_Z4acliP11ta 1be89c70
1 PEND
19e33dc 1bead820
44
0
tCliSSH3
_Z4acliP11ta 1be9c010
1 PEND
19e33dc 1bec0820
44
0
tCliSSH4
_Z4acliP11ta 1be9cbc0
1 PEND
19e33dc 1bed6820
44
0
tCli
33837
_ZN12cliInte 1bedb940
tCliTnet1
0
_ZN12cliInte 1bef1ce0
1 READY
tCliTnet2
_ZN12cliInte 1bf07ca0
1 PEND
19e33dc 1bf2f7f0
9
0
tCliTnet3
_ZN12cliInte 1bf1ec90
1 PEND
19e33dc 1bf457f0
44
0
tCliTnet4
_ZN12cliInte 1bf4b4c0
1 PEND
19e33dc 1bf5c7f0
44
0
tCliTnet5
_ZN12cliInte 1bf62090
tWdbTask
wdbTask
tErfTask
183ea10
tAioIoTask> aioIoTask
tAioIoTask> aioIoTask
tNetTask
netTask
1 PEND+T
f94e7c 1bf17050 3d0002
19e33dc 1bf737f0
44
0
19e33dc 130c7ee0
0
0
6979d90 10 PEND
19e3c20 697cf40
0
0
19e3c20 6967f20
0
0
6952960 50 PEND
6952cf0 50 PEND
6a344f0 50 PEND
19e3c20 6974f20
0
0
19e33dc 6a38f30
0
0
tXbdServic> 192e5c0
895
130d3a20 50 PEND+T
19e3c20 130e6f40 3d0004
tXbdServic> 192e5c0
768
13136f20 50 PEND+T
19e3c20 13139f40 3d0004
tAioWait
aioWaitTask
tPortmapd
portmapd
69524d0 51 PEND
19e33dc 695aec0
0
0
13046650 54 PEND
19e33dc 1304eec0
16
0
0
0
tIdmaInt
idma5700IntT 132b2ac0 55 PEND
tSSH
289
SSH_startSer 1beaf140
tTelnetd
telnetd
55 PEND+T
1bf624c0 55 PEND
19e0ac8 1806bf18
19e33dc 1beece50
19e33dc 1bf81e60
3d0004
0
0
tTelnetOut> telnetOutTas 1c17fab0 55 READY
0
19e3210 1c16dca0
0
tTelnetIn_> telnetInTask 1c0ecb60 55 PEND
0
19e33dc 1c0f5ba0
0
tFtp6d
f78730
tBrokerd
0
_Z7brokerdPc 132635e0 60 PEND
13046aa0 56 PEND
19e0ac8 13274b30 3d0002
tNpFrmTx
app_send_tas 18774200 60 PEND
19e33dc 1877aea0
0
0
tNpFrmRx
app_frame_rx 187746e0 60 PEND
19e33dc 1878eec0
0
0
tNpCellRx
app_cell_rx_ 18774b10 60 PEND
19e33dc 18799ec0
0
0
tNpDmaTx
app_idma_sen 18788b30 60 PEND
19e0ac8 187afef0
0
0
tNpwbNpmRx npwbNpmRxTas 18793b80 60 PEND
0
tIpFrag
tifXCheck
12722
tAlarm
tNpDmaRx
2713
15e73a4
ifXUpdate
404fa0
188278e0 60 PEND
1bd4d2a0
60 DELAY
1bd66740 60 DELAY
app_idma_fra 18788890
61 PEND+T
tArpMgr
arp_manager_ 187e5500 61 PEND
tArpTmr
622
arp_manager_ 1881cd00
61 DELAY
tPktCapMgr pktcpt_main 18a27940 61 PEND
Version S-C6.1.0
3d0004
3 PEND
130c4930
1 PEND
19e33dc 1bf02620
19e33dc 13058e30
0
19e0ac8 187d1ee0
19e0ac8 18879e10
19ea2c0 1bd58df0
19ea2c0 1bd71be0
19e33dc 187a4ed0
19e0ac8 18822bb0
0
0
0
3d0002
0
868
3d0004
0
19ea2c0 1882dee0
19e0ac8 18a38ec0
0
0
0
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 149
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
tFlowGdTmr
17151
nPApp_fg_mai 18873850
tSysmand
32382
sysmand
tAtcpd
181
75 PEND+T
_Z5atcpdPcP9 18ada4d0 75 PEND+T
0
19e33dc 13178910
3d0004
19e33dc 18aebcd0 3d0004
_Z7manualdPc 1ba472c0
tMbcd
2371
_Z11mbcd_dae 1b34afe0
78 PEND+T
tEbmd
32365
_Z11ebmd_dae 1b856ba0
78 PEND+T
19e33dc 1b867820
3d0004
tLid
32361
_Z9li_daemon 1b59db10
80 PEND+T
19e33dc 1b5ae8b0
3d0004
tAlgd
32359
_Z11algd_dae 1b69e570
80 PEND+T
19e33dc 1b6afae0
3d0004
tSipd
2355
_Z4sipdPcP9s 1b89dfd0
80 PEND+T
tLrtd
32350
_Z4lrtdPcP9s 1b938740
80 PEND+T
tH323d
2345
_Z5h323dPcP9 1b990570
80 PEND+T
tH248d
32339
_Z5h248dPcP9 1b9c56c0
80 PEND+T
19e33dc 1b9d6cc0
3d0004
tRadd
32334
_Z4raddPcP9s 1b6e6790
82 PEND+T
19e33dc 1b6f7d30
3d0004
tPusher
32333
_Z6pusherPcP 1b824c60
82 PEND+T
19e33dc 1b8357e0
3d0004
tAndMgr
105
AND_start
tCollect
2395
_Z7collectPc 18aac4f0
97 PEND+T
tSnmpd
32322
snmpd
1bae1760
97 PEND+T
19e33dc 1baf2d40
3d0004
tLemd
32321
_Z4lemdPcP9s 18a6e400
99 PEND+T
19e33dc 18a7fb80
3d0004
tAtcpApp
32317
_Z11atcpAppT 18b0c290
99 PEND+T
19e33dc 18b1dd30
3d0004
tDumper
132b1f10
75 PEND+T
19e33dc 18a2dec0
tSecured
32374
tTffsPTask flPollTask
Accessing
Process
Subcommands
13155d60
62 PEND+T
95 PEND+T
6982a60 100 READY
tDumperMain 13229260 100 PEND
19e33dc 1bac1cf0
19e33dc 1b35cac0
19e33dc 1b8b7b80
19e33dc 1b949c80
19e33dc 1b9a1ca0
19e0ac8 132bde60
19e33dc 18abdd20
3d0004
3d0004
3d0004
3d0004
3d0004
3d0004
3d0004
19ea2c0 6986f60
0
0
19e33dc 1322ef20
0
0
tTaskCheck taskCheckMai 132295f0 100 DELAY
37
19ea2c0 13238f30 160068
tCliWorker _Z13cliWorke 18a40470 100 PEND
0
19e33dc 18a51f20
tPanel
26510
6984010 251 PEND
tIdle
2e93bc
6984c10 255 READY
0
19e0ac8 698ef18
0
0
2e93c0 6995f90
0
0
Display the help text for the show processes command to access the following
subcommands:
ACMEPACKET# show processes ?
150 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
acliConsole
acliConsole process statistics
acliSSH0
acliSSH0 process statistics
acliSSH1
acliSSH1 process statistics
acliSSH2
acliSSH2 process statistics
acliSSH3
acliSSH3 process statistics
acliSSH4
acliSSH4 process statistics
acliTelnet0
acliTelnet0 process statistics
acliTelnet1
acliTelnet1 process statistics
acliTelnet2
acliTelnet2 process statistics
acliTelnet3
acliTelnet3 process statistics
acliTelnet4
acliTelnet5 process statistics
algd
algd process statistics
all
display statistics for all processes
berpd
berpd process statistics
brokerd
brokerd process statistics
cliWorker
CliWorker process statistics
collect
Collector process statistics
cpu
display CPU Usage
current
current process statistics
ebmd
embd process statistics
h323d
h323d process statistics
lemd
lemd process statistics
lid
lid process statistics
mbcd
mbcd process statistics
pusher
pusher process statistics
radd
radd process statistics
sipd
sipd process statistics
snmpd
snmpd process statistics
sysmand
sysmand process statistics
total
total process statistics
The following table lists and defines the subcommands and additional capabilities of
the show processes command.
Version S-C6.1.0
show processes
Subcommand
Description
sysmand
Statistics for the sysmand process, which is related to the system startup
tasks. sysmand starts and keeps track of many of the system tasks. All
application tasks send their system log messages to the sysmand task and
all notify requests go through sysmand.
lemd
Statistics for the local element management (lemd) process, which is
responsible for maintaining and providing local and remote access to data
(including configuration and policy data) stored in the system.
brokerd
Statistics for the brokerd process, which is a log concentrator and sequencer
used for forwarding path and hardware monitor tasks.
mbcd
Statistics for the mbcd process, which is the process for the middlebox
control daemon. It provides signalling applications with the ability to
dynamically manage (crete, modify, delete, and receive flow event
notifications) NAT entries (pinholes) for media flows via the MIBOCO protocol.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 151
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing Statistics
for all Processes
show processes
Subcommand
Description
algd
Statistics for the algd process, which is the process for the application layer
gateway. It processes the application-specific intelligence and knowledge of
its associated middlebox function. It assists in the performance of NAT of the
application layer so applications can transparently operate through NATs.
algd is responsible for processing MGCP messages. It NATs the Layer 5
signaling content (MGCP message headers for example) and manages the
associated media flow via tMBCD.
sipd
Statistics for sipd process statistic, which acts as a SIP server that receives
and forwards them on the behalf of the requestor. sipd is responsible for
processing SIP (RFC 3261) messages. It NATs the Layer 5 signaling content
(for example, SIP message headers) and manages the associated media
flows via tMBCD.
current
Current statistics for all processes.
total
Total statistics for all processes.
all
All statistics for all processes.
cpu
Percentage of CPU utilization by all processes.
Display the statistics for all processes by using the show processes all command.
ACMEPACKET# show processes all
12:05:39-79
Process Svcs
Rcvd
Sent
Events Alarm
Slog
Plog
CPU Max
12:05:09-150 (sysmand) ID=13155d60
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
29
29
0
29
29
29
Messages
0
1
12
35909
322
3
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
31
31
0
31
31
31
Total Buffers
10
10
0
10
5
10
Alloc Buffers
5
5
0
95
33
7
Memory Chunks
83
84
12
35947
390
84
2
2
2
TOQ Entries
1
5326
4
Operations
16
44721
310
Messages Received
12
35853
296
Messages Sent
0
45
15
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
1
5324
2
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
11
11
0
58
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
55
0.4
11.868/531797
08:23:17-37 (acliSSH0) ID=1be38940
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
152 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Total
PerMax
High
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Services
4
4
4
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
5
5
5
5
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
13
13
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
1
1
Operations
1
1
1
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
3
3
3
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
6
6
6
Process Logs
6
6
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.000/531814
17:19:33-113 (brokerd) ID=132635e0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
2
2
0
2
2
2
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
2
2
0
2
2
2
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
11
11
0
11
11
11
0
0
0
TOQ Entries
0
0
0
Operations
8
41
31
Messages Received
3
20
16
Messages Sent
0
4
4
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
3
3
System Logs
0
4
4
Process Logs
0
4
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
4
0.0
0.006/531829
09:32:34-194 (cliWorker) ID=18a40470
Process Status
Version S-C6.1.0
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
2
2
0
2
2
2
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
2
3
1
6
2
3
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 153
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Memory Chunks
10
11
1
14
10
11
0
1
1
4
1
1
Operations
2
13
2
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
0
2
1
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
5
4
Process Logs
0
6
TOQ Entries
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
4
0.0
0.013/531845
12:06:39-140 (lemd) ID=18a6e400
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
5
5
0
5
5
5
Messages
0
0
0
10
5
6
Transactions
0
0
0
3
2
2
Timed Objects
6
6
0
15
9
10
Total Buffers
10
10
0
10
5
10
Alloc Buffers
5
5
0
9
4
7
Memory Chunks
78
78
0
91
62
86
0
0
3
TOQ Entries
0
6
3
Operations
3
8874
5
Messages Received
0
5
2
Messages Sent
0
28
21
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
3
2
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
26
18
0
36
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
22
0.0
0.378/531858
12:06:54-155 (collect) ID=18aac4f0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
3
3
0
3
3
3
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
3
3
0
6
6
5
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
12
12
0
14
14
14
0
0
1
TOQ Entries
0
2
2
35
115198
22
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
6
6
Operations
154 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
8
8
Process Logs
0
8
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
8
0.0
2.545/531872
12:07:11-171 (atcpd) ID=18ada4d0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
5
5
0
5
5
5
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
6
6
0
12
12
8
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
41
41
0
59
59
43
1
1
342
1059444
201
2
346
1068224
202
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
8
8
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
342
1059436
201
TOQ Entries
Operations
Timed Events
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
10
10
0
12
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
12
0.0
35.711/531883
12:06:39-140 (atcpApp) ID=18b0c290
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
0
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
4
4
0
7
7
6
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
14
14
0
16
16
16
0
0
1
TOQ Entries
Version S-C6.1.0
0
2
2
Operations
3
8867
4
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
5
5
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
7
7
Process Logs
0
8
8
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 155
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
0.0
0.247/531905
12:07:39-100 (mbcd) ID=1b34afe0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
9
9
0
9
9
9
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
16012
16012
0
16019
16019
16014
Total Buffers
10
10
0
10
10
10
Alloc Buffers
8
8
0
10
10
10
Memory Chunks
54
54
0
86
86
56
2
2
5
23060
15
3
Operations
5
21279
6
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
30
30
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
5
23049
5
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
32
32
0
38
TOQ Entries
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
38
0.0
1.144/531917
12:07:39-100 (lid) ID=1b59db10
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
3
3
0
3
3
3
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
4
4
0
4
4
4
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
3
3
0
3
3
3
Memory Chunks
12
12
0
13
13
13
0
0
1
TOQ Entries
0
1
1
Operations
2
8867
3
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
6
6
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
8
8
Process Logs
0
8
Load Rate
CPU Usage
0.0
0.0
8
0.0
0.206/531930
12:07:39-100 (algd) ID=1b69e570
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime --------
156 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
5
5
0
6
6
5
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
7
7
0
17
17
10
Total Buffers
10
10
0
10
10
10
Alloc Buffers
5
5
0
7
7
7
Memory Chunks
47
47
0
81
81
49
1
1
2
TOQ Entries
1
5328
10
Operations
3
12415
5
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
9
9
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
1
5320
2
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
11
11
0
13
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
13
0.0
0.550/531940
12:07:39-100 (radd) ID=1b6e6790
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
3
3
0
3
3
3
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
4
4
0
7
7
6
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
14
14
0
18
18
16
1
1
2
TOQ Entries
1
5328
10
Operations
3
12415
5
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
9
9
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
1
5320
2
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
11
11
0
13
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
13
0.0
0.550/531940
12:07:39-100 (radd) ID=1b6e6790
Process Status
Version S-C6.1.0
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
3
3
0
3
3
3
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
4
4
0
7
7
6
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 157
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
14
14
0
18
18
16
1
1
2
TOQ Entries
1
5321
3
Operations
3
14185
4
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
9
9
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
1
5318
2
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
11
11
0
11
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
11
0.0
0.358/531957
12:07:39-100 (pusher) ID=1b824c60
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
3
3
0
3
3
3
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
3
3
0
6
6
5
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
11
11
0
13
13
13
0
0
1
TOQ Entries
0
2
2
Operations
2
8868
4
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
6
6
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
8
8
Process Logs
0
8
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
8
0.0
0.232/531987
12:08:39-160 (ebmd) ID=1b856ba0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
5
5
0
5
5
5
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
7
7
0
16
16
9
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
56
56
0
102
102
58
2
2
3
TOQ Entries
2
10654
18
Operations
4
12417
6
Messages Received
0
1
1
158 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Messages Sent
0
9
9
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
2
10640
4
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
11
11
0
11
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
11
0.0
0.445/532002
12:09:19-100 (sipd) ID=1b89dfd0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
5
5
0
5
5
5
Messages
0
0
0
6
4
3
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
7
7
0
14
11
9
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
3
3
0
7
4
5
Memory Chunks
48
48
0
82
79
50
2
2
11
58529
19
4
11
53204
12
TOQ Entries
Operations
Messages Received
0
3
2
Messages Sent
3
17750
30
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
11
58519
12
Timed Events
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
3
17750
32
3
17753
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
35
0.0
8.164/532015
12:08:39-160 (lrtd) ID=1b938740
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
0
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
4
4
0
4
4
4
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
3
3
0
3
3
3
Memory Chunks
15
15
0
18
18
16
0
0
1
TOQ Entries
Version S-C6.1.0
0
1
1
Operations
3
8868
3
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
5
5
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 159
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
System Logs
0
7
7
Process Logs
0
10
10
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
0.0
0.247/532030
12:09:49-130 (h323d) ID=1b990570
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
6
6
0
6
6
6
Messages
0
0
0
3
3
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
9
9
0
19
19
9
Total Buffers
10
10
0
10
10
10
Alloc Buffers
6
6
0
6
6
6
Memory Chunks
133
133
0
170
170
134
3
3
19
79815
25
4
14
53203
10
TOQ Entries
Operations
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
4
17790
72
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
19
79802
16
Timed Events
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
4
17792
74
4
17798
Process Logs
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
80
0.0
8.668/532048
12:09:39-120 (h248d) ID=1b9c56c0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
2
2
0
2
2
2
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
3
3
0
3
3
3
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
11
11
0
49
49
30
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
5322
3
Operations
4
12416
3
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
0
24
24
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
1
5321
2
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
27
27
0
27
Process Logs
Load Rate
CPU Usage
0.0
0.0
27
0.0
0.301/532093
12:10:39-180 (secured) ID=1ba472c0
160 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
5
5
0
5
5
5
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
0
11
11
7
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
43
43
0
65
65
45
0
0
1
TOQ Entries
0
7
7
Operations
4
8871
4
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
6
6
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
8
8
Process Logs
0
10
10
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
0.0
0.258/532104
12:10:39-180 (snmpd) ID=1bae1760
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime --------
Services
4
4
0
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
4
4
0
7
7
6
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
16
16
0
22
22
18
0
0
1
TOQ Entries
0
2
2
Operations
4
8871
4
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
7
7
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
9
9
Process Logs
0
9
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
9
0.0
0.244/532118
08:23:17-37 (acliSSH1) ID=1be88cd0
Process Status
Version S-C6.1.0
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
4
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
5
5
5
5
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 161
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
13
13
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
1
1
Operations
1
1
1
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
3
3
3
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
6
6
6
Process Logs
6
6
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
0
6
0.0
0.000/532127
08:23:17-37 (acliSSH2) ID=1be89c70
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
4
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
5
5
5
5
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
13
13
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
1
1
Operations
1
1
1
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
3
3
3
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
6
6
6
Process Logs
6
6
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.000/532143
08:23:17-37 (acliSSH3) ID=1be9c010
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
4
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
5
5
5
5
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
13
13
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
1
1
Operations
1
1
1
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
3
3
3
Partial Message
0
0
0
162 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
6
6
6
Process Logs
6
6
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.000/532143
08:23:17-37 (acliSSH3) ID=1be9c010
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
4
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
5
5
5
5
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
13
13
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
1
1
Operations
1
1
1
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
3
3
3
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
6
6
6
Process Logs
6
6
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.000/532170
08:23:17-37 (acliSSH4) ID=1be9cbc0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
4
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
5
5
5
5
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
13
13
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
Version S-C6.1.0
1
1
1
Operations
1
1
1
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
3
3
3
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
6
6
6
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 163
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Process Logs
6
Load Rate
6
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.000/532344
12:14:39-120 (acliConsole) ID=1bedb940
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
3
3
0
3
3
3
Messages
0
0
0
2
2
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
0
8
5
7
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
2
2
0
4
4
4
Memory Chunks
15
15
0
18
13
15
0
0
1
TOQ Entries
0
2
1
Operations
3
10517
177
Messages Received
0
1
1
Messages Sent
0
16
6
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
18
6
Process Logs
0
18
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.450/532357
12:05:39-179 (acliTelnet0) ID=1bef1ce0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
0
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
43
7
5
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
0
68
6
7
Total Buffers
10
10
0
10
5
10
Alloc Buffers
5
5
0
37
4
7
Memory Chunks
90
90
0
147
77
92
0
0
1
TOQ Entries
0
45
6
42
21969
498
Messages Received
0
22
5
Messages Sent
0
92
15
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
3
1
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
73
12
0
73
Operations
Process Logs
Load Rate
CPU Usage
0.0
0.0
12
0.4
19.778/532371
14:04:54-134 (acliTelnet1) ID=1bf07ca0
164 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
0
4
4
4
Messages
1
1
1
10
5
2
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
6
7
2
10
5
7
Total Buffers
5
5
0
5
5
5
Alloc Buffers
5
5
0
7
4
5
Memory Chunks
15
15
1
22
13
15
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
3
1
Operations
4
662
282
Messages Received
0
6
4
Messages Sent
4
20
6
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
3
16
6
Process Logs
3
16
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.129/532384
08:23:17-37 (acliTelnet2) ID=1bf1ec90
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
4
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
5
5
5
5
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
13
13
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
1
1
Operations
1
1
1
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
3
3
3
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
6
6
6
Process Logs
6
6
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.000/532397
08:23:17-37 (acliTelnet3) ID=1bf4b4c0
Process Status
Version S-C6.1.0
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
4
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 165
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Timed Objects
5
5
5
5
5
5
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
13
13
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
1
1
Operations
1
1
1
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
3
3
3
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
6
6
6
Process Logs
6
6
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.000/532435
08:23:17-37 (acliTelnet4) ID=1bf62090
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
4
4
4
4
4
4
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
5
5
5
5
5
5
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
13
13
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
TOQ Entries
1
1
1
Operations
1
1
1
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
3
3
3
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
6
6
6
Process Logs
6
6
Load Rate
0.0
CPU Usage
0.0
6
0.0
0.000/532454
08:24:43-23 (tTaskCheck) ID=132295f0
Process Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Services
0
0
0
0
0
0
Messages
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timed Objects
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alloc Buffers
0
0
0
0
0
0
Memory Chunks
4
4
4
4
4
4
TOQ Entries
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
Operations
166 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Messages Received
0
0
0
Messages Sent
0
0
0
Partial Message
0
0
0
Partial Msg Expired
0
0
0
Partial Msg Dropped
0
0
0
Timed Events
0
0
0
Alarms
0
0
0
System Logs
0
0
0
Process Logs
0
0
Load Rate
CPU Usage
Viewing Totals for
all Processes
0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.000/532474
Display total statistics for all processes by using the show processes total command.
ACMEPACKET# show processes total
12:32:34-94
Process Svcs
Slog
Plog
29
35961
45
5340
0
11
58
0.0
0
acliSSH0
4
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
brokerd
2
20
4
0
3
4
4
0.0
0
cliWorke
2
0
2
0
0
5
6
0.0
0
5
28
3
0
26
36
0.0
0
0
sysmand
lemd
Version S-C6.1.0
5
Rcvd
collect
3
1
atcpd
5
1
atcpApp
4
1
mbcd
9
lid
3
algd
radd
pusher
Sent
CPU Max
0
0
8
8
0.0
1062468
0
10
12
0.0
0
5
0
0
7
8
0.0
0
1
30
23112
0
32
38
0.0
0
1
6
0
0
8
8
0.0
0
6
1
9
5334
0
11
13
0.0
0
3
1
9
5333
0
11
11
0.0
0
3
1
6
0
0
8
8
0.0
0
ebmd
5
sipd
5
1
3
1
6
Events Alarm
8
9
10668
0
11
11
0.0
0
17796
58671
0
17796
17799
0.0
0
lrtd
4
5
0
0
7
10
0.0
0
h323d
6
1
17835
80005
0
17837
17843
0.0
0
h248d
2
0
24
5334
0
27
27
0.0
0
secured
5
1
6
0
0
8
10
0.0
0
snmpd
4
1
7
0
0
9
9
0.0
0
acliSSH1
4
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliSSH2
4
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliSSH3
4
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliSSH4
4
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliCons
3
1
16
0
0
18
18
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
22
92
3
0
73
73
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
6
20
0
0
16
16
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
tTaskChe
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 167
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing Current
Statistics
Display the current statistics for all processes by using the show processes current
command.
ACMEPACKET# show processes current
12:35:12-52
Checking Remaining
Space
Process
CPU Now
Svcs
TOQ
sysmand
Ops
Rcvd
Sent Events Alrm
Slog
Plog
29
2
15
11
0
1
0
0
0
0.0
0
acliSSH0
4
1
1
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
brokerd
2
0
8
3
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
cliWorke
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
lemd
5
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
collect
3
0
34
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
atcpd
5
1
307
0
0
304
0
0
0
0.0
0
atcpApp
4
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
mbcd
9
2
7
0
0
6
0
0
0
0.0
0
lid
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
algd
6
1
4
0
0
1
0
0
0
0.0
0
radd
3
1
5
0
0
2
0
0
0
0.0
0
pusher
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
ebmd
5
2
4
0
0
2
0
0
0
0.0
0
sipd
5
2
16
0
5
16
0
5
5
0.0
0
lrtd
4
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
h323d
6
3
16
0
5
22
0
5
5
0.0
0
h248d
2
1
4
0
0
1
0
0
0
0.0
0
secured
5
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
snmpd
4
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
acliSSH1
4
1
1
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliSSH2
4
1
1
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliSSH3
4
1
1
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliSSH4
4
1
1
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliCons
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
0
48
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
1
4
0
4
0
0
3
3
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
1
1
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
1
1
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
acliTeln
4
1
1
0
3
0
0
6
6
0.0
0
tTaskChe
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
Check the amount of storage space is available on the flash file system on the
following devices by using the check-space-remaining command:
•
/boot
•
/code
•
ramdrv
For example:
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 20127744/29760512 bytes (67%) remaining
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining code
code: 23214080/29760512 bytes (78%) remaining
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining ramdrv
168 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
ramdrv: 126768128/132104192 bytes (95%) remaining
Viewing Redundancy Statistics
This section explains how to check the redundancy status for Net-Net High
Availability (HA) pairs by using the show redundancy command. Viewing the
redundancy statistics provides the following information:
•
General HA statistics
•
Statistics related to HA transactions that have been processed
•
Numerical identifier for the last redundant transaction processed (each
transaction is numbered)
In an HA architecture that is functioning properly, the number for the last redundant
transaction processed on a standby Net-Net SBC peer should not be far behind (if
not exactly the same as) the one shown for the active Net-Net SBC peer.
The show redundancy command’s output displays a time stamp showing when the
current period began, the statistics and transactions for high availability and the
numerical identifier for the last redundant transaction processed.
Accessing
Redundancy
Subcommands
The following example shows the show redundancy subcommands. You can
display the redundancy statistics for the Middlebox Control (MBC), MGCP, SIP and
for the configuration.
ACMEPACKET# show redundancy ?
Configuration
Checkpoint Example
algd
MGCP Redundancy Statistics
collect
Collect Redundancy Statistics
config
Configuration Redundancy Statistics
link
Shows Link Redundancy Configuration
mbcd
MBC Redundancy Statistics
radius-cdr
Radius CDR Redundancy Statistics
rotated-cdr
Rotated Radius CDR Redundancy Statistics
sipd
SIP Redundancy Statistics
The following example shows the configuration checkpointing statistics you can
display by using the show redundancy config subcommand.
ACMEPACKET# show redundancy config
18:35:05-105
Redundancy Statistics
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime --------
Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Queued Entries
0
0
0
5
2
1
Red Records
0
0
0
5
2
2
Records Dropped
-
-
0
0
0
Server Trans
1
1
44
593
78
Client Trans
0
0
0
0
0
Redundancy Transactions
Requests received
Version S-C6.1.0
27
0
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
44
593
78
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 169
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Duplicate requests
0
2
1
44
593
78
Error responses
0
0
0
Request sent
0
0
0
Retransmissions sent
0
0
0
Success received
0
0
0
Errors received
0
0
0
Transaction timeouts
0
0
0
Success responses
Avg Latency=0.000 for 0
Max Latency=0.000
Last redundant transaction processed: 5
ACMEPACKET#
About High
Availability
Transactions
Viewing Border
Element
Redundancy
Protocol
Information
The following table lists the redundancy statistics for the HA transactions for the
Lifetime monitoring span. A standby Net-Net SBC always acts as the client side in a
client-server relationship with an active Net-Net-SD peer and an active Net-Net
SBC acts as the server. The standby Net-Net SBC peer always sends HA requests to
its active Net-Net SBC peer, which always acts as receiver of HA transactions from
the standby peer.
Statistic
Description
Queued entries
Number of transactions the active Net-Net SBC has not yet sent to its standby
Net-Net SBC peer.
Red Records
Total number of HA transactions created. This set of statistics should be the
same as those for Queued entries.
Records Dropped
Number of HA transaction records that were lost (i.e., dropped) because the
standby Net-Net SBC fell behind in synchronization.
Server Trans
This statistic shows the number of HA transactions in which the Net-Net SBC
acted as the server side in the client-server relationship. The active HA Net-Net
SBC peer is the server.
Client Trans
This statistic shows the number of HA transactions in which the Net-Net SBC
acted as the client side in the client-server relationship. The standby HA NetNet SBC peer is the client.
You can view Border Element Redundancy Protocol statistics by using the show
berpd command.
The border element redundancy protocol responds to alarms, advertisements, and
checkpointing. This protocol manages switchovers between active and standby NetNet SBCs and checkpoints health, media flow, and signaling state information.
Using the border element redundancy protocol, HA Net-Net SBC peers
communicate through their configured interfaces with User Datagram Protocol
(UDP) messages.
In HA operation, each HA Net-Net SBC peer in an HA Net-Net SBC pair uses the
border element redundancy protocol to advertise its current state and health so that
an active peer can be elected. Using the border element redundancy protocol, HA
Net-Net SBC peers communicate with UDP (advertisement or checkpoint)
170 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
messages which are sent out on one or more rear interfaces (destinations). These
checkpoint messages are sent by both HA Net-Net SBC peers in the HA Net-Net
SBC pair on a regular basis.
The border element redundancy protocol is sometimes referred to as “BERP” (e.g.,
the berpd task/process) by the internal Net-Net system components
Viewing
Redundancy
Health
In HA architectures, the show health command displays the following information:
•
Health score
The health score of a Net-Net SBC is used to determine the active/standby roles
of the Net-Net SBCs participating in an HA Net-Net pair architecture. The
healthiest Net-Net SBC peer (the Net-Net SBC peer with the highest health
score) is the active Net-Net SBC peer. The Net-Net SBC peer with the lower
health score is the standby Net-Net SBC peer.
The health score is based on a 100-point scoring system. When all system
components are functioning properly, the health score of the system is 100.
If the health score of an active Net-Net SBC peer drops below a configurable
threshold, the standby Net-Net SBC peer takes control and initiates an
automatic switchover (assumes the active role). The standby Net-Net SBC peer
only takes over the active role if its own health score is greater than that of the
active Net-Net SBC peer. In the case where an active Net-Net SBC’s health
score has reached an unsatisfactory level and therefore the standby Net-Net
SBC has taken over, the Net-Net SBC that was originally active assumes the role
of the standby system.
HA States
Version S-C6.1.0
•
Whether the current HA Net-Net SBC is active, standby, or out of service
•
The last 20 switchover events in the switchover log
Refer to the following table for information about each potential HA state.
State
Description
Initial
HA Net-Net SBC is booting and looking for its configured peers.
BecomingActive
HA Net-Net SBC has negotiated to become the active system, but
it is waiting for the length of time equal to its configured
becoming-active-time to become fully active.
It is important to note that packets cannot be processed in this
state. An HA Net-Net SBC must be in the Active state before
packet processing can occur.
Active
HA Net-Net SBC has waited for the length of time set in the
becoming-active-time field and is healthy enough.
This HA Net-Net SBC is handling all media flow and signaling
processing.
RelinquishingActive
HA Net-Net SBC has been in the Active state, but has begun the
switchover process to the Standby state. This state is very brief
(i.e., the HA Net-Net SBC quickly transitions from the Active
state through the RelinquishingActive state to the
BecomingStandby state).
BecomingStandby
HA Net-Net SBC has negotiated to become the standby system,
but is waiting to become synchronized and fully standby. It
remains in this state for the length of time equal to its configured
becoming-standby-time.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 171
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
State
Description
Standby
HA Net-Net SBC is fully synchronized with an active peer.
OutOfService
HA Net-Net SBC is not able to synchronize with its peer within the
length of time set in the becoming-standby-time field. The HA NetNet SBC can only transition to this state from the
BecomingStandby state.
An active Net-Net SBC will consider its HA Net-Net SBC peer to be
in this state if the peer has timed out and not sent a checkpoint
message to the active peer within a time period (equal to the
percent-drift value multiplied by the advertisement-time value).
Command
Examples
Display information about redundancy health by using the show health command.
Active
The following example shows a currently active Net-Net SBC.
(available in User Mode)
ACMEPACKET# show health
Media Synchronized
enabled
SIP Synchronized
enabled
MGCP Synchronized
enabled
H248 Synchronized
enabled
Config Synchronized
enabled
Collect Synchronized
enabled
Radius CDR Synchronized
enabled
Rotated CDRs Synchronized
enabled
Active Peer Address
163.4.12.2
Redundancy Protocol Process (v2):
State
Active
Health
100
Lowest Local Address
11.0.0.1:9090
1 peer(s) on 1 socket(s):
systest3B: v2, Standby, health=100, max silence=1050
last received from 11.0.0.2 on wancom1:0
Switchover log:
Jul 11 14:18:21.442: Active to RelinquishingActive
Jul 11 14:24:00.872: Standby to BecomingActive, active peer
systest3B has timed out. The following example that follows shows a
currently standby Net-Net SBC.
Standby
The following example shows a becoming standby Net-Net SBC.
ACMEPACKET# show health
Media Synchronized
true
SIP Synchronized
disabled
MGCP Synchronized
true
Config Synchronized
true
Active Peer Address
0.0.0.0
172 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Redundancy Protocol Process (v2):
State
Active
Health
100
Lowest Local Address
11.0.0.1:9090
1 peer(s) on 1 socket(s):
systest3B: v2, Standby, health=100, max silence=1050
last received from 11.0.0.2 on wancom1:0
Switchover log:
Jul 11 14:18:21.442: Active to RelinquishingActive
Jul 11 14:24:00.872: Standby to BecomingActive, active peer systest3B
has timed out
ACMEPACKET2#
The following table lists the health statistics along with a brief description.
Version S-C6.1.0
Statistic
Description
Media Synchronized
Whether or not the media flow is synchronized for all supported protocols:
SIP, H.323, and MGCP (true/false). If media flow information is not available,
the Media Synchronized displayed message is displayed in the show health
output.
SIP Synchronized
Whether or not SIP signaling information is synchronized (true/false). If SIP
signaling is not available, the SIP Synchronized disabled message is
displayed in the show health output.
MGCP Synchronized
Whether or not MGCP signaling information is synchronized (true/false). If
configuration checkpointing is not available, the Config Synchronized
disabled message is displayed in the show health output.
Config
Synchronized
Whether or not configuration information is synchronized (true/false). If
MGCP signaling is not available, the MGCP Synchronized disabled message
is displayed in the show health output.
Active Peer Address
IPv4 address of the current HA Net-Net SBC’s active peer (an HA Net-Net SBC
that is currently active does not have an active Net-Net SBC peer and will
show 0.0.0.0)
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 173
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing Routing Statistics
This section explains how to view the routing statistics.
Viewing Routing
Table Entries
Display entries in the routing table by using the show routes command. The routing
table displays IP layer information about the destination, mask, TOS, gateway, flags,
reference count, use, interface, and protocol information.
ACMEPACKET# show routes
Destination/Pfx
Gateway
Flags
0.0.0.0/0
172.30.0.1
2010003
0
0
1
0 wancom0
10.0.0.0/16
172.30.0.1
2010003 1
0
1
0 wancom0
10.0.200.164
172.30.0.1
2020007 1
13801
2
0 wancom0
127.0.0.1
2200005
2
0 wancom0
127.0.0.1
172.30.0.0/16
Viewing Routing
Stats
172.30.55.127
RefCnt Use
82
2000101 2
Proto Tos I/f
36220
0
2
0 lo0
Display statistics for the application layer routes shown in the routing table by using
the show route-stats command.
ACMEPACKET# show route-stats
routing:
0 bad routing redirect
3 dynamically created route
1 new gateway due to redirects
9 destinations found unreachable
2 use of a wildcard route
ACMEPACKET#
Testing Routing
Policies
Use the test policy command to test application layer routes from the ACLI by
specifying a from and to address. You can also specify a source realm, time of day, and
carriers.
The test-policy command works similarly to the way a configuration element does.
This command allows you to test and display local policy routes from the ACLI by
specifying From and To addresses. After you have entered these addresses, use the
show command to perform the actual lookup.
ACMEPACKET# test-policy ?
carriers
sets list of permitted carriers
from-address
From address list
media-profiles
list of media profiles
show
shows local policy test results
source-realm
Source realm
time-of-day
enables/disables time of day
to-address
To address
exit
end test
174 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
The following table lists the test-policy specification formats.
Test Policy
Subcommands
Testing Address
Translations
Specification
Format
source-realm
A string that indicates the name set in the source-realm field of a configured
local-policy element. If you enter a “*” in this specification, any configured
source realms will be matched. An empty source-realm value indicates that
only the “global” realm will be tested
time-of-day
A Boolean value that can be set to either enabled or disabled that indicates
whether or not to use the time of day value set in the start-time and end-time
fields set in configured local-policy elements
carriers
A list of comma-separated text strings enclosed in quotation marks of the
names of permitted carriers set in the carriers fields set in configured localpolicy elements.
The following table lists and describes the test-policy subcommands.
test-policy
Subcommand
Description
from-address
Set the From address of the local policy you want to look up/test. From
addresses should be entered as SIP-URLs (e.g.,
sip:19785551212@netnetsystem.com).
to-address
Set the To address of the local policy you want to look up/test. To addresses
should be entered as SIP-URLs (for example,
sip:19785551212@netnetsystem.com).
show
Performs the actual policy lookup and shows the next hop and the
associated carrier information for all routes matching the From and To
addresses entered.
exit
Exits the test-policy session.
Net-Net SBC number translation is used to change a Layer-5 endpoint name
according to prescribed rules. Number translations can be performed on both the
inbound and the outbound call legs independently, before and after routing occurs.
Number translation is used for SIP, H.323, and SIP/H.323 interworking.
configurations.
ACMEPACKET# test-translation
Viewing QoS
Based Routing
Statistics
called address
calling-address
calling address
show
shows local translation test results
translation-id
Translation Id
exit
end test
You can view statistics about QoS based routing for realms, and see what realms are
in service or whether a call load reduction has been applied. In the ACLI show
realms display, the following values show you QoS based routing information:
•
Version S-C6.1.0
called-address
QoS Major Exceeded
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 175
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
•
QoS Critical Exceeded
•
QoS R-Factor Avg.
You can see these statistics in the following example of a show realm display:
ACMEPACKET# show realm
13:34:24-167
Realm Statistics
-- Period -- ------- Lifetime -------
Realm
Active
external
Rate
High
Total
Total PerMax
High
[Reduction In Call Load]
Inbound
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
Outbound
0
0.0
2
1
2
2
1
internal
[In Service]
Inbound
0
0.0
3
1
3
3
1
Outbound
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
ACMEPACKET# show realm external
13:33:00-82
Realm external() [Reduction In Call Load]
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Burst Rate
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Reg Burst Rate
0
0
0
0
0
0
Outbound Sessions
0
1
2
2
2
1
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Burst Rate
0
2
0
0
0
2
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Out of Service
-
-
0
0
0
-
Trans Timeout
0
0
0
0
0
0
Requests Sent
-
-
0
0
0
-
Requests Complete
-
-
0
0
0
-
Seizure
-
-
4
4
4
-
Answer
-
-
4
4
4
-
-
-
0
0
0
-
Requests Received
-
-
0
0
0
-
QoS Major Exceeded
-
-
2
2
2
-
QoS Critical Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Inbound Sessions
ASR Exceeded
Latency=0.000; max=0.000
QoS R-Factor Avg=82.39; max=93.21
176 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Local Route Table Statistics and Management
This section ACLI commands that have been added so that you can troubleshooting
this feature, and view monitoring statistics and other information about it.
Setting the Log Level
Log files for the local routing system task are log.lrtd and lrt.log. The lrt.log file
contains the DNS request and response communication between the system’s SIP
and local routing tasks.
Using the new ACLI notify lrtd command, you can set the local routing task’s log
level to any of the following:
•
log
•
nolog
•
debug
•
nodebug
To set the log level for the local routing task:
1.
In Superuser mode, type notify lrtd, followed by the log level you want to set.
Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# notify lrtd log
Updating the Local
Cache
When you want to update the cache file with new entries, delete old ones, or edit
existing entries, you can refresh the local cache for a specific local routing policy.
To update the cache file for a local routing policy:
1.
In Superuser mode, type notify lrtd refresh, followed by the name of the local
routing policy you want updated.
ACMEPACKET# notify lrtd refresh lookup
Testing a Lookup
in the Local Cache
To test a lookup in the local cache:
1.
In User or Superuser mode, enter the show enum lookup lrt= command. After
the equal sign (=), type the name of the local routing configuration you want to
test followed by a <Space>. Then type in the E.164 number you want to look up,
and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show enum lookup lrt=lookup +123
Enum Lookup Result:
Query Name -->
+123
Answers -->
sip:123@192.168.1.191 ttl= 60
Displaying a Route
Entry in the Local
Cache
To see a route entry in the local cache:
1.
In User or Superuser mode, enter the show lrt route-entry command. Then
type in the name of the local routing configuration, a <Space>, the key you want
to use, and then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show lrt route-entry lookup 123
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 177
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
UserName <123>
User Type= E164
NextHop= !^.*$!sip:123@192.168.1.191!
NextHop Type= regexp
Displaying
Statistics for a
Local Route
Tables
There are two ways to see statistics for local route tables:
•
Collectively—Viewing all of the statistics for all of the local route tables at once
(using the show lrt stats command)
•
Individually—Viewing the statistics for a local route table that you specify (using
the show lrt stats command with the name of a specific local routing
configuration)
The Net-Net SBC shows you the following information:
Resetting ENUM
Statistic Counters
•
Queries—Number of queries from the application includes those that resulted
in a cache hit, and those that caused an actual query to be sent
•
Success—Number of successful results; includes cache hits and queries sent
•
NotFound—Number of note found results; includes cache hits and queries sent
•
Number of Valid Entries—Total number of valid entries in the cache
•
Number of Invalid Entries—Total number of invalid entries in the cache
•
Last Modified—Date and time the cache was last modified
To clear statistics for ENUM, you can use the ACLI reset command. Before you reset
the counters, however, you might want to confirm the current statistics on the
system are not zero. You can do so using the show command—by typing, for
example, show enum stats.
The reset command takes the ENUM arguments to clear those sets of statistics.
When you use the command, the system notifies you whether it has successfully
cleared the statistics (even if the counter are zero) or if it has run into an error causing
the command to fail.
You can reset all system statistics using the reset all command.
The ENUM example confirms successful completion of the command.
To clear ENUM statistics:
1.
At the command line, type reset enum and then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# reset enum
Successful reset of the ENUM Agent stats
Viewing SIP Protocol Performance Statistics
This section contains the commands you use to access SIP protocol statistics. These
statistics provide information about the SIP protocol performance.
Accessing SIP
Statistics
You can access SIP statistics for both client and server SIP transactions by using the
show sipd command. You can then use additional subcommands to display more
specific information, including specific types of SIP messages.
178 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Example
The following example show s the output of the show sipd command.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd
14:10:32-178
SIP Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
0
0
0
0
0
Sessions
Subscriptions
0
0
0
0
0
High
0
0
Dialogs
0
0
0
0
0
0
CallID Map
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rejections
-
-
0
0
0
ReINVITEs
-
-
0
0
0
Media Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Media Pending
0
0
0
0
0
0
Client Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Server Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Resp Contexts
0
0
0
0
0
0
Saved Contexts
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sockets
0
0
0
0
0
0
Req Dropped
-
-
0
0
0
DNS Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
DNS Sockets
0
0
0
0
0
0
DNS Results
0
0
0
0
0
0
Session Rate = 0.0
Load Rate = 0.0
The display organizes the SIP transaction statistics for the Net-Net system into two
categories: Client Trans(actions) and Server Trans(actions). The remainder of the
display provides information regarding dialogs, sessions, sockets, and DNS
transactions.
Viewing SIP Status
Information
The following example shows the output of the show sipd status command.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd status
14:11:15-121
SIP Status
Version S-C6.1.0
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Subscriptions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dialogs
0
0
0
0
0
0
CallID Map
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rejections
-
-
0
0
0
ReINVITEs
-
-
0
0
0
Media Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Media Pending
0
0
0
0
0
0
Client Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Server Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Resp Contexts
0
0
0
0
0
0
Saved Contexts
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sockets
0
0
0
0
0
0
Req Dropped
-
-
0
0
0
DNS Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
DNS Sockets
0
0
0
0
0
0
DNS Results
0
0
0
0
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 179
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Session Rate = 0.0
Load Rate = 0.0
The following table lists the SIP status statistics.
Statistic
Description
Dialogs
Number of SIP signaling connections between the Net-Net SBC and a SIP UA
(for example, a call leg)
Sessions
Number of sessions established by an INVITE request. A session consists of
all dialogs created by one INVITE transaction.
Sockets
Number of active SIP communication ports (the number of open UDP and
TCP sockets)
DNS Transactions
Number of outstanding DNS requests
180 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing SIP
Performance
Statistics
The following example shows the subcommands available for the show sipd
command.
All
Display information for many of the subcommands by using the show sipd
command. The following information is returned:
•
SIP status
•
SIP media events
•
SIP server transactions
•
SIP client transactions
•
SIP messages and events, including: INVITEs, REGISTERs, OPTIONS,
CANCELs, BYEs, ACKs, INFOs, PRACKs (provisional ACKs), SUBSCRIBEs,
NOTIFYs, REFERs, and UPDATEs
Note: Only statistics for those SIP messages and events that have
traversed the Net-Net system will be displayed.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd all
15:10:31-138
State
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
MGCP Sessions
24000
24000
0
24000
12935
24000
CA Endpoints
71976
71976
0
71976
38792
71976
GW Endpoints
71976
71976
0
71976
38793
71976
907
1161
2351
2351
1897
1161
Client Trans
23567
23567
24121
24350
20309
23567
Server Trans
18203
18204
24993
25356
20828
18204
Pending MBCD
0
3
2351
2351
1897
3
19
19
0
19
19
19
Media Sessions
MGCP ALGs
--------- Gateway --------- ------- Call Agent -------MGCP Transactions
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
5718
5718
5033
19275
19638
15795
Responses sent
5716
5716
5031
19271
19633
15793
Requests sent
Responses received
Retransmissions sent
23
PerMax
---- Lifetime ----
Requests received
Duplicates received
Total
Recent
23
20
47
48
27
18998
15642
5352
5352
4667
18767
18995
15640
5350
5350
4665
47
48
27
0
0
0
18769
15:10:31-138
MGCP Media Events
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Calling SDP Errors
0
0
0
Called SDP Errors
0
0
0
Drop Media Errors
0
0
0
Transaction Errors
0
0
0
Application Errors
0
0
0
Media Exp Events
0
0
0
Early Media Exps
0
0
0
Exp Media Drops
0
0
0
15:10:31-138
MGCP ACL Status
Version S-C6.1.0
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime --------
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 181
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Total Entries
3475
3475
3247
3475
2390
3475
Trusted
2351
2351
2351
2351
1897
2351
Blocked
0
0
0
0
0
0
ACL Operations
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
ACL Requests
2351
2351
1897
Bad Messages
0
0
0
2351
2351
1897
0
0
0
Promotions
Demotions
---< NO DATA AVAILABLE >----(RSIP)
15:10:31-138
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Requests received
9904
9924
8252
Replies sent
9653
9653
8156
232
252
154
Requests sent
9672
9672
8174
Replies received
9653
9653
8156
0
0
0
RQNT incoming:
Errors sent
RQNT outgoing:
Errors received
15:10:31-138
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Requests received
5741
5741
5053
Replies sent
5350
5350
4665
Errors sent
366
366
366
Overload 403 sent
366
366
366
Requests sent
5352
5352
4667
Replies received
5350
5350
4665
0
0
0
NTFY incoming:
NTFY outgoing:
Errors received
15:10:31-138
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Requests received
2356
2356
1902
Replies sent
2351
2351
1897
0
0
0
Requests sent
2356
2356
1902
Replies received
2351
2351
1897
0
0
0
CRCX incoming:
Errors sent
CRCX outgoing:
Errors received
15:10:31-138
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
4761
4761
3987
MDCX incoming:
Requests received
182 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Replies sent
4759
4759
3985
0
0
0
Requests sent
4761
4761
3987
Replies received
4759
4759
3985
0
0
0
Errors sent
MDCX outgoing:
Errors received
15:10:31-138
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Requests received
1450
1450
1450
Replies sent
1447
1447
1447
0
0
0
Requests sent
1450
1450
1450
Replies received
1447
1447
1447
0
0
0
DLCX incoming:
Errors sent
DLCX outgoing:
Errors received
15:10:31-138
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Requests received
851
1195
620
Replies sent
555
783
400
Errors sent
274
388
199
Requests sent
577
807
421
Replies received
555
783
400
0
0
0
AUEP incoming:
AUEP outgoing:
Errors received
15:10:31-138
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Requests received
0
0
0
Replies sent
0
0
0
Errors sent
0
0
0
Requests sent
0
0
0
Replies received
2
2
2
Errors received
0
0
0
Other incoming:
Other outgoing:
The show sipd command, when issued with the appropriate message name, lets you
view information about individual types of SIP messages including: INVITEs,
REGISTERs, OPTIONS, CANCELs, BYEs, ACKs, INFOs, PRACKs (provisional
ACKs), SUBSCRIBEs, NOTIFYs, REFERs, and UPDATEs.
Version S-C6.1.0
•
show sipd invite
•
show sipd ack
•
show sipd bye
•
show sipd register
•
show sipd cancel
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 183
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
•
show sipd prack
•
show sipd options
•
show sipd info
•
show sipd notify
•
show sipd refer
•
show sipd subscribe
•
show sipd update
•
show sipd other
Note: For each type of SIP message, only those transactions for which
there are statistics will be shown.
Example
ACMEPACKET# show sipd invite
INVITE (15:53:43-122)
--------- Server -------Message/Event
Recent
------
--------- Client --------
Total PerMax
---------
------
Recent
------
Total PerMax
---------
-----428
INVITE Requests
469
11132
428
469
11132
Retransmissions
0
0
0
0
0
0
428
468
10965
428
100 Trying
469
11132
180 Ringing
467
10964
429
467
10964
429
200 OK
468
10975
430
468
11007
430
486 Busy Here
156
156
0
156
156
Response Retrans
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Transaction Timeouts
-
-
-
0
0
0
Avg Latency=0.057 for 469
Max Latency=0.110
Note: If there is no data available for a certain SIP message, the system
displays the fact that there is none and specifies the message about
which you inquired.
About the Information
The information is divided in two sections: Server and Client and includes
information for recent, total, and period maximum messages or events.
•
Recent: number of specific SIP messages and/or events that occurred within the
number of seconds defined by the figure that appears directly after the time. In
the example below, the Recent period of time is 76 seconds.
•
Total: current number of SIP messages and/or events that occurred since the
system was last rebooted.
•
PerMax: maximum number of SIP messages and/or events that occurred during
a single time period since the system was last rebooted.
This display also shows information regarding the average and maximum latency.
184 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing Statistics for
Other SIP Methods
Display statistics for other SIP methods by using the show sipd other command.
SIP Monitoring by
Transaction Type
You can view statistics about SIP monitoring by transaction type.
SIP Server
Transactions
Display statistics SIP server transactions by using the show sipd server command.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd server
15:40:05-65
SIP Server Trans
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime --------
Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
All States
0
346
2213
67975
3729
365
<Initial>
0
1
2213
67975
3729
1
<Trying>
0
48
1504
44773
2431
63
<Proceeding>
0
9
709
23202
1310
9
<Cancelled>
0
2
75
1370
182
4
<Established>
0
2
545
20201
971
3
<Completed>
0
148
959
24572
1489
149
<Confirmed>
0
157
716
23202
1309
161
<Terminated>
0
1
545
20201
972
1
ACMEPACKET#
The following table lists the specifics along with a brief description.
Version S-C6.1.0
Statistic
Description
All States
Total number of all server transactions.
Initial
State when the server transaction is created after a request is
received.
Trying
Number of times the 100 Trying message has been sent, meaning
that a request has been received and action is being taken.
Proceeding
Number of times a server transaction has been constructed for a
request.
Cancelled
Number of INVITE transactions for which the Net-Net system receives
a CANCEL.
Established
Situation in which the server sends a 2xx response to an INVITE.
Completed
Number of times that the server has received a 300 to 699 status
code and therefore entered the completed state.
Confirmed
Number of times that an ACK was received while the server was in
the completed state and therefore transitioned to the confirmed
state.
Terminated
Number of times that the server has received a 2xx response or has
never received an ACK while in the completed state, and has
therefore transitioned to the “terminated” state.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 185
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
SIP Client
Transactions
Display statistics for SIP client transactions by using the show sipd client command.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd client
15:40:09-69
SIP Client Trans
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime --------
Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
All States
0
382
2042
64973
3371
387
<Initial>
0
1
2042
64973
3371
2
<Trying>
0
128
1333
41771
2073
128
<Calling>
0
2
709
23202
1310
2
<Proceeding>
0
8
613
21570
1130
9
<Cancelled>
0
2
75
1370
182
4
<EarlyMedia>
0
0
0
0
0
0
<Completed>
0
146
959
24571
1489
167
<SetMedia>
0
2
545
20201
972
2
<Established>
0
127
545
20201
971
127
<Terminated>
0
0
0
0
0
0
ACMEPACKET#
The following table lists the statistics along with a brief description.
Viewing SIP Media
Event Errors
Statistic
Description
All States
Total number of all client transactions.
Initial
State before a request is sent out.
Trying
Number of times the trying state was entered due to the receipt of a
request.
Calling
Number of times that the calling state was entered due to the
receipt of an INVITE request.
Proceeding
Number of times that the proceeding state was entered due to the
receipt of a provisional response while in the calling state.
Early Media
Number of times that the proceeding state was entered due to the
receipt of a provisional response that contained SDP while in the
calling state.
Completed
Number of times that the completed state was entered due to the
receipt of a 300 to 699 status code when either in the calling or
proceeding state.
SetMedia
Number of transactions in which the Net-Net system is setting up
NAT and steering ports (setting up the steering of the RTP flow).
Established
Number of situations in which the client receives a 2xx response to
an INVITE, but can not forward it on because it requires NAT and
steering port information.
Terminated
Number of times that the terminated state was entered due to the
receipt of a 2xx message.
Display statistics for SIP media event errors by using the show sipd errors
command.
186 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
ACMEPACKET# show sipd errors
13:06:59-159
SIP Errors/Events
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
SDP Offer Errors
0
0
0
SDP Answer Errors
0
0
0
Drop Media Errors
0
0
0
Transaction Errors
0
0
0
Application Errors
0
0
0
Media Exp Events
0
0
0
Early Media Exps
0
0
0
Exp Media Drops
0
0
0
Expired Sessions
0
0
0
Multiple OK Drops
0
0
0
Multiple OK Terms
0
0
0
Media Failure Drops
0
0
0
Non-ACK 2xx Drops
0
0
0
Invalid Requests
0
0
0
Invalid Responses
0
0
0
Invalid Messages
0
0
0
CAC Session Drop
0
0
0
CAC BW Drop
0
0
0
The information displayed is divided into the following categories:
•
Recent: number of errors that occurred within the number of seconds defined
by the figure that appears directly after the time. In the example above, the
Recent period of time is 60 seconds.
•
Total: number of errors that occurred since the system was last rebooted.
•
PerMax: period maximum number of errors that occurred since the system was
last rebooted. This value identifies the highest individual Period Total value
calculated over the lifetime of the monitoring.
These statistics record exceptional events encountered by the SIP application in
processing SIP media sessions, dialogs, and sessions descriptions (SDP). Serious
errors will be accompanied by a log message in log.sipd and acmelog (depending of
the current log level setting) of the appropriate severity which will indicate the
nature of the error.
Version S-C6.1.0
Statistic
Description
SDP Offer Errors
Number of errors encountered in setting up the media session for a session
description in a SIP request or response which is an SDP Offer in the
Offer/Answer model defined in RFC 3264. This may be a failure to send the
transaction to MBCD or an error response from MBCD. These errors may also
be counted in one of the show mbcd errors.
SDP Answer Errors
Number of errors encountered in setting up the media session for a session
description in a SIP request or response which is an SDP Answer in the
Offer/Answer model (RFC 3264). This may be a failure to send the
transaction to MBCD or an error response from MBCD. These errors may also
be counted in the show mbcd errors.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 187
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Statistic
Description
Drop Media Errors
Number of errors encountered in tearing down the media for a dialog or
session that is being terminated due to: a) non-successful response to an
INVITE transaction; or b) a BYE transaction received from one of the
participants in a dialog/session; or c) a BYE initiated by the Net-Net SBC due
to a timeout notification from MBCD. This may be a failure to send the
transaction to MBCD or an error response from MBCD. These errors may also
be counted in the show mbcd errors.
Transaction Errors
Number of errors in continuing the processing of the SIP client transaction
associated with setting up or tearing down of the media session.
Missing Dialog
Number of requests received by the SIP application for which a matching
dialog count not be found. Usually, this event will also be counted as a 481
(Does Not Exist) server response for the method of the SIP request. This
event will occur quite often particularly when both endpoints send a BYE
request at approximately the same time.
Application Errors
Number of miscellaneous errors that occur in the SIP application that are
otherwise uncategorized.
Media Exp Events
Number of flow timer expiration notifications received from MBCD. These
may be fairly common particularly if endpoints stop sending media (or do
not start sending media) without sending the appropriate signaling message
(BYE) to terminate the dialog/session. These events may also be counted in
the show mbcd errors.
Early Media Exps
Number of flow timer expiration notifications received for media sessions
that have not been completely set up due to an incomplete or still pending
INVITE transaction (e.g., 200 OK response to the INVITE has not been
received yet). This can occur if an INVITE transaction takes longer than the
initial-guard-timer or subsq-guard-timer fields defined in
the media-manager-config element. This event does not result in
the dialog/session being terminated if the INVITE is still pending. Note that
this statistic is a subset of the Media Exp Events above.
Exp Media Drops
Number of flow timer expiration notifications from MBCD which resulted in
the SIP application terminating the dialog/session.
Multiple OK Drops
Number of dialogs that were terminated upon reception of a 200 OK
response from multiple UASs for a given INVITE transaction which was forked
by a downstream proxy. When multiple UASs accept an INVITE with a 200 OK
responses, only the first one is passed on by the Net-Net SBC. If the
subsequent 200 OK were processed and passed on the media session
established by the first 200 OK would be disrupted. The Net-Net SBC will ACK
the 200 OK response and then send a BYE request to terminate the dialog
for the subsequent 200 OK response. The proscribed behavior for the proxy
is to cancel outstanding branches of the fork when a 200 OK is received.
However, there is a race condition where a subsequent 200 OK is generated
by a UAS before the CANCEL reaches the UAS.
188 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing SIP
Session Agent
Statistics
Statistic
Description
Multiple OK Terms
Number of dialogs that were terminated upon reception of a 200 OK
response which conflicts with an existing established dialog on the Net-Net
SBC. This is similar to the Multiple OK Drops statistic. The difference is that
an upstream proxy forked the INVITE resulting in multiple INVITE
transactions which have the same Call-ID and session description (SDP). The
Net-Net SBC will accept only the first 200 OK received. If the subsequent 200
OK were processed, the media session established by the initial 200 OK
would be disrupted. The Net-Net SBC will ACK the 200 OK response and then
send a BYE request to terminate the dialog for the subsequent 200 OK
response. The Net-Net SBC will send a 487 (Terminated) response upstream
in order to complete the client transaction which conflicted with an
established dialog. The prescribed behavior for the proxy is to cancel
outstanding branches of the fork when a 200 OK is received. However, there
is a race condition where a subsequent 200 OK is generated by a UAS before
the CANCEL reaches the UAS.
Media Failure Drops
Number of dialogs that had to be terminated due to a failure in setting up the
media session. This situation occurs when an SDP offer is sent downstream
in a request, but the SDP answer in a response to that request encounters a
failure. Rather than passing the successful response upstream to the User
Agent Client (UAC), the Net-Net SBC terminates the session. For an INVITE
transaction, the Net-Net SBC sends an ACK for the 200 OK response and
then sends a BYE request. The Net-Net SBC then sends an error response to
the UAC.
Expired Sessions
Number of sessions that were terminated due to the session timer expiring.
When the media for a dialog/session does not traverse the Net-Net SBC, the
SIP application sets a session timer (equal to the flow-time-limit
defined in the media-manager-config). This to ensure that the
session is properly cleaned up in the event that the endpoints do not send
the appropriate signaling to terminate the session (e.g., BYE). Note that when
the media session does traverse the Net-Net SBC, the flow timers are used
by MBCD and the SIP application does not set a session timer.
Display SIP session agent information by using the show sipd agents command.
With this command, the Net-Net SBC ascertains whether a session agent is in
service. When the session agent stops responding to SIP requests, it transitions to
the out-of-service state. You can configure the Net-Net SBC to periodically ping the
session agent if it has gone out-of-service, or if no requests have been sent to it.
The show sipd agents command shows information about the number of active
sessions, the average rate of session invitations, and the number of times that the
constraints established in the session-agent element have been exceeded for
sessions inbound to and outbound from each session agent, as well as the average
and maximum latency and the maximum burst rate related to each session agent.
For example:
ACMEPACKET# show sipd agents
19:39:34-95
----- Inbound ----Session Agent
Active Rate ConEx
192.168.200.131
I
0
0.0
0
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency -- ------- Max ------Active Rate ConEx
Avg
Max Burst InBurst OutBurst
0
0.0
0 0.000 0.000
0
0
0
Inbound statistics:
Version S-C6.1.0
•
Active: number of active sessions sent to each session agent listed
•
Rate: average rate of session invitations (per second) sent to each session agent
listed
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 189
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
•
ConEx: number of times the constraints have been exceeded
Outbound statistics:
•
Active: number of active sessions sent from each session agent
•
Rate: average rate of session invitations (per second) sent from each session
agent listed
•
ConEx: number of times the constraints have been exceeded
Latency statistics:
•
Avg: average latency for packets traveling to and from each session agent listed
•
Max: maximum latency for packets traveling to and from each session agent
listed
•
Max Burst: total number of session invitations sent to or received from the
session agent within the amount of time configured for the burst rate window of
the session agent
The second column, which is not labeled, of the show sipd agents output shows the
service state of each session agent identified in the first column. In the service state
column, an I indicates that the particular session agent is in service and an O
indicates that the particular session agent is out of service. An S indicates that the
session agent is in transition from the out-of-service state to the in-service state; it
remains in this transitional state for a period of time that is equal to its configured
in-service period, or 100 milliseconds (whichever is greater). A D indicates that the
session agent is disabled.
Viewing SIP Session
Agent Group Statistics
Display session information for the session agent groups on the Net-Net system by
using the show sipd groups command. This information is compiled by totaling the
session agent statistics for all of the session agents that make up a particular session
agent group. While the show sipd groups command accesses the subcommands
that are described in this section, the main show sipd groups command (when
executed with no arguments) displays a list of all session agent groups for the NetNet system.
If you carry out this command, but you do not specify the name of an existing session
agent group, the Net-Net system informs you that the group statistics are not
available.
Viewing Session
and Dialog States
Display session and dialog states by using the show sipd sessions command. For
example:
SIP Session Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime --------
Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
0
0
0
0
0
0
Initial
0
0
0
0
0
0
Early
0
0
0
0
0
0
Established
0
0
0
0
0
0
Terminated
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dialogs
0
0
0
0
0
0
Early
0
0
0
0
0
0
Confirmed
0
0
0
0
0
0
Terminated
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sessions
190 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Sessions
Dialogs
Viewing SIP
Endpoint
•
Initial—state of a new session for which an INVITE of SUBSCRIBE is being
forwarded.
•
Early—state the session enters when it receives the first provisional response
(1xx other than 100).
•
Established—state the session enters when it receives a success (2xx) response.
•
Terminated—state the session enters when the session is ended by receiving or
sending a BYE for an Established session or forwarding an error response for an
Initial or Early session. The session remains in the Terminated state until all the
resources for the session are freed.
A dialog is created when a dialog establishing method (INVITE or SUBSCRIBE)
receives a provisional (1xx other than 100) or success (2xx) response.
•
Early—dialog is created by a provisional response.
•
Confirmed—dialog is created by a success response; an Early dialog transitions
to Confirmed when it receives a success response.
•
Terminated—dialog enters this state when the session is ended by
receiving/sending a BYE for an Established session, or by receiving/sending
error response Early dialog. The dialog remains in the Terminated state until all
the resources for the session are freed.
The show sipd sip-endpoint-ip command supports the look-up and display of
registration information for a designated endpoint. This command uses the
following syntax: show sipd endpoint-ip <phone number>. For the phone number
value, you can enter as many components of the particular phone number about
which you would like information—including information about adaptive HNT.
This command must be entered with the numerical value representing the endpoint
to look up. The ACLI help menu prompts you for this information.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd endpoint-ip ?
----------
ACLI v1.0
<phone number>
-----------
enter phone number to look up endpoint
There is no support for wildcard matches or lists of users. The first entry that matches
the phone number given as an argument will be returned. The following examples
show a range of matching values.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd endpoint-ip 1781
Reg[sip:17815551111@69.69.69.10]
RegEntry[sip:17815551111@69.69.69.10] ID=4 exp=28
UAcontact='sip:17815551111@69.69.69.69:5062;acme_nat=192.168.201.50:506
0'
SD-contact='sip:17815551111-1ke1g79h75pu8@69.69.69.10'
hnt-test-status='IN-PROGRESS'
successful-test-time='40 secs'
ACMEPACKET# show sipd endpoint-ip 17815551111
Reg[sip:17815551111@69.69.69.10]
RegEntry[sip:17815551111@69.69.69.10] ID=4 exp=20
UAcontact='sip:17815551111@69.69.69.69:5062;acme_nat=192.168.201.50:506
0'
SD-contact='sip:17815551111-1ke1g79h75pu8@69.69.69.10'
hnt-test-status='COMPLETED'
successful-test-time='40 secs'
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 191
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
ACMEPACKET# show sipd endpoint-ip 17815559999
Reg[sip:17815559999@69.69.69.80]
RegEntry[sip:17815559999@69.69.69.80] ID=5 exp=29
UAcontact='sip:17815559999@69.69.69.69:5063;acme_nat=192.168.201.155:50
60'
SD-contact='sip:17815559999-2se308dh8lp29@69.69.69.10'
hnt-test-status='IN-PROGRESS'
successful-test-time='40 secs'
ACMEPACKET# show sipd endpoint-ip 1781555
Reg[sip:17815551111@69.69.69.10]
RegEntry[sip:17815551111@69.69.69.10] ID=4 exp=17
UAcontact='sip:17815551111@69.69.69.69:5062;acme_nat=192.168.201.50:506
0'
SD-contact='sip:17815551111-1ke1g79h75pu8@69.69.69.10'
hnt-test-status='IN-PROGRESS'
successful-test-time='40 secs'
hnt-test-status='IN-PROGRESS'
successful-test-time='40 secs'
ACMEPACKET# show sipd endpoint-ip 1781555555
Reg[sip:17815555555@69.69.69.80]
RegEntry[sip:17815555555@69.69.69.80] ID=3 exp=19
UA-contact='sip:17815555555@69.69.69.69:5060;user=phone'
SD-contact='sip:17815555555-v3etv61h55om8@69.69.69.10'
hnt-test-status='COMPLETED'
successful-test-time='40 secs'
Viewing SIP Per
User CAC
Statistics
The commands in this section allow you to view information about SIP per user
CAC.
IP-Based CAC
Information
If you want to see information about the operation of SIP per user CAC for the IP
address mode, you can use the new ACLI show sipd ip-cac command. You enter
this command with the IP address for which you want to view data.
The Net-Net SBC will display the number of configured sessions allowed, number
of active sessions, amount of configured bandwidth allowed, and the amount of
bandwidth used.
To view information about SIP per user CAC using the IP address mode:
1.
In either User or Superuser mode, type show sipd ip-cac, a <Space>, and the
IP address for which you want to view data. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd ip-cac 192.168.200.191
CAC Parameters for IP <192.168.200.191>
Allowed Sessions=2
Active-sessions=0
Allowed Bandwidth=3000000
used-bandwidth=0
AoR-Based CAC
Information
If you want to see information about the operation of SIP per user CAC for the AoR
mode, you can use the show sipd endpoint-ip command. You enter this command
with the AoR for which you want to view data.
192 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
1.
In either User or Superuser mode, type show sipd endpoint-ip, a <Space>, and
the AoR for which you want to view data. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd endpoint-ip 123
User <sip:123@192.168.200.191>
Contact local-exp=47 exp=97
UA-Contact: <sip:123@192.168.200.191:5061>
SD-Contact: <sip:123-rrbgdlubs3e66@192.168.1.190:5060>
Call-ID: 00078555-47260002-3dde9eea-259763e2@10.10.10.16'
Allowed Sessions=2
Active-sessions=0
Allowed Bandwidth=3000000
used-bandwidth=0
Number of Calls
Dropped because of
Per User CAC Limits
Viewing Statistics
for SIP Per User
Subscribe Dialog
Limit
The show sipd errors command allows you to view how many calls were dropped:
•
Because the per user CAC session limit was exceeded
•
Because the per user CAC bandwidth limit was exceeded
You can display the number of subscription dialogs per SUBSCRIBE event type using
the ACLI show registration sipd subscriptions-by-user command. You can
display this information per event type, or you can show data for all event types by
wildcarding the event type argument.
The following example shows you how to use this command with a wildcard.
ACMEPACKET# show registration sipd subscriptions-by-user *
Registration Cache
FRI NOV 21 2008
13:40:14
User: sip:7815550001@192.168.1.206
AOC: <sip:7815550001@192.168.1.206:5060;transport=udp>
Event-Type: dialog
-->
Subscriptions: 2
----------------- -------------------------------- ------------------
Viewing IMS-AKA
Statistics
The ACLI show sipd endpoint-ip command is updated to show the IMS-AKA
parameters corresponding to each endpoint. The display shows the algorithms used,
the ports used, and the security parameter indexes (SPIs) used.
In addition, the show sa stats command now shows the security associations
information for IMS-AKA.
ACMEPACKET# show sa stats
05:28:32-107
SA Statistics
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
IKE Statistics
Version S-C6.1.0
ADD-SA Req Rcvd
0
0
0
ADD-SA Success Resp Sent
0
0
0
ADD-SA Fail Resp Sent
0
0
0
DEL-SA Req Rcvd
0
0
0
DEL-SA Success Resp Sent
0
0
0
DEL-SA Fail Resp Sent
0
0
0
ACQUIRE-SA Req Sent
0
0
0
ACQUIRE-SA Success Resp
0
0
0
ACQUIRE-SA Fail Resp Rcv
0
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 193
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
ACQUIRE-SA Trans Timeout
0
0
0
SA Added
0
0
0
SA Add Failed
0
0
0
SA Deleted
0
0
0
SA Delete Failed
0
0
0
ADD-SA Req Rcvd
0
0
0
ADD-SA Success Resp Sent
0
0
0
ADD-SA Fail Resp Sent
0
0
0
DEL-SA Req Rcvd
0
0
0
DEL-SA Success Resp Sent
0
0
0
DEL-SA Fail Resp Sent
0
0
0
SA Added
0
0
0
SA Add Failed
0
0
0
SA Deleted
0
0
0
SA Delete Failed
0
0
0
IMS-AKA Statistics
STUN Server
Statistics and
Protocol Tracing
This section describes how you can monitor STUN server statistics and perform
STUN protocol tracing.
STUN Server Statistics
You can display statistics for the STUN server using the ACLI show mbcd stun
command when the STUN server has been enabled. However, if the STUN server
has not been enabled since the last system reboot, the command does not appear
and no statistics will be displayed.
ACMEPACKET# show mbcd stun
09:05:21-193
STUN Statistics
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Servers
1
1
0
2
1
1
Server Ports
4
4
0
8
4
4
Binding Requests
-
-
4
861
4
Binding Responses
-
-
4
861
4
Binding Errors
-
-
0
0
0
Messages Dropped
-
-
0
0
0
The table below defines display’s categories.
STUN Server Display Category
Description
Servers
The number of STUN servers (the same as the number of realms
configured with a STUN server).
Server Ports
Number of ports per STUN server; there will be four ports per
STUN server.
Binding Requests
Number of STUN Binding Request messages received by all
STUN servers.
Binding Responses
Number of STUN Binding Response messages sent by all STUN
servers.
194 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
STUN Protocol
Tracing
STUN Server Display Category
Description
Binding Errors
Number of STUN Binding Error messages sent by all STUN
servers.
Messages Dropped
Number of messages dropped by all STUN servers.
You can enable STUN protocol tracing two ways: by configuration or on demand.
•
By configuration—The Net-Net SBC’s STUN protocol trace file is called
stun.log, which is classified as a call trace. This means that when the system
configuration’s call-trace parameter is set to enabled, you will obtain STUN
protocol information for the system. As with other call protocol traces, tracing
data is controlled by the log-filter in the system configuration.
On demand—Using the ACLI notify mbcd log or notify mbcd debug commands,
you enable protocol tracing for STUN. Using notify mbcd debug sets the STUN log
level to TRACE. You can turn off tracing using the notify mbcd nolog or notify
mbcd nodebug commands. Using notify mbcd nodebug returns the STUN log
level back to its configured setting.
H.323 Protocol Performance
This section describes the different statistics you can access for monitoring H.323
protocol performance.
Viewing the H.323
Performance
Statistics
Display the H.323 performance statistics by using the show h323d command. The
main show h323d command executed without arguments indicates the date and
time the current period began and displays session statistics, status statistics, and
stack statistics for functioning H.323 processes.
For example:
acmepacket# show h323d
18:22:24-84
Session Stats
-- Period -Active
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Incoming Calls
135
176
1001
77258
785
196
Outgoing Calls
135
176
1001
77258
785
196
Connected Calls
135
172
977
74390
727
196
Incoming Channels
251
319
1953
148780
1454
358
Outgoing Channels
251
319
1953
148780
1454
358
Contexts
135
179
1001
77258
785
197
H323D Status
Current
Lifetime
Queued Messages
238
16000
TPKT Channels
542
4004
0
0
State
Type Mode
UDP Channels
Stack
Version S-C6.1.0
-------- Lifetime -------
High
Registered Gatekeeper
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 195
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
external
enabled
H323 Gateway
No
internal
enabled
H323 Gateway
No
The following table lists the session statistics along with a brief description.
About Status
Statistics
Statistic
Description
Incoming Calls
Number of H.323 calls coming into the Net-Net SBC.
Outgoing Calls
Number of H.323 calls going out of the Net-Net SBC.
Connected Calls
Number of H.323 calls that are currently connected via the Net-Net
SBC.
Incoming Channels
Number of incoming channels that have been established on the NetNet SBC.
Outgoing Channels
Number of outgoing channels that have been established on the NetNet SBC.
Contexts
Number of contexts (i.e., the number of calls traversing the Net-Net
SBC) that have been established on the Net-Net SBC.
The following table lists the current H.323 process status statistics along with a brief
description:
Statistic
Description
Queued Messages
Number of messages queued.
TPKT Channels
Number of Transport Packet (TPKT) channels open(ed).
UDP Channels
Number of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) channels open(ed).
Note: The show h323d status command shows the same information
available when the show h323d command is executed without any
arguments.
About Stack Statistics
The stack statistics provide a summary of information about the H.323 stacks
configured on the Net-Net SBC via the h323 stack. This information includes the
following facts about each stack: its name, whether or not it is enabled, its type, its
mode (either Gateway or Gatekeeper), and whether or not it is registered with a
Gatekeeper.
Viewing Current
Configuration
Display statistics for the H.323 configuration currently running on the Net-Net SBC
by using the show h323d config command. Only information about the main
configuration element is shown, not for any subelements.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d config
h323-config
state
enabled
log-level
INFO
response-tmo
4
connect-tmo
32
rfc2833-payload
101
alternate-routing
proxy
196 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
codec-fallback
disabled
last-modified-date
2006-07-07 07:49:57
Viewing Stack
Information
You can view statistics about the configured H.323 stacks.
Viewing a List of
Stacks
Display the list of H.323 stacks (for example, configured instances of the h323 stack)
that are currently configured by using the show h323d stacklist command.
ACMEPACKET#
show h323d stacklist
H323-Stack List
name
internal
name
external
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing Stack Details
Display detailed information about the configured instances of H.323 stacks by using
the show h323d stackconfig command.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d stackconfig
h323-stack
name
tester
state
disabled
isgateway
enabled
realm-id
test
assoc-stack
acme
local-ip
172.30.1.150
max-calls
100
max-channels
10
registration-ttl
15
terminal-alias
e164=17823484839
prefixes
url=http://www.acmepacket.com
ras-port
1030
auto-gk-discovery
enabled
multicast
172.30.1.150:11
gatekeeper
170.30.1.150:57
gk-identifier
RS
q931-port
1720
alternate-transport
173.30.1.150:15
q931-max-calls
200
h245-tunneling
disabled
fs-in-first-msg
disabled
call-start-fast
enabled
call-start-slow
disabled
media-profiles
acme
Version S-C6.1.0
process-registration
disabled
allow-anonymous
all
proxy-mode
H225
h245-stage
connect
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 197
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
q931-start-port
0
q931-number-ports
0
dynamic-start-port
0
dynamic-number-ports
0
rfc2833-mode
transparent
filename
packet11
tcp-keepalive
disabled
last-modified-date
2006-07-07 08:39:01
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing Specific
Stacks
Display detailed information about the configured H.323 stack specified in the
<stack name> argument by using the show h323d stackconfig <stack name>
command.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d stackconfig internal
h323-stack
name
internal
state
enabled
isgateway
enabled
realm-id
acme
assoc-stack
packet
local-ip
0.0.0.0
max-calls
200
max-channels
6
registration-ttl
120
terminal-alias
url=http://www.acmepacket.com
prefixes
ipAddress=63.67.143.4:2000
ras-port
1719
auto-gk-discovery
disabled
multicast
0.0.0.0:0
gatekeeper
0.0.0.0:0
gk-identifier
rs
q931-port
1720
alternate-transport
q931-max-calls
200
h245-tunneling
disabled
fs-in-first-msg
disabled
call-start-fast
enabled
call-start-slow
disabled
media-profiles
sip
process-registration
disabled
allow-anonymous
all
proxy-mode
H225
h245-stage
connect
q931-start-port
0
q931-number-ports
0
dynamic-start-port
0
dynamic-number-ports
0
rfc2833-mode
transparent
filename
ps
tcp-keepalive
disabled
198 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
last-modified-date
2006-07-10 11:48:13
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing Session
Agent Stats
You can view statistics about the session agents.
Viewing a List of
Session Agents
Display a list of session agents by using the show h323d agentlist command. For
example:
ACMEPACKET# show h323d agentlist
H323-Session Agent List
hostname 192.168.200.20
hostname 192.168.200.30
hostname 10.10.10.3
Viewing Session
Agent Stats
Display statistics about the session agent by using the show h323d agentstats
command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show h323d agentstats 172.16.0.13
19:57:21-51
Session Agent 172.16.0.13(h323172) [In Service]
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
199
245
196
23583
164
256
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Out of Service
-
-
0
0
0
-
Trans Timeout
0
0
0
19
2
1
Requests Sent
-
-
2092
234608
1569
-
Requests Complete
-
-
196
23563
164
-
Seizure
-
-
196
23583
164
-
Answer
-
-
199
23563
164
-
-
-
0
0
0
-
-
-
2267
258308
1675
-
Inbound Sessions
Outbound Sessions
ASR Exceeded
Messages Received
Latency=0.011; max=0.045
The following table lists the statistics along with a brief description of each.
Statistic
Description
Inbound
Version S-C6.1.0
Active
Number of active sessions sent to each session agent listed in
the Session Agent column of this command’s output.
Rate
Average rate of session invitations (per second) sent to each
session agent listed in the Session Agent column of this
command’s output.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 199
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Statistic
Description
ConEx
Number of times that the constraints established in the
constraints fields of the session-agent element have
been exceeded. The constraints fields of the session-agent
element include the following: max-sessions, max-outboundsessions, max-burst-rate, max-sustain-rate, burst-rate-window,
and sustain-rate-window.
Outbound
Active
Number of active sessions sent from each session agent listed
in the Session Agent column of this command’s output.
Rate
Average rate of session invitations (per second) sent from each
session agent listed in the Session Agent column of this
command’s output.
ConEx
Number of times that the constraints established in the
constraints fields of the session-agent element have
been exceeded.
Latency
Viewing Specific
Session Agent
Statistics
Avg
Average latency for packets traveling to and from each session
agent listed in the Session Agent column of this
command’s output.
Max
Maximum latency for packets traveling to and from each
session agent listed in the Session Agent column of this
command’s output.
Max Burst
Total number of session invitations sent to or received from the
session agent within the amount of time configured in the
burst-rate-window field of the session-agent
element.
Display the activity for the particular H.323 session agent specified in the <agent>
argument by using the show h323d agents <agent> command.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d agentstats 172.16.0.13
19:57:21-51
Session Agent 172.16.0.13(h323172) [In Service]
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
199
245
196
23583
164
256
Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Num Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Reg Rate Exceeded
-
-
0
0
0
-
Out of Service
-
-
0
0
0
-
Trans Timeout
0
0
0
19
2
1
Requests Sent
-
-
2092
234608
1569
-
Requests Complete
-
-
196
23563
164
-
Seizure
-
-
196
23583
164
-
Answer
-
-
199
23563
164
-
-
-
0
0
0
-
Inbound Sessions
Outbound Sessions
ASR Exceeded
200 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Messages Received
-
-
2267
258308
1675
-
Latency=0.011; max=0.045
The following table lists the statistics and a brief description.
Statistic
Description
Inbound Sessions
Rate Exceeded
Number of times the session or burst rate was exceeded for
inbound sessions.
Num Exceeded
Number of times the time constraints were exceeded for
inbound sessions.
Outbound Sessions
Viewing Session
Agent Configurations
Rate Exceeded
Number of times the session or burst rate was exceeded for
outbound sessions.
Num Exceeded
Number of times the time constraints were exceeded for
outbound sessions.
Burst
Number of times the burst rate was exceeded for this session
agent.
Out of Service
Number of times this session agent went out of service.
Trans Timeout
Number of transactions that timed out for this session agent.
Requests Sent
Number of messages sent via the session agent.
Requests Complete
Number of requests that have been completed for this session
agent.
Messages Received
Number of messages received by this session agent.
Display the configuration for all configured H.323 session agents by using the show
h323d agentconfig command.
ACMEPACKET(session-agent)# show h323 agentconfig
session-agent
hostname
testhostname.com
ip-address
192.168.200.13
port
5060
state
enabled
app-protocol
SIP
app-type
H323-GW
transport-method
UDP
realm-id
h323192
description
carriers
Version S-C6.1.0
allow-next-hop-lp
enabled
constraints
disabled
max-sessions
0
max-inbound-sessions
4
max-outbound-sessions
5
max-burst-rate
0
max-inbound-burst-rate
10
max-outbound-burst-rate
1
max-sustain-rate
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 201
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
max-inbound-sustain-rate
0
max-outbound-sustain-rate
0
min-seizures
5
min-asr
0
time-to-resume
0
ttr-no-response
0
in-service-period
0
burst-rate-window
0
sustain-rate-window
0
req-uri-carrier-mode
None
proxy-mode
Redirect
redirect-action
loose-routing
enabled
send-media-session
enabled
response-map
ping-method
ping-interval
0
ping-in-service-response-codes
out-service-response-codes
media-profiles
in-translationid
out-translationid
trust-me
disabled
request-uri-headers
stop-recurse
local-response-map
ping-to-user-part
ping-from-user-part
li-trust-me
disabled
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
p-asserted-id
trunk-group
tgname1:tgcontext1
tgname2:tgcontext2
max-register-sustain-rate
0
early-media-allow
invalidate-registrations
disabled
rfc2833-mode
none
rfc2833-payload
0
codec-policy
last-modified-date
2007-03-29 17:15:50
task done
Viewing Session
Agent by Hostname
The show h323d agentconfig <hostname> command displays detailed
information about the configured session agent specified by its hostname in the
<hostname> argument.
When displaying individual H.323 session agent configurations, remember that
H.323 does not support DNS and therefore the hostname field values for H.323
session agents are IPv4 addresses.
ACMEPACKET(session-agent)# show h323d agentconfig
session-agent
hostname
202 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
testhostname.com
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
ip-address
192.168.200.13
port
5060
state
enabled
app-protocol
SIP
app-type
H323-GW
transport-method
UDP
realm-id
h323192
description
carriers
allow-next-hop-lp
enabled
constraints
disabled
max-sessions
0
max-inbound-sessions
4
max-outbound-sessions
5
max-burst-rate
0
max-inbound-burst-rate
10
max-outbound-burst-rate
1
max-sustain-rate
0
max-inbound-sustain-rate
0
max-outbound-sustain-rate
0
min-seizures
5
min-asr
0
time-to-resume
0
ttr-no-response
0
in-service-period
0
burst-rate-window
0
sustain-rate-window
0
req-uri-carrier-mode
None
proxy-mode
Redirect
redirect-action
loose-routing
enabled
send-media-session
enabled
response-map
ping-method
ping-interval
0
ping-in-service-response-codes
out-service-response-codes
media-profiles
in-translationid
out-translationid
trust-me
disabled
request-uri-headers
stop-recurse
local-response-map
ping-to-user-part
ping-from-user-part
li-trust-me
disabled
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
p-asserted-id
trunk-group
tgname1:tgcontext1
tgname2:tgcontext2
max-register-sustain-rate
Version S-C6.1.0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 203
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
early-media-allow
invalidate-registrations
disabled
rfc2833-mode
none
rfc2833-payload
0
codec-policy
last-modified-date
2007-03-29 17:15:50
task done
Viewing Session
Agent Group Stats
You can view statistics for session agent groups.
Listing Session Agent
Groups
Display a list of the H.323 session agent groups by using the show h323d grouplist
command.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d grouplist
H323-Session Agent Group List
group-name
sag1
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing Session
Agent Group Stats
Display session information for the session agent groups by using the show h323d
groupstats command. Session information is compiled by totalling the session
agent statistics for all session agents that make up a particular session agent group.
While the show h323d groupstats command accesses the subcommands that are
described in this section, the main show h323d groupstats command (when
executed without arguments) displays a list of all session agent groups for the NetNet SBC.
All of the categories for these statistics are the same as those used in the displays
produced by the show h323d agent command.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d groupstats
19:38:59-30
----- Inbound -----
Viewing Session
Agent Details
SAG
Active
H323Group
I
0
Rate
ConEx
0.0
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency -Active
0
Rate
0
ConEx
0.0
Avg
0
------- Max -------
Max Burst InBurst OutBurst
0.000
0.000
0
0
0
You can list and show the statistics for the session agents that make up the session
agent groups that are being reported. The -v (meaning “verbose”) executed with
this command must be included to provide this level of detail.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d groups -v
SAG:
SGTest
19:38:59-30
----- Inbound ----SAG
Active
H323Group
I
SAG:
SGTest
192.168.200.61
0
Rate
ConEx
0.0
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency -Active
0
Rate
0
ConEx
0.0
Avg
0
------- Max -------
Max Burst InBurst OutBurst
0.000
0.000
0
0
0
I
120
0.0
0
359
0.0
0
0.000
0.000
5 0
0
0
D
120
0.0
0
359
0.0
0
0.000
0.000
5 0
0
0
Totals:
SGTest
ACMEPACKET#
204 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing Specific
Session Group
Statistics
Display statistics for the designated session agent group by using the show h323d
groups <group name> command with the name of a specific session agent group.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d groups testgroup
16:35:18-18
SAG
----- Inbound -----
---- Outbound ----- -- Latency --
Active
Rate
ConEx
Active
Rate
0
0.0
0
0
0.0
testgroup
ConEx
0
Avg
0.000
Max
Max Burst
0.000
0
ACMEPACKET#
If this command is carried out, but the name of an existing session agent group is not
available, the Net-Net system will display a messaging saying that the group
statistics are not available.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d groups test
group statistics not available
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing all
Configurations
Display the configuration for all configured H.323 session agent groups by using the
show h323d groupconfig command.
acmepacket# show h323d groupconfig
session-group
group-name
h323
description
state
enabled
app-protocol
H323
strategy
Hunt
dest
172.16.0.13
1.1.1.1
trunk-group
last-modified-date
Viewing Specific
Session Agent Group
Statistics
2006-07-11 19:12:22
Display detailed information about the configured session agent group specified by
its group name by using the show h323d agentconfig <group name> command.
The group name is configured in the group-name field of the session-agent-group
element in the <group name> argument.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d groupconfig h323
session-group
group-name
h323
description
state
enabled
app-protocol
H323
strategy
Hunt
dest
172.16.0.13
1.1.1.1
trunk-group
last-modified-date
Version S-C6.1.0
2006-07-11 19:12:22
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 205
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing Stats for
Each Configured
Stack
Display information for each of the configured H.323 stacks by using the show
h323d h323stats command.
ACMEPACKET# show h323d h323stats
STACK : h323172
H.225 : Sent
585622
Recd
764844
H245
: Msg
976289
Ack
1171626 Rej
maxCPU
0
0
Rel
0
RAS
: Req
0
Ack
0
Rej
0
maxCPU
0
H.225 : Sent
586040
Recd
585622
maxCPU
0
H245
: Msg
976087
Ack
1171626 Rej
0
Rel
0
RAS
: Req
0
Ack
0
0
maxCPU
0
STACK : h323192
Rej
The display identifies the H.323 stack by its name and then provides the data
described in the following table.
Viewing Statistics for
Specific Stacks
Statistic
Description
H.225
Number of H.225 messages sent and received by this H.323 stack
H245
Number of H.245 requests, acknowledgements, rejections, and
releases sent and received by this H.323 stack
RAS
Number of RAS requests, acks, and rejects sent and received by this
H.323 stack
Display detailed statistics for the H.323 stack specified in the <stack name> argument
by using the show h323d h323stats <stack name> command. This information is
displayed according to the following categories: H.225, H.245, and RAS.
acmepacket# show h323d h323stats h323172
STACK : h323172
H.225 STATISTICS
MESSAGE TYPE
SENT
RECD
Setup
200118
0
Call Proceeding
0
0
Alerting
0
200112
Connect
0
200109
Progress
0
0
Facility
0
0
Release Complete
199906
191628
Status
0
0
Status Inquiry
0
0
Notify
0
0
Info
0
0
H.245 STATISTICS (Total)
MESSAGE TYPE
MSG
ACK
REJ
REL
Master Slave
200110
400218
0
0
Terminal Capability
400218
400218
0
0
OpenLogical Channel
0
0
0
0
CloseLogical Channel
399812
399812
0
0
206 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
RAS STATISTICS FOR MESSAGES SENT
MESSAGE TYPE
REQ
CON
REJ
GK Discovery
0
0
0
Registration
0
0
0
Unregistration
0
0
0
Admission
0
0
0
Location
0
0
0
Bandwidth
0
0
0
Disengage
0
0
0
Info
0
0
RAS STATISTICS FOR MESSAGES RECD
MESSAGE TYPE
REQ
CON
REJ
GK Discovery
0
0
0
Registration
0
0
0
Unregistration
0
0
0
Admission
0
0
0
Location
0
0
0
Bandwidth
0
0
0
Disengage
0
0
0
Info
0
0
ACMEPACKET#
The following table lists the statistics along with its type and a brief description.
Statistic
Type
H.225 STATISTICS
Statistics about the H.225.
MESSAGE TYPE
Type of messages sent and received by this H.323
stack.
SENT
For each type of message specified in the MESSAGE
TYPE column, how many of the message types were
sent by this H.323 stack.
RECD
For each type of message specified in the MESSAGE
TYPE column, this statistic shows how many of the
message types were received by this H.323 stack.
H.245 STATISTICS Total
Version S-C6.1.0
Description
Statistics about the H.245
MESSAGE TYPE
Type of H.245 messages sent and received by this
H.323 stack.
MSG
For each type of H.245 message specified in the
MESSAGE TYPE column, this statistic shows how
many message requests were sent and received by
this H.323 stack.
ACK
For each type of H.245 message specified in the
MESSAGE TYPE column, this statistic shows how
many acknowledgements were sent and received by
this H.323 stack.
REJ
For each type of H.245 message specified in the
MESSAGE TYPE column, this statistic shows how
many rejections were sent and received by this H.323
stack.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 207
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Statistic
Type
Description
REL
For each type of H.245 message specified in the
MESSAGE TYPE column, this statistic shows how
many releases were sent and received by this H.323
stack.
RAS STATISTICS FOR MESSAGES
Viewing H.323
Registrations
There are two sections of RAS statistics: one for
SENT (or issued) and one for RECD (or received.
MESSAGE TYPE
Type of RAS messages sent and received by this H.323
stack.
REQ
For each type of RAS message specified in the
MESSAGE TYPE column, this statistic shows how
many requests were issued/received by this H.323
stack.
CON
For each type of RAS message specified in the
MESSAGE TYPE column, this statistic shows how
many confirmations were issued/received by this
H.323 stack.
REJ
For each type of RAS message specified in the
MESSAGE TYPE column, this statistic shows how
many rejections were issued/received by this H.323
stack.
Display the total number of H.323 endpoint registrations by using the show h323d
reg command.
acmepacket# show h323d reg
Stack: external
Number of registrations: 256
Total Number of Registrations : 256
Viewing MGCP Performance Statistics
This section explains how to display performance statistics for MGCP.
Listing the MGCP
Performance
Subcommands
You can display a list of the show algd subcommands.
ACMEPACKET# show algd ?
acls
MGCP ACL statistics
all
display all ALG Statistics
aucx
AUCX command statistics
auep
AUEP command statistics
crcx
CRCX command statistics
dlcx
DLCX command statistics
epcf
EPCF command statistics
errors
MGCP error statistics
mdcx
MDCX command statistics
ntfy
NTFY command statistics
other
Other MGCP command statistics
redundancy
MGCP Redundancy Statistics
rqnt
RQNT command statistics
208 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing MGCP
Status Statistics
rsip
RSIP command statistics
statistics
ALG MGCP statistics
Display MGCP state and transaction status statistics by using the show algd
statistics command.
ACMEPACKET# show algd statistics
14:14:19-105
State
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
MGCP Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
CA Endpoints
0
0
0
0
0
0
GW Endpoints
0
0
0
0
0
0
Media Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Client Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Server Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pending MBCD
0
0
0
0
0
0
MGCP ALGs
0
0
0
0
0
0
--------- Gateway --------- ------- Call Agent -------MGCP Transactions
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Requests received
0
0
0
0
0
0
Responses sent
0
0
0
0
0
0
Duplicates received
0
0
0
0
0
0
Requests sent
0
0
0
0
0
0
Responses received
0
0
0
0
0
0
Retransmissions sent
0
0
0
0
0
0
ACMEPACKET#
About State Statistics
Version S-C6.1.0
The State section displays information about MGCP sessions, connections, and
transactions, which are defined in the following table.
Statistic
Description
MGCP Sessions
Number of MGCP signaling sessions established through the MGCP
ALG. For each gateway that registers with the call agent with an
Restart in Progress (RSIP) command, an MGCP signaling session is
established. It contains the information to map endpoint names and
signaling addresses on either side of the Net-Net SBC so that
requests from the call agent can be routed to the gateway.
Media Sessions
Number of media sessions for MGCP connections established
through the Net-Net SBC. A media session is created when a
connection is created (CRCX), and deleted when the connection is
deleted (DLCX).
Client Trans
Number of client transactions where the Net-Net SBC is sending a
request to a gateway or the call agent. Unless the transaction was
originated by the Net-Net SBC. For example an Audit Endpoint (AUEP)
for NAT traversal, there will be a corresponding server transaction on
the other side of the Net-Net SBC.
Server Trans
Number of server transactions where the Net-Net SBC received a
request from a gateway or the call agent. There will be a
corresponding client transaction on the other side of the Net-Net
SBC.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 209
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
About MGCP
Transactions
All Available
Information
Statistic
Description
Pending MBCD
Number of requests or responses that were held while waiting for an
MBC transaction to complete. When an MGCP request or response
requires media setup or teardown (e.g., when the message contains
SDP), the request or response can not be forwarded on until the MBC
transaction is complete. New requests for the connection are
pending until the MBC transaction completes. This statistic counts
the case where a new request is received before previous one was
sent on.
MGCP ALGs
This statistic shows the number of MGCP ALGs in the Net-Net SBC. It
corresponds to the number of mgcp-config elements defined in
the Net-Net SBC.
These statistics show information about MGCP transactions (requests and
responses). The Gateway columns show information about MGCP messages
between the gateway and the Net-Net SBC. The Call Agent columns show
information about MGCP messages between the Net-Net SBC and the call agent.
Statistic
Description
Requests received
Number of requests received by the Net-Net SBC from the
gateway and call agent.
Responses sent
Number of responses sent back by the Net-Net SBC to the
gateway and call agent in response to the requests received.
Duplicates Received
Number of request retransmissions received by the Net-Net SBC
from the gateway and call agent. Since MGCP is sent over UDP,
elements must retransmit requests if they do not receive a
response.
Requests Sent
Number of requests sent by the Net-Net SBC to the gateway and
call agent.
Responses Received
Number of responses received from the gateway and call agent
in response to the requests sent by the Net-Net SBC.
Retransmissions Sent
Number of request retransmissions sent by the Net-Net SBC to
the gateway and call agent. Since MGCP is sent over UDP,
elements must retransmit requests if a response is not received.
•
CurPer: an abbreviated form of current period. Displays the total number of
transactions during the current monitoring period.
•
Total: displays the total number of transactions since the Net-Net system was
last rebooted.
•
PerMax: displays the period maximum number of transactions during a single
period in the time since the Net-Net system was last rebooted. This statistic
identifies the highest individual CurPer value achieved over the lifetime of the
monitoring.
Displays information about many of the show algd subcommands by using the
show algd all command. You can see all of the information for the following:
•
MGCP status
•
MGCP transactions
210 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
•
MGCP errors
•
MGCP commands, including: RSIPs, RQNTs, NFTYs, CRCXs, MDCXs, DLCXs,
and AUEPs
ACMEPACKET# show algd all
14:15:22-168
State
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
MGCP Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
CA Endpoints
0
0
0
0
0
0
GW Endpoints
0
0
0
0
0
0
Media Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Client Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Server Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pending MBCD
0
0
0
0
0
0
MGCP ALGs
0
0
0
0
0
0
--------- Gateway --------- ------- Call Agent -------MGCP Transactions
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
---- Lifetime ----
PerMax
Recent
Total
PerMax
Requests received
0
0
0
0
0
0
Responses sent
0
0
0
0
0
0
Duplicates received
0
0
0
0
0
0
Requests sent
0
0
0
0
0
0
Responses received
0
0
0
0
0
0
Retransmissions sent
0
0
0
0
0
0
14:15:22-168
MGCP Media Events
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Calling SDP Errors
0
0
0
Called SDP Errors
0
0
0
Drop Media Errors
0
0
0
Transaction Errors
0
0
0
Application Errors
0
0
0
Media Exp Events
0
0
0
Early Media Exps
0
0
0
Exp Media Drops
0
0
0
14:15:22-168
MGCP ACL Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Total Entries
0
0
0
0
0
0
Trusted
0
0
0
0
0
0
Blocked
0
0
0
0
0
0
ACL Operations
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
ACL Requests
0
0
0
Bad Messages
0
0
0
Promotions
0
0
0
Demotions
0
0
0
---< NO DATA AVAILABLE >----(RSIP)
---< NO DATA AVAILABLE >----(RQNT)
---< NO DATA AVAILABLE >----(NTFY)
---< NO DATA AVAILABLE >----(CRCX)
---< NO DATA AVAILABLE >----(MDCX)
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 211
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
---< NO DATA AVAILABLE >----(DLCX)
---< NO DATA AVAILABLE >----(AUEP)
---< NO DATA AVAILABLE >----(Other)
Viewing MGCP Error
Statistics
These statistics record exceptional events encountered by the MGCP ALG
application in processing media sessions, connections, and sessions descriptions
(SDP). Serious errors are accompanied by a log message in log.algd and acmelog
(depending of the current log level setting) of the appropriate severity which will
indicate the nature of the error.
ACMEPACKET# show alg errors
11:51:16-176
MGCP Media Events
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Calling SDP Errors
0
0
0
Called SDP Errors
0
0
0
Drop Media Errors
0
0
0
Transaction Errors
0
0
0
Application Errors
0
0
0
Media Exp Events
2
2
2
Early Media Exps
0
0
0
Exp Media Drops
2
2
2
ACMEPACKET#
The following table lists the statistics along with a brief description.
Statistics
Description
Calling SDP Errors
Number of errors encountered in setting up the media session for a
session description (SDP) in an MGCP request. This may be a failure
to send the transaction to MBCD or an error response from MBCD.
These errors may also be counted in one of the show mbcd errors.
Called SDP Errors
Number of errors encountered in setting up the media session for a
session description (SDP) in an MGCP response. This may be a
failure to send the transaction to MBCD or an error response from
MBCD. These errors may also be counted in one of the show mbcd
errors.
Drop Media Errors
Number of errors encountered in tearing down the media for an
MGCP connection that is being terminated due to: a) non-successful
response to an MGCP transaction; or b) a Delete Connection (DLCX)
transaction received from the call agent. This may be a failure to
send the transaction to MBCD or an error response from MBCD.
These errors may also be counted in the show mbcd errors.
Transaction Errors
Number of errors in continuing the processing of the MGCP
transaction associated with setting up or tearing down of the media
session.
Application Errors
Number of miscellaneous errors that occur in the MGCP ALG
application that are otherwise uncategorized.
212 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
MGCP Message
Monitoring
Statistics
Description
Media Exp Events
Number of flow timer expiration notifications received from MBCD.
These may be fairly common, particularly if endpoints stop sending
media (or do not start sending media) without sending the
appropriate signaling message to terminate the MGCP connection.
These events may also be counted in the show mbcd errors display.
Early Media Exps
Number of flow timer expiration notifications received for media
sessions that have not been completely set up due to an incomplete
or still pending MGCP call setup. This can occur if an MGCP call setup
takes longer than the initial-guard-timer or subsqguard-timer fields defined in the media-managerconfig element. This event does not result in the connection being
terminated if the transaction is still pending. Note that this statistic is
a subset of the Media Exp Events above.
Exp Media Drops
Number of flow timer expiration notifications from MBCD which
resulted in the MGCP ALG application terminating the connection.
Display information about individual types of MGCP commands by using the show
algd command with the appropriate message name. You can view information
about the following messages: RSIPs, Notification Requests (RQNTs), Notifys
(NFTYs), Create Connections (CRCXs), Modify Connections (MDCXs), DLCXs, and
AUEPs.
•
show algd rsip
•
show algd rqnt
•
show algd ntfy
•
show algd crcx
•
show algd mdcx
•
show algd dlcx
•
show algd auep
ACMEPACKET# show algd rsip
20:43:05-195
---- Lifetime ---Recent
Total
PerMax
Requests received
0
1736
1228
Replies sent
0
1532
1024
Errors sent
0
0
0
Requests sent
0
1532
1024
Replies received
0
1532
1024
Errors received
0
0
0
RSIP incoming:
RSIP outgoing:
ACMEPACKET#
Note: If there is no data available for a certain MGCP message, the
system displays the fact that there is none and specifies the message
about which you inquired.
Other MGCP Stats
Version S-C6.1.0
Display statistics for other MGCP methods by using the show algd other
command.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 213
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing Accounting Data and Statistics
This section explains how to view accounting data and statistics. See Admission
Control and Quality of Service Reporting in the Net-Net 4000 ACLI Configuration Guide
for additional details about Quality of Service (QoS). See the Net-Net RADIUS Guide
for additional details about Remote Authentication Dial-in User Service (RADIUS).
QoS Reporting
If you are using for the QoS functionality in collecting and calculating the jitter,
latency, and loss statistics. QoS reporting provides you with real-time evaluation of
network and route performance. It lets you contrast internal domain and external
domain performance and facilitates SLA verification and traffic engineering.
QoS metrics are collected and reported on a per-session basis, per call-leg basis for
completed calls. These metrics are reported through real-time RADIUS records
along with call accounting data. These metrics are the result of the monitoring of the
Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) and Real-Time Control Protocol (RTCP) traffic
for each flow that has QoS enabled.
The following statistics:
•
lost packets for RTP and RTCP that indicates the count of packets lost based on
comparing the sequence numbers since the beginning of the call or the last
context memory flow
•
jitter count for RTP and RTCP that indicates the incremental number of packets
that have been used to generate total and max jitter since the beginning of the
call or the last context memory poll
•
jitter total for RTP and RTCP indicates the incremental accumulated jitter (ms)
over all the packets received since the beginning of the call or the last context
memory poll
•
jitter max for RTP and RTCP that indicates the maximum single jitter value (ms)
from all the packets since the beginning of the call or the last context memory
poll
•
latency count for RTCP only indicates the number of RTCP frames over which
latency statistics have been accumulated since the beginning of the call or the
last context memory poll
•
latency total for RTCP only indicates the incremental total of latency values
reported since the beginning of the call or the last context memory poll
•
latency max for RTCP only indicates the highest single latency value measured
since the beginning of the call or the last context memory poll
From these flow context statistics the QoS daemon derives the following statistics
that are kept in host memory while the call is active:
•
lost packets indicates the total number of RTP and RTCP lost packets for the call
•
jitter count indicates the number of RTP and RTCP packets that make up a call
•
jitter total indicated the accumulated jitter over all the packets received during
the call
•
jitter average indicates the total accumulated jitter divided by the total jitter
count for the call
•
jitter max indicates the maximum single jitter value from all the packets during
the call
214 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
•
latency count for RTCP indicates the number of RTCP frames of which latency
statistics have been accumulated during the call
•
latency total for RTCP only indicates the incremental total of latency values
reported
•
latency max for RTCP only indicates the highest latency value reported during
the call
•
latency average for RTCP only indicates the RTCP latency total divided by the
latency count
You can access QoS statistics that provide information about four areas of call
performance.
Viewing Network Management Control Statistics
You can use the new ACLI show net-management-control command to see the
statistics that the Net-Net SBC collects. When you use the command, you specify the
name of the network management control rule for which you want to display data
or you can enter all to see the statistics for all control rules.
For each network management control rule, the Net-Net SBC gathers statistics for
the number of:
•
Incoming calls—Incoming calls that match the destination identifier
•
Rejected calls—Calls that were rejected as a result of the control rule being
applied
•
Diverted calls—Incoming that were diverted as a result of the control rule being
applied
The display you see when you execute this command shows statistics for the current
period, lifetime, and maximum value in a period.
Displaying
Network
Management
Control Statistics
To display network management control statistics:
1.
In either User or Superuser mode, type the show net-management-control
command, a <Space>, and then the name of the control rule for which you want
to see data. You can enter all if you want to see the data for all control rules.
Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show net-management-control nmcpercent
14:45:15-63
Name: nmcpercent
Type: gap-percent
Resetting Network
Management
Control Statistics
------ Lifetime ----Current
Total
PerMax
Incoming Calls
0
0
0
Rejected Calls
0
0
0
Diverted Calls
0
0
0
To reset network management control statistics, you use the ACLI reset netmanagement-control command followed by the name of the control rule for which
you want to reset statistics. This command resets the counters to zero (0).
To reset network management control statistics:
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 215
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
1.
In Superuser mode, type the ACLI reset net-management-control command,
a <Space>, and then the name of the control rule for which you want to see data.
Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# reset net-management-control nmcpercent
Monitoring Your Net-Net System in Real-Time
This section explains how to monitor your Net-Net system in real-time by using the
monitor media and monitor sessions commands.
•
monitor media: real-time media statistics
•
monitor sessions: real-time SIP statistics
Note: The ACLI statistics displays use standard VT100 escape
sequences to format the display. Therefore, your terminal emulator or
terminal itself must support VT100.
Displaying the
Statistics
The following information explains how to work with the statistics display.
Changing the Refresh
Rate
At any point, you can press any numerical digit (0-9) to change the number of
seconds for the refresh rate (the rate at which the display is updated). By default, the
statistics refresh every second. For example, while viewing the statistics, you can
press <6> to cause the Net-Net system statistics to refresh every 6 seconds. While
viewing the statistics via the ACLI, you can press any key to automatically refresh the
statistics upon keypress.
Quitting the Display
Pressing <q> or <Q> allows you to exit the statistics display and returns you to the
ACLI system prompt (for example, ACMEPACKET#). From that point, you can
continue with any other task you choose.
Viewing Real-Time
Media Statistics
Display real-time media statistics for your running Net-Net system by using the
monitor media command.
acmepacket# monitor media
17:31:00-160
MBCD Status
Client Sessions
Client Trans
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
143
182
1930
1218332
4225
683
0
18
5744
2500196
8439
625
Contexts
144
182
1930
834745
2783
2001
Flows
296
372
3860
1669498
5566
3689
Flow-Port
286
362
3860
1669488
5566
3679
Flow-NAT
294
365
3788
1658668
5563
2051
Flow-RTCP
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flow-Hairpin
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flow-Released
0
0
0
0
0
0
MSM-Release
0
0
0
0
0
0
NAT Entries
295
365
3791
1658671
5563
2051
216 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Free Ports
7430
7518
7828
3346410
11604
8002
Used Ports
572
724
7724
3338980
11132
8000
Port Sorts
-
-
0
14796
4156
MBC Trans
1141
1234
5748
2503147
8440
MBC Ignored
-
-
0
0
0
ARP Trans
0
0
0
8
8
2974
1
Real-time statistics for the following categories appear on the screen:
•
Client Sessions
•
Client Trans
•
Contexts
•
Flows
•
Flow-Port
•
Flow-NAT
•
Flow-RTCP
•
Flow-Hairpin
•
Flow-Release
•
MSM-Release
•
NAT Entries
•
Free Ports
•
Used Ports
•
Port Sorts
•
MBC Trans
•
MBC Ignored
•
ARP Trans
By default, the statistics refresh every second. Press any numerical digit (0-9) to
change the refresh rate. For example, while viewing the statistics, you can press <6>
to cause the Net-Net system statistics to refresh every 6 seconds.
Pressing <q> or <Q> allows you to exit the statistics display and returns you to the
ACLI system prompt.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 217
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Viewing Real-Time
SIP Session
Statistics
If you have Superuser access, display real-time monitoring of your running Net-Net
system for sessions. This table displays information similar to that which is displayed
for the show sipd command, except that the information in the monitor sessions
table is real-time and updates automatically.
ACMEPACKET# show sipd
14:16:43-149
SIP Status
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total
PerMax
High
Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Subscriptions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dialogs
0
0
0
0
0
0
CallID Map
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rejections
-
-
0
0
0
ReINVITEs
-
-
0
0
0
Media Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
Media Pending
0
0
0
0
0
0
Client Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Server Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
Resp Contexts
0
0
0
0
0
0
Saved Contexts
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sockets
0
0
0
0
0
0
Req Dropped
-
-
0
0
0
DNS Trans
0
0
0
0
0
0
DNS Sockets
0
0
0
0
0
0
DNS Results
0
0
0
0
0
0
Session Rate = 0.0
Load Rate = 0.0
Real-time statistics for the following categories appear on the screen:
•
Dialogs
•
Sessions
•
CallID Map
•
Rejections
•
ReINVITES
•
Media Sessions
•
Media Pending
•
Client Trans
•
Server Trans
•
Resp Contexts
•
Sockets
•
Reqs Dropped
•
DNS Trans
•
DNS Sockets
•
DNS Results
218 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
By default, the statistics refresh every second. Press any numerical digit (0-9) to
change the refresh rate. For example, while viewing the statistics, you can press <6>
to cause the Net-Net system statistics to refresh every 6 seconds.
Pressing <q> or <Q> allows you to exit the statistics display and returns you to the
ACLI system prompt.
Viewing TLS Information
You can use the commands described in this section to obtain information about TLS
and its associated Net-Net SSM hardware module.
Clearing the Entire
TLS Session
Cache
To clear the entire TLS session cache:
1.
Enter the ACLI clear-cache tls command.
ACMEPACKET# clear-cache tls
Viewing TLS
Session Cache
State and
Statistics
To see whether TLS session caching is enabled on your system and how many entries
there are in the cache:
1.
Enter the ACLI show security tls session-cache command.
ACMEPACKET# show security tls session-cache
TLS Session Caching enabled.
Current TLS Session Cache Entries: 3
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing
Certificates in PEM
Form
The ACLI show certificates command has been enhanced to provide a pem
argument that you can use to retrieve the Privacy Enhanced Mail Security Certificate
(PEM) portion of the certificate after it the Net-Net SBC has imported it.
You enter this command with the name of the certificate you want to see in PEM
form.
To see a certificate in PEM form:
1.
Enter the command show security certificates pem followed by a <Space>, the
name of the certificate, and then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show security certificates pem client1a
certificate-record:client1a
-----BEGIN PKCS7----MIIDRwYJKoZIhvcNAQcCoIIDODCCAzQCAQExADADBgEAoIIDJDCCAyAwggKJoAMC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 S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 219
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT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-----END PKCS7----ACMEPACKET#
Viewing Net-Net
SSM Status
For TLS support, you must have a Net-Net SSM hardware module installed in the
system chassis. Without this module, TLS functions will not work.
The Net-Net SBC tells you whether or not the SSM installed on boot-up, but now
you can check the module’s status from the command line.
To view the status of the Net-Net SSM installed in your Net-Net SBC chassis:
1.
Enter the command show security ssm-accelerator, and press <Enter>. The
system will tell you if an SSM is installed.
ACMEPACKET# show security ssm-accelerator
SSM (Security Service Module) present.
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing IPSec Statistics
The following section explains the commands used to obtain IPSec statistics which
can be helpful for debugging purposes.
Security
Association
Entries
The ACLI show security ipsec sad command displays the security association
database entries which are programmed into the security processor. In the case of
manual keying, the entries should match that of the running configuration.
Network-interface is entered as a network interface configuration element name,
selectors are entered as the selector term, a <space>, and a search term for that
selector. You can enter multiple selector in one command. The command's syntax
follows:
show security ipsec sad [network-interface] <brief | detail>
[selectors]
Entering no selectors returns all entries for that network interface. Valid values for
the selectors argument are as follows:
•
direction—Direction (IN | OUT | BOTH), Default: BOTH
•
dst-addr-prefix—Destination address prefix, Default: match any
•
dst-port—Destination port, Default: match any
•
ipsec-protocol—IPSec protocol (AH | ESP | ALL), Default: ALL
•
spi—security-policy-index, Default: match any
•
src-addr-prefix—Source address prefix, Default: match any
220 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Security Policy
Entries
•
src-port—Source port, Default: match any
•
trans-proto—Transport protocol (UDP | TCP | ICMP | ALL), Default: ALL
The show security ipsec spd command shows the security policy database entries
which are programmed into the security processor. Network-interface is entered as
a network interface configuration element name. The command's syntax follows:
show security ipsec spd [network-interface]
IPSec Statistics
Viewing Statistics for a
Specific SA
The ACLI show commands for IPSec statistics are used to display statistical values
as reported directly from the IPSec hardware. There are two versions of this
command:
•
The show security ipsec statistics sad command queries a selected IPSec
processor for statistics about the SAs configured on it, as located in the security
association database (SAD).
•
The show security ipsec statistics gmac command queries the GMAC side of
the security processor for Ethernet statistics.
The show security ipsec statistics sad command shows statistical values for a
particular SA entry on the IPSec security processor. You enter a network interface
configuration name, selectors by the selector term, a <Space>, and a search term for
that selector. You can enter multiple selector in one command. The command's
syntax follows:
show security ipsec statistics [network-interface] sad <selectors>
Entering no selectors returns all entries for that network interface. Valid values for
the selectors argument are as follows:
Viewing Statistic for
Traffic to/from the
GMAC Interface and
the Security Processor
•
direction—Direction (IN | OUT | BOTH), Default: BOTH
•
dst-addr-prefix—Destination address prefix, Default: match any
•
dst-port—Destination port, Default: match any
•
ipsec-protocol—IPSec protocol (AH | ESP | ALL), Default: ALL
•
spi—security-policy-index, Default: match any
•
src-addr-prefix—Source address prefix, Default: match any
•
src-port—Source port, Default: match any
•
trans-proto—Transport protocol (UDP | TCP | ICMP | ALL), Default: ALL
The show security ipsec statistics gmac command displays statistics on traffic that
moves between the GMAC interface and the security processor on a specified
network interface. Network-interface is entered as a network interface configuration
element name. You can display either errors, transmit statistics, receive statistics, or
all statistics per HW accelerator / gmac interface . The command's syntax follows:
show security ipsec statistics [network-interface] gmac <enter | error
| rx | tx>
Viewing IPSec
Interface Status
Version S-C6.1.0
The show security ipsec status command displays whether a particular interface on
Net-Net SBC is IPSec enabled, and the hardware status of the security processor.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 221
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Network-interface is entered as a network interface configuration element name.
The show security ipsec status command usage is as follows:
show security ipsec status [network-interface]
Viewing SSH Security Information
The following section explains the commands used to obtain SSH statistics which
can be helpful for debugging purposes.
Viewing SSH
Statistics
The show security ssh command displays public key record information. You can
include the brief argument to view a brief display which includes login name,
fingerprint, and fingerprint raw, or you can view a detailed display which, along with
the information displayed in the brief output, also includes comment, and public key.
Viewing a Brief SSH
Statistics Output
The following is an example of a show security ssh brief command:
ACMEPACKET# show security ssh-pub-key brief
login-name:
SEtest
finger-print:
31:b1:5d:16:ed:01:a7:97:52:e3:92:72:f2:ee:00:74
finger-print-raw:
66:81:95:8b:05:1b:fc:cd:a4:f9:01:39:44:42:f1:87
Viewing a Detailed
SSH Statistics Output
The following is an example of a show security ssh detailed command:
ACMEPACKET# show security ssh-pub-key detail
login-name:
SEtest
comment:
"2048-bit RSA, converted from OpenSSH by test1@taclinux.acmepacket.com"
finger-print:
31:b1:5d:16:ed:01:a7:97:52:e3:92:72:f2:ee:00:74
finger-print-raw:
66:81:95:8b:05:1b:fc:cd:a4:f9:01:39:44:42:f1:87
pub-key:
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEAxPy5GYjKBi52URsdwOLrKtALvDNzyK3HFgtqHsVwh
WZcEMDqTGcKqr+AAYd/72jug+QtJTp8xzlSZZcsL2Fbi0S6W4d3IHGdt8lQCHsNpNLdUj
3YfXxbieQy++EIPiBAgifEzjY7swCCnUdcgsUDA27/HzSP/tbIdvEAwtfe+Yu5uBo7vpm
SGIvzNHkpWhkZ4EyHVXQzafbvXpNnI06jdUHVciiyPy242zlL9tnzhm+yKMpZS7NUNkqX
pmC3VDEVqivd0GvzrBNJ2RJKlJUqMq9ZkFnjXgEKL1YTKP3zTP/fArUn4cRDrkzkKPF17
O+oapo5kihDkk3UDhWJVBelSQ==
Modulus (2048 bit):
00:c4:fc:b9:19:88:ca:06:2e:76:51:1b:1d:c0:e2:
eb:2a:d0:0b:bc:33:73:c8:ad:c7:16:0b:6a:1e:c5:
70:85:66:5c:10:c0:ea:4c:67:0a:aa:bf:80:01:87:
7f:ef:68:ee:83:e4:2d:25:3a:7c:c7:39:52:65:97:
2c:2f:61:5b:8b:44:ba:5b:87:77:20:71:9d:b7:c9:
50:08:7b:0d:a4:d2:dd:52:3d:d8:7d:7c:5b:89:e4:
32:fb:e1:08:3e:20:40:82:27:c4:ce:36:3b:b3:00:
82:9d:47:5c:82:c5:03:03:6e:ff:1f:34:8f:fe:d6:
222 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
c8:76:f1:00:c2:d7:de:f9:8b:b9:b8:1a:3b:be:99:
92:18:8b:f3:34:79:29:5a:19:19:e0:4c:87:55:74:
33:69:f6:ef:5e:93:67:23:4e:a3:75:41:d5:72:28:
b2:3f:2d:b8:db:39:4b:f6:d9:f3:86:6f:b2:28:ca:
59:4b:b3:54:36:4a:97:a6:60:b7:54:31:15:aa:2b:
dd:d0:6b:f3:ac:13:49:d9:12:4a:94:95:2a:32:af:
59:90:59:e3:5e:01:0a:2f:56:13:28:fd:f3:4c:ff:
df:02:b5:27:e1:c4:43:ae:4c:e4:28:f1:75:ec:ef:
a8:6a:9a:39:92:28:43:92:4d:d4:0e:15:89:54:17:
a5:49
Exponent: 35 (0x23)
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 223
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
224 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
4
System Management
User Privilege Levels and Passwords: Without Data Storage Security
User and
Superuser Modes
There are two modes available in the ACLI: User mode and Superuser mode. User
mode provides only limited system access and allows no system configuration. It
simply enables you to view configuration files, logs, and all show commands.
Superuser mode provides more complete system access and it allows you to
configure your Net-Net SBC.
When you log in to a Net-Net SBC you are initially in User mode. To indicate this,
the system uses a ">" (close-angle-bracket) as the final character of the ACLI
prompt. To enter Superuser mode, you type enable followed by <Enter> at the ACLI
prompt. The system prompts you to enter the Superuser password. After you enter
the correct password, the prompt changes to a “#” (pound sign) to indicate
Superuser mode.
User Access Verification
Password:
ACMEPACKET> enable
Password:
ACMEPACKET#
To exit to User mode from Superuser mode, type exit at the top-level ACLI prompt.
ACMEPACKET# exit
ACMEPACKET>
Setting Passwords
Acme Packet recommends that you change the preset passwords for ACLI User and
Superuser modes. You can change the passwords from Superuser mode only.
To set new ACLI passwords:
1.
Use the secret command to change passwords.
Type secret login and press <Enter> to set the User password. The Net-Net
SBC asks for a new password, which must be between six and eight characters
with at least one non-alphabetic character. For example:
ACMEPACKET# secret login
Enter new password
:
If you do not enter a password in the required format, the following error
message appears:
% Password must be 6-8 characters with at least one non-alpha
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 225
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
2.
Type secret enable to set the Superuser password. Again, the Net-Net SBC asks
for a new password that must be between six and eight characters with at least
one non-alphabetic character. For example:
ACMEPACKET# secret enable
Enter new password
3.
SSH Remote
Connections
:
Use your new passwords when prompted for them.
For increased security, you can also connect to your Net-Net system using SSH
(secure shell). SSH requires that you have an SSH client. The Net-Net system
supports three concurrent SSH and/or SFTP sessions.
To initiate an SSH connection to the Net-Net system without specifying users
and SSH user passwords:
1.
Open your SSH client (Windows, an open source client, etc.).
2.
At the prompt in the SSH client, type the ssh command, a <Space>, the IPv4
address or hostname of your Net-Net system, and then press <Enter>. You will
be prompted for a password. Enter the Net-Net system’s User mode password.
After it is authenticated, an SSH session is initiated and you can continue with
tasks in User mode or enable Superuser mode.
ssh sd.acme.com
Password:
ACMEPACKET>
You can explicitly use the default username and password pair (user/packet) by
specifying you are logging in with the user account.
ssh -l user sd.user acme.com
Password: <ACLI-user-password>
ACMEPACKET>
To create an SSH user and password pair on your Net-Net system:
1.
In the ACLI at the Superuser prompt, use the ssh-password command and
press <Enter>. Enter the name of the user you want to establish. Then enter a
password for that user when prompted. Passwords are not displayed on the
screen.
ACMEPACKET# ssh-password
SSH username [saved]: MJones
Enter new password:
If you do not enter a password in the required format, the following error
message appears:
% Password must be 6-8 characters with at least one non-alpha
Enter new password again:
Once you have entered a valid password, you must enter your password a
second time for confirmation.
After your SSH username and password is set, you can SSH into your Net-Net SBC.
Once you provide a valid username and password pair, you need to log in to the
ACLI with the previously configured ACLI username and password.
You can SSH into the Net-Net SBC for the first time with the default username and
superuser password.
ssh -l user net-net-sd.company.com
226 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
SSH RADIUS
Authentication
VSA Support
The Net-Net SBC supports the use of the Cisco Systems Inc.™ “Cisco-AVPair”
vendor specific attribute (VSA). This attribute allows for successful administrator
login to servers that do not support the Acme Packet authorization VSA. While using
RADIUS-based authentication, the Net-Net SBC authorizes you to enter Superuser
mode locally even when your RADIUS server does not return the
ACME_USER_CLASS VSA or the Cisco-AVPair VSA.
For this VSA, the Vendor-ID is 1 and the Vendor-Type is 9. The list below shows the
values this attribute can return, and the result of each:
•
shell:priv-lvl=15—User
automatically logged in as an administrator
•
shell:priv-lvl=1—User logged in at the “user” level, and not allowed to
become an administrator
•
Any other value—User rejected
SSHv2 Public Key
Authentication
The Net-Net SBC supports viewing, importing, and deleting public keys used for
authentication of SSHv2 sessions from administrative remote users.
ACLI Instructions and
Examples: Viewing
SSH Public Key Data
This section explains how to use the ACLI show security ssh-pub-key commands
that show you the following information in either brief or detailed displays:
•
Login name
•
Fingerprint
•
Fingerprint raw
•
Comment (detailed view only)
•
Public key (detailed view only)
You use the login name information from these displays to import or delete SSHv2
public keys.
To view information for public keys in brief format:
1.
In Superuser mode, type show security ssh-pub-key brief, and the log-in
name for the public key you want to see. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show security ssh-pub-key brief jdoe
Your display will resemble the following example:
login-name:
jdoe
finger-print:
c4:a0:eb:79:5b:19:01:f1:9c:50:b3:6a:6a:7c:63:d5
finger-print-raw:
ac:27:58:14:a9:7e:83:fd:61:c0:5c:c8:ef:78:e0:9c
1.
In Superuser mode, type show security pub-key detail, and the log-in name
for the public key you want to see. Then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show security ssh-pub-key detail msmith
login-name:
msmith
comment:
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 227
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
1024-bit rsa, created by me@example.com Mon Jan 15 08:31:24 2001
finger-print:
61:f8:12:27:13:51:ef:c2:3e:b3:29:32:d7:3a:f2:fc
finger-print-raw:
3f:a2:ee:de:b5:de:53:c3:aa:2f:9c:45:24:4c:47:7b
pub-key:
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABJQAAAIEAiPWx6WM4lhHNedGfBpPJNPpZ7yKu+dnn1SJejgt45
96k6YjzGGphH2TUxwKzxcKDKKezwkpfnxPkSMkuEspGRt/aZZ9wa++Oi7Qkr8prgHc4so
W6NUlfDzpvZK2H5E7eQaSeP3SAwGmQKUFHCddNaP0L+hM7zhFNzjFvpaMgJw0=
Modulus (1024 bit):
00:88:f5:b1:e9:63:38:96:11:cd:79:d1:9f:06:93:
c9:34:fa:59:ef:22:ae:f9:d9:e7:d5:22:5e:8e:0b:
78:e7:de:a4:e9:88:f3:18:6a:61:1f:64:d4:c7:02:
b3:c5:c2:83:28:a7:b3:c2:4a:5f:9f:13:e4:48:c9:
2e:12:ca:46:46:df:da:65:9f:70:6b:ef:8e:8b:b4:
24:af:ca:6b:80:77:38:b2:85:ba:35:49:5f:0f:3a:
6f:64:ad:87:e4:4e:de:41:a4:9e:3f:74:80:c0:69:
90:29:41:47:09:d7:4d:68:fd:0b:fa:13:3b:ce:11:
4d:ce:31:6f:a5:a3:20:27:0d
Exponent: 37 (0x25)
Importing a Public Key
Record
This section shows you how to import a public key record. Note that the processes
requires you to save and activate your configuration for changes to take effect.
To import an SSHv2 public key record:
1.
In Superuser mode, type the command ssh-public-key import, then a <Space>
and the login-name (found in both brief and detail show security public-key
commands) corresponding to the public key you want to import.
The Net-Net SBC confirms you have successfully imported the key, and then
reminds you to save your configuration.
After you complete this procedure, you can confirm the public key has been
imported by using either of the show security ssh-pub-key commands.
ACMEPACKET# ssh-pub-key import jdoe
IMPORTANT:
Please paste ssh public key in the format defined in rfc4617.
Terminate the certificate with ";" to exit.......
---- BEGIN SSH2 PUBLIC KEY ---Comment: "2048-bit RSA, converted from OpenSSH by jdoe@acme54"
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEA7OBf08jJe7MSMgerjDTgZpbPblrX4n17LQJgPC7cl
L
cDGEtKSiVt5MjcSav3v6AEN2pYZihOxd2Zzismpoo019kkJ56s/IjGstEzqXMKHKUr9mB
V
qvqIEOTqbowEi5sz2AP31GUjQTCKZRF1XOQx8A44vHZCum93/jfNRsnWQ1mhHmaZMmT2L
S
hOr4J/Nlp+vpsvpdrolV6Ftz5eiVfgocxrDrjNcVtsAMyLBpDdL6e9XebQzGSS92TPuKP
/
yqzLJ2G5NVFhxdw5i+FvdHz1vBdvB505y2QPj/iz1u3TA/3O7tyntBOb7beDyIrg64Azc
8
G7E3AGiH49LnBtlQf/aw==
---- END SSH2 PUBLIC KEY ---;
228 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
SSH public key imported successfully....
WARNING: Configuration changed, run "save-config" command to save it
and run “activate-config” to activate the changes.
2.
Save and activate your configuration.
To delete an SSHv2 public key record:
1.
In Superuser mode, type the command ssh-public-key delete, then a <Space>
and the login-name (found in both brief and detail show security public-key
commands) corresponding to the public key you want to import.
The Net-Net SBC confirms you have successfully imported the key, and then
reminds you to save your configuration.
After you complete this procedure, you can confirm the public key has been
imported by using either of the show security ssh-pub-key commands.
ACMEPACKET# ssh-pub-key delete jdoe
SSH public key deleted successfully....
WARNING: Configuration changed, run "save-config" command.
ACMEPACKET# ssh-pub-key delete jdoe
record (jdoe) does not exist
2.
Expanded
Privileges
Save and activate your configuration.
Commands available to the User level user now include:
•
All show commands
•
All display commands
•
All monitor commands
See the Net-Net ACLI Reference Guide Command Summary Chapter for a list of
privileges for each ACLI command.
User Sessions
The Net-Net SBC provides a way to manually terminate an existing Telnet session
on your system. Sessions are terminated by issuing the kill command to a specifically
chosen session. You first identify the session you wish to “kill” and then issue the
command.
1.
At the User or Superuser prompt, type show users followed by <enter>. This
will display the current sessions on the Net-Net SBC.
ACMEPACKET# show users
Index task-id
remote-address
IdNum duration type
state
----- ---------- --------------------- ----- -------- ------- -----0 0x0225c400
0 00:00:44 console
priv
1 0x0225e260
10.0.200.40:4922
1 00:00:26
telnet
priv
2 0x0219c720
10.0.200.40:4938
100 00:00:08
ssh
priv *
ACMEPACKET#
The current session is noted by the asterisk to the right of the entry in the state
column. In the above example, the current session has an IdNum of 2.
Identify the session you wish to kill by the IPv4 address listed in the remoteaddress column of the show users display.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 229
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
2.
Issue the kill command followed by the IdNum of the session you wish to kill.
The IdNum is listed when you issue the show users command.
ACMEPACKET# kill 2
Killing ssh session at Index 2
ACMEPACKET# show users
Index task-id
remote-address
IdNum duration type
state
----- ---------- --------------------- ----- -------- ------- -----0 0x0225c400
1 0x0225e260
10.0.200.40:4922
0 00:03:42 console
priv
1 00:03:24
priv *
telnet
ACMEPACKET#
Note: You must be in Superuser mode o issue the kill command, but
you only need to be in User mode to issue the show users command .
Concurrent
Sessions
The Net-Net SBC allows a maximum number of 5 concurrent Telnet sessions and 5
concurrent SSH sessions. The SSH allowance is shared between SSH and SFTP
sessions.
Data Storage Security
In Net-Net Release C5.0, the Net-Net SBC supports more secure storage of the
various passwords used for system functions and using certain system features.
These include: administration, certificate private key information, and manual IPSec
security association key information. In addition, the Net-Net SBC now stores
passwords in a more secure manner when you enable password-secure mode.
Warning: Before enabling the features described in this section, you
should be certain that you want to upgrade to Net-Net OS Release
C5.0.
Considerations
When Enabling
Data Storage
Security
The features in this group make your system more secure, and in doing so they
correspondingly make it difficult for an outsider to tamper both with sensitive
information used for IPSec, TLS, and HDR and with your passwords in securepassword mode.
If you use these security measures, you should be careful to:
•
Guard against losing your secure data password.
•
Enable secure-password mode in Upgrade to Net-Net Release C5.0 and when
you are certain you will not need to fall back to an earlier software image.
Note that the password-secure mode feature does not default to enabled on your
system. This is for backward compatibility, so you need to enable password-secure
mode if you want to use it and you should exercise caution when you enable it.
About Net-Net SBC
Password
Features
This section describes the multiple ways that password support has been expanded
and improved to provide your system with a greater degree of security. It contains
information about password-secure mode, new password support for
230 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
configurations, configuration migration, new password requirements, and
backwards compatibility.
Password Secure
Mode
When you enable password secure mode, the Net-Net SBC asks you to set and
confirm the following new passwords:
•
Login—Password to use when logging on to the Net-Net SBC in user mode; in
this mode you have monitoring and some maintenance functions enabled, but
you cannot perform certain key maintenance tasks (like changing the system
image) or perform configuration tasks.
•
Privileged—Password to use when entering Superuser mode to access and use
the full range of system tasks and configuration.
•
LI—Password to use when accessing lawful intercept (LI) configuration tasks
and related functions. If you do not have authorization to change passwords for
LI functions, the Net-Net SBC will show an error if you try to set a new
password for password-secure mode.
In Superuser mode, you can enter the new ACLI password-secure-mode status
command to see the status for password-secure mode. It is either enabled or
disabled, and is disabled by default for backward compatibility.
Once you enable password secure mode, you will not be able to change passwords
back to the factory defaults. Password secure mode has different requirements for
passwords even from ones you set for non-secure mode. Your new password-secure
mode passwords must be: at least eight characters in length, contain numeric and
alphabetical characters, and contain both upper and lower case letters.
Protected
Configuration
Password for TLS,
IPSec, and HDR
You can now set a password for your configuration to guard sensitive information
for TLS, IPSec, and HDR configurations.
Once you set the protected configuration password, the older configuration can
become unusable unless you set the password back to the old value when creating
the backup configuration. During the verification and activation of a configuration,
the Net-Net SBC checks these values. If there is a conflict and the Net-Net SBC
cannot access encrypted data using the password information you set, it displays a
message notifying you of the fact.
Note that for HA nodes, the Net-Net SBC requires you to update the new password
manually both on the active and on the standby systems.
Configuration
Migration
If you want to move a configuration file from one Net-Net SBC to another, the NetNet SBC checks passwords during the verification and activation processes. If there
is a conflict and the Net-Net SBC cannot access encrypted data using the password
information you set, it displays a message notifying you of the fact.
However, you can still reuse this configuration. Simply enter the correct protected
configuration password information, and then verify and activate the configuration
again.
Password
Requirements
Since we are inclined to select passwords that are easy for us to remember, the NetNet SBC has several requirements for passwords that make them more difficult to
tamper with. The passwords you enter on the Net-Net SBC must be:
•
Version S-C6.1.0
Between 8 and 20 characters in length
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 231
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Note on Backwards
Compatibility
•
Comprised of both alphabetical and numeric characters, where your password
must have at least one non-alphabetical character
•
Comprised of both upper and lower case letters, where your password must
have at least one upper case character and one lower case character
•
Void of any of the passwords commonly used as default on the Net-Net SBC:
default, password, acme, packet, user, admin
Since the password requirements for previous releases of the Net-Net OS clearly do
not meet with the new criteria that have been defined for Net-Net Release C5.0, the
password-secure mode is disabled by default. Once you are certain that you want to
run Net-Net Release C5.0, you can enable the new password feature.
When you enable the password-secure mode, all old passwords become invalid.
These old passwords are rendered useless in order to close any possible holes in
security.
Password Reset
and Recovery
The enhancements to password protection on the Net-Net SBC have been
intentionally implemented so that password recovery and reset are not accessible
through the ACLI. Acme Packet strongly recommends that you treat this password
information with care and take all precautions against losing it.
For both password secure mode and the protected configuration password, the
process for recovery and reset involves loading a diagnostics image on your system.
For information about loading and running diagnostics, contact Acme Packet
Customer Support.
Password Policy
When you use password secure mode on your Net-Net SBC, you can now configure
the minimum acceptable length for a secure password if you have Superuser
(administrative) privileges. The maximum password length is 64 characters.
In password secure mode, your password requires three out of four of the following:
•
Upper case letters
•
Lower case letters
•
Numbers
•
Punctuation marks
However, secure mode password cannot contain any of the following strings in any
variations of case: default, password, acme, user, admin, packet.
Any change you make to the password length requirement does not go into effect
until you configure a new password (and are in password secure mode). Pre-existing
passwords can continue to be used until you go to change them.
Upgrade to ACP
Another measure Net-Net Release C5.0 takes to provide enhanced security is
upgrading the version of the Acme Control Protocol (ACP) from version 1.0 to
version 1.1. Version 1.0 uses normal digest authentication, but version 1.1 uses
advanced digest authentication. Advanced digest authentication does not require
that credentials be stored using reversible format; it uses a pre-calculated hash to
construct the digest value. In ACP version 1.1, there is an additional directive (user
232 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
credentials hash algorithm) in the Authentication header so that the server (such as
the Net-Net EMS) can calculate the proper digest.
SSH Password
Considerations
Your existing SSH password will still work after you upgrade to Net-Net Release
C5.0. However, because this password is no longer stored in the /code/ssh
directory, a warning will appear every time the SSH server accesses the file for user
authentication:
ACMEPACKET# Cannot check the integrity of SSH password storage.
Should consider re-set the SSH password.
As of Net-Net Release C5.0, the hash of the password is saved. The file with the
password also contains information that guards integrity to prevent tampering.
Resetting your password will prevent the warning messages and make your SHH
sessions more secure. The procedure for setting your SSH password is the same as
in prior releases.
ACLI Instructions
and Examples
This section shows you how to enable password-secure mode, and how to set
protected configuration passwords (with special instructions for manually setting
the protected configuration password on the standby system in an HA node). You
can also see how to set a password policy.
Enabling PasswordSecure Mode for the
First Time
This feature is disabled by default for the reasons noted in the <Link>Note on
Backwards Compatibility (232) section.
When you enable password-secure mode, you must set password from within the
password-secure mode process. Once in secure mode, you can change login (User),
privileged (Superuser), and LI passwords using the ACLI secret command.
Note that when you enable the password-secure mode, all old passwords become
invalid. Old passwords are rendered useless in order to close any possible holes in
security. This is especially important because releases prior to Net-Net Release C5.0
and Net-Net Release C5.0 have different password requirements, and you will not
necessarily be able to reinstate the passwords you use for prior releases.
To enable password-secure mode:
1.
In Superuser mode, type password-secure-mode enabled at the system
prompt and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# password-secure-mode enable
2.
After you press <Enter>, the Net-Net SBC reminds you of the consequences of
enabling password-secure mode. It informs you that you need to set new login
(User) and privileged (Superuser) passwords, and asks you to confirm the
change.
Type a y (for yes) and press <Enter> to proceed, or abort the process by typing
an n (for no).
By enabling password secure mode, you will need to set
at least 'login' and 'privileged' passwords
-------------------------------------------------WARNING:
Once password secure mode enabled, you will need to
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 233
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
follow the documented procedures in order to use image
older than 5.0
-------------------------------------------------Are you sure [y/n]?: y
3.
Then the Net-Net SBC prompts you to set a new login (User) password. Your
entry must confirm to the <Link>Password Requirements (231) for Net-Net
Release C5.0.
1.
Enter the new login (User) password and press <Enter>.
Set login password
Enter new password
2.
: [your entry will not echo]
Confirm the new login (User) password and press <Enter>.
Enter password again: [your entry will not echo]
4.
Next, change the password for the privileged (Superuser) level. Again, your
entry must confirm to the <Link>Password Requirements (231) for Net-Net
Release C5.0.
1.
Enter the new privileged (Superuser) password and press <Enter>.
Set privileged password
Enter new password
2.
: [your entry will not echo]
Confirm the new privileged (Superuser) password and press <Enter>.
Enter password again:[your entry will not echo]
5.
Finally, the Net-Net SBC asks if you want to set new password for LI features.
If you want to set the password and have the authority to do so, type a y and
press <Enter>. If you do not have LI features licensed on your system or do not
have authority to change the password, press n.
In the following example, the user went forward with changing the LI password,
but the system refused the request based on lack of privilege.
Set li password now [y/n]?: y
Set li password
Error: This user does not have privilege to change "li-admin" password
change it later
If the user had requisite authority, the Net-Net SBC would have asked for and
confirmed a password entered according to the <Link>Password
Requirements (231).
Setting a Protected
Configuration
Password: Matching
Configurations
You set a protected configuration password using the ACLI secret command. As the
system warning indicates when you start this process, changing the password makes
backup and archived configurations unusable and requires you to change the
password on the standby system in an HA node (if applicable).
When your saved and active configurations match, the process will proceed as in the
sample below. However, when the saved and active configuration are out of sync,
the Net-Net SBC requires you to correct the condition by activating the
configuration (using the ACLI activate-config command).
To set a protected configuration password when configuration data is in synch:
1.
In Superuser mode, type secret config at the system prompt and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# secret config
234 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
2.
The Net-Net SBC issues a warning for the change you are about to make, and
asks you to confirm whether or not you want to proceed. Type a y and press
<Enter> to continue; type an n and press <Enter> to abort the process.
-------------------------------------------------WARNING:
Proceed with caution!
Changing the configuration password will result in any
previous backup/archive configuration unusable.
You also need to change the password on any stand-by
SDs when you have changed the password successfully
-------------------------------------------------Are you sure [y/n]?: y
3.
Then the system asks for the old configuration password.
Enter old password
: [your entry will not echo]
If your entry does not match the old password, the system displays an error
message: % Password mismatch - aborted.
If your entry matches, you will be asked for the new password.
4.
Enter the new configuration password. Your entry must confirm to the
<Link>Password Requirements (231) for Net-Net Release C5.0.
Enter new password
5.
: [your entry will not echo]
Confirm the new configuration password and press <Enter>. The Net-Net SBC
first displays a message letting you know that it is changing the password, and
then another message confirming the change. It also prompts you to save and
activate your configuration.
Enter password again: [your entry will not echo]
Changing the configuration password...
Be patient. It might take a while...
Preparing backup...
Creating backup...
Done
Removing backup...
Done
Configuration password changed
ACMEPACKET#
Setting a Protected
Configuration
Password:
Mismatched
Configurations
When the saved and active configuration are out of sync, the Net-Net SBC requires
you to correct the condition by activating the configuration (using the ACLI
activate-config command). Once this is complete, you can carry out the process for
setting a protected configuration password.
To set a protected configuration password when the saved and active configurations
are different:
1.
In Superuser mode, type secret config at the system prompt and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# secret config
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 235
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
2.
The Net-Net SBC issues a warning for the change you are about to make, and
asks you to confirm whether or not you want to proceed. Type a y and press
<Enter> to continue; type an n and press <Enter> to abort the process.
-------------------------------------------------WARNING:
Proceed with caution!
Changing the configuration password will result in any
previous backup/archive configuration unusable.
You also need to change the password on any stand-by
SDs when you have changed the password successfully
-------------------------------------------------Are you sure [y/n]?: y
Currently active (137) and saved configurations (138) do not match!
To sync & activate, run 'activate-config' or 'reboot activate'.
ACMEPACKET#
3.
Use the activate-config command to synchronize the saved and active
configurations.
*ACMEPACKET# activate-config
Activate-Config received, processing.
waiting 120000 for request to finish
Request to 'ACTIVATE-CONFIG' has Finished,
Activate Complete
4.
Setting a Protected
Configuration
Password:
Committing Changes
Continue with the process described in the <Link>Setting a Protected
Configuration Password: Matching Configurations (234).
This section describes the process of committing the changes you have made by
saving and activating configurations when both the configuration data and
password have been updated. Committing the changes means saving and activating
your configuration.
To commit your protected configuration password changes:
1.
Carry out the process described in the <Link>Setting a Protected Configuration
Password: Matching Configurations (234).
2.
After you have finished and the system is done creating a backup, the system
reminds you that you need to save and activate.
Preparing backup...
Creating backup...
Done
updating cert-record name: end
updating cert-record name: ca
updating security-association name: sa1
Removing backup...
Done
---------------------------------------------WARNING:
Configuration changed, run 'save-config' and
236 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
'activate-config' commands to commit the changes.
----------------------------------------------
3.
Save your configuration using the save-config command.
ACMEPACKET# save-config
Save-Config received, processing.
waiting 1200 for request to finish
Copy OK: 8516 bytes copied
Copy OK: 8517 bytes copied
Request to 'SAVE-CONFIG' has Finished,
Save complete
4.
Activate your configuration using the activate-config command.
*ACMEPACKET# activate-config
Activate-Config received, processing.
waiting 120000 for request to finish
Request to 'ACTIVATE-CONFIG' has Finished,
Activate Complete
Changing Protected
Configuration
Password on a
Standby System in an
HA Node
When changing the protected configuration password for an HA node, you carrying
out the <Link>Setting a Protected Configuration Password: Matching
Configurations (234) process (or one of the related processes) on the active system,
and then must manually change it on the standby. However, changing the protected
configuration password on the standby is an abbreviated process.
To change the protected configuration password on a standby system in an HA
node:
1.
On the stand-by system, delete the configuration using the delete-config
command.
ACMEPACKET2# delete-config
2.
On the active system, update the configuration password.
ACMEPACKET1# secret config
Carry out all of the subsequent confirmations, paying close attention to the
warnings.
3.
On the stand-by system, update the configuration password. Ensure that the
password you set on the stand-by matches the password you set on the active
system
ACMEPACKET2# secret config
Carry out all of the subsequent confirmations, paying close attention to the
warnings.
4.
On the stand-by system, acquire the configuration from the activate system
using the acquire-config command.
ACMEPACKET2# acquire-config
5.
Reboot the stand-by system.
ACMEPACKET2# reboot
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 237
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Confirming
Synchronous
Protected
Configuration
Password and
Configuration
To confirm that your protected configuration password and configuration are
synchronized:
1.
In Superuser mode, type verify-config at the system prompt and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET2# verify-config
Checking configuration data...
OK: configuration password is in sync with the configuration data
Configuration
Migration
This section provides with instructions for how to move your configuration file from
one Net-Net SBC to another. Additional checking has been added to the verification
and activation processes. To describe how to migrate a configuration, this section
uses the designations Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, where:
•
Net-Net SBC1 has the configuration you want to copy and move
•
Net-Net SBC2 is the system to which you want to migrate the configuration
from Net-Net SBC1
Note: For Net-Net OS Release C5.0, the protected configuration
password only applies if you are using TLS, IPSec, and/or HDR. The
coverage (range of Net-Net SBC configurations) offered by the
protected configuration password might expand in the future.
To migrate a configuration from Net-Net SBC1 (where the password configuration
has been set) to Net-Net SBC2:
1.
Ensure that the protected configuration password on Net-Net SBC1 and NetNet SBC 2 are the same.
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, back up a well-working configuration that you also want to
use on Net-Net SBC2. Use the backup-config command. The ACLI tells you
when the back up has been saved.
ACMEPACKET1# back-up config copyConfig1
task done
3.
On Net-Net SBC2, update the protected configuration password if necessary.
4.
On Net-Net SBC2, delete the configuration using the delete-config command.
ACMEPACKET2# delete-config
5.
On Net-Net SBC2, use the restore-backup-config command with the
appropriate file name for the backup from Net-Net SBC1. Save the
configuration once the backup is restored.
ACMEPACKET2# restore-backup-config copyConfig1
Need to perform save-config and activate/reboot activate for changes
to take effect...
task done
ACMEPACKET2# save-config
Save-Config received, processing.
waiting 1200 for request to finish
Request to 'SAVE-CONFIG' has Finished,
Save complete
Currently active and saved configurations do not match!
To sync & activate, run 'activate-config' or 'reboot activate'.
6.
Before activating the configuration, verify it.
ACMEPACKET2# verify-config
…
238 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Checking configuration password...
OK: configuration password is in sync with the configuration data
…
7.
Activate the configuration on Net-Net SBC2.
ACMEPACKET2# activate-config
Activate-Config received, processing.
waiting 120000 for request to finish
Request to 'ACTIVATE-CONFIG' has Finished,
Activate Complete
Setting the Password
Policy
In the security ACLI path, you will find the password-policy configuration. It
contains the min-secure-pwd-len parameter where you set the length
requirement—between 8 and 64 characters—to use for passwords when password
secure mode is enabled. For example, if you set this value to 15, then your password
must be a minimum of 15 characters in length.
To set the minimum password length to use for password secure mode:
1.
In Superuser mode, type configure terminal and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# configure terminal
ACMEPACKET(configure)#
2.
Type security and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET(configure)# security
ACMEPACKET(security)#
3.
Type password-policy and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET(system-config)# password-policy
ACMEPACKET(password-policy)#
4.
min-secure-pwd-len—Enter a value between 8 and 64 characters that defines
the minimum password length to use when in password secure mode. This
parameter defaults to 8.
Save and activate your configuration.
System Time
There are several reasons why your Net-Net SBC needs to keep an accurate
reference to the system time. These include, but are not limited to, the need for
accurate billing, logging, and the need to stay synchronized with other network
equipment.
Setting Time
To manually set the system-time on your Net-Net SBC:
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the systime-set command and press
<Enter>. Enter the Date and Time in the exact format shown on the screen.
Remember to use 24-hour time when entering the time. You will be given a
chance to confirm your change. Type Y followed by <enter> to confirm.
ACMEPACKET# systime-set
Date YYYY MM DD: 2005 01 26
Time HH MM: 16 05
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 239
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
WARNING: Changing the time can have an adverse
effect on session processing
Do you want to continue [y/n]?: y
Setting time to: WED JAN 26 16:05:00 2000
ACMEPACKET#
Setting Timezone
You can set the timezone and daylight savings time schedule from the ACLI. This
action requires superuser access. The timezone has to be set yearly, if the timezone
that you are in uses daylight savings time and the day and/or time when daylight
savings starts or ends is different from year to year. You don't have change the
timezone-set parameter if your timezone does not use daylight savings time.
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the timezone-set command and
press <enter>. Enter the timezone parameters in the exact format as shown on
the screen. You need to enter all of the required information to set up the
timezone and daylight savings schedule.
ACMEPACKET# timezone-set
Timezone name: EST
Minutes from UTC (negative if past UTC): -300
Date and hour daylight saving time begins (mm dd HH): 04 03 02
Date and hour daylight saving time ends (mm dd HH): 10 30 02
ACMEPACKET#
Displaying the
System Timezone
You can display the timezone configured for your Net-Net SBC using the
ACLI show timezone command. It displays the information you set with
the timezone-set command.
The following is an example of the displayed information, including the
name of the timezone, its minutes from UTC, and the start and stop date
and hours for daylight saving time:
ACMEPACKET# show timezone
Timezone name: EST
Minutes from UTC (negative if past UTC): -300
Date and hour daylight saving time begins (mm dd HH): 04 03 02
Date and hour daylight saving time ends (mm dd HH): 10 30 02
ACMEPACKET#
NTP
Synchronization
This section provides information about how to set and monitor NTP on your NetNet SBC.
When an NTP server is unreachable or when NTP service goes down, the Net-Net
SBC generates traps for those conditions. Likewise, the Net-Net SBC clears those
traps when the conditions have been rectified. The Net-Net SBC considers a
configured NTP server to be unreachable when its reach number (whether or not the
NTP server could be reached at the last polling interval; successful completion
augments the number) is 0. You can see this value for a server when you use the
ACLI show ntp servers command.
•
The traps for when a server is unreachable and then again reachable are:
apSysMgmtNTPServerUnreachableTrap and
apSysMgmtNTPServerUnreachableClearTrap
240 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
The traps for when NTP service goes down and then again returns are:
apSysMgmtNTPServiceDownTrap and apSysMgmtNTPServiceDownClearTrap
•
Setting NTP
Synchronization
If your Net-Net SBC requires time-critical processing, you can use NTP for time
synchronization. Setting NTP synchronizes both hardware and software clocks with
the reference time from an NTP server that you specify. NTP is most useful for
synchronizing multiple devices located on one network or across many networks to
a reference time standard.
To guard against NTP server failure, NTP is restarted periodically to support the
dynamic recovery of an NTP server.
You can only set NTP synchronization from the ACLI, but you can view it from the
EMS. NTP is RTC-supported as of Net-Net OS Release C5.1.
To set NTP synchronization:
1.
In the ACLI’s configure terminal section, type ntp-sync and press <Enter> to
access the NTP configuration. For example:
ACMEPACKET# configure terminal
ACMEPACKET(configure)# ntp-sync
ACMEPACKET(ntp-config)#
2.
To add an NTP server, type add-server, a <Space>, the IPv4 address of the
server, and then press <Enter>.
For example, this entry adds the NTP server at the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology in Cambridge, MA:
ACMEPACKET(ntp-config)# add-server 18.26.4.105
3.
To delete an NTP server, type delete-server and the IPv4 address of the server
you want to delete, and then press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET(ntp-config)# del-server 18.26.4.105
Monitoring NTP from
the ACLI
NTP server information that you can view with the new show ntp servers command
tell you about the quality of the time being used in terms of offset and delays
measurements. You can also see the maximum error bounds.
When you use this command, information for all configured servers is displayed.
Data appears in columns that are defined in the table below:
Version S-C6.1.0
Display Column
Definition
server
Lists the NTP servers configured on the Net-Net SBC by IP address. Entries
are accompanied by characters:
• Plus sign (+)—Symmetric active server
• Dash (-)—Symmetric passive server
• Equal sign (=)—Remote server being polled in client mode
• Caret (^)—Server is broadcasting to this address
• Tilde (~)—Remote peer is sending broadcast to *
• Asterisk (*)—The peer to which the server is synchronizing
st
Stratum level—Calculated from the number of computers in the NTP
hierarchy to the time reference. The time reference has a fixed value of 0,
and all subsequent computers in the hierarchy are n+1.
poll
Maximum interval between successive polling messages sent to the remote
host, measured in seconds.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 241
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Display Column
Definition
reach
Measurement of successful queries to this server; the value is an 8-bit shift
register. A new server starts at 0, and its reach augments for every
successful query by shifting one in from the right: 0, 1, 3, 7, 17, 37, 77, 177,
377. A value of 377 means that there have been eight successful queries.
delay
Amount of time a reply packet takes to return to the server (in milliseconds)
in response.
offset
Time difference (in milliseconds) between the client’s clock and the
server’s.
disp
Difference between two offset samples; error-bound estimate for
measuring service quality.
To view statistics for NTP servers:
1.
At the command line, type show ntp servers and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show ntp servers
NTP Status
server
FRI APR 11:09:50 UTC 2007
st
poll
reach
delay
offset
disp
----------------------- -- ---- ------ ------- --------
---------
*64.46.24.66
3
64
377
0.00018
0.000329
0.00255
=61.26.45.88
3
64
377
0.00017
0.002122
0.00342
You can the see the status of NTP on your system by using the show ntp status
command. Depending on the status of NTP on your system, one of the following
messages will appear:
•
NTP not configured
•
NTP Daemon synchronized to server at [the IP address of the specific server]
•
NTP synchronization in process
•
NTP down, all configured servers are unreachable
To view the status of NTP on your Net-Net SBC:
1.
At the command line, type show ntp status and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# show ntp status
System Task Management
It is useful to directly control the tasks and processes that are running on your NetNet system. For example, you might need to terminate a hung task.
The Net-Net SBC also offers several debugging features such as: listing the stack
contents, viewing stack traces and task control blocks, and configuring task-specific
logs.
Viewing Tasks
There are many tasks or processes running in the background on your Net-Net SBC.
You can view information about the currently running tasks from the ACLI.
242 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the check-stack command and
press <Enter>. The stacks for all tasks are printed to the screen so that you can
view information about current processes running on the Net-Net SBC.
ACMEPACKET# check-stack
NAME
ENTRY
TID
SIZE
CUR
HIGH
MARGIN
------------ ------------ ---------- ----- ----- ----- -----tMgrTask
mgrTask
0x212ed90 12240
392
440
11800
tExcTask
excTask
0x2130ba0
8144
280
752
7392
tLogTask
logTask
0x2134c80
8144
312
360
7784
tNpwbTmr
0x0000776828 0x219e9c0 20432
168
5016
15416
tCli
cliInterface 0x2186870 65488
3136 11920
53568
tCliTelnet
cliInterface 0x22c2ad0 65488
1992 10680
54808
This command displays a summary of stack usage for a specified task, or for all tasks
if no argument is entered. The command output includes task name (NAME), the
entry (ENTRY), the task identification (TID), the total stack size (SIZE), the current
number of stack bytes used (CUR), the maximum number of stack bytes used
(HIGH), and the number of bytes never used at the top of the stack (MARGIN).
Setting Task Log
Levels
Logging tasks is essential for debugging problem configurations on your Net-Net
SBC.
The log setting changes made via the ACLI’s log-level commands are not persistent
after a Net-Net system reboot. Upon reboot, you need to change the log settings in
the system-config element in order for them to be persistent. See the Net-Net ACLI
Reference Guide for the default log levels associated with each configuration
element.
You can set log levels globally for all tasks or on a task-by-task basis.
To set log levels globally:
1.
In the ACLI at the Superuser prompt, enter the log-level all command,
followed by the Acme Packet logging severity level the system should set all
processes to. Refer to the following table for an explanation of logging levels,
which can be entered in either numerical or English format.
ACMEPACKET# log-level all 4
To set log levels for a specified task:
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the log-level command followed by
a specific task name and then the Acme Packet logging severity level to set this
process to. Refer to the following table for an explanation of logging levels. Log
levels can be entered in either numerical or English format.
ACMEPACKET# log-level mbcd minor
The following table defines the syslog levels by severity and number against the
Acme Packet log enumeration. For more information regarding the syslog severities,
refer to IETF RFC 3164, “The BSD syslog Protocol.“
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 243
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Stopping a Task
Acme Packet syslog
Level (numerical code)
syslog Severity Level
(number)
From RFC 3164
Emergency (1)
Emergency (0)
The EMERGENCY syslog level signifies the
utmost severity. These situations require
immediate attention. If you do not attend to
these types of conditions immediately, there will
be physical, permanent, and irreparable
damage to your Net-Net system.
Critical (2)
Alert (1)
The CRITICAL syslog level signifies a serious
condition within the Net-Net system. These
situations require attention as soon as they are
noted. If you do not attend to these conditions
immediately, there may be physical, permanent,
and irreparable damage to your Net-Net system.
Major (3)
Critical (2)
The MAJOR syslog level signifies that
functionality has been seriously compromised.
As a result, these situations may cause loss of
functionality, hanging applications, and dropped
packets. If you do not attend to these situations,
your Net-Net system will suffer no physical
harm, but it will cease to function.
Minor (4)
Error (3)
The MINOR syslog level signifies that
functionality has been impaired to a certain
degree. As a result, you may experience
compromised functionality. There will be no
physical harm to your Net-Net system. However,
you should attend to these types of conditions
as soon as possible in order to keep your NetNet system operating properly.
Warning (5)
Warning (4)
The WARNING syslog level signifies those
conditions that signal that the system has noted
some irregularities in performance. This
condition is used to describe situations that are
noteworthy. However, you should attend to these
conditions in order to keep your Net-Net system
operating properly.
Notice (6)
Notice (5)
These log levels are used for Acme Packet
customer support purposes.
Info (7)
Informational (6)
These log levels are used for Acme Packet
customer support purposes.
Trace (8)
Debug (9)
Debug (7)
These log levels are used for Acme Packet
customer support purposes.
Acme Packet Code Description
The stop-task command shuts down a specified task. You can obtain the
identification number of the task you wish to end by using the tcb command. Follow
the procedure below to stop a task.
To stop a task:
244 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the stop-task command followed by
the name or ID of the task you wish to terminate.
ACMEPACKET# stop-task tRadd
ACMEPACKET#
Notifying Tasks
The notify command sends a notification to a specific task. Notify commands have
different applications and are used as a general method of telling tasks to perform a
given action. Several notify applications are presented below. The generalized syntax
for using the notify command is:
notify <task_name> <action> [<arguments>...]
Tracing Sockets
The notify command is used for runtime protocol tracing for UDP/TCP sockets. This
use of the command provides for all protocol messages for ServiceSocket sockets to
be written in a log file or sent out of the Net-Net system to a UDP port. This
mechanism allows for tracing to be enabled for any socket, provided that the class
has a “logit” method for displaying and formatting the protocol message. All ACP
classes support this, as do SIP and MGCP. Tracing can be enabled for all processes,
specific sockets, all sockets, or specific processes. Tracing for specific sockets is
specified by the local IPv4 address and port on which the socket is connected.
notify all|<process-name> trace all|<socket-address><file-name>
[<outudp-port>]
notify all|<process-name> notrace all|<socket-address>
The <socket-address> is the IPv4 address and the port on which the socket is
connected. The <out-udp-port> is the UDP IPv4 address and port to which the log
messages are sent. If the <out-udp-port> is not specified, the logs are written to the
<filename>.
Notify
Subcommands
The table below lists and defines the subcommands and additional capabilities that
are included in the notify command.
notify Subcommand
Description
ALGD
notify algd nolog
This command disables the logging of MIBOCO messages exchanged with
MBCD and MGCP messages processed by the algd task (i.e., these
messages appear to originate from and be sent to the loopback interface).
notify algd log
This command enables the logging of MIBOCO and MGCP messages in the
alg.log.
notify algd mgcpendpoint:<endpoint
id>
This command deletes the session and the corresponding gateway entries
for a specific gateway. The "endpointid" value is the endpoint name the
Net-Net SBC receives in the Audit Name field of the RSIP. If a gateway has
multiple endpoints, then the last endpoint that sent the RSIP should be
used as the endpoint ID.
BERPD
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 245
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
notify Subcommand
Description
notify berpd force
This command is used to perform a manual switchover between Net-Net
systems in HA architectures, regardless of the Net-Net system on which
the command is executed (active or standby). This command forces the
active Net-Net system into the Standby state and forces the standby NetNet system into the Active state.
MBCD
notify mbcd nolog
This command disables MIBOCO logging.
notify mbcd log
This command enables MIBOCO logging in the miboco.log.
notify mbcd debug
This command sets the log level for MBCD for debugging purposes. Unless
a specific log type is specified, this command will use its defaults: FLOW
and MEDIA.
notify mbcd
nodebug
This command disables setting the log level for MBCD. This command is
used for debugging purposes.
RADD
notify radd reload
This command changes the configurations for RADIUS dynamically by
reloading the configuration data in the account-config.
SIPD
Viewing Power
Supply and
RAMdrive Status
notify sipd reload
This command allows you to reload SIPd and thereby update its running
state with the latest configuration changes. This command cannot tear
down any in-progress sessions, and it cannot tear down any listening
sockets.
For example, if the previously configured SIP port is 5060 and you edit the
configuration and change the port to 5061, both 5060 and 5061 will be
listening ports. This command only adds the new listening port to the SIP
functionality and does not overwrite the previous one. Calls in progress
remain up.
notify sipd nosiplog
This command disables logging SIP and MIBOCO messages, including SIP
messages as seen from the Net-Net system SIP proxy’s perspective (i.e.,
all messages are seen coming from and going to home realm addresses)
and MIBOCO messages exchanged with the MBCD to manage flows.
notify sipd siplog
This command enables the logging of SIP and MIBOCO messages in the
sipmsg.log.
notify sipd report
This command writes all SIP process statistics to the log file.
notify sipd dump
limit
This command writes CPU limit information to the log file.
notify sipd debug
This command sets the log level for the SIP protocol for some SIP activity.
This command is used for debugging purposes. Unless a specific log type
is specified, this command uses its defaults: SIP, SESSION, TRANS,
SIPNAT, and MEDIA.
notify sipd nodebug
This command disables setting the log level for the SIP protocol for some
SIP activity. This command is used for debugging purposes.
The show power command allows you to view Net-Net SBC power supply
information including the state of the power supply and the installation position.
ACMEPACKET# show power
Power Supply A (right): ON
Power Supply B (left): OFF or Not Present
246 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Displays RAMdrive usage, including the log cleaner threshold values and the size of
the most recently saved configuration.
ACMEPACKET# show ramdrv
---------------
---------
---------
---------
-------
#Files
Bytes
Clusters
Percent
---------
---------
---------
-------
39
4447497
8712
3
H323CfgFile
1
454
1
0
running
0
0
0
0
data
0
0
0
0
21
10752
21
0
4
33114
67
0
---------
---------
---------
-------
4494377
8806
3
127587328
-
96
Directory
--------------logs
collect
./
--------------Total
70
Free
log-min-free=39631230(30%)
log-min-check=66052050(50%)
log-max-usage=66052050(50%)
Rebooting the Net-Net SBC
The reboot command is used to reboot the Net-Net SBC system. There are three
modes you can use to reboot your Net-Net SBC. Different modes determine which
configurations are used to boot your system.
reboot activate
The reboot activate command reboots the Net-Net system with the last saved
current configuration. This command is useful if changes have been made and saved
to the Net-Net system configuration but that configuration has not yet been
activated and the Net-Net system goes out of service.
In terms of making the current configuration into the running configuration, using
this command is the same as using the activate-config command.
reboot force
The reboot force command reboots the Net-Net system using the last running
configuration. This command does not require you confirm the reboot directive. The
boot sequence begins immediately after issuing this command.
reboot force
activate
The reboot force activate command reboots the Net-Net system using the last
saved current configuration. This command does not require you confirm the reboot
directive. The boot sequence begins immediately after issuing this command.
Like the reboot activate command, reboot force activate allows you to activate the
current configuration that has been saved but not previously activated. Reboot force
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 247
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
activate is the same as issuing the activate-config command and then a reboot
force.
Reboot
Safeguards
reboot Subcommand
Description
reboot activate
This subcommand reboots the Net-Net SBC and activates the newly saved
configuration.
reboot force
This subcommand reboots the Net-Net SBC and loads the last running
configuration without confirmation.
reboot force activate
This subcommand reboots the Net-Net SBC and activates the newly saved
configuration without confirmation.
The ACLI's reboot command has safeguards to prevent it from being executed in one
ACLI session when certain key processes are in progress in another ACLI session.
Attempting to reboot the Net-Net SBC while a key process is in progress in another
ACLI session will result in a warning and notification message that appears on the
console. The message informs you that another ACLI session is manipulating the
system configuration if any of the following commands/processes are executed:
Reboot Status File
•
save-config
•
backup-config
•
restore-backup-config
•
delete-backup-config
•
delete-config
The delete-status-file command removes the taskcheckdump.dat and
statsDump.dat files on the Net-Net SBC. These files contains information from NetNet SBC system failures.
The Net-Net system writes status information to the statsDump.dat file before the
system reboots itself. Acme Packet uses the status file to gather information about
why a system rebooted itself for debugging and/or customer service purposes. To
carry out this command, type delete-status-file into the command line and press
<Enter>.
Warning on
Reboot
The Net-Net SBC issues a warning when you attempt to reboot the system without
having saved configuration changes. If you encounter this warning, you can simply
save your configuration (using the ACLI save-config command), and then proceed
with the reboot. If you want to reboot without saving changes, you can confirm to
the reboot but any changes to the configuration (made since the last save) will be
lost).
System Watchdog Timer
The Net-Net SBC's watchdog timer ensures that the system will reset itself if it
becomes unstable. If a set period of time elapses before the timer is reset by another
process, the Net-Net system will initiate a hardware reset. The watchdog timer
expires after 31 seconds. This period is not configurable.
248 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
The watchdog process runs at a very high priority so that it is always active. As long
as other essential processes are running, the watchdog timer will be reset before it
expires. If an essential system process encounters a problem, forcing the system
software to hang or enter into an unstable state, the watchdog timer will not be reset.
As a consequence, the watchdog timer will expire, and the system will reboot.
Watchdog Timer
Configuration
The watchdog timer has the following five configuration features:
1.
The watchdog state is persistent across reboot.
2.
The watchdog timer is disabled by default.
3.
Changes to the watchdog timer state are activated in real time.
4.
The watchdog timer state can only be changed from ACLI Superuser mode.
5.
The watchdog timer state can be viewed from ACLI Superuser and User modes.
Availability
Available in build sd201p29
ACLI Example
The following template shows the usage of the watchdog command.
ACMEPACKET# watchdog [enable | disable | fetch]
•
enable—enables the watchdog timer
•
disable—disables the watchdog timer
•
fetch—prints the current state of the watchdog timer to the screen
To enable the watchdog timer on your Net-Net SBC:
1.
Enter the Superuser mode in the ACLI.
ACMEPACKET#
2.
Type watchdog <space> enable and press <Enter> to enable the watchdog
timer.
ACMEPACKET# watchdog enable
Watchdog timer started
ACMEPACKET#
3.
Type watchdog <space> fetch and press <Enter> to confirm that the watchdog
timer has been enabled.
ACMEPACKET# watchdog fetch
Watchdog timer is enabled
ACMEPACKET#
Configuring the Front Panel Interface
You can quickly configure the front-panel media interfaces on the Net-Net SBC
using the set-front-interface command located in the topmost level of the ACLI
when you are in Superuser mode.
set-front-interface parameter <slot> <port> state
When configuring front ports, you must identify the port and slot pair. The
conventions you must use are:
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 249
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
•
Slot: The Net-Net SBC accepts two PHY cards. When facing the front of the
Net-Net SBC, the left card is Slot 0, and the right card is Slot 1.
•
Port: Net-Net SBC's PHY cards have either 1, 2, or 4 ports. When facing the
front of the Net-Net SBC, the leftmost port is Port 0, and the rightmost port is
either Port 0 (for a 1 port card), Port 1 (for a 2 port card), or Port 3 (for a 4 port
card).
Front interfaces configured by using the set-front-interface command are not
persistent after a reboot. You can also configure front interfaces by using the
standard configuration elements and followed by the activate-configuration
command.
The following sections describe the parameters available for the set-front-interface
command.
admin-state
This parameter enables or disables administrative state for the front interfaces.
Admin-state turns a port and slot pair on or off. If enabled, the port and slot pair can
pass traffic. If disabled, the port and slot pair can not pass traffic.
set-front-interface admin-state 0 1 enabled
auto-negotiation
This command enables or disables the auto-negotiation protocol for front interfaces,
both 10/100 and GigE. Auto-negotiation is used by the NICs to provision bandwidth
and duplex mode for optimum speed between two sides of a physical link. If
enabled, the port and slot pair are set to use auto-negotiation. If disabled, the port
and slot pair are set to not use auto-negotiation.
set-front-interface auto-negotiation 0 1 enabled
If auto-negotiation is enabled, the duplex-mode and speed parameters do not need
to be set.
duplex-mode
This command sets either full-duplex mode or half-duplex mode for the front
interfaces on 10/100 ethernet cards. The duplex mode determines if traffic can flow
bidirectionally or not. If set to FULL, the identified port will run in full-duplex mode.
If set to HALF, the identified port will run in half-duplex mode.
set-front-interface duplex-mode 0 1 full
speed
This command sets a port and slot pair to either 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps. It is only
applicable for front interfaces on 10/100 physical layer cards. If set to 10, the
identified port and slot pair will operate at 10 Mbps. If set to 100, the identified port
and slot pair will operate at 100 Mbps.
set-front-interface speed 0 1 100
ARP Information
The ACLI’s ARP commands are used to associated IPv4 addresses (Layer 3) with
Ethernet MAC addresses (Layer 2). You can view the ARP table, add or remove an
entry, or test an entry.
250 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
show arp
The show arp command is one of the many show commands available to you on
the Net-Net SBC. It displays the Link Level ARP table, ARP entries, and ARP table
statistics. An example output is shown below.
ACMEPACKET# show arp
LINK LEVEL ARP TABLE
destination
gateway
flags Refcnt Use
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------172.30.0.1
00:0f:23:4a:d8:80 405
1
0
wancom0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intf
0/0
VLAN
0
Total ARP Entries = 3
----------------------IP-Address
MAC
010.000.045.001
00:00:00:00:00:00
Special Entries:
0/0
0
000.000.000.000
0/0
0
010.000.045.000
00:00:00:00:00:00
00:00:00:00:00:00
Gateway Status:
Intf VLAN
IP-Address
0/0
0
010.000.045.001
-- ARP table info -Maximum number of entries
Number of used entries
Length of search key
First search entry address
length of data entry
First data entry address
Enable aging
Enable policing
ACMEPACKET#
arp-add
MAC
00:00:00:00:00:00
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
time-stamp
1106930884
type
invalid
1106930884
1106930884
gateway
network
time-stamp hb status
1106930884
unreachable
512
3
1 (x 64 bits)
0x3cb0
2 (x 64 bits)
0x7960
0
0
The arp-add command allows you to add ARP entries into the ARP table. Since
some network devices do not support ARP, static ARP entries sometimes need to be
added to the ARP table manually. The syntax for using the arp-add command is:
arp-add <slot> <port> <vlan-id> <IP address> <MAC address>
If there is no VLAN tagging on this interface, set vlan-id to 0.
arp-delete
The arp-delete command allows you to remove ARP entries from the ARP table.
You only need to identify the IPv4 address, VLAN tag, and slot and port pair to be
removed. The syntax for using the arp-delete command is:
arp-delete <slot> <port> <vlan-id> <IP address>
arp-check
The arp-check command allows you to test a particular address resolution. When
this command is carried out, a test message is sent. The test is successful when an
OK is returned. If there is no VLAN identifier to be entered, then enter a value of 0.
The syntax for using the arp-check command is:
arp-check <slot> <port> <vlan-id> <IP address>
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 251
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
NAT Information
The ACLI can display NAT table information and the NAT table itself in a variety of
formats: by entry range, by table entry range in tabular form, by matching source and
destination addresses. This information is used primarily for debugging purposes.
NAT information is displayed using the show nat command with the appropriate
arguments.
show nat info
The show nat info command allows displays general NAT table information. The
output is used for quick viewing of a Net-Net system’s overall NAT functions,
including the maximum number of NAT table entries, the number of used NAT table
entries, the length of the NAT table search key, the first searchable NAT table entry
address, the length of the data entry, the first data entry address, and whether or not
aging and policing are enabled in the NAT table.
ACMEPACKET# show nat info
-- NAT table info -Maximum number of entries
: 7768
Number of used entries
: 0
Length of search key
: 2 (x 64 bits)
First search entry address : 0x0
length of data entry
: 4 (x 64 bits)
First data entry address
: 0x0
Enable aging
: 1
Enable policing
: 0
ACMEPACKET#
show nat by-addr
The show nat by-addr command displays NAT table information that matches
source and destination addresses. When using this command, you can specify the
entries to display according to source address (SA) and/or destination address (DA)
values.
The Net-Net system matches these values to the NAT table entries and shows the
pertinent information. If no addresses are entered, the Net-Net system shows all of
the table entries. NAT entries can be matched according to SA or DA or both.
show nat by-addr <source IPv4 address> <destination IPv4 address>
The table below explains the output of the show nat by-addr command.
Parameter
Description
SA_flow_key
Source IPv4 address key used for matching in the look-up process.
DA_flow_key
Destination IPv4 address key used for matching in the look-up process.
SP_flow_key
UDP source port used for matching in the look-up process.
DP_flow_key
UDP destination port used for matching in the look-up process.
VLAN_flow_key
If this is a non-zero value, then there is an associated VLAN. If this value is
zero, then there is no associated VLAN.
252 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Parameter
Description
SA_prefix
These values determine how many bits in the key are considered in the
look-up process for a match, where SA is the source IPv4 address, DA is
the destination IPv4 address, SP is the UDP source port, and DP is the UDP
source port.
DA_prefix
SP_prefix
DP_prefix
Version S-C6.1.0
Protocol_flow_key
This value stands for the protocol used, where the following values and
protocols correspond:
• 1 = ICMP
• 6 = IP
• 17 = UDP
Ingress_flow_key
This value uniquely identifies from where the packet came, and it is a
combination of the Ingress Slot and Ingress Port values.
Ingress Slot
Together with the Ingress Port, this value makes up the Ingress_flow_key.
Ingress Port
Together with the Ingress Slot, this value makes up the Ingress_flow_key.
XSA_data_entry
This is the translated (i.e., post-lookup) source IPv4 address value.
XDA_data_entry
This is the translated (i.e., post-lookup) destination IPv4 address value.
XSP_data_entry
This is the translated (i.e., post-lookup) source port value.
XDP_data_entry
This is the translated (i.e., post-lookup) destination port value.
Egress_data_entry
This value uniquely identifies the outbound interface for the packet, and it
is a combination of the Egress Slot and Egress Port values. This is the
functional equivalent to the Ingress_flow_key.
Egress Slot
Together with the Egress Port, this value makes up the Egress_data_entry.
Egress Port
Together with the Egress Slot, this value makes up the Egress_data_entry.
flow_action
This value displays the defined flow_action (i.e., flag) bits. The flow action
bit mask includes the following bit options:
• bit 1 - 1=MPLS strip
• bit 2 - 1=Diffserv clear
• bit 5 - 1=Latch source address
• bit 6 - 1=Collapse flow
• bit 7 - 1=Slow Path
• bit 8 - 1=QoS Requirement
• bit 9 - 1=RTCP, 0=RTP is bit 8 is set
• bit 10 - 1=packet capture if bit 8 is set
• bit 11 - 1=full packet capture, 0=header packet capture, if bit 9 is set
Bits 8 through 11 only apply to QOS.
optional_data
This value is related to the flow_action value.
If the flow_action Slow Path bit (bit 7) is set, then the
optional_data value is the UDP destination port for delivery to the
host. The optional_data value may also contain DSCP markings.
VLAN_data_entry
This value refers to the outbound VLAN look-up process. A non-zero value
means that there is an associated VLAN, while a zero value means that
there is no associated VLAN.
host_table_index
This value refers to the virtual index for the host management of CAM
processing.
init_flow_guard
This timer is used to age the entries in the CAM.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 253
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Parameter
Description
inact_flow_guard
This timer is used to age the entries in the CAM.
max_flow_guard
This timer is used to age the entries in the CAM.
In the above table, the following values are equivalent:
•
SA = Source IPv4 Address
•
DA = Destination IPv4 Address
•
SP = UDP Source Port
•
DP = UDP Destination Port
•
X = Translated
Using a zero in the source address location of the command execution line is a
wildcard value. This is used for displaying NAT information by destination address
only.
show nat by-index
The show nat by-index command displays a specified range of entries in the NAT
table, with a maximum of 5024 entries. The syntax for using the show nat by-index
command is:
show nat by-index <starting entry> <ending entry>
To view lines 10 through 50 of the NAT table, you would enter the following:
show nat by-index 10 50
If you do not specify a range, the system uses the default range of 1 through 200. The
range you enter corresponds to line numbers in the table, and not to the number of
the entry itself.
show nat intabular
The show nat in-tabular command displays a specified range of entries in the NAT
table display in table form, with a maximum of 5024 entries. This tabular output
allows for ease in viewing the sometimes lengthy NAT table information. The syntax
is modeled on the show nat by-index command:
show nat in-tabular 10 50
In this abbreviated display, the fields that are shown for each NAT entry are:
•
SA_key—equivalent to SA_flow_key in other show nat commands. Displayed
in hexadecimal format.
•
DA_key—equivalent to DA_flow_key in other show nat commands. Displayed
in hexadecimal format.
•
SP_key—equivalent to SP_flow_key in other show nat commands. Displayed
in hexadecimal format.
•
DP_key—equivalent to DP_flow_key in other show nat commands. Displayed
in hexadecimal format.
•
VLAN_key—equivalent to VLAN_data_entry in other show nat commands.
•
ING—equivalent to Ingress_flow_key in other show nat commands.
•
PROTO—equivalent to Protocol_flow_key in other show nat commands.
254 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
•
WEIGHT—Flow weight.
The display of the show nat in-tabular requires a 132-column display. Please adjust
your terminal program appropriately.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 255
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
SNMP Community and Trap Receiver Management
You can view and reset the counters for SNMP community table and SNMP trap
receivers using the ACLI commands described in this section.
SNMP Community
Table
The SNMP community table stores information about the SNMP servers that you
configure. These configurations set the community name and define what kind of
information that server can access.
show snmpcommunity-table
The show snmp-community-table command displays all of the configuration
information for the SNMP community. It also shows the total responses in and total
responses out. Type show snmp-community-table followed by pressing <Enter>
in the ACLI to use this command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show snmp-community-table
community-name : public
access-mode
: READ-ONLY
ip-addresses
: 10.0.200.61
172.30.0.13
total requests
in
: 111
total responses out : 111
community-name : test
access-mode
: READ-ONLY
ip-addresses
: 172.30.0.13
10.0.200.61
total requests
in
: 21
total responses out : 21
community-name : test1
access-mode
: READ-ONLY
ip-addresses
: 10.0.200.61
172.30.0.13
total requests
in
: 101
total responses out : 101
reset snmpcommunity-table
You can specifically reset the counters on SNMP community table statistics by using
the ACLI reset snmp-community-table command. This set of statistics also resets
when you use the ACLI reset all command.
ACMEPACKET# reset snmp-community-table
Trap Receiver
The trap receiver is a network management system (NMS) to which the Net-Net
SBC sends SNMP traps to report system events. The SNMP agent uses trap receiver
information that you configure to send traps to NMSs.
When you use the ACLI show trap-receiver table command, the Net-Net system
displays all of the configuration information for the SNMP community and the total
number of traps sent to it.
show trap-receiver
The show trap-receiver command displays all of the configuration information for
the SNMP community and the total number of traps sent to it. For example:
256 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
ACMEPACKET# show trap-receiver
community-name : public
filter-level
: All
ip-address
: 10.0.0.43
total traps out : 3
community-name : test
filter-level
: All
ip-address
: 10.0.200.61
total traps out : 3
reset trap-receiver
You can specifically reset the counters for trap receiver statistics by using the ACLI
reset trap-receiver command. This set of statistics also resets when you use the
ACLI reset all command.
ACMEPACKET# reset trap-receiver
Login Banner
You can customize the displayed text banner, visible at the start of each ACLI session
on your Net-Net SBC. This feature lets you tailor the appearance of the ACLI’s initial
login screen to make it more company- or customer-specific. This file is stored in the
/code/banners/ directory, which the system will creates for you if it does not exist
when you upload the file (called banner.txt).
ACLI Audit Trail
You can configure your Net-Net SBC to send a history of all user-entered commands
to a common audit log file. When you enable this feature, all commands entered
from any ACLI session are written to the cli.audit.log file. You can also display the
log file using the show logfile cli.audit command. In addition, the system records
what configuration a user selects when using the select command. Prompted
passwords are not saved, but the requests for changes to them are.
The cli.audit.log file is stored in the log directory, and it is lost when you reboot
your system; this file is not available off-box. The ACLI audit trail is enabled by
default, but you can turn it off by changing the system configuration’s cli-audit-trail
parameter to disabled.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 257
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
258 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
5
Inventory Management
This chapter explains how to access Net-Net 4000 SBC inventory management
statistics to review the hardware components and licenses installed on the system,
as well as active and stored configurations, and configuration information for specific
elements or realms.
Accessing
Inventory
Management Data
You can access inventory management statistics by using the ACLI show command
with different subcommands. You can access all show commands at the User level,
you do not need Superuser privileges.
Hardware Inventory
This section describes the statistics you can view about the different Net-Net 4000
SBC hardware components.
Components
show prom-info
mainboard
You can view hard-coded, programmable read-only memory (PROM) information
about the following Net-Net 4000 SBC hardware components:
•
mainboard (chassis)
•
CPU
•
physical interface card 0
•
physical interface card 1
•
CAM (Net-Net SD2 IDT PROM only)
Display the mainboard PROM information by using the show prom-info
mainboard command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show prom-info mainboard
Contents of Main Board PROM
Assy, Session Director with CAM
Version S-C6.1.0
Part Number:
102-1001-00
Serial Number:
010323001127
Functional Rev:
1.18
Board Rev:
2
PCB Family Type:
Session Director
ID:
Session Director I
Format Rev:
3
Options:
0
Manufacturer:
MSL, Lowell
Week/Year:
23/2003
Sequence Number:
001127
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 259
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
show prom-info CPU
Number of MAC Addresses:
16
Starting MAC Address:
00 08 25 01 07 60
Display the host CPU PROM information by using the show prom-info CPU
command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show prom-info CPU
Contents of Host CPU PROM
Assy, Processor 7455 Daughter Card
show prom-info PHY0
Part Number:
002-0300-01
Serial Number:
010303000456
Functional Rev:
1.10
Board Rev:
4
PCB Family Type:
Session Director
ID:
Host CPU (7451/7455)
Format Rev:
3
Options:
0
Manufacturer:
MSL, Lowell
Week/Year:
03/2003
Sequence Number:
000456
Number of MAC Addresses:
0
Starting MAC Address:
00 00 00 00 00 00
Display PROM information for the left physical interface card by using the show
prom-info PHY0 command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show prom-info PHY0
Contents of PHY0
Assy, 1 Port Gigabit Ethernet Multimode Phy
show prom-info PHY1
Part Number:
002-0200-01
Serial Number:
010307000645
Functional Rev:
1.07
Board Rev:
3
PCB Family Type:
Gigabit PHY
ID:
1 Port Multi-Mode Gigabit
Format Rev:
3
Options:
0
Manufacturer:
MSL, Lowell
Week/Year:
07/2003
Sequence Number:
000645
Number of MAC Addresses:
0
Starting MAC Address:
00 00 00 00 00 00
Display PROM information for the right physical interface card by using the show
prom-info PHY1 command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show prom-info PHY1
Contents of PHY1
260 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
Assy, 1 Port Gigabit Ethernet Multimode Phy
Part Number:
002-0200-01
Serial Number:
010303000406
Functional Rev:
1.07
Board Rev:
3
PCB Family Type:
Gigabit PHY
ID:
1 Port Multi-Mode Gigabit
Format Rev:
3
Options:
0
Manufacturer:
MSL, Lowell
Week/Year:
03/2003
Sequence Number:
000406
Number of MAC Addresses:
0
Starting MAC Address:
00 00 00 00 00 00
Software Inventory
This section explains how to access information about the Net-Net system image
used for booting.
System image
Image Filename: NetNet 4250 and Net-Net
4500
You can display the name the Net-Net system image currently booting on your
system by using the following commands:
•
show version
•
bootparam (if you have Superuser privileges)
The output from both commands includes the image filename. If that filename starts
with either of the following, the Net-Net 4250 is booting from flash memory:
•
For the Net-Net 4250, you can use /tffs0/ (referring to /boot). For the Net-Net
4500, you can use /boot.
•
/tffs1/ (referring to /code)
For example, /tffs0/sd200b1.gz.
If the filename starts with /tftpboot/, the Net-Net system is booting from an external
device. For example, /tftpboot/sd200b1.gz.
Location
The output from both commands also includes a code that signals the Net-Net
system from where to boot. The code also signals the Net-Net system about which
file to use in the booting process. This sequence always starts with 0x (these flags are
hexadecimal). For example, 0x8.
show version image
Display information about the Net-Net system image being booted on your system
by using the show version image command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show version image
Acme Packet version 1.0 (for Acme Packet Net-Net).
Kernel: WIND AE version 1.1.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 261
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
Made on Mar
4 2005, 22:14:04.
Boot line:
wancom(0,0)goose:sd201b37.gz e=172.30.55.127:ffff0000 h=172.30.0.125
g=172.30.0.1 u=vxftp pw=vxftp f=0x8 tn=ACMEPACKET
The sample output contains the image name (sd201b37.gz) and identifies from
where the Net-Net system should boot (f=0x8.) The value f=0x8 indicates the NetNet 4000 SBC will look at the file name defined in the boot configuration parameters
to determine where to boot from and what file to use.
bootparam
Display information about the Net-Net system image being booted on your system
by using the bootparam command. After you issue the bootparam command, you
need to press <Enter> to scroll down the list of boot configuration parameters.
In the following example, the system image is identified as sd201b37.gz and the
location from where the Net-Net system should boot is identified by the flag’s value,
0x8.
For example:
ACMEPACKET(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: goose
file name
: sd201b37.gz
inet on ethernet (e)
: 172.30.55.127:ffff0000
inet on backplane (b)
:
host inet (h)
: 172.30.0.125
gateway inet (g)
: 172.30.0.1
user (u)
: vxftp
ftp password (pw) (blank = use rsh)
flags (f)
: 0x8
target name (tn)
: ACMEPACKET
startup script (s)
:
other (o)
:
q = quit
: vxftp
NOTE: These changed parameters will not go into effect until reboot. Also,
be aware that some boot parameters may also be changed through PHY and
Network Interface Configurations.
Version
show version
You can view operating system (OS) information, including the OS version number
and the date that the current copy of the OS was made, by using the show version
command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show version
ACME Net-Net 4250 Firmware C5.0.0 Build A7
Build Date=03/22/07
262 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
Configuration Information
This section explains how to access information about the Net-Net system current
and running configurations. It also explains how to view configuration information
for a specific element or for all elements associated with a specific realm.
Overview
You can display information about your system’s configuration by using the
following commands:
•
show running-config displays the configuration currently active and running
on the Net-Net SBC.
You can also use subcommands with show running-config to specify the
element configuration you want to view. See the table in the following section
for a list.
•
show configuration displays the new configuration or configuration that you
are modifying.
You can also use subcommands with show configuration to specify the element
configuration you want to view. See the table in the following section for a list.
Configuration Show
Subcommands
•
display-running-cfg-version displays the running configuration’s version
number.
•
display-current-cfg-version displays the current configuration’s version
number.
•
realm-specifics <realm ID> displays realm-specific configuration based on the
input realm ID.
The following table lists the subcommands you can use to specify the configuration
element whose configuration you want to view. You use these subcommands with
the show running-config or show configuration commands.
Subcommand
Version S-C6.1.0
Description
to-file
Send output from this command to a file
located on the local flash system file
system.
account-config
Account configuration
h323-config
H323 configuration
h323-stack
All h323 stacks
iwf-stack
SIP/H.323 IWF stack
host-route
All host routes
local-policy
All local policies
media-profile
All media profiles
media-manager
Media manager
mgcp-config
MGCP configuration
dns-config
All DNS configurations
network-interface
All network interfaces
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 263
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
Subcommand
Running
configuration
Commands
Description
ntp-config
NTP configuration
phys-interface
All physical interfaces
realm
All realms
MediaPolicy
All media policies
ClassPolicy
All class policies
redundancy-config
Redundancy configuration
ResponseMap
All response maps
session-agent
All session agents
session-group
All session groups
session-translation
All session translations
translation-rules
All translation rules
session-router
Session router
sip-config
All SIP configurations
sip-feature
All SIP features
sip-interface
All SIP interfaces
sip-nat
All SIP NATs
snmp-community
All SNMP communities
static-flow
All static flows
steering-pool
All steering pools
system-config
System configuration
TrapReceiver
All trap receivers
call-recording-server
All IP call recording servers
capture-receiver
All capture receivers
rph-profile
All RPH profiles
rph-policy
All RPHP policies
password-policy
Password policy
enforcement-profile
All enforcement profiles
realm-group
All realm groups
inventory
Displays an inventory of all configured
elements
You can display the entire running configuration or specify the element for which
you want to view configuration information. The information in this section
includes an example of one of the available show subcommands, media-manager.
264 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
show running-config
Display the configuration currently running on the Net-Net SBC by using the show
running-config command. A sample of the show running-config output is
included at the end of this section.
show runningconfiguration mediamanager
Display configuration information for media manager only. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show running-config media-manager
media-manager
state
enabled
latching
enabled
flow-time-limit
86400
initial-guard-timer
300
subsq-guard-timer
300
tcp-flow-time-limit
86400
tcp-initial-guard-timer
300
tcp-subsq-guard-timer
300
tcp-number-of-ports-per-flow
2
hnt-rtcp
disabled
algd-log-level
NOTICE
mbcd-log-level
NOTICE
red-flow-port
1985
red-mgcp-port
1986
red-max-trans
10000
red-sync-start-time
5000
red-sync-comp-time
1000
max-signaling-bandwidth
10000000
max-untrusted-signaling
100
min-untrusted-signaling
30
app-signaling-bandwidth
0
tolerance-window
30
rtcp-rate-limit
0
min-media-allocation
32000
min-trusted-allocation
1000
deny-allocation
1000
anonymous-sdp
disabled
arp-msg-bandwidth
32000
last-modified-date
2007-04-05 09:27:20
task done
display-running-cfgversion
Display the saved version number of the configuration currently running on the NetNet SBC by using the display-running-cfg-version command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 3
The version number value is incremented by one for each new configuration version.
Configuration
Commands
Version S-C6.1.0
You can display the entire new or modified configuration or you can specify the
element for which you want to view configuration information. The information in
this section includes an example of one of the available show subcommands, mediamanager.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 265
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
show configuration
Display the new or modified configuration that will become the running
configuration after you execute the save-config and activate-config commands.
The output for this command is similar to the output for the show running-config
command. A sample of the show running-config output is included at the end of
this section.
show configuration
media-manager
Display configuration information for media manager only. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show configuration media-manager
media-manager
state
enabled
latching
enabled
flow-time-limit
86400
initial-guard-timer
300
subsq-guard-timer
300
tcp-flow-time-limit
86400
tcp-initial-guard-timer
300
tcp-subsq-guard-timer
300
tcp-number-of-ports-per-flow
2
hnt-rtcp
disabled
algd-log-level
NOTICE
mbcd-log-level
NOTICE
red-flow-port
1985
red-mgcp-port
1986
red-max-trans
10000
red-sync-start-time
5000
red-sync-comp-time
1000
max-signaling-bandwidth
10000000
max-untrusted-signaling
100
min-untrusted-signaling
30
app-signaling-bandwidth
0
tolerance-window
30
rtcp-rate-limit
0
min-media-allocation
32000
min-trusted-allocation
1000
deny-allocation
1000
anonymous-sdp
disabled
arp-msg-bandwidth
32000
last-modified-date
2007-04-05 09:27:20
task done
display-current-cfgversion
Display the saved version number of the current configuration by using the displaycurrent-cfg-version command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 4
The version number value is incremented by one for each new configuration version.
Realm Specific
You can display configuration information for elements associated with a specific
realm.
266 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
realm-specifics <realm
ID>
Display realm-specific configuration based on the input realm ID by using the
realm-specifics <realm ID> command. The information displayed includes the
following:
•
realm configuration
•
steering pool
•
session agent
•
session translation
•
class policy
•
local policy (if the source realm or destination realm is defined)
For example:
ACMEPACKET# realm-specifics testrealm
realm-config
identifier
testrealm
addr-prefix
0.0.0.0
network-interfaces
mm-in-realm
disabled
mm-in-network
enabled
mm-same-ip
enabled
mm-in-system
disabled
msm-release
disabled
qos-enable
disabled
max-bandwidth
0
ext-policy-svr
boffo.com
max-latency
0
max-jitter
0
max-packet-loss
0
observ-window-size
0
parent-realm
dns-realm
media-policy
in-translationid
out-translationid
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
class-profile
average-rate-limit
0
access-control-trust-level
low
invalid-signal-threshold
0
maximum-signal-threshold
0
untrusted-signal-threshold
758
deny-period
30
symmetric-latching
disabled
pai-strip
disabled
trunk-context
early-media-allow
reverse
additional-prefixes
10.0.0.0/24
172.16.0.0
Version S-C6.1.0
restricted-latching
peer-ip
restriction-mask
17
accounting-enable
enabled
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 267
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
last-modified-date
Running
Configuration
Example
2006-07-06 12:43:39
The following example shows the output of the show running-config command.
All configuration parameters are displayed on the screen. You see similar output
when you execute the show configuration command.
ACMEPACKET# show running-config access-control
access-control
realm-id
RS
source-address
172.30.1.10
destination-address
170.30.1.10
application-protocol
SIP
transport-protocol
ALL
access
permit
average-rate-limit
30
trust-level
high
invalid-signal-threshold
15
maximum-signal-threshold
60
untrusted-signal-threshold
0
deny-period
10
last-modified-date
2006-07-12 12:56:06
account-config
hostname
localhost
port
1813
strategy
Hunt
state
enabled
max-msg-delay
60
max-wait-failover
100
trans-at-close
disabled
file-output
disabled
max-file-size
1000000
max-files
5
file-rotate-time
60
ftp-push
disabled
ftp-address
ftp-port
21
ftp-user
ftp-password
ftp-remote-path
generate-start
OK
generate-interim
Reinvite-Response
account-server
hostname
172.30.11.15
port
1813
state
enabled
min-round-trip
250
max-inactivity
60
restart-delay
30
bundle-vsa
enabled
secret
foo
NAS-ID
account-server
hostname
268 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
172.30.11.16
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
port
1813
state
enabled
min-round-trip
250
max-inactivity
60
restart-delay
30
bundle-vsa
enabled
secret
foo
NAS-ID
last-modified-date
2006-03-01 22:37:33
authentication
source-port
1812
type
local
protocol
pap
certificate-record
name
country
US
state
MA
locality
burlington
organization
acme
unit
packet
common-name
ap
key-size
1024
alternate-name
RS
trusted
enabled
h323-config
state
enabled
log-level
INFO
response-tmo
4
connect-tmo
32
rfc2833-payload
101
alternate-routing
proxy
last-modified-date
2006-07-07 07:49:57
h323-stack
name
tester
state
disabled
isgateway
enabled
realm-id
test
assoc-stack
acme
local-ip
172.30.1.150
max-calls
100
max-channels
10
registration-ttl
15
terminal-alias
e164=17823484839
prefixes
url=http://www.acmepacket.com
ras-port
1030
auto-gk-discovery
enabled
multicast
172.30.1.150:11
gatekeeper
170.30.1.150:57
gk-identifier
RS
q931-port
1720
alternate-transport
173.30.1.150:15
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 269
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
q931-max-calls
200
h245-tunneling
disabled
fs-in-first-msg
disabled
call-start-fast
enabled
call-start-slow
disabled
media-profiles
acme
process-registration
disabled
allow-anonymous
all
proxy-mode
H225
h245-stage
connect
q931-start-port
0
q931-number-ports
0
dynamic-start-port
0
dynamic-number-ports
0
rfc2833-mode
transparent
filename
packet11
tcp-keepalive
disabled
last-modified-date
2006-07-07 08:39:01
enum-config
name
test
top-level-domain
com
realm-id
test_realm
enum-servers
172.3.11.115
timeout
11
cacheInactivityTimer
3600
last-modified-date
2006-07-07 07:37:11
iwf-stack
state
disabled
media-profiles
logging
disabled
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 10:34:41
host-route
dest-network
10.0.0.0
netmask
255.0.0.0
gateway
172.30.0.1
last-modified-date
2005-01-08 22:40:00
local-policy
from-address
192.168.0.50
to-address
10.10.10.10
source-realm
*
activate-time
N/A
deactivate-time
N/A
state
enabled
policy-priority
urgent
last-modified-date
2006-06-12 08:48:57
policy-attribute
next-hop
172.168.0.10
realm
action
none
terminate-recursion
enabled
carrier
270 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
start-time
0000
end-time
2400
days-of-week
U-S
cost
0
app-protocol
state
enabled
media-profiles
local-policy
from-address
172.30.1.150
to-address
170.30.1.150
source-realm
RS
activate-time
2006-07-10 11:38:30
deactivate-time
2006-07-11 11:38:30
state
enabled
policy-priority
normal
last-modified-date
2006-07-10 10:02:52
policy-attribute
next-hop
172.30.1.150
realm
RS
action
none
terminate-recursion
disabled
carrier
me
start-time
1000
end-time
2000
days-of-week
H,U-S
cost
1000
app-protocol
SIP
state
enabled
media-profiles
media-profile
name
RS
media-type
data
payload-type
acme
transport
rtp
req-bandwidth
1000
frames-per-packet
30
parameters
silencesuppression=0
average-rate-limit
60
peak-rate-limit
90
max-burst-size
120
last-modified-date
2006-07-12 13:02:10
media-manager
Version S-C6.1.0
state
enabled
latching
enabled
flow-time-limit
86400
initial-guard-timer
300
subsq-guard-timer
300
tcp-flow-time-limit
86400
tcp-initial-guard-timer
300
tcp-subsq-guard-timer
300
tcp-number-of-ports-per-flow
2
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 271
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
hnt-rtcp
disabled
algd-log-level
NOTICE
mbcd-log-level
NOTICE
red-flow-port
1985
red-mgcp-port
1986
red-max-trans
10000
red-sync-start-time
5000
red-sync-comp-time
1000
max-signaling-bandwidth
10000000
max-untrusted-signaling
100
min-untrusted-signaling
30
app-signaling-bandwidth
0
tolerance-window
30
rtcp-rate-limit
0
min-media-allocation
32000
min-trusted-allocation
1000
deny-allocation
1000
anonymous-sdp
disabled
arp-msg-bandwidth
32000
last-modified-date
2007-04-05 09:27:20
task done
mgcp-config
private-realm
RS
private-address
172.30.1.150
private-port
11
public-realm
acme
public-ca-host
packet
public-ca-address
170.2.30.150
public-ca-port
15
public-gw-host
rs
public-gw-address
150.20.1.158
public-gw-port
20
second-public-gw-port
22
alg-port
2427
mode
LineUnit
divisor
256
unit-prefix
audit-interval
0
nat-traversal
disabled
dns-authentication
disabled
dns-translation
ca-redundancy
disabled
ca-ping-method
ca-ping-interval
0
ca-failover-ip-addresses
175.30.1.150
last-modified-date
2006-07-07 12:42:25
dns-config
client-realm
dns_realm
description
test descrip
client-address-list
10.0.0.1
192.168.10.1
17.16.0.1
272 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 11:33:50
server-dns-attributes
server-realm
domain-suffix
server-address-list
source-address
source-port
3973
transaction-timeout
19136512
network-interface
name
f00
sub-port-id
0
hostname
ip-address
10.10.0.10
pri-utility-addr
sec-utility-addr
netmask
255.255.0.0
gateway
10.10.0.1
sec-gateway
gw-heartbeat
state
disabled
heartbeat
0
retry-count
0
retry-timeout
1
health-score
0
dns-ip-primary
dns-ip-backup1
dns-ip-backup2
dns-domain
dns-timeout
11
hip-ip-list
ftp-address
icmp-address
snmp-address
telnet-address
last-modified-date
2006-06-13 16:41:09
network-interface
name
f01
sub-port-id
0
hostname
ip-address
10.10.0.11
pri-utility-addr
sec-utility-addr
netmask
255.255.0.0
gateway
10.10.0.1
sec-gateway
gw-heartbeat
state
disabled
heartbeat
0
retry-count
0
retry-timeout
1
health-score
0
dns-ip-primary
dns-ip-backup1
dns-ip-backup2
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 273
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
dns-domain
dns-timeout
11
hip-ip-list
ftp-address
icmp-address
snmp-address
telnet-address
last-modified-date
2006-06-13 16:41:34
network-parameters
tcp-keepalive-count
100
tcp-keepalive-timer
120
tcp-keepalive-mode
1
last-modified-date
2006-07-12 13:07:21
phys-interface
name
phyTEST
operation-type
Media
port
0
slot
0
virtual-mac
admin-state
enabled
auto-negotiation
enabled
duplex-mode
speed
last-modified-date
2004-11-17 02:40:21
phys-interface
name
phyTEST-RIGHT
operation-type
Media
port
0
slot
1
virtual-mac
admin-state
enabled
auto-negotiation
enabled
duplex-mode
speed
last-modified-date
2004-11-17 02:44:47
phy-interface
name
wancom0
operation-type
Control
port
0
slot
0
virtual-mac
wancom-health-score
50
last-modified-date
2004-12-06 03:27:15
identifier
testrealm
addr-prefix
0.0.0.0
realm
network-interfaces
mm-in-realm
disabled
mm-in-network
enabled
mm-same-ip
enabled
mm-in-system
disabled
msm-release
disabled
qos-enable
disabled
max-bandwidth
0
274 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
ext-policy-svr
boffo.com
max-latency
0
max-jitter
0
max-packet-loss
0
observ-window-size
0
parent-realm
dns-realm
media-policy
in-translationid
out-translationid
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
class-profile
average-rate-limit
0
access-control-trust-level
low
invalid-signal-threshold
0
maximum-signal-threshold
0
untrusted-signal-threshold
758
deny-period
30
symmetric-latching
disabled
pai-strip
disabled
trunk-context
early-media-allow
reverse
additional-prefixes
10.0.0.0/24
172.16.0.0
restricted-latching
peer-ip
restriction-mask
17
accounting-enable
enabled
last-modified-date
2006-07-06 12:43:39
realm-config
identifier
addr-prefix
testrealm
0.0.0.0
network-interfaces
mm-in-realm
disabled
mm-in-network
enabled
mm-same-ip
enabled
mm-in-system
disabled
msm-release
disabled
qos-enable
disabled
max-bandwidth
0
ext-policy-svr
boffo.com
max-latency
0
max-jitter
0
max-packet-loss
0
observ-window-size
0
parent-realm
dns-realm
media-policy
in-translationid
out-translationid
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
class-profile
average-rate-limit
Version S-C6.1.0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 275
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
access-control-trust-level
low
invalid-signal-threshold
0
maximum-signal-threshold
0
untrusted-signal-threshold
758
deny-period
30
symmetric-latching
disabled
pai-strip
disabled
trunk-context
early-media-allow
additional-prefixes
reverse
10.0.0.0/24
172.16.0.0
restricted-latching
peer-ip
restriction-mask
17
accounting-enable
enabled
last-modified-date
2006-07-06 12:43:39
realm-config
identifier
testrealm
addr-prefix
0.0.0.0
network-interfaces
mm-in-realm
disabled
mm-in-network
enabled
mm-same-ip
enabled
mm-in-system
disabled
msm-release
disabled
qos-enable
disabled
max-bandwidth
0
ext-policy-svr
boffo.com
max-latency
0
max-jitter
0
max-packet-loss
0
observ-window-size
0
parent-realm
dns-realm
media-policy
in-translationid
out-translationid
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
class-profile
average-rate-limit
0
access-control-trust-level
low
invalid-signal-threshold
0
maximum-signal-threshold
0
untrusted-signal-threshold
758
deny-period
30
symmetric-latching
disabled
pai-strip
disabled
trunk-context
early-media-allow
additional-prefixes
reverse
10.0.0.0/24
172.16.0.0
restricted-latching
peer-ip
restriction-mask
17
accounting-enable
enabled
276 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
last-modified-date
2006-07-06 12:43:39
realm-config
identifier
testrealm
addr-prefix
0.0.0.0
network-interfaces
mm-in-realm
disabled
mm-in-network
enabled
mm-same-ip
enabled
mm-in-system
disabled
msm-release
disabled
qos-enable
disabled
max-bandwidth
0
ext-policy-svr
boffo.com
max-latency
0
max-jitter
0
max-packet-loss
0
observ-window-size
0
parent-realm
dns-realm
media-policy
in-translationid
out-translationid
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
class-profile
average-rate-limit
0
access-control-trust-level
low
invalid-signal-threshold
0
maximum-signal-threshold
0
untrusted-signal-threshold
758
deny-period
30
symmetric-latching
disabled
pai-strip
disabled
trunk-context
early-media-allow
additional-prefixes
reverse
10.0.0.0/24
172.16.0.0
restricted-latching
peer-ip
restriction-mask
17
accounting-enable
enabled
last-modified-date
2006-07-06 12:43:39
MediaPolicy
name
RS
tos-values
audio:0x64
last-modified-date
2006-07-12 13:09:55
ClassPolicy
profile-name
test_profile
to-address
10.44.55.66
media-policy
media_policy_test
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 10:01:14
redundancy-config
Version S-C6.1.0
state
enabled
log-level
INFO
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 277
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
health-threshold
75
emergency-threshold
50
port
9090
advertisement-time
500
percent-drift
210
initial-time
1250
becoming-standby-time
45000
becoming-active-time
100
cfg-port
1987
cfg-max-trans
10000
cfg-sync-start-time
5000
cfg-sync-comp-time
1000
gateway-heartbeat-interval
0
gateway-heartbeat-retry
0
gateway-heartbeat-timeout
1
gateway-heartbeat-health
0
peer
name
test_peer
state
enabled
type
Unknown
destination
address
192.168.0.5:9090
network-interface
last-modified-date
phyTEST:0
2005-02-15 13:41:09
ResponseMap
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 10:34:03
name
test_map
entries
699 ->
()
session-agent
hostname
RS
ip-address
172.30.1.150
port
5060
state
enabled
app-protocol
SIP
app-type
transport-method
UDP
realm-id
tester
description
carriers
carrier1
allow-next-hop-lp
enabled
constraints
disabled
max-sessions
0
max-outbound-sessions
0
max-burst-rate
0
max-sustain-rate
0
min-seizures
5
min-asr
0
time-to-resume
0
ttr-no-response
0
in-service-period
0
burst-rate-window
0
sustain-rate-window
0
278 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
req-uri-carrier-mode
None
proxy-mode
Redirect
redirect-action
Proxy
loose-routing
enabled
send-media-session
enabled
response-map
tester
ping-method
sip
ping-interval
0
media-profiles
testing
in-translationid
id
out-translationid
id2
trust-me
disabled
request-uri-headers
enabled
stop-recurse
local-response-map
local
ping-to-user-part
yes
ping-from-user-part
no
li-trust-me
disabled
in-manipulationid
in
out-manipulationid
out
p-asserted-id
trunk-group
tgname1
max-register-sustain-rate
0
early-media-allow
none
invalidate-registrations
disabled
rfc2833-mode
none
rfc2833-payload
0
last-modified-date
2006-07-07 10:04:28
session-agent
hostname
SA-test2
ip-address
port
5060
state
enabled
app-protocol
SIP
app-type
transport-method
UDP
realm-id
description
carriers
allow-next-hop-lp
enabled
constraints
disabled
max-sessions
0
max-outbound-sessions
0
max-burst-rate
0
max-sustain-rate
0
time-to-resume
0
ttr-no-response
0
in-service-period
0
burst-rate-window
0
sustain-rate-window
0
req-uri-carrier-mode
None
proxy-mode
redirect-action
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 279
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
loose-routing
enabled
send-media-session
enabled
response-map
ping-method
ping-interval
0
media-profiles
in-translationid
out-translationid
trust-me
disabled
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 10:23:48
session-group
group-name
SA-group
description
state
disabled
app-protocol
SIP
strategy
Hunt
dest
dest1
dest2
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 10:24:38
session-translation
id
test
rules-calling
rule
rules-called
rule2
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 10:27:41
translation-rules
id
test_translation_rule
type
none
add-string
add-index
0
delete-string
delete-index
0
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 13:36:15
session-router
state
disabled
system-number-type
Pots
sr-primary-name
sr-primary-address
sr-secondary-name
sr-secondary-address
pac-name
pac-password
divide-resources
disabled
holiday
date
2005-05-05
description
last-modified-date
happy birthday
2005-02-15 13:19:27
sip-config
state
enabled
operation-mode
dialog
dialog-transparency
enabled
home-realm-id
egress-realm-id
nat-mode
280 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
None
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
registrar-domain
registrar-host
registrar-port
0
init-timer
500
max-timer
4000
trans-expire
32
invite-expire
180
inactive-dynamic-conn
32
pac-method
pac-interval
10
pac-strategy
PropDist
pac-load-weight
1
pac-session-weight
1
pac-route-weight
1
pac-callid-lifetime
600
pac-user-lifetime
3600
red-sip-port
1988
red-max-trans
10000
red-sync-start-time
5000
red-sync-comp-time
1000
add-reason-header
disabled
sip-message-len
4096
last-modified-date
2006-07-06 12:51:11
sip-feature
name
test_feature
realm
test_realm
support-mode-inbound
Pass
require-mode-inbound
Reject
proxy-require-mode-inbound
Pass
support-mode-outbound
Pass
require-mode-outbound
Reject
proxy-require-mode-outbound
Pass
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 13:38:35
sip-interface
state
enabled
realm-id
testrealm
sip-port
address
192.168.10.12
port
5060
transport-protocol
UDP
tls-profile
allow-anonymous
register-prefix
carriers
proxy-mode
redirect-action
Version S-C6.1.0
contact-mode
maddr
nat-traversal
none
nat-interval
30
registration-caching
disabled
min-reg-expire
300
registration-interval
3600
route-to-registrar
disabled
secured-network
disabled
teluri-scheme
disabled
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 281
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
uri-fqdn-domain
options
disable-privacy
trust-mode
all
max-nat-interval
3600
nat-int-increment
10
nat-test-increment
30
sip-dynamic-hnt
disabled
stop-recurse
401,407
port-map-start
0
port-map-end
0
in-manipulationid
out-manipulationid
sip-ims-feature
disabled
operator-identifier
anonymous-priority
none
max-incoming-conns
0
per-src-ip-max-incoming-conns
0
inactive-conn-timeout
0
network-id
ext-policy-server
default-location-string
charging-vector-mode
pass
charging-function-address-mode pass
ccf-address
ecf-address
term-tgrp-mode
none
implicit-service-route
disabled
rfc2833-payload
101
rfc2833-mode
transparent
last-modified-date
2006-06-12 12:08:34
realm-id
in_sf
sip-nat
domain-suffix
ext-proxy-address
ext-proxy-port
5060
ext-address
home-address
home-proxy-address
home-proxy-port
0
route-home-proxy
disabled
address-prefix
*
tunnel-redirect
disabled
use-url-parameter
none
parameter-name
user-nat-tag
-acme-
host-nat-tag
headers
ACMECall-ID Contact From Join Record-Route
Refer-To Replaces Reply-To Route To Via
f i m r t v
last-modified-date
2005-02-15 10:33:24
snmp-community
community-name
public
access-mode
READ-ONLY
ip-addresses
282 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
10.0.1.42
last-modified-date
2004-12-08 20:08:56
static-flow
in-realm-id
in-source
0.0.0.0
in-destination
0.0.0.0
out-realm-id
test100
out-source
0.0.0.0
out-destination
0.0.0.0
protocol
UDP
alg-type
none
average-rate-limit
0
last-modified-date
2006-07-07 12:08:20
steering-pool
ip-address
192.168.200.100
start-port
10000
end-port
60000
realm-id
h323192
network-interface
last-modified-date
2005-05-25 01:28:52
surrogate-agent
register-host
register-user
acme
state
enabled
realm-id
description
customer-host
customer-next-hop
175.3.11.157
register-contact-host
register-contact-user
password
register-expires
600000
replace-contact
disabled
route-to-registrar
enabled
aor-count
1
auth-user
packet
last-modified-date
2006-07-07 12:56:06
tls-profile
name
test
end-entity-certificate
enabled
trusted-ca-certificates
enabled
cipher-list
tlsv1
verify-depth
10
mutual-authenticate
disabled
system-config
hostname
description
acme
location
burlington
mib-system-contact
mib-system-name
mib-system-location
snmp-enabled
Version S-C6.1.0
enabled
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 283
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
enable-snmp-auth-traps
disabled
enable-snmp-syslog-notify
disabled
enable-snmp-monitor-traps
disabled
enable-env-monitor-traps
disabled
snmp-syslog-his-table-length
1
snmp-syslog-level
WARNING
system-log-level
INFO
process-log-level
NOTICE
process-log-ip-address
0.0.0.0
process-log-port
0
call-trace
disabled
internal-trace
disabled
log-filter
all
default-gateway
0.0.0.0
restart
enabled
exceptions
telnet-timeout
0
console-timeout
0
remote-controlalarm-threshold
enabled
last-modified-date
2006-07-11 13:30:31
TrapReceiver
ip-address
10.0.1.42:162
filter-level
All
community-name
public
last-modified-date
2004-12-08 20:09:23
lawful-intercept:
state
enabled
type
ALIP
log-level
INFO
realm
test-realm
alip-agent-address
0.0.0.0:0
alip-keepalive-timer
30
alip-intercept-timeout
30
df-ccc-network-interface
192.168.0.10:2020
df-ccc-src-port
0
alip-transport-protocol
TCP
alip-tls-profile
profilename
Software License Inventory
This section explains how to view license information for your Net-Net system.
About Licenses
The components of the Net-Net SBC software are licensed by Acme Packet, Inc. for
your use. In order to use these components and deploy their related services in your
network, you must have a valid license for each of them.
284 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
The following software components, interfaces, and features are licensed. If you do
not have a license for a given component, interfaces, or feature, its configuration
parameters are not visible.
Unlicensed
Signaling
Protocols
Licence
Description
Session capacity
Determines the maximum number of sessions allowed by a NetNet system for all protocols combined: SIP, MGCP, H.323, and
SIP<—>H.323 IWF (interworking). Each flow that doubles back (or
hairpins) through the Net-Net SBC counts as two flows. Options for
session capacity are: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000,
and 32000. When your Net-Net system reaches a 100% of its
capacity, an alarm is generated and a trap sent.
SIP
Enables SIP signaling.
H.323
Enables H.323 signaling.
SIP<—>H.323
Enables SIP<—>H.323 IWF signaling. In order to run IWF between
these two protocols, you must also have valid SIP and H.323
licenses.
MGCP
Enables MGCP signaling.
QoS
Enables measurement for QoS (jitter, packet latency, and packet
loss) on the Net-Net SBC.
ACP
Enables the Net-Net SBC to respond to ACP requests. Required for
Net-Net EMS use.
Routing policies
Establishes routing policies on the Net-Net SBC.
Load balancing
Establishes distribution of traffic across gateways, application
servers, softswitches, and so on.
Accounting
Establishes RADIUS servers to which the Net-Net SBC can make
connections and send CDRs.
HA
Enables two Net-Net SBCs to work as a pair so that, in case of
failover, one system can take over for the other. The two systems
paired as HA nodes checkpoint configuration, signaling state, and
media.
Ensure that the same licensed capabilities are enabled on both
SDs that act as HA peers.
PAC
Enables the Net-Net system to operate in a PAC configuration with
other Net-Net systems.
If any of the signaling protocols are not licensed, the Net-Net system behaves as if it
was not configured for those protocols. When this happens, the system writes an
error message to the corresponding process log file.
If you exceed the session capacity license, the Net-Net system responds to signaling
messages as if any other constraint has been exceeded. For example, for a SIP
signaling message, the system responds with a 503 Service Unavailable, as if a SIP
Session Agent Max. Sessions constraint has been exceeded.
If you do not have a license for the ACP feature, only LOGIN and license-related
GET, SAVE, and DELETE requests will be accepted on the Net-Net system’s system
manager port. Any other requests to the system manager or LEM ports are rejected
with a 603 Decline response.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 285
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
Viewing License
Information
show features
You can view a list of the features that are currently enabled on your system, which
indicates their licenses are installed. You can also view detailed license information.
The available license commands are the following:
•
show features command at the main ACLI user prompt
•
show command from the license menu (if you have Superuser privileges)
Display features that are currently enabled because the licenses for those features are
installed on the system by using the show features command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show features
Total session capacity: 32000
Enabled features: SIP, MGCP, H323, IWF, QOS, ACP, Routing,
Load Balancing, Accounting, High Availability, PAC
license show
Display the list of features that are available by using the show command for the
license. The show command displays the features that are available and, if
applicable, the start or end time of the license’s activation.
To access the show command on the license menu:
1.
In Superuser mode, type configure terminal and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# configure terminal
2.
Type system and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET(configure)# system
3.
Type license and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET(system)# license
ACMEPACKET(license)#
4.
Type show and press <Enter>.
For example:
acmepacket(license)# show
License #1: 2000 sessions, SIP, MGCP, ACP
no expiration
installed at 12:34:42 SEP 01 2004
License #2: H323
expired at 23:59:59 SEP 08 2004
installed at 12:35:43 SEP 01 2004
License #3: 250 sessions, IWF
expires at 23:59:59 SEP 29 2004
installed at 12:36:44 SEP 01 2004
License #4: QOS
starts at 00:00:00 SEP 29 2004
expires at 23:59:59 OCT 27 2004
installed at 12:37:45 SEP 01 2004
Total session capacity: 2250
host(license)#
The next example shows installed licenses that have no expiration date:
ACMEPACKET(system)# license
ACMEPACKET(license)# show
License #1: 32000 sessions, SIP, MGCP, H323, IWF, QOS, ACP,
286 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
Routing, Load Balancing, Accounting, High Availability, PAC
no expiration
installed at 11:48:05 MAR 04 2005
Total session capacity: 32000
show sessions
Display session capacity for your license and session use information by using the
show sessions command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show features
Total session capacity: 32000
Enabled features: SIP, MGCP, H323, IWF, QOS, ACP, Routing,
Load Balancing, Accounting, High Availability, PAC, LI
ACMEPACKET# show sessions
15:13:33-165517 Capacity=32000
Session Statistics
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------Active
High
Total
Total PerMax
High
Total Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
SIP Sessions
0
0
0
0
0
0
H.323 Calls
0
0
0
0
0
0
MGCP Connections
0
0
0
0
0
0
IWF Statistics
H.323-to-SIP Calls
SIP-to-H.323 Calls
ACMEPACKET#
Version S-C6.1.0
Active
0
0
-- Period -- -------- Lifetime -------High
Total
Total PerMax
High
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 287
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
288 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
6
Net-Net 4250 Upgrading
Introduction
This chapter describes how to upgrade the Net-Net 4250 SBC software image.
•
For standalone Net-Net SBCs, upgrading the Net-Net SBC image requires a
reboot, which stops all processing on the Net-Net SBC.
•
For HA nodes, upgrading your Net-Net SBC image also requires a reboot.
Remember that the Net-Net SBCs in the HA node cannot switch over while one
Net-Net SBC is rebooting.
For these reasons, we recommend that you perform upgrade procedures and system
reboots on standalone Net-Net SBCs and on HA nodes during appropriate times
such as:
•
Regularly scheduled maintenance
•
Off-peak hours
•
Periods of low traffic volume
Preparing for Upgrade
This section provides information about how to prepare for upgrading your software
image.
Transferring Files
For upgrades and other tasks, you need to move files on and off of the Net-Net SBC.
You can use FTP or SFTP programs for this. FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is an
insecure method of moving files across a network. It should only be used if your
network is totally trusted. SFTP (secure FTP) is a secure method of moving files
across a network. It should be used if your network is considered insecure.
Passwords and files are encrypted when using SFTP.
FTP and SFTP both use the client-server model. You can use an FTP or SFTP client
on a remote host to send and retrieve files from the Net-Net SBC, acting as the FTP
server. Make sure the FTP service is enabled on your Net-Net SBC before you
connect with an FTP client.
Uploading SBC
Software Image
To configure your Net-Net SBC to boot from a local system image, you must copy
the image file to the local file system. The Net-Net SBC looks in the /boot directory
for a boot image.
Obtain the name and location of the software image file you want to use. Your Acme
Packet customer support representative has this information and can be contacted
directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
To copy a system image to the Net-Net SBC's local file system:
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 289
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
1.
Use an FTP client to connect to the Net-Net SBC using the default username:
user and password: acme. The IPv4 address of the Net-Net SBC is configured
in the bootparams. You can also SFTP into the Net-Net SBC.
2.
Change directory to where you want to upload a file.
•
3.
4.
cd /boot
for system images
Type bin <enter> to force the FTP program into binary mode. This step is not
applicable if you are using SFTP.
Upload the file you wish to transfer by typing put filename <enter>.
C:\Documents and Settings>ftp 172.30.55.127
Connected to 172.30.55.127.
220 VxWorks (1.0) FTP server ready
User (172.30.55.127:(none)): user
331 Password required
Password:
230 User logged in
ftp> cd /boot
250 Changed directory to "/boot"
ftp> bin
200 Type set to I, binary mode
ftp> put SBC201b35.gz
200 Port set okay
150 Opening BINARY mode data connection
226 Transfer complete
ftp: 9587350 bytes sent in 51.64Seconds 185.65Kbytes/sec.
ftp>
Downloading Running
Configuration
The Net-Net SBC can be configured to download its system image at boot time from
a remote FTP server. Downloading a a Net-Net SBC software image at boot time is
configured in the bootparam element.
Upgrade Paths
System configuration files are created to be compatible with the corresponding NetNet SBC software version. In most instances, a Net-Net SBC running a higher
version of the Net-Net SBC software converts lower-versioned configuration files up
to the current revision level. Because most upconversions are destructive, you should
always create and save backups that work with every version of the Net-Net SBC
software you have deployed.
Net-Net SBC Software
Release
Readable
Configurations
Converts
to Version
Destructive
Conversion
S-C6.1.0
C6.0
C6.0
no
C6.0
C5.1
C6.0
yes
C5.1
C5.0
C5.0
no
C5.0
C5.0
-
4.1
C5.0
290 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
no
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Net-Net SBC Software
Release
Readable
Configurations
Converts
to Version
4.1
4.1
-
4.0
4.1
no
2.1
4.1
no
4.0
-
-
2.1
4.0
-
2.0
4.0
-
2.2
-
2.1
2.2
no
2.0
2.2
no
2.1
-
-
2.0
2.1
-
1.3
2.1
yes
2.0
-
-
4.0
2.2
2.1
2.0
Destructive
Conversion
In the table above, the Net-Net SBC Software column is the Net-Net SBC software
release version running on your Net-Net SBC. The Readable Configurations column
lists the versioned configuration files that the Net-Net SBC software version can
read and run. The Converts to Version column lists the version to which an older
configuration is converted. The Destructive Conversion column lists when a
configuration conversion destroys original version compatibility.
Upgrade Paths and
Release 2.2
It is only possible to upgrade from Release 2.2 to Release 4.1. You cannot upgrade
from Release 2.2 to Release 4.0. Therefore, this chapter depicts no upgrade or
backout scenarios between Releases 2.2 and 4.0.
If you are upgrading from Release 2.2 to Release 4.1 and you use the enhancement
for SIP port mapping that requires you set the via-reg-key option as part of the SIP
interface configuration, you might encounter difficulty upgrading to certain patches
of Release 2.2 or in general to Release 4.1. This issue resolves itself after the
switchover between Net-Net SBCs in the HA node and after endpoints refresh
registration.
ACLI Upgrade Preparation Command
The most common problems that arise during Net-Net 4000 upgrade are caused by
a user mistyping information during the upgrade procedure. The ACLI upgrade
preparation (load-image) command guides users through the upgrade process,
thereby keeping errors to a minimum.
In addition, you do not have to keep track of the following information when you
use the ACLI load-image command: boot flash file system name, size of the boot
flash, and need to update boot parameters (i.e., knowing the image filename must
start with /tffs0 for the Net-Net 4250 or with /boot for the Net-Net 4500). You also
do not have to be concerned with accidentally deleting a boot image.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 291
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
The ACLI load-image command tells you whether or not the new image loads
successfully. And if the new image fails to load successfully, the Net-Net SBC
informs you what caused the failure.
The ACLI load-image command organizes the upgrade process in these ways:
ACLI Instructions
and Examples
•
From a list of choices, you select an image to delete so you can make room for
the new one if necessary. If the space remaining in boot flash is less than 50%,
the Net-Net SBC prompts you to delete an old image to make room but does
not allow you to delete the boot image currently in use.
•
You specify the name, location, and credentials to use when downloading the
new image.
•
The command ensures there is enough space available in flash memory for the
new image.
•
Using FTP, the Net-Net SBC downloads the image file for you.
•
The command prompts you to adjust boot parameters as required.
•
At the end of the procedure, the Net-Net SBC recommends the next step to take
in the upgrade process.
The following section provides an example of the ACLI load-image command
where there is insufficient space.
The ACLI load-image command asks for three pieces of information before
prompting you for your password. You can either enter these all in one line (with a
<Space> between each), or you can press <Enter> after each entry to move to the
next piece of information require to load the new image. The information you enter
is:
•
The IP address of the remote host
•
The remote filename with path
•
Username for the remote host
After you enter your username, the system prompts you for your password. Note
that when you enter your password at the prompt, your entry does not echo.
Loading a New Image
To load a new image using the ACLI preparation command:
1.
In Superuser mode, type load-image and press <Enter>. The next line that
appears starts the process of entering the information required for loading the
image.
ACMEPACKET# load-image
Enter remote host:
2.
Enter the IP address of the remote host.
Enter remote host: 192.30.8.50
Enter remote filename (with path):
3.
Enter the remote filename with path from the root of the FTP server.
Enter remote filename (with path): /image/nnC511p4.gz
User name (192.30.8.50):
4.
Enter your username for the remote host.
User name (192.30.8.50): user
292 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Password:
5.
Enter the password for the remote host. Your entry will not echo on the screen.
Password: [Password]
The image loading process starts. If it is successful, the Net-Net SBC displays the
following message:
Successfully transferred image to /boot
6.
Next, the Net-Net SBC confirms you want to change the boot parameters. Type
a y and press <Enter> to make the change, or type an n and press <Enter> to
reject the change.
WARNING: This will change the image filename from <old image> to <new
image>. This will become the running image after a reboot.
Change bootparam filename [y/n]?: y
When There is
Insufficient Space for a
New Image
If you try to load a new image and the Net-Net SBC does not have enough space, it
first advises you of the insufficient space and then prompts you to delete an old
image. You might have to delete more than one image to make enough room for
your new image, so the Net-Net SBC continues to prompt you for deletions until you
have enough room.
To make space for a new image by deleting an old one:
1.
As you move through the process of loading a new image, you might encounter
an error message and prompt. These messages note the insufficiency of space
and prompt you to delete old images.
WARNING: Boot flash has insufficient space. Delete an old image. [y/n]?
y
2.
By typing a y and pressing <Enter>, you inform the system you want to delete
images. It then offers you a list of images you can delete, each referenced by a
number. Choose the number corresponding to the image you want to delete and
press <Enter>.
1: sd414p26.gz
2: nnC511p3.gz
selection: 1
The command will loop again if there is insufficient space. And if you do not
make a selection, the command exits.
C6.0 to S-C6.1.0 Upgrade
As you are upgrading your Net-Net SBC software image from Release C6.0 to
Release S-C6.1.0, you should be aware of the following:
•
Refer to the “Data Storage Security” section of this guide’s System Management
chapter for important information about working with systems for which
password secure mode is enabled.
•
You might want to perform upgrade procedures during:
•
Version S-C6.1.0
•
Regularly scheduled maintenance
•
Off-peak hours
•
Periods of low traffic volume
Configurations for Release C6.0 and Release S-C6.1.0 are compatible; this
means, for example, that you can run a Release S-C6.1.0 configuration with a
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 293
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Release C6.0 software image as long as you have not enabled password secure
mode.
If you choose to revert to Release C6.0 after having upgraded to Release SC6.1.0, then the new Release S-C6.1.0 parameters are inherited by the Release
C6.0 configuration. The Release C6.0 software cannot apply these settings, and
so they are silently ignored.
•
You do not need to change any of your licensing information. Licenses are
automatically transferred from Release C6.0 to Release S-C6.1.0.
In the HA node descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1
begins the upgrade process as the standby system and Net-Net SBC2 as
the active system.
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release S-C6.1.0 software:
1.
Obtain the name and location of the Release S-C6.1.0 software image file. Your
Acme Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
2.
Verify the integrity of your Release C6.0 configuration using the ACLI verifyconfig command.
3.
Back up a working Release C6.0 version configuration. Name the file
descriptively for easily falling back to this configuration if needed.
Stand-alone
Upgrade
This process incurs system downtime; your Net-Net SBC stops passing traffic for a
period of time. Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net SBC running Release
C6.0 to Release S-C6.1.0. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting
from an image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Release S-C6.1.0 boot image. Use the check-space-remaining boot
command. Images consume approximately 13,000,000 bytes.
NETNETSBC# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Release S-C6.1.0
image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate Release S-C6.1.0 file
name next to the Release C6.0 file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnSC610xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
294 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz /tffs0/nnSC610xxx.gz
Note that /ttfs0/ directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the
/boot/nnSC610xxx.gz boot image.
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running Release S-C6.1.0.
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Please read the
following procedures carefully before beginning the upgrade. If necessary, you can
back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade procedure and once after you have
completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Overview
The following overview is presented to increase your familiarity with the procedure
before attempting the upgrade.
Upgrade Process
1.
Confirm that the two Net-Net SBCs are synchronized, have 100% health, and
share the same running and current configuration version numbers.
2.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC1 to boot from the new Release SC6.1.0 software image.
3.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
4.
Verify the configuration.
5.
Confirm synchronization settings. (You can back out of the upgrade after this
step—see HA Backout Procedure 2 (327).)
6.
Force Net-Net SBC1 to become the active peer, and verify that is has done so.
7.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC2 to boot from the new Release SC6.1.0 software image.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
9.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC2 is running the Release S-C6.1.0 software image.
To upgrade your Net-Net SBC’s software image from Release C6.0 to Release SC6.1.0 for an HA Node:
1.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
below, all of the configuration versions are 5.
Version S-C6.1.0
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on Net-
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 295
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Net SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
1c.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
running release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release S-C6.1.0 software image.
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz and
where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
/tffs0/nnSC610xxx.gz,
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
296 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
^D = quit
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz /tffs0/nnSC610xxx.gz
4c.
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the appropriate Release S-C6.1.0 file
name next to the Release C6.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct,
or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
4d.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
5.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Net-Net 4250 Firmware SC6.1.0
10/02/08
NETNETSBC1#
7.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release C6.0 for any reason,
use HA Backout Procedure 1 (326) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release S-C6.1.0 to Release C6.0 (326) section.
8.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# notify berpd force
9.
Wait for Net-Net SBC2 to transition to the standby state. Confirm that it is in the
standby state by using the ACLI show health command.
NETNETSBC2# show health
10. Carry out Steps 2 through 6 on Net-Net SBC2 to change the software image
version.
At this point, if you need to revert to Release C6.0 for any reason, use HA Backout
Procedure 2 (332) in this chapter’s HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.1 to Release
C5.0 (331) section.
C5.1 to C6.0 Upgrade
As you are upgrading your Net-Net SBC software image from Release C5.1 to
Release C6.0, you should be aware of the following:
•
Refer to the “Data Storage Security” section of this guide’s System Management
chapter for important information about working with systems for which
password secure mode is enabled.
•
You might want to perform upgrade procedures during:
•
Version S-C6.1.0
•
Regularly scheduled maintenance
•
Off-peak hours
•
Periods of low traffic volume
Configurations for Release C5.1 and Release C6.0 are compatible; this means,
for example, that you can run a Release C6.0 configuration with a Release C5.1
software image as long as you have not enabled password secure mode.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 297
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
If you choose to revert to Release C5.1 after having upgraded to Release C6.0,
then the new Release C6.0 parameters are inherited by the Release C5.1
configuration. The Release C5.1 software cannot apply these settings, and so
they are silently ignored.
•
You do not need to change any of your licensing information. Licenses are
automatically transferred from Release C5.1 to Release C6.0.
In the HA node descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1
begins the upgrade process as the standby system and Net-Net SBC2 as
the active system.
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release C5.1 software:
1.
Obtain the name and location of the Release C6.0 software image file. Your
Acme Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
2.
Verify the integrity of your Release C5.1 configuration using the ACLI verifyconfig command.
3.
Back up a working Release C5.1 version configuration. Name the file
descriptively for easily falling back to this configuration if needed.
Stand-alone
Upgrade
This process incurs system downtime; your Net-Net SBC stops passing traffic for a
period of time. Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net SBC running Release
C5.1 to Release C6.0. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting from
an image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Release C6.0 boot image. Use the check-space-remaining boot
command. Images consume approximately 13,000,000 bytes.
NETNETSBC# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Release C6.0 image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate Release C6.0 file name
next to the Release C5.1 file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through
the boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
298 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
^D = quit
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz
Note that /ttfs0/ directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the /boot/sd410xxx.gz
boot image.
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running Release C6.0.
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Please read the
following procedures carefully before beginning the upgrade. If necessary, you can
back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade procedure and once after you have
completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Overview
The following overview is presented to increase your familiarity with the procedure
before attempting the upgrade.
Upgrade Process
1.
Confirm that the two Net-Net SBCs are synchronized, have 100% health, and
share the same running and current configuration version numbers.
2.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC1 to boot from the new Release C6.0
software image.
3.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
4.
Verify the configuration.
5.
Confirm synchronization settings. (You can back out of the upgrade after this
step—see HA Backout Procedure 2 (332).)
6.
Force Net-Net SBC1 to become the active peer, and verify that is has done so.
7.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC2 to boot from the new Release C6.0
software image.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
9.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC2 is running the Release C6.0 software image.
To upgrade your Net-Net SBC’s software image from Release C5.1 to Release C6.0
for an HA Node:
1.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
below, all of the configuration versions are 5.
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 299
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
1c.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
running release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release C6.0 software image.
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz
300 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
4c.
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the appropriate Release C6.0 file
name next to the Release C5.1 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct,
or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
4d.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
5.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Net-Net 4250 Firmware C6.0.0
10/02/07
NETNETSBC1#
7.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release C5.1 for any reason,
use HA Backout Procedure 1 (331) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release C5.1 to Release C5.0 (331) section.
8.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# notify berpd force
9.
Wait for Net-Net SBC2 to transition to the standby state. Confirm that it is in the
standby state by using the ACLI show health command.
NETNETSBC2# show health
10. Carry out Steps 2 through 6 on Net-Net SBC2 to change the software image
version.
At this point, if you need to revert to Release C5.1 for any reason, use HA Backout
Procedure 2 (332) in this chapter’s HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.1 to Release
C5.0 (331) section.
C5.0 to C5.1 Upgrade
As you are upgrading your Net-Net SBC software image from Release C5.0 to
Release C5.1, you should be aware of the following:
•
Refer to the “Data Storage Security” section of this guide’s System Management
chapter for important information about working with systems for which
password secure mode is enabled.
•
You might want to perform upgrade procedures during:
•
•
Regularly scheduled maintenance
•
Off-peak hours
•
Periods of low traffic volume
Configurations for Release C5.0 and Release C5.1 are compatible; this means,
for example, that you can run a Release C5.1 configuration with a Release C5.0
software image as long as you have not enabled password secure mode.
If you choose to revert to Release C5.0 after having upgraded to Release C5.1,
then the new Release C5.1 parameters are inherited by the Release C5.0
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 301
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
configuration. The Release C5.0 software cannot apply these settings, and so
they are silently ignored.
•
You do not need to change any of your licensing information. Licenses are
automatically transferred from Release C5.0 to Release C5.1.
In the HA node descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1
begins the upgrade process as the standby system and Net-Net SBC2 as
the active system.
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release C5.1 software:
1.
Obtain the name and location of the Release C5.1 software image file. Your
Acme Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
2.
Verify the integrity of your Release C5.0 configuration using the ACLI verifyconfig command.
3.
Back up a working Release C5.0 version configuration. Name the file
descriptively for easily falling back to this configuration if needed.
Stand-alone
Upgrade
This process incurs system downtime; your Net-Net SBC stops passing traffic for a
period of time. Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net SBC running Release
C5.0 to Release C5.1. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting from
an image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Release C5.1 boot image. Use the check-space-remaining boot
command. Images consume approximately 13,000,000 bytes.
NETNETSBC# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Release C5.1 image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate Release C5.1 file name
next to the Release C5.0 file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through
the boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
302 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
^D = quit
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz
Note that /ttfs0/ directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the /boot/sd410xxx.gz
boot image.
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running Release C5.0.
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Please read the
following procedures carefully before beginning the upgrade. If necessary, you can
back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade procedure and once after you have
completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Overview
The following overview is presented to increase your familiarity with the procedure
before attempting the upgrade.
Upgrade Process
1.
Confirm that the two Net-Net SBCs are synchronized, have 100% health, and
share the same running and current configuration version numbers.
2.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC1 to boot from the new Release C5.1
software image.
3.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
4.
Verify the configuration.
5.
Confirm synchronization settings. (You can back out of the upgrade after this
step—see HA Backout Procedure 2 (332).)
6.
Force Net-Net SBC1 to become the active peer, and verify that is has done so.
7.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC2 to boot from the new Release C5.1
software image.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
9.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC2 is running the Release C5.1 software image.
To upgrade your Net-Net SBC’s software image from Release C5.0 to Release C5.1
for an HA Node:
1.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
below, all of the configuration versions are 5.
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 303
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
1c.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
running release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release C5.1 software image.
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
4c.
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the appropriate Release C5.1 file
name next to the Release C5.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct,
304 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
4d.
5.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Net-Net 4250 Firmware C5.1.0
10/02/07
NETNETSBC1#
7.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release C5.0 for any reason,
use HA Backout Procedure 1 (331) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release C5.1 to Release C5.0 (331) section.
8.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# notify berpd force
9.
Wait for Net-Net SBC2 to transition to the standby state. Confirm that it is in the
standby state by using the ACLI show health command.
NETNETSBC2# show health
10. Carry out Steps 2 through 6 on Net-Net SBC2 to change the software image
version.
At this point, if you need to revert to Release C5.0 for any reason, use HA Backout
Procedure 2 (332) in this chapter’s HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.1 to Release
C5.0 (331) section.
4.1 to C5.0 Upgrade
As you are upgrading your Net-Net SBC software image from Release 4.1 to Release
C5.0, you should be aware of the following:
•
You should not enable password secure mode on any Net-Net SBC running
Release C5.0 until you are certain you do not want to fall back to a prior release.
For more information, see the “Data Storage Security” section of this guide’s
System Management chapter. By default, this feature is disabled.
•
You might want to perform upgrade procedures during:
•
•
Regularly scheduled maintenance
•
Off-peak hours
•
Periods of low traffic volume
Configurations for Release 4.1 and Release C5.0 are compatible; this means, for
example, that you can run a Release C5.0 configuration with a Release 4.1
software image as long as you have not enabled password secure mode.
If you choose to revert to Release 4.1 after having upgraded to Release C5.0, then
the new Release C5.0 parameters are inherited by the Release 4.1 configuration.
The Release 4.1 software cannot apply these settings, and so they are silently
ignored.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 305
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
•
You do not need to change any of your licensing information. Licenses are
automatically transferred from Release 4.1 to Release C5.0.
In the HA node descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1
begins the upgrade process as the standby system and Net-Net SBC2 as
the active system.
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release C5.0 software:
1.
Obtain the name and location of the Release C5.0 software image file. Your
Acme Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
2.
Verify the integrity of your Release 4.1 configuration using the ACLI verifyconfig command.
3.
Back up a working Release 4.1 version configuration. Name the file descriptively
for easily falling back to this configuration if needed.
Standalone
Upgrade
This process incurs system downtime; your Net-Net SBC stops passing traffic for a
period of time. Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net SBC running Release
4.1 to Release C5.0. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting from
an image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Release C5.0 boot image. Use the check-space-remaining boot
command. Images consume approximately 13,000,000 bytes.
NETNETSBC# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Release C5.0 image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate Release C5.0 file name
next to the Release 4.1 file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through
the boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/sd410xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/sd410xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz
306 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Note that /ttfs0/ directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the /boot/sd410xxx.gz
boot image.
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running Release C5.0.
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Please read the
following procedures carefully before beginning the upgrade. If necessary, you can
back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade procedure and once after you have
completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Overview
The following overview is presented to increase your familiarity with the procedure
before attempting the upgrade.
Upgrade Process
1.
Confirm that the two Net-Net SBCs are synchronized, healthy, and share the
same running and current configuration version numbers.
2.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC1 to boot from the new Release C5.0
software image.
3.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
4.
Verify the configuration.
5.
Confirm synchronization settings. (You can back out of the upgrade after this
step—see HA Backout Procedure 2 (339).)
6.
Force Net-Net SBC1 to become the active peer, and verify that is has done so.
7.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC2 to boot from the new Release C5.0
software image.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
9.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC2 is running the Release C5.0 software image.
To upgrade your Net-Net SBC’s software image from Release 4.1 to Release C5.0 for
an HA Node:
1.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
below, all of the configuration versions are 5.
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized. Some processes might indicated
they are disabled if not licensed.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 307
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
1c.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
running release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release C5.0 software image.
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/sd410xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
4c.
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/sd410xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the appropriate Release C5.0 file
name next to the Release 4.1 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct, or
you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through
the boot parameters.
308 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
4d.
5.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Net-Net 4250 Firmware C5.0.0
06/30/07
NETNETSBC1#
7.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release 4.1 for any reason,
use HA Backout Procedure 1 (338) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release C5.0 to Release 4.1 (333) section.
8.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# notify berpd force
9.
Wait for Net-Net SBC2 to transition to the standby state. Confirm that it is in the
standby state by using the ACLI show health command.
NETNETSBC2# show health
10. Carry out Steps 2 through 6 on Net-Net SBC2 to change the software image
version.
At this point, if you need to revert to Release 4.1 for any reason, use HA Backout
Procedure 2 (339) in this chapter’s HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.0 to Release
4.1 (333) section.
4.0 to 4.1 Upgrade
As you are upgrading your Net-Net SBC software image from Release 4.0 to Release
4.1, you should be aware of the following:
•
•
You might want to perform upgrade procedures during:
•
Regularly scheduled maintenance
•
Off-peak hours
•
Periods of low traffic volume
Configurations for Release 4.0 and Release 4.1 are compatible; this means, for
example, that you can run a Release 4.1 configuration with a Release 4.0
software image.
If you choose to revert to Release 4.0 after having upgraded to Release 4.1, then
the new Release 4.1 parameters are inherited by the Release 4.0 configuration.
The Release 4.0 software cannot apply these settings, and so they are silently
ignored.
•
If you are currently running Release 4.1, you do not need to change any of your
licensing information. Licenses are automatically transferred from Release 4.0 to
Release 4.1.
In the HA node descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1
begins the upgrade process as the standby system and Net-Net SBC2 as
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 309
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
the active system. This differs from the process of upgrading to Release 2.0,
for which there are special considerations.
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release 4.1 software:
1.
Obtain the name and location of the Release 4.1 software image file. Your Acme
Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
2.
Verify the integrity of your Release 4.0 configuration using the ACLI verifyconfig command.
3.
Back up a working Release 4.0 version configuration. Name the file descriptively
for easily falling back to this configuration if needed.
Standalone
Upgrade
This process incurs system downtime; your Net-Net SBC stops passing traffic for a
period of time. Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net SBC running Release
4.0 to Release 4.1. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting from an
image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Release 4.1 boot image. Use the check-space-remaining boot
command. Images consume approximately 13,000,000 bytes.
NETNETSBC# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Release 4.1 image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate Release 4.1 file name
next to the Release 4.0 file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through
the boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC410xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC410xxx.gz
Note that /ttfs0/ directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the /boot/SBC410xxx.gz
boot image.
310 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running Release 4.1.
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Please read the
following procedures carefully before beginning the upgrade. If necessary, you can
back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade procedure and once after you have
completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Overview
The following overview is presented to increase your familiarity with the procedure
before attempting the upgrade.
Upgrade Process
1.
Confirm that the two Net-Net SBCs are synchronized, healthy, and share the
same running and current configuration version numbers.
2.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC1 to boot from the new Release 4.1
software image.
3.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
4.
Verify the configuration.
5.
Confirm synchronization settings. (You can back out of the upgrade after this
step—see HA Backout Procedure 2 (337).)
6.
Force Net-Net SBC1 to become the active peer, and verify that is has done so.
7.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC2 to boot from the new Release 4.1
software image.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
9.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC2 is running the Release 4.1 software image.
To upgrade your Net-Net SBC’s software image from Release 4.0 to Release 4.1 for
an HA Node:
1.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
below, all of the configuration versions are 5.
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 311
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
1c.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
running release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release 4.1 software image.
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC410xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
5.
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC410xxx.gz
4c.
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the appropriate Release 4.1 file name
next to the Release 4.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct, or you
might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through the
boot parameters.
4d.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
312 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Firmware 4.1.0
08/02/06
NETNETSBC1#
7.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release 4.0 for any reason,
use HA Backout Procedure 1 (336) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release C5.0 to Release 4.1 (333) section.
8.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# notify berpd force
9.
Wait for Net-Net SBC2 to transition to the standby state. Confirm that it is in the
standby state by using the ACLI show health command.
NETNETSBC2# show health
10. Carry out Steps 2 through 6 on Net-Net SBC2 to change the software image
version.
At this point, if you need to revert to Release 4.0 for any reason, use HA Backout
Procedure 2 (337) in this chapter’s HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.0 to Release
4.1 (333) section.
2.x to 4.0 Upgrade
As you are upgrading your Net-Net SBC software image from Release 2.x to Release
4.0, you should be aware of the following:
•
•
You might want to perform upgrade procedures during:
•
Regularly scheduled maintenance
•
Off-peak hours
•
Periods of low traffic volume
Configurations for Release 2.x and Release 4.0 are compatible; this means, for
example, that you can run a Release 4.0 configuration with a Release 2.x
software image.
If you choose to revert to Release 2.x after having upgraded to Release 4.0, then
the new Release 4.0 parameters are inherited by the Release 2.x configuration.
The Release 2.x software cannot apply these settings, and so they are silently
ignored.
•
If you are currently running Release 2.x, you do not need to change any of your
licensing information. Licenses are automatically transferred from Release 2.x to
Release 4.0. However, you need to add licenses if you are using new Release 4.0
features that require licenses (such as RACF).
In the HA node descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 begins
the upgrade process as the standby system and Net-Net SBC2 as the active system.
This differs from the process of upgrading to Release 2.0, for which there are special
considerations.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 313
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release 4.0 software:
1.
Obtain the name and location of the Release 4.0 software image file. Your Acme
Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
2.
Verify the integrity of your Release 2.x configuration using the ACLI verifyconfig command.
3.
Back up a working Release 2.x version configuration. Name the file descriptively
for easily falling back to this configuration if needed.
Standalone
Upgrade
This process incurs system downtime; your Net-Net SBC stops passing traffic for a
period of time. Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net SBC running Release
2.x to Release 4.0. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting from an
image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Release 4.0 boot image. Use the check-space-remaining boot
command. Images consume approximately 13,000,000 bytes.
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
ACMEPACKET#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Release 4.0 image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate Release 4.0 file name
next to the release 2.x file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through the
boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
ACMEPACKET# configure terminal
ACMEPACKET(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz
Note that /ttfs0/ directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the /boot/SBC400xxx.gz
boot image.
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running Release 4.0.
314 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Please read the
following procedures carefully before beginning the upgrade. If necessary, you can
back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade procedure and once after you have
completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Overview
The following overview is presented to increase your familiarity with the procedure
before attempting the upgrade.
Upgrade Process
1.
Confirm that the two Net-Net SBCs are synchronized, healthy, and share the
same running and current configuration version numbers.
2.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC1 to boot from the new Release 4.0
software image.
3.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
4.
Verify the configuration.
5.
Confirm synchronization settings. (You can back out of the upgrade after this
step—see HA Backout Procedure 2 (339).)
6.
Force Net-Net SBC1 to become the active peer, and verify that is has done so.
7.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC2 to boot from the new Release 4.0
software image.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
9.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC2 is running the Release 4.0 software image.
To upgrade your Net-Net SBC’s software image from Release 2.x to Release 4.0 for
an HA Node:
1.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
below, all of the configuration versions are 5.
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
1c.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 315
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
running release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release 4.0 software image.
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
5.
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz
4c.
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the appropriate Release 4.0 file name
next to the Release 2.x file name. Be sure that the file name is correct, or you
might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through the
boot parameters.
4d.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
NETNETSBC1# show version
316 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
ACME Firmware 4.0.0
01/31/06
NETNETSBC1#
7.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release 2.0 for any reason,
use HA Backout Procedure 1 (338) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release 4.0 to Release 2.0/2.1 (338) section.
8.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# notify berpd force
9.
Wait for Net-Net SBC2 to transition to the standby state. Confirm that it is in the
standby state by using the ACLI show health command.
NETNETSBC2# show health
10. Carry out Steps 2 through 6 on Net-Net SBC2 to change the software image
version.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release 2.x for any reason,
use HA Backout Procedure 2 (339) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release 4.0 to Release 2.0/2.1 (338) section.
2.0/2.1 to 2.2 Upgrade
As you are upgrading your Net-Net SBC software image from Release 2.0/2.1 to
Release 2.2, you should be aware of the following:
•
•
You might want to perform upgrade procedures during:
•
Regularly scheduled maintenance
•
Off-peak hours
•
Periods of low traffic volume
Configurations for Release 2.0/2.1 and Release 2.2 are compatible; this means,
for example, that you can run a Release 2.2 configuration with a Release 2.0/2.1
software image.
If you choose to revert to Release 2.0/2.1 after having upgraded to Release 2.2,
then the new Release 2.2 parameters are inherited by the Release 2.0/2.1
configuration. The Release 2.0/2.1 software cannot apply these settings, and so
they are silently ignored.
•
If you are currently running Release 2.2, you do not need to change any of your
licensing information. Licenses are automatically transferred from Release
2.0/2.1 to Release 2.2.
In the HA node descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 begins
the upgrade process as the standby system and Net-Net SBC2 as the active system.
This differs from the process of upgrading to Release 2.0, for which there are special
considerations.
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release 2.2 software:
1.
Version S-C6.1.0
Obtain the name and location of the Release 2.2 software image file. Your Acme
Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 317
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
2.
Verify the integrity of your Release 2.0/2.1 configuration using the ACLI verifyconfig command.
3.
Back up a working Release 2.0/2.1 version configuration. Name the file
descriptively for easily falling back to this configuration if needed.
Standalone
Upgrade
This process incurs system downtime; your Net-Net SBC stops passing traffic for a
period of time. Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net SBC running Release
2.0/2.1 to Release 2.2. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting from
an image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Release 2.2 boot image. Use the check-space-remaining boot
command. Images consume approximately 13,000,000 bytes.
NETNETSBC# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Release 2.2 image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate Release 2.2 file name
next to the release 2.0/2.1 file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through
the boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC220xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC220xxx.gz
Note that /ttfs0/ directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the /boot/SBC220xxx.gz
boot image.
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running Release 2.2.
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Please read the
following procedures carefully before beginning the upgrade. If necessary, you can
318 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade procedure and once after you have
completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Overview
Upgrade Process
The following overview is presented to increase your familiarity with the procedure
before attempting the upgrade.
1.
Confirm that the two Net-Net SBCs are synchronized, healthy, and share the
same running and current configuration version numbers.
2.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC1 to boot from the new Release 2.2
software image.
3.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
4.
Verify the configuration.
5.
Confirm synchronization settings. (You can back out of the upgrade after this
step—see HA Backout Procedure 2 (339).)
6.
Force Net-Net SBC1 to become the active peer, and verify that is has done so.
7.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC2 to boot from the new Release 2.2
software image.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
9.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC2 is running the Release 2.2 software image.
To upgrade your Net-Net SBC’s software image from Release 2.0/2.1 to Release 2.2
for an HA Node:
1.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
below, all of the configuration versions are 5.
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
1c.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 319
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
running release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release 2.2 software image.
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC220xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
5.
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC220xxx.gz
4c.
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the appropriate Release 2.2 file name
next to the Release 2.0/2.1 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct, or
you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through
the boot parameters.
4d.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Firmware 2.2.0
01/31/06
NETNETSBC1#
320 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
7.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release 2.0/2.1 for any
reason, use HA Backout Procedure 1 (338) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release 4.0 to Release 2.0/2.1 (338) section.
8.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# notify berpd force
9.
Wait for Net-Net SBC2 to transition to the standby state. Confirm that it is in the
standby state by using the ACLI show health command.
NETNETSBC2# show health
10. Carry out Steps 2 through 6 on Net-Net SBC2 to change the software image
version.
At this point, if you need to revert to Release 2.0/2.1 for any reason, use HA Backout
Procedure 2 (339) in this chapter’s HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.0 to Release
4.1 (333) section.
2.0 to 2.1 Upgrade
As you are upgrading your Net-Net SBC software image from Release 2.0 to Release
2.1, you should be aware of the following:
•
•
You might want to perform upgrade procedures during:
•
Regularly scheduled maintenance
•
Off-peak hours
•
Periods of low traffic volume
Configurations for Release 2.0 and Release 2.1 are compatible; this means, for
example, that you can run a Release 2.1 configuration with a Release 2.0
software image.
If you choose to revert to Release 2.0 after having upgraded to Release 2.1, then
the new, Release 2.1 parameters are inherited by the Release 2.0 configuration.
The Release 2.0 software cannot apply these settings, and so they are silently
ignored.
•
If you are currently running Release 2.0, you do not need to change any of your
licensing information. Licenses are automatically transferred from Release 2.0 to
Release 2.1.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 begins the upgrade
process as the standby system and Net-Net SBC2 as the active system. This differs
from the process of upgrading to Release 2.0, for which there are special
considerations.
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Version S-C6.1.0
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release 2.1 software:
1.
Obtain the name and location of the Release 2.1 software image file. Your Acme
Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
2.
Verify the integrity of your release 2.0 configuration using the ACLI verifyconfig command.
3.
Back up a working Release 2.0 configuration. Name the file descriptively for
easily falling back to this configuration if needed.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 321
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Standalone
Upgrade
Upgrading a single Net-Net SBC to Release 2.1 is a quick procedure. This process
incurs system downtime; your Net-Net SBC stops passing traffic for a period of time.
Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net SBC running Release
2.0 to Release 2.1. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting from an
image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Net-Net SBC Release 2.1 software boot image. Use the check-spaceremaining boot command.
NETNETSBC# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Net-Net SBC
software 2.1 image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate release 2.1 file name
next to the release 2.0 file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through the
boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC200xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC200xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz
Note that /ttfs0/ directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the /boot/SBC210xxx.gz
boot image.
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
5.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC.
Note: Do not save or activate your configuration prior to rebooting.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running Net-Net SBC Release 2.1.
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Upgrading an HA
pair is an involved process. Please read the following procedures carefully before
322 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
beginning the upgrade. You can back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade
procedure and once after you have completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Overview
The following overview is presented to increase your familiarity with the procedure
before attempting the upgrade.
1.
Confirm that the two Net-Net SBCs are synchronized, healthy, and share the
same running and current configuration version numbers.
2.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC1 to boot from the new Net-Net SBC
Release 2.1 software image.
3.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
4.
Verify the configuration.
5.
Confirm synchronization settings. (You can back out of the upgrade after this
step—see backout procedure 2.)
6.
Force Net-Net SBC1 to become the active peer, and verify that is has done so.
7.
Change the bootparams on Net-Net SBC2 to boot from the new Net-Net SBC
Release 2.1 software image.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
9.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is running the Net-Net SBC Release 2.1 software
image.
10. When the Net-Net SBCs are synchronized, save and activate the configuration.
Upgrade Process
To upgrade your Net-Net SBC’s software image from Release 2.0 to Release 2.1 for
an HA Node:
1.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
above, all of the configuration versions are 5.
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
1c.
Version S-C6.1.0
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 323
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
certified release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release 2.1 software image.
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC200xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
5.
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC200xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz
4c.
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the appropriate Release 2.1 file name
next to the Release 2.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct, or you
might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through the
boot parameters.
4d.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
324 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Firmware 2.1.0
08/22/05
NETNETSBC1#
7.
Confirm that all of the running and current configurations on Net-Net SBC1
and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the following examples, all of the
configuration versions are 6.
7a.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 6
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 6
NETNETSBC2#
7b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 6
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 6
NETNETSBC2#
8.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release 2.0 for any reason,
use HA Backout Procedure 1 (343) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release 2.1 to Release 2.0 (343) section.
9.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# notify berpd force
10. Wait for Net-Net SBC2 to transition to the standby state. Confirm that it is in the
standby state by using the ACLI show health command.
NETNETSBC2# show health
11. Carry out Steps 2 through 4 on Net-Net SBC2 to change the software image
version.
Note: Do not save or activate your configuration prior to rebooting.
12. Once Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 are synchronized, use the ACLI saveconfig command on Net-Net SBC1 to save the configuration.
NETNETSBC1# save-config
13. After you have saved the configuration on Net-Net SBC1, use the ACLI
activate-config command to activate the configuration.
NETNETSBC1# activate-config
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 325
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to Release 2.0 for any reason,
use HA Backout Procedure 2 (345) in this chapter’s HA Backout
Procedures: Release 2.1 to Release 2.0 (343) section.
HA Backout Procedures: Release S-C6.1.0 to Release C6.0
Release S-C6.1.0 contains configurations that support new features and functions
available in the release. Since these parameters do not appear in Release C6.0, you
should be aware of their impact on the process of falling back from Release S-C6.1.0
to Release C6.0.
If you choose to revert to Release C6.0 after having upgraded to Release S-C6.1.0,
then the new, Release S-C6.1.0 parameters are inherited by the Release C6.0
configuration. The Release C6.0 configuration cannot apply these settings, and so
they are silently ignored.
HA Backout
Procedure 1
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded Net-Net
SBC1 to Release S-C6.1.0, but decide that you need to revert to Release C6.0, use the
following procedure.
In Backout Procedure 1, Net-Net SBC1 is that standby system running Release C6.0
and Net-Net SBC2 is the active system running Release S-C6.1.0.
To backout from upgrading to Release S-C6.1.0 with the standby system upgraded:
1.
Use the ACLI show health command to make sure that Net-Net SBC1 is in the
standby mode and Net-Net SBC2 is in active mode.
NETNETSBC1# show health
2.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the appropriate Release
C6.0 software image.
2a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
2b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC610xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
2c.
3.
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC610xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz
As in the example in Step 2b directly above, type the appropriate Release C6.0
file name next to the Release S-C6.1.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
326 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC1# reboot
4.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 are synchronized.
4a.
On both Net-Net SBCs, use the ACLI show health command to make sure that
all processes are synchronized.
4b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
5.
HA Backout
Procedure 2
Fail back to normal active/standby modes and verify calls.
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release S-C6.1.0, but decide that you need to
revert to Release C6.0, use this procedure.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
To backout from upgrading to Release S-C6.1.0 with the both Net-Net SBCs in the
HA node upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
C6.0 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC610xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
Version S-C6.1.0
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
^D = quit
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 327
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
file name
: /tffs0/nnC610xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz
1c.
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release C6.0
file name next to the Release S-C6.1.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
1d.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
3.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Net-Net 4250 Firmware C6.0.0
06/30/08
NETNETSBC2#
4.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release C6.0.
Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release S-C6.1.0.
5.
On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
6.
On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration as you did in Step 6 of this
procedure.
7.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
HA Backout Procedures: Release C6.0 to Release C5.1
Release C6.0 contains configurations that support new features and functions
available in the release. Since these parameters do not appear in Release C5.1, you
should be aware of their impact on the process of falling back from Release C6.0 to
Release C5.1.
If you choose to revert to Release C5.1 after having upgraded to Release C6.0, then
you lose the configuration that is currently stored on the Net-Net SBC. The Release
C5.1 configuration cannot apply these settings, and so they are silently ignored.
HA Backout
Procedure 1
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded Net-Net
SBC1 to Release C6.0, but decide that you need to revert to Release C5.1, use the
following procedure.
In Backout Procedure 1, Net-Net SBC1 is that standby system running Release C5.1
and Net-Net SBC2 is the active system running Release C6.0.
To backout from upgrading to Release C6.0 with the standby system upgraded:
1.
Use the ACLI show health command to make sure that Net-Net SBC1 is in the
standby mode and Net-Net SBC2 is in active mode.
NETNETSBC1# show health
328 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
2.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the appropriate Release
C5.1 software image.
2a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
2b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
2c.
3.
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC600xxx.gz
As in the example in Step 2b directly above, type the appropriate Release C5.1
file name next to the Release C6.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# reboot
4.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 are synchronized.
4a.
On both Net-Net SBCs, use the ACLI show health command to make sure that
all processes are synchronized.
4b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
5.
HA Backout
Procedure 2
Fail back to normal active/standby modes and verify calls.
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release C6.0, but decide that you need to revert to
Release C5.1, use this procedure.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 329
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
To backout from upgrading to Release C6.0 with the both Net-Net SBCs in the HA
node upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
C5.1 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
1c.
1d.
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release C5.1
file name next to the Release C6.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
3.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Net-Net 4250 Firmware C5.1.0
06/30/07
NETNETSBC2#
4.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release c5.1.
Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release C6.0.
5.
On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
6.
On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration as you did in Step 6 of this
procedure.
330 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
7.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.1 to Release C5.0
Release C5.1 contains configurations that support new features and functions
available in the release. Since these parameters do not appear in Release C5.0, you
should be aware of their impact on the process of falling back from Release C5.1 to
Release C5.0.
If you choose to revert to Release C5.0 after having upgraded to Release C5.1, then
the new, Release C5.1 parameters are inherited by the Release C5.0 configuration.
The Release C5.0 configuration cannot apply these settings, and so they are silently
ignored.
HA Backout
Procedure 1
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded Net-Net
SBC1 to Release C5.1, but decide that you need to revert to Release C5.0, use the
following procedure.
In Backout Procedure 1, Net-Net SBC1 is that standby system running Release C5.0
and Net-Net SBC2 is the active system running Release C5.1.
To backout from upgrading to Release C5.1 with the standby system upgraded:
1.
Use the ACLI show health command to make sure that Net-Net SBC1 is in the
standby mode and Net-Net SBC2 is in active mode.
NETNETSBC1# show health
2.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the appropriate Release
C5.0 software image.
2a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
2b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
2c.
3.
Version S-C6.1.0
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz
As in the example in Step 2b directly above, type the appropriate Release C5.0
file name next to the Release C5.1 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 331
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC1# reboot
4.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 are synchronized.
4a.
On both Net-Net SBCs, use the ACLI show health command to make sure that
all processes are synchronized.
4b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
5.
HA Backout
Procedure 2
Fail back to normal active/standby modes and verify calls.
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release C5.0, but decide that you need to revert to
Release C5.0, use this procedure.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
To backout from upgrading to Release C5.1 with the both Net-Net SBCs in the HA
node upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
C5.0 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
332 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
^D = quit
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
file name
: /tffs0/nnC510xxx.gz /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz
1c.
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release C5.0
file name next to the Release C5.1 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
1d.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
3.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Net-Net 4250 Firmware C5.0.0
06/30/07
NETNETSBC2#
4.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release c5.0.
Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release C5.1.
5.
On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
6.
On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration as you did in Step 6 of this
procedure.
7.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
HA Backout Procedures: Release C5.0 to Release 4.1
Release C5.0 contains configurations that support new features and functions
available in the release. Since these parameters do not appear in Release 4.1, you
should be aware of their impact on the process of falling back from Release C5.0 to
Release 4.1.
If you choose to revert to Release 4.1 after having upgraded to Release C5.0, then the
new, Release C5.0 parameters are inherited by the Release 4.1 configuration. The
Release 4.1 configuration cannot apply these settings, and so they are silently
ignored.
HA Backout
Procedure 1
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded Net-Net
SBC1 to Release C5.0, but decide that you need to revert to Release 4.1, use the
following procedure.
In Backout Procedure 1, Net-Net SBC1 is that standby system running Release 4.1
and Net-Net SBC2 is the active system running Release C5.0.
To backout from upgrading to Release 4.1 with the standby system upgraded:
1.
Use the ACLI show health command to make sure that Net-Net SBC1 is in the
standby mode and Net-Net SBC2 is in active mode.
NETNETSBC1# show health
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 333
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
2.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the appropriate Release
4.1 software image.
2a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
2b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/sd410xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
2c.
3.
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz /tffs0/sd410xxx.gz
As in the example in Step 2b directly above, type the appropriate Release 4.1
file name next to the Release C5.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# reboot
4.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 are synchronized.
4a.
On both Net-Net SBCs, use the ACLI show health command to make sure that
all processes are synchronized.
4b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
5.
HA Backout
Procedure 2
Fail back to normal active/standby modes and verify calls.
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release C5.0, but decide that you need to revert to
Release 4.1, use this procedure.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
334 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
To backout from upgrading to Release C5.0 with the both Net-Net SBCs in the HA
node upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
4.1 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/sd410xxx.gz and
/tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/nnC500xxx.gz /tffs0/sd410xxx.gz
1c.
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release 4.1
file name next to the Release C5.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
1d.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
3.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Firmware 4.1.0
01/31/06
NETNETSBC2#
4.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release 4.1.
Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release C5.0.
Version S-C6.1.0
5.
On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
6.
On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration as you did in Step 6 of this
procedure.
7.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 335
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
HA Backout Procedures: Release 4.1 to Release 4.0
Release 4.1 contains configurations that support new features and functions
available in the release. Since these parameters do not appear in Release 4.0, you
should be aware of their impact on the process of falling back from Release 4.1 to
Release 4.0.
If you choose to revert to Release 4.0 after having upgraded to Release 4.1, then the
new, Release 4.1 parameters are inherited by the Release 4.0 configuration. The
Release 4.0 configuration cannot apply these settings, and so they are silently
ignored.
HA Backout
Procedure 1
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded Net-Net
SBC1 to Release 4.1, but decide that you need to revert to Release 4.0, use the
following procedure.
In Backout Procedure 1, Net-Net SBC1 is that standby system running Release 4.1
and Net-Net SBC2 is the active system running Release 4.0.
To backout from upgrading to Release 4.1 with the standby system upgraded:
1.
Use the ACLI show health command to make sure that Net-Net SBC1 is in the
standby mode and Net-Net SBC2 is in active mode.
NETNETSBC1# show health
2.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the appropriate Release
4.0 software image.
2a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
2b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC410xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
2c.
3.
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC410xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz
As in the example in Step 2b directly above, type the appropriate Release 4.0
file name next to the Release 4.1 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct,
or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# reboot
4.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 are synchronized.
336 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
4a.
On both Net-Net SBCs, use the ACLI show health command to make sure that
all processes are synchronized.
4b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
5.
HA Backout
Procedure 2
Fail back to normal active/standby modes and verify calls.
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release 4.1, but decide that you need to revert to
Release 4.0, use this procedure.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
To backout from upgrading to Release 4.1 with the both Net-Net SBCs in the HA
node upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
4.0 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC410xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC2# configure terminal
NETNETSBC2(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
Version S-C6.1.0
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC410xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 337
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
1c.
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release 4.0
file name next to the Release 4.1 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct,
or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
1d.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
3.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Firmware 4.0.0
01/31/06
NETNETSBC2#
4.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release 4.0.
Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release 4.1.
5.
On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
6.
On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration.
7.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
HA Backout Procedures: Release 4.0 to Release 2.0/2.1
Release 4.0 contains configurations that support new features and functions
available in the release. Since these parameters do not appear in Release 2.0/2.1, you
should be aware of their impact on the process of falling back from Release 4.0 to
Release 2.0/2.1.
If you choose to revert to Release 2.0/2.1 after having upgraded to Release 4.0, then
the new, Release 4.0 parameters are inherited by the Release 2.0/2.1 configuration.
The Release 2.0/2.1 configuration cannot apply these settings, and so they are
silently ignored.
HA Backout
Procedure 1
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded Net-Net
SBC1 to Release 4.0, but decide that you need to revert to Release 2.0/2.1, use the
following procedure.
In Backout Procedure 1, Net-Net SBC1 is that standby system running Release 4.0
and Net-Net SBC2 is the active system running Release 2.0/2.1.
To backout from upgrading to Release 4.0 with the standby system upgraded:
1.
Use the ACLI show health command to make sure that Net-Net SBC1 is in the
standby mode and Net-Net SBC2 is in active mode.
NETNETSBC1# show health
338 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
2.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the appropriate Release
2.x software image.
2a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
2b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
2c.
3.
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz
As in the example in Step 2b directly above, type the appropriate Release 2.x
file name next to the Release 4.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct,
or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# reboot
4.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 are synchronized.
4a.
On both Net-Net SBCs, use the ACLI show health command to make sure that
all processes are synchronized.
4b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
5.
HA Backout
Procedure 2
Fail back to normal active/standby modes and verify calls.
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release 4.0, but decide that you need to revert to
Release 2.0/2.1, use this procedure.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 339
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
To backout from upgrading to Release 4.0 with the both Net-Net SBCs in the HA
node upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
2.0/2.1 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
1c.
1d.
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC400xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release
2.0/2.1 file name next to the Release 4.0 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
3.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Firmware 2.1.0
01/31/06
NETNETSBC2#
4.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release 2.0/2.1.
Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release 4.0.
5.
On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
6.
On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration as you did in Step 6 of this
procedure.
7.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
340 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
HA Backout Procedures: Release 2.2 to Release 2.0/2.1
Release 2.2 contains configurations that support new features and functions
available in the release. Since these parameters do not appear in Release 2.0/2.1, you
should be aware of their impact on the process of falling back from Release 2.2 to
Release 2.0/2.1.
If you choose to revert to Release 2.0/2.1 after having upgraded to Release 2.2, then
the new, Release 2.2 parameters are inherited by the Release 2.0/2.1 configuration.
The Release 2.0/2.1 configuration cannot apply these settings, and so they are
silently ignored.
HA Backout
Procedure 1
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded Net-Net
SBC1 to Release 2.2, but decide that you need to revert to Release 2.0/2.1, use the
following procedure.
In Backout Procedure 1, Net-Net SBC1 is that standby system running Release 2.2
and Net-Net SBC2 is the active system running Release 2.0/2.1.
To backout from upgrading to Release 2.2 with the standby system upgraded:
1.
Use the ACLI show health command to make sure that Net-Net SBC1 is in the
standby mode and Net-Net SBC2 is in active mode.
NETNETSBC1# show health
2.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the appropriate Release
2.0/2.1 software image.
2a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
2b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC220xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
2c.
3.
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC220xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz
As in the example in Step 2b directly above, type the appropriate Release
2.0/2.1 file name next to the Release 2.2 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# reboot
4.
Version S-C6.1.0
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 are synchronized.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 341
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
4a.
On both Net-Net SBCs, use the ACLI show health command to make sure that
all processes are synchronized.
4b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
5.
HA Backout
Procedure 2
Fail back to normal active/standby modes and verify calls.
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release 2.2, but decide that you need to revert to
Release 2.0/2.1, use this procedure.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
To backout from upgrading to Release 2.2 with the both Net-Net SBCs in the HA
node upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
2.0/2.1 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC220xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC220xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz
342 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
1c.
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release
2.0/2.1 file name next to the Release 2.2 file name. Be sure that the file name is
correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
1d.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
3.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Firmware 2.1.0
01/31/06
NETNETSBC2#
4.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release 2.0/2.1.
Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release 2.2.
5.
On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
6.
On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration as you did in Step 6 of this
procedure.
7.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
HA Backout Procedures: Release 2.1 to Release 2.0
Release 2.1 contains configuration parameters that support the features and
functions available in the release. Since these parameters do not appear in Release
2.0, you should be aware of their impact on the process of falling back from Release
2.1 to Release 2.0.
If you choose to revert to Release 2.0 after having upgraded to Release 2.1, then the
new, Release 2.1 parameters are inherited by the Release 2.0 configuration. The
Release 2.0 configuration cannot apply these settings, and so they are silently
ignored.
HA Backout
Procedure 1
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded Net-Net
SBC1 to Release 2.1, but decide that you need to revert to Release 2.0, use this
following procedure.
In Backout Procedure 1, Net-Net SBC1 is that standby system running Release 2.1
and Net-Net SBC2 is the active system running Release 2.0.
To backout from upgrading to Release 2.1 with the standby system upgraded:
1.
Use the ACLI show health command to make sure that Net-Net SBC1 is in the
standby mode and Net-Net SBC2 is in active mode.
NETNETSBC1# show health
2.
Version S-C6.1.0
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the appropriate Release
2.0 software image.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 343
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
2a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
2b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC200xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC200xxx.gz
2c.
As in the example in Step 2b directly above, type the appropriate Release 2.0
file name next to the Release 2.1 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct,
or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
2d.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC1(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC1#
3.
On Net-Net SBC1, delete the configuration using the ACLI delete-config
command. You are asked to confirm the deletion. To confirm, type y and press
<Enter>. Then you are informed first that you need to reboot the Net-Net SBC
in order for changes to take effect, and then that the task is completed.
NETNETSBC1# delete-config
******************************************************
Do you really want to ERASE the current config:? [y/n]?: y
Deleting configuration
NOTE: need to reboot for changes to take effect
task done
NETNETSBC1#
4.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
5.
When Net-Net SBC1 comes up, it should have no configuration. Verify that it
does not have a configuration by using the ACLI show config command.
Nothing appears except a line informing you that the task is complete.
NETNETSBC1# show config
task done
6.
Use the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Firmware 2.0.0
05/31/05
NETNETSBC1#
7.
On Net-Net SBC1, acquire the configuration from Net-Net SBC2. Be sure to use
the correct wancom IPv4 address for Net-Net SBC2. In the example below,
10.0.0.2 is the IPv4 address of wancom0 on Net-Net SBC2.
344 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC1# acquire-config 10.0.0.2
Current config will be replaced by acquired config.
Continue [y/n]?: y
Acquire-Config received, processing.
waiting 120000 for request to finish
Request ‘ACQUIRE-CONFIG’ has finished, Acquire Complete
8.
Reboot and activate the configuration on Net-Net SBC1 again.
NETNETSBC1# reboot force activate
9.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 are synchronized.
9a.
On both Net-Net SBCs, use the ACLI show health command to make sure that
all processes are synchronized.
9b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
10. Fail back to normal active/standby modes have been restored and verify calls.
HA Backout
Procedure 2
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release 2.1, but decide that you need to revert to
Release 2.0, use this procedure.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
To backout from upgrading to Release 2.1 with the both Net-Net SBCs in the
HA node upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
2.0 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /tffs0/SBC200xxx.gz and
/tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 345
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: wancom0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /tffs0/SBC210xxx.gz /tffs0/SBC200xxx.gz
1c.
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release 2.0
file name next to the Release 2.1 file name. Be sure that the file name is correct,
or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
1d.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC2, delete the configuration using the ALCI delete-config
command. You are asked to confirm the deletion. To confirm, type y and press
<Enter>. Then you are informed first that you need to reboot the Net-Net SBC
in order for change to take effect, and then that the task is completed.
NETNETSBC2# delete-config
******************************************************
Do you really want to ERASE the current config:? [y/n]?: y
Deleting configuration
NOTE: need to reboot for changes to take effect
task done
NETNETSBC2#
3.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
4.
When Net-Net SBC2 comes up, it should have no configuration. Verify that it
does not have a configuration by using the ACLI show config command.
Nothing appears except a line informing you that the task is complete.
NETNETSBC2# show config
task done
5.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Firmware 2.0.0
05/31/05
NETNETSBC2#
6.
Restore the Release 2.0 configuration that you backed up on Net-Net SBC2. In
the following example, the name of the back-up being restored is
NetNetSBC2_022305.tar.gz.
NETNETSBC2# display-backups
BACK_UP_CONFIG.tar.gz
02_Feb_2005.tar.gz
01_Feb_2005_Test.tar.gz
running_test_one
NetNetSBC2_022305.tar.gz
NETNETSBC2# restore-backup-config NetNetSBC2_022305.tar.gz
7.
Save the configuration using the ACLI save-config command on Net-Net
SBC2.
346 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC2# save-config
8.
On Net-Net SBC2, reboot and activate the configuration in one step by using
the ACLI reboot force activate command.
NETNETSBC2# reboot force activate
9.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release 2.0.
Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release 2.1.
10. On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
11. On Net-Net SBC1, delete the configuration as you did in Step 2 of this
procedure.
12. On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration as you did in Step 6 of this
procedure.
13. Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 347
NET-NET 4250 UPGRADING
348 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
7
Net-Net 4500 Upgrading
Introduction
This chapter provides information about how to upgrade your Net-Net 4500
software image. Since Release CX6.0.0 is the first software release available on the
Net-Net 4500, this chapter shows you how to change different versions of that
software image.
This section also shows you how to upgrade your Net-Net 4250 configuration to use
on the Net-Net 4500 SBC. Note, however, that using your Net-Net 4250
configuration on the Net-Net 4500 causes the configuration to be converted to the
data.tar.gz file format. A configuration in this format cannot be moved back to the
a Net-Net 4250 unless that system is already upgraded to Release C6.0.0; it would
be unusable on any Net-Net 4250 running a release prior to C6.0.0.
Notes on Boot
Parameters
The processes for changing Net-Net 4500 software images are fundamentally the
same as they are for the Net-Net 4250. The exception is that some of the boot
parameters are different. For the Net-Net 4500, the following boot parameters
changed:
•
The boot device for the Net-Net 4500 is eth0.
•
The path that appears as part of the file name is /boot (instead of /tffs0), and the
name of the image itself starts with nnCX (rather than just nnC).
Preparing for
Upgrade
Preparing for an upgrade is the same as it is in the for the Net-Net 4250, and is
described in the Preparing for Upgrade (289) section of this guide’s Net-Net 4500
Upgrading (349) chapter.
Password Secure
Mode
Note that all Net-Net 4500 SBCs have password secure mode enabled—meaning
that you must accurately track your password information. To learn more about
password secure mode, refer to this guide’s Data Storage Security (230) section.
Upgrading S-CX6.1.0 Software Images
This document explains how to upgrade S-CX6.1.0 images on your Net-Net 4500
SBC.
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Version S-C6.1.0
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release S-CX6.1.0 software:
1.
Obtain the name and location of the Release CX6.0.0 software image file. Your
Acme Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
2.
Verify the integrity of your configuration using the ACLI verify-config
command.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 349
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
3.
Back up a well-working configuration. Name the file descriptively so you can fall
back to this configuration easily.
Stand-alone
Upgrade
This process incurs system downtime; your Net-Net 4500 SBC stops passing traffic
for a period of time. Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net 4500 SBC running to
a new software image. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting
from an image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
To upgrade a software image on a stand-alone system:
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Release S-CX6.1.0 boot image. Use the check-space-remaining boot
command. Images consume approximately 13,000,000 bytes.
NETNETSBC# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 24759488/25760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Release S-CX6.1.0
image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate Release CX6.0.0 file
name next to the previous file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /boot/nnCX600.gz and
/boot/nnSCX610xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: eth0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /boot/nnCX600.gz /boot/nnSCX610xxx.gz
Note that /boot directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the
/boot/nnSCX610xxx.gz boot image.
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running the new release.
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Please read the
following procedures carefully before beginning the upgrade. If necessary, you can
350 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade procedure and once after you have
completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Process
To upgrade a software image for an HA node:
1.
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
below, all of the configuration versions are 5.
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
1c.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 24759488/25760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
running release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
Version S-C6.1.0
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release S-CX6.1.0 software image.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 351
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
Caution: From the point that you upgrade the image
file, do not make any configuration changes.
Likewise, do not use the save-config or activateconfig commands.
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /boot/nnC600.gz and
where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
/boot/nnSCX610xxx.gz,
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
5.
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: eth0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /boot/nnC600.gz /boot/nnSCX61xxx.gz
4c.
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the new Release S-CX6.1.0 file name
next to the previous one. Be sure that the file name is correct, or you might boot
the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through the boot
parameters.
4d.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Net-Net 4500 Firmware SCX6.1.0 Patch 2
Build Date=07/20/08
NETNETSBC1#
7.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# reboot
-------------------------------------------------------WARNING: you are about to reboot this SD!
-------------------------------------------------------Reboot this SD [y/n]?: y
352 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
9.
When Net-Net SBC1 has finished rebooting, verify the systems have correctly
synchronized redundancy data by using the ACLI show health command.
10. As you did for Net-Net SBC1, configure the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2
so to use the new Net-Net Release S-CX6.1.0 software image. Then reboot NetNet SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# reboot
-------------------------------------------------------WARNING: you are about to reboot this SD!
-------------------------------------------------------Reboot this SD [y/n]?: y
Rebooting Net-Net SBC2 causes Net-Net SBC1 to become the active system in
the HA node.
11. When Net-Net SBC2 has finished rebooting, use the ACLI show health
command to confirm it is in the standby state.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to older Release CX6.0.0 image
for any reason, use HA Backout Procedure (358) in this chapter.
12. When you have confirmed that both systems are running Release C6.1.0, use the
save-config command. Saving the configuration creates a persistent
configuration file in the file format data.tar.gz.
HA Backout
Procedure
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release S-CX6.1.0 that you decide you no longer
want to use, you can fall back to a previous release. This section shows you how to
fall back to an older image with both systems in your HA node upgraded.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
To backout to a previous (older) release with the both Net-Net SBCs in the HA node
upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
CX6.0.0 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /boot/nnSCX610xxx.gz and
/boot/nnCX600.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers for
these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 353
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: eth0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /boot/nnSCX610xxx.gz /boot/nnC600.gz
1c.
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release
CX6.0.0 file name next to the Release S-CX6.1.0 file name. Be sure that the file
name is correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue
scrolling through the boot parameters.
1d.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
3.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Net-Net 4500 Firmware CX6.0.0 GA
07/15/08
NETNETSBC2#
4.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release
CX6.0.0. Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release CX6.0.0xxx.
5.
On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
6.
On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration as you did in Step 6 of this
procedure.
7.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
Upgrading CX6.0.0 Software Images
This document explains how to upgrade CX6.0.0 images on your Net-Net 4500 SBC.
Pre-Upgrade Checklist
Stand-alone
Upgrade
Before initially loading Net-Net SBC Release CX6.0.0 software:
1.
Obtain the name and location of the Release CX6.0.0 software image file. Your
Acme Packet customer support representative has this information and can be
contacted directly or by e-mail at support@acmepacket.com.
2.
Verify the integrity of your configuration using the ACLI verify-config
command.
3.
Back up a well-working configuration. Name the file descriptively so you can fall
back to this configuration easily.
This process incurs system downtime; your Net-Net 4500 SBC stops passing traffic
for a period of time. Please plan for your standalone upgrade accordingly.
354 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
Upgrade Procedure
The following procedure describes how to upgrade a Net-Net 4500 SBC running to
a new software image. This procedure assumes that the Net-Net SBC is booting
from an image located on the Net-Net SBC’s local file system.
To upgrade a software image on a stand-alone system:
1.
On the Net-Net SBC, check for adequate space in the /boot directory to upload
the new Release CX6.0.0 boot image. Use the check-space-remaining boot
command. Images consume approximately 13,000,000 bytes.
NETNETSBC# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 24759488/25760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC#
2.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
or SFTP client.
3.
Change the boot configuration parameters to use the new Release CX6.0.0
image.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter and type the appropriate Release CX6.0.0 file
name next to the previous file name. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling
through the boot parameters.
The following example uses the filenames /boot/nnCX600.gz and
/boot/nnCX600xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software
numbers for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: eth0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /boot/nnCX600.gz /boot/nnCX600xxx.gz
Note that /boot directs the Net-Net SBC to look in the /boot directory for
the image you specify. The above example looks for the
/boot/nnCX600xxx.gz boot image.
4.
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
The Net-Net SBC should now be successfully running the new release.
HA Upgrade
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is initially the
standby system and Net-Net SBC2 is initially the active system. Please read the
following procedures carefully before beginning the upgrade. If necessary, you can
back out of the upgrade once during the upgrade procedure and once after you have
completed the upgrade procedure.
Upgrade Process
To upgrade a software image for an HA node:
1.
Version S-C6.1.0
Confirm that Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 start up and are synchronized.
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 355
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
You must also make sure that all of the running and current configurations on
Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2 have the same number. In the examples
below, all of the configuration versions are 5.
1a.
On Net-Net SBC1 and Net-Net SBC2, use the ACLI show health command to
make sure that all processes are synchronized.
1b.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the current configuration version by using the ACLI
display-current-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its current configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
1c.
On Net-Net SBC1, show the running configuration version by using the ACLI
display-running-cfg-version command. Then use the same command on NetNet SBC2 and be sure that its running configuration version is the same as the
one on Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC1#
NETNETSBC2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 5
NETNETSBC2#
2.
On Net-Net SBC1, before loading the software image to the flash, check the
remaining space in the /boot directory using the ACLI check-space-remaining
boot command.
NETNETSBC1# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 24759488/25760512 bytes (99%) remaining
NETNETSBC1#
If you see less than 50% of the memory remaining, delete older stored firmware
images to make space.
At a minimum, we recommend that you leave the diags.gz file and the currently
running release on the flash memory (in the event that a rollback is required).
3.
Upload the Net-Net SBC software image file to the /boot directory using an FTP
client.
4.
Change the boot configuration parameters on Net-Net SBC1 to use the
appropriate Release CX6.0.0 software image.
Caution: From the point that you upgrade the image
file, do not make any configuration changes.
Likewise, do not use the save-config or activateconfig commands.
356 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
4a.
Access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC1:
•
4b.
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /boot/nnC600.gz and
/boot/nnCX600xxx.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers
for these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
5.
'-' = go to previous field;
^D = quit
boot device
: eth0
processor number
: 0
host name
: boothost
file name
: /boot/nnC600.gz /boot/nnC60xxx0.gz
4c.
As shown in Step 4b directly above, type the new Release CX6.0.0 file name
next to the previous one. Be sure that the file name is correct, or you might boot
the wrong image. Press <Enter> to continue scrolling through the boot
parameters.
4d.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
After Net-Net SBC1 has completed the boot process, use the verify-config
command to confirm that the configuration has been upgraded properly.
NETNETSBC1# verify-config
6.
Confirm the Net-Net SBC1 is running the new boot image using the show
version command.
NETNETSBC1# show version
ACME Net-Net 4500 Firmware CX6.0.0 Patch 2
Build Date=07/20/08
NETNETSBC1#
7.
Use the ACLI show health command to confirm that Net-Net SBC1 is the
standby system.
8.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
NETNETSBC1# reboot
-------------------------------------------------------WARNING: you are about to reboot this SD!
-------------------------------------------------------Reboot this SD [y/n]?: y
9.
When Net-Net SBC1 has finished rebooting, verify the systems have correctly
synchronized redundancy data by using the ACLI show health command.
10. As you did for Net-Net SBC1, configure the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2
so to use the new Net-Net Release CX6.0.0 software image. Then reboot NetNet SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# reboot
--------------------------------------------------------
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 357
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
WARNING: you are about to reboot this SD!
-------------------------------------------------------Reboot this SD [y/n]?: y
Rebooting Net-Net SBC2 causes Net-Net SBC1 to become the active system in
the HA node.
11. When Net-Net SBC2 has finished rebooting, use the ACLI show health
command to confirm it is in the standby state.
Note: At this point, if you need to revert to older Release CX6.0.0 image
for any reason, use HA Backout Procedure (358) in this chapter.
12. When you have confirmed that both systems are running Release C6.0.0, use the
save-config command. Saving the configuration creates a persistent
configuration file in the file format data.tar.gz.
HA Backout
Procedure
If you reach the point in your upgrade procedure where you have upgraded both
Net-Net SBCs in the HA node to Release CX6.0.0 that you decide you no longer
want to use, you can fall back to a previous release. This section shows you how to
fall back to an older image with both systems in your HA node upgraded.
In the descriptions and processes outlined below, Net-Net SBC1 is the active system
and Net-Net SBC2 is the standby system. The procedure uses these designations
because when you have completed upgrade process specific to these releases, NetNet SBC1 is the active system.
To backout to a previous (older) release with the both Net-Net SBCs in the HA node
upgraded:
1.
Change the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2 to use the appropriate Release
CX6.0.0 software image.
1a.
1b.
Using one of these methods, access the boot parameters on Net-Net SBC2:
•
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using any of the ACLI reboot commands. Stop the
booting process by hitting the Space bar on your keyboard to halt boot-up
when you see this message: Press any key to stop auto-boot.... Type
a c and press <Enter> to begin displaying the boot parameters.
•
In the ACLI configure terminal menu, type bootparam and press <Enter> to
being displaying the list of boot parameters.
Scroll through the boot parameters by pressing <Enter>. Stop when you reach
the file name boot parameter.
The following example uses the filenames /boot/nnCX600xxx.gz and
/boot/nnCX600.gz, where xxx represents the individual software numbers for
these releases.
NETNETSBC1# configure terminal
NETNETSBC1(configure)# bootparam
'.' = clear field;
'-' = go to previous field;
boot device
: eth0
processor number
: 0
^D = quit
host name
: boothost
file name
: /boot/nnCX600xxx.gz /boot/nnC600.gz
358 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
1c.
As in the example in Step 1b directly above, type the appropriate Release
CX6.0.0 file name next to the Release CX6.0.0xxx file name. Be sure that the
file name is correct, or you might boot the wrong image. Press <Enter> to
continue scrolling through the boot parameters.
1d.
Exit to the main Superuser prompt.
NETNETSBC2(configure)# exit
NETNETSBC2#
2.
Reboot Net-Net SBC2.
3.
Using the ACLI show version command to confirm that you are using the
appropriate release.
NETNETSBC2# show version
ACME Net-Net 4500 Firmware CX6.0.0 GA
07/15/08
NETNETSBC2#
4.
Initiate a switchover on Net-Net SBC2.
NETNETSBC2# notify berpd force
At this point, Net-Net SBC2 becomes the active system running Release
CX6.0.0. Net-Net SBC1 is now the standby system running Release CX6.0.0xxx.
5.
On Net-Net SBC1, change the boot parameters as you did in Step 1 of this
procedure.
6.
On Net-Net SBC1, restore the back up configuration as you did in Step 6 of this
procedure.
7.
Reboot Net-Net SBC1.
Moving a Configuration
This section outlines a process for moving your Net-Net 4250 configuration to your
Net-Net 4500. You accomplish this task the same way you would move a back-up
configuration from one Net-Net 4250 to another using FTP, and then restoring the
back on the other Net-Net 4250.
Process summary:
Backup
Commands
1.
Create a backup configuration file on your Net-Net 4250.
2.
Using FTP, copy your Net-Net 4250 backup from to your Net-Net 4500.
3.
Restore the newly-transferred backup on your Net-Net 4500.
The Net-Net 4000 SBC includes a set of commands for easily working with backup
configurations. These commands are backup-config, display-backups, deletebackup-config, restore-backup-config.
To back up the Net-Net 4000 configuration, use the backup-config command. You
can confirm your backup has been created with the display-backups command.
When the backup-config command is executed, the Net-Net system checks if
sufficient resources exist to complete the operation. If resources are sufficient, the
Net-Net system creates the backup. If resources are insufficient, the task is not
completed and the SD software instead displays the limiting resources,
recommending that the task be completed at another time.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 359
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
Backups are created as gzipped tar files in a .tar.gz format. They are stored in the
/code/bkups directory on the Net-Net 4000.
Creating a Backup
on Your Net-Net
4250
To create a backup:
1.
In the ACLI at the Superuser prompt, enter the backup-config command
followed by a descriptive filename for the backup you are creating.
ACMEPACKET4250# backup-config 02_Feb_2008
task done
ACMEPACKET4250#
Listing Backups
You can view a list of the backups available on your system using the ACLI displaybackups command.
To list available backup configurations:
1.
In Superuser mode, enter the display-backups command. A list of available
backup files from the /code/bkups directory is displayed on the screen.
ACMEPACKET4250# display-backups
test_config.tar.gz
test-config.tar.gz
runningcfgtest.tar.gz
runningtest_one.tar.gz
BACK_UP_CONFIG.tar.gz
02_Feb_2008.tar.gz
01_Feb_2008.tar.gz
ACMEPACKET#
Copying the
Backup to Your
Net-Net 4500
Using FTP, you simply copy the backup configuration file from your Net-Net 4250
to your Net-Net 4500.
To copy a backup configuration from your Net-Net 4250 to your Net-Net 4500:
1.
Use an FTP client to connect to the Net-Net 4250 using the default username:
user and password: acme. The IP address of the Net-Net 4250 is configured in
the bootparams.
2.
Change directory to where you want to upload a file.
•
cd /code/bkups
for backup configurations
3.
Type bin and press <Enter> to force the FTP program into binary mode.
4.
Upload the file you wish to transfer by typing put filename and pressing
<Enter>.
C:\Documents and Settings>ftp 172.30.55.127
Connected to 172.30.55.127.
220 VxWorks (1.0) FTP server ready
User (172.30.55.127:(none)): user
331 Password required
Password:
230 User logged in
ftp> cd /code/bkups
360 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
250 Changed directory to "/code/bkups"
ftp> bin
200 Type set to I, binary mode
ftp> put 02_Feb_2008.tar.gz
200 Port set okay
150 Opening BINARY mode data connection
226 Transfer complete
ftp: 9587350 bytes sent in 51.64Seconds 185.65Kbytes/sec.
ftp>
Restoring
Backups
To restore a backup configuration on your Net-Net 4500:
1.
In Superuser mode, enter the restore-backup-config command followed by
the backup filename you wish to restore to the current configuration. You must
explicitly name the backup file you wish to restore, including the file extension
ACMEPACKET4500# restore-backup-config 02_Feb_2008.tar.gz
Need to perform save-config and activate/reboot activate for changes
to take effect...
task done
ACMEPACKET4500#
2.
Save your configuration.
ACMEPACKET4500# save-config
3.
Activate your configuration.
ACMEPACKET4500# activate-config
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 361
NET-NET 4500 UPGRADING
362 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
8
Working with Configurations
Configuration Overview
The Net-Net SBC uses three configuration spaces: the current configuration, lastsaved configuration, and the running configuration. The current configuration is a
temporary workspace where changes to the Net-Net SBC configuration are initially
stored before they go “live.” Once you are satisfied with your edits, they are saved to
the last-saved configuration space, as a backup configuration that is persistent across
reboot. Finally, when you execute the activate-config command the Net-Net SBC
goes “live” using this configuration and makes a copy of the configuration. The copy
is also stored on the Net-Net SBC’s file system and is called the running
configuration, reflecting the running state of the Net-Net SBC.
The following table lists the three configuration spaces along with the creation
command and location of configuration.
Configuration
Process
Configuration Name
ACLI Command to create
Location of Configuration
Current Configuration
done
/ramdrv/data
Last-saved Configuration
save-config
/code/config
Running Configuration
activate-config
/ramdrv/running
To make configuration changes, set a current configuration, create a last-saved
configuration, and finally enact your changes by making a running configuration:
1.
Set all the necessary parameters on the SD. Each time you complete configuring
a full configuration element, type done to set that element and update the
current configuration. When all configuration elements are set, back out of
configuration tree to the topmost ACLI level at the superuser prompt. The
following example sets an arbitrary configuration element and backs you out to
the superuser prompt.
ACMEPACKET(host-route)# dest-network 10.0.0.0
ACMEPACKET(host-route)# netmask 255.255.0.0
ACMEPACKET(host-route)# gateway 172.30.0.1
ACMEPACKET(host-route)# done
host-routes
dest-network
10.0.0.0
netmask
255.255.0.0
gateway
172.30.0.1
ACMEPACKET(host-route)# exit
ACMEPACKET(system)# exit
ACMEPACKET(configure)# exit
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 363
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
2.
Save all configurations to the last-saved configuration by using the save-config
command. This step is mandatory.
ACMEPACKET# save-config
Save-Config received, processing.
waiting 1200 for request to finish
Request to 'SAVE-CONFIG' has Finished,
Save complete
Currently active and saved configurations do not match!
To sync & activate, run 'activate-config' or 'reboot activate'.
ACMEPACKET#
3.
Set the Net-Net SBC to enact the last-saved configuration into the running state
by using the activate-config command. This will make the last-saved
configuration the running configuration and write it to the local file system.
ACMEPACKET# activate-config
Activate-Config received, processing.
waiting 120000 for request to finish
H323 Active Stack Cnt:
0
Request to 'ACTIVATE-CONFIG' has Finished,
Activate Complete
ACMEPACKET#
Verifying &
Regenerating
Configurations
The verify-config command checks the consistency of configuration elements that
make up the current configuration and should be carried out prior to activating a
configuration on the Net-Net SBC.
When the verify-config command is run, anything configured that is inconsistent
produces either an error or a warning message. An error message lets the user know
that there is something wrong in the configuration that will affect the way Net-Net
SBC runs. A warning message lets the user know that there is something wrong in
the configuration, but it will not affect the way the Net-Net SBC runs. The following
is an example of the verify-config output:
ACMEPACKET# verify-config
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------ERROR: realm-config [r172] is missing entry for network-interface
ERROR: sip-nat [nat172] is missing ext-address entry
ERROR: sip-nat [nat172] is missing ext-proxy-address entry
ERROR: sip-nat [nat172] is missing domain-suffix entry
WARNING: sip-nat [nat172] has ext-address [5.6.7.8] which is different from sipinterface [sip172] sip-port address [1.2.3.4]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total:
4 errors
1 warning
Every time a user executes the save-config command, verify-config is
automatically run. If any configuration problems are found, you receive a message
pointing to the number of errors found during the saving, along with a
recommendation to run the verify-config command to view the errors fully. The
following is an example of the save-config verification output:
ACMEPACKET# save-config
-------------------------------------------------------------------
364 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Results of config verification:
4 configuration errors
2 configuration warnings
Run “verify-config” for more details
------------------------------------------------------------------Save-Config received, processing.
waiting 1200 for request to finish
Request to 'SAVE-CONFIG' has Finished,
Save complete
Currently active and saved configurations do not match!
To sync & activate, run 'activate-config' or 'reboot activate'.
Verifying Address
Duplication
The verify-config command, entered either directly or via the save-config
command, checks for address duplication for a given network-interface within a
configuration. Addresses are checked for duplication based on the following criteria:
• Every address entered is checked against the Primary and Secondary Utility
addresses
• All UDP, TCP, and TFTP addresses are checked against other UDP, TCP, and
TFTP addresses respectively within the same port range
The following tables display the entire list of addresses which are checked for
duplication, the network-interface or realm which they are checked against, and the
port range:
Network-Interface
Version S-C6.1.0
Parameter Name
Address Type
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
pri-utility-addr
Primary
itself
0
0
sec-utility-addr
Secondary
itself
0
0
ip-address
Unknown
itself
0
0
ftp-address
Unknown
itself
0
0
snmp-address
Unknown
itself
0
0
telnet-address
Unknown
itself
0
0
dns-ip-primary
Unknown
itself
0
0
dns-ip-backup1
Unknown
itself
0
0
dns-ip-backup2
Unknown
itself
0
0
hip-ip-address
Unknown
itself
0
0
icmp-address
Unknown
itself
0
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 365
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Steering-Pool
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
start-port
end-port
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
transport-protocol
(UDP or TCP)
realm-id
sip-port port
0
sip-port address
UDP if transportprotocol is UDP
realm-id
port-map-start
port-map-end
Parameter Name
Address Type
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
ext-proxy-address
Unknown
realm-id
0
0
home-proxy-address
Unknown
realm-id
0
0
home-address
Unknown
realm-id
0
0
ext-address
Unknown
realm-id
0
0
Parameter Name
Address Type
ip-address
UDP
Parameter Name
Address Type
sip-port address
network-interface or
realm-id
SIP-Interface
SIP-NAT
* The home-address value must be unique across all network interfaces configured
on the Net-Net SBC.
MGCP-Config
Parameter Name
Address Type
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
private-address
UDP
private-realm
private-port
0
public-ca-address
UDP
public-realm
pub-ca-port
0
public-gw-address/32
UDP
public-realm
pub-gw-port
0
public-gw-address/32
UDP
public-realm
second-pubgw-port
0
public-gw-address/32
UDP
public-realm
port-map-start
port-map-end
366 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
H323-Stack
Parameter Name
Address Type
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
local-ip
TCP
realm-id
q031-port
0
local-ip
TCP
realm-id
q931-startport
q931-startport + q931number-ports
-1
local-ip
TCP
realm-id
dynamic-startport
dynamicstart-port +
dynamicnumber-port 1
local-ip
UDP
realm-id
ras-port
0
gatekeeper
Unknown
realm-id
0
0
alternate-protocol
UDP
realm-id
it’s port
0
* If an h323-stack’s q931-port (TCP) parameter is configured with a value of 1720,
there is an address duplication exception. This configured port can exist within two
port map ranges; the value of q931-start-port and its entire port range, and the
value of dynamic-start-port and its entire port range.
Local-Policy>LocalPolicy-Attributes
Parameter Name
Address Type
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
next-hop
Unknown
realm
0
0
Session-Agent
Version S-C6.1.0
Parameter Name
Address Type
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
ip-address
UDP or TCP
realm-id
port
0
host-name (If different
from ip-address)
UDP or TCP
realm-id
port
0
ip-address
UDP or TCP
egress-realm-id if no
realm-id or different
from it
port
0
host-name (If different
from ip-address)
UDP or TCP
egress-realm-id if no
realm-id or different
from it
port
0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 367
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Static-Flow
Parameter Name
Address Type
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
in-source/32
Unknown
in-realm-id
0
0
in-destination/32
UDP or TCP if ALG
is TFTP or
otherwise
unknown
in-realm-id
start-port
end-port
out-source/32
UDP or TCP if ALG
is TFTP or NAPT
otherwise
unknown
out-realm-id
start-port
end-port
out-destination/32
Unknown
out-realm-id
0
0
Parameter Name
Address Type
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
address
Unknown
network-interface
0
0
Parameter Name
Address Type
Network Interface or
Realm
Port Start
Port End
stun-server-ip
UDP
network-interfaces
stun-serverport
0
stun-server-ip
UDP
network-interfaces
stun-changedport
0
stun-changed-ip
UDP
network-interfaces
stun-serverport
0
stun-changed-ip
UDP
network-interfaces
stun-changedport
0
Capture-Receiver
Realm-Config
Verify-Config
Errors and
Warnings
The following tables list every error and warning the verify-config command
produces for each configuration element:
Access-Control
Error Text
Reason for Error
WARNING: access-control [id] has unsupported
application-protocol [x]
Unsupported protocols [x]
ERROR: access-control [id] has reference to realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm table
368 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Account-Config
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: account-config is enabled, but there are no
account servers configured
State is enabled, file-output is disabled and
there are not servers
WARNING: account-config is enabled, there are no
account-servers configured, but ftp-push is disabled
State and file-output are enabled, there are
not account servers and ftp-push is
disabled
WARNING: account-config is enabled, account-servers are
configured, file-output is disabled, but ftp-push is enabled
State and ftp-push are enabled, account
servers are configured, file-output is
disabled
ERROR : account-config is enabled, ftp-push is enabled,
but there is no ftp-address entered or push-receiver
configured
State and ftp-push are enabled, but there
is no ftp-address or push-receiver
configured
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which can not get password
Password failed decryption
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which does not have remote-path set
Push-receiver has no remote-path set
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which does not have username set
Push-receiver has no username set
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which does not have password set for protocol FTP
Push-receiver has no password set for FTP
WARNING: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] with a public key set, but protocol is set to FTP
Push-receiver has set public key, but
protocol is FTP
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which does not have password or public key set for
protocol SFTP
Push-receiver has no password or public
key set for SFTP
ERROR: account-config has push-receiver [xyz] with
reference to public-key [zyx] which does not exist
Public key was not found in public key table
ERROR: account-config has account-server [IP:Port] with
empty secret
Account-server [IP:Port] has empty secret
field
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: authentication has specified unsupported protocol
[x] for type [y]
Unsupported protocols for given type
ERROR: authentication has no configured active radius
servers for authentication type [x]
No configured active radius for given type
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: call-recording-server must have a name
Name is missing
ERROR: call-recording-server [id] must have a primarysignaling-addr or primary-media-addr
There has to be either primary signaling or
media address
Authentication
Call-Recording-Server
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 369
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: call-recording-server [id] is missing primary-realm
Realm name is missing
ERROR: call-recording-server [id] has reference to the
primary-realm [xyz] which does not exist
Primary-realm [xyz] was not found in
realm-config table
ERROR: call-recording-server [id] has reference to the
secondary-realm [xyz] which does not exist
Secondary-realm [xyz] was not found in
realm-config table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: capture-receiver [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface was not found in
network-interface table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: certificate-record [id] is not trusted and will not be
loaded
Certificate record is not trusted
ERROR: certificate-record [id] cannot extract private key
Certificate record failed to extract the
private key
ERROR: certificate-record [id] cannot convert PKCS7 string
to structure
Failure to convert PKCS7 record to the
structure
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: class-policy [id] ] has reference to the media-policy
[xyz] which does not exist
Media-policy [xyz] was not found in the
media-policy table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: dns-config [id] is missing client-realm entry
Missing client realm
ERROR: dns-config [id] has reference to client-realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: dns-config [id] does not have any server-dnsattributes
Server-dns-attributes are missing
ERROR: dns-config [id] is missing server-realm entry
Realm entry is missing (source address is
empty)
ERROR: dns-config [id] is missing server-realm entry for
source-address [x]
Realm entry is missing (source address is
not empty)
ERROR: dns-config [id] has reference to server-realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
Capture-Receiver
Certificate-Record
Class-Policy
DNS-Config
370 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
ENUM-Config
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: enum-config [id] is missing realm-id entry
Missing realm
ERROR: enum-config [id] has reference to the realm-id
[xyz] which does not exist
Realm [xyz] was not found in realm-config
table
ERROR: enum-config [id] has no enum-servers
List of ENUM servers is empty
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] is missing realm entry
Missing realm
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] address is not valid
Invalid address entry
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] has reference to protocol [xyz]
which is not valid
Invalid protocol entry
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] has reference to realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: h323-stack [id] has no realm-id
Missing realm entry
ERROR: h323-stack [id] has reference to the realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
WARNING: h323-stack [id] is missing local-ip address
entry
Missing address entry
WARNING : h323-stack [id] has reference to media-profile
[xyz] which does not exist
Media profile was not found in media
profile table
ERROR: h323-stack [id] has reference to the assoc-stack
[xyz] which does not exist
Stack name was not found in the h323stack table
Error Text
Reason for Error
WARNING: host-route [id] has reference to gateway [xyz]
which does not exist in any network-interface
gateway entry was not found in any
network-interface object
Error Text
Reason for Error
WARNING: iwf-config has reference to media-profile [xyz]
which does not exist
media profile was not found in media
profile table
Ext-Policy-Server
H323-Stack
Host-Route
IWF-Config
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 371
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Local-Policy
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: local-policy [id] has reference to source-realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Source-realm [xyz] was not found in realmconfig table
WARNING: local-policy [id] has no policy-attributes set
No policy-attributes set
ERROR: local-policy-attribute [id1] from local-policy [id2]
has reference to realm [xyz] which does not exist
Realm [xyz] was not found in realm-config
table
ERROR: local-policy-attribute [id1] from local-policy [id2] is
missing next-hop entry
Next-hop is missing for given attribute
ERROR: local-policy-attribute [id1] from local-policy [id2]
has reference to next-hop [xyz] which is invalid
Invalid value for the next-hop
ERROR: local-policy-attribute [id1] from local-policy [id2]
has reference to next-hop [xyz] which does not exist
Value for the next-hop was not found (either
from enum-config, or lrt-config, or sessiongroup)
WARNING: local-policy-attribute [id] from local-policy [di]
has reference to media-policy [xyz] which does not exist
Media-policy [xyz] was not found in mediapolicy table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: local-routing-config [id] has reference to the filename [xyz] which does not exist
specified file is missing from
/boot/code/lrt folder
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] is missing private-realm entry
Private-realm empty
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] has reference to private-realm
[xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm-config table
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] is missing public-realm entry
Public-realm empty
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] has reference to public-realm
[xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] has identical private-address and
public-gw-address [x] for the same network interface
Private-address and public-gw-address are
identical on same NI
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: network-interface [id] has reference to phyinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Phy-interface [xyz] was not found in phyinterface table
ERROR: network-interface [id] is missing pri-utility-addr
entry
If redundancy is enabled pri-utility-addr
entry has to be entered
Local-Routing-Config
MGCP-Config
Network-Interface
372 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: network-interface [id] is missing sec-utility-addr
entry
If redundancy is enabled sec-utility-addr
entry has to be entered
ERROR: network-interface [id] has reference to DNS
address, but dns-domain is empty
Dns-domain is empty. Word “address” will
be plural “addresses” if there are more
DNS addresses entered
ERROR: network-interface [id] has reference to DNS
address, but ip-address is empty
Ip-address is empty. Word “address” will be
plural “addresses” if there are more DNS
addresses entered
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: phy-interface [id] has invalid operation-type value
[x]
Operation-type value is invalid
ERROR: phy-interface [id] of type [x] with port [y] and slot
[z] has invalid name
If type is MAINTENANCE or CONTROL name
has to start with either “eth” or “wancom”
ERROR: phy-interface [id] of type [x] has duplicated port [y]
and slot [z] values with phy-interface [di]
Port and slot values are duplicated with
another phy-interface
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: public-key [id] has no public/private key pair
generated for public-key [x]
No public/private key generated
ERROR: public-key [id] cannot extract private key
Cannot extract private key
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to ext-policy-svr
[xyz] which doe not exist
Missing external BW manager
ERROR: realm-config [id] is missing entry for networkinterface
Missing Network Interface
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network interface was not found in
network-interface table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to media-policy
[xyz] which does not exist
Media-policy was not found in media-policy
table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to class-profile
[xyz] which does not exist
Class-profile was not found in class-profile
table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to in-translationid
[xyz] which does not exist
In-translationid was not found in session
translation table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to out-translationid
[xyz] which does not exist
Out-translationid was not found in session
translation table
Phy-Interface
Public-Key
Realm-Config
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 373
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to inmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
In-manipulationid was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to outmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
Out-manipulationid was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to enforcementprofile [xyz] which does not exist
Enforcement-profile was not found in
enforcement-profile table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to call-recordingserver-id [xyz] which does not exist
Call-recording-server-id was not found in
call-recording-server-table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to codec-policy
[xyz] which does not exist
Codec-policy was not found in codec-policy
table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to constraint-name
[xyz] which does not exist
Constraint-name was not found in session
constraint table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to qos-constraint
[xyz] which does not exist
Qos-constraint was not found in qos
constraint table
ERROR: realm-config [id] with parent-realm [xyz] are part
of circular nested realms
Realm and its parent realm are part of the
closed loop where they referring back to
themselves
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to dns-realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Dns-realm doesn’t exist in the realm table
WARNING: realm-config [id] has reference to itself as a
parent (parent-realm value ignored)
Realm name and parent name are the
same
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to parent-realm
[xyz] which does not exist
Parent realm doesn’t exist in the realm
table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has identical stun-server-port and
stun-changed port [x]
Stun-server-ip is identical to stun-changedip, when stun is enabled
ERROR: realm-config [id] has identical stun-server-ip and
stun-changed-ip [x]
Stun-server-port is identical to stunchanged-port, when stun is enabled
ERROR: realm-group [id] has reference to source-realm
[xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm-config table
ERROR: realm-group [id] has reference to destinationrealm [xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm-config table
Realm-Group
374 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Redundancy
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has Address [x] which
does not match pri-utility-addr from network-interface [y]
If redundancy is enabled, peer IP addresses
have to match Primary Utility addresses
from specified network-interface (pri-utilityaddr is missing here)
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has Address [x] which
does not match pri-utility-addr [z] from network-interface
[y]
If redundancy is enabled, peer IP addresses
have to match Primary Utility addresses
from specified network-interface
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has Address [x] which
does not match sec-utility-addr from network-interface [y]
If redundancy is enabled, peer IP addresses
have to match Secondary Utility addresses
from specified network-interface (secutility-addr is missing here)
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has IP Address [x]
which does not match sec-utility-addr [z] from networkinterface [y]
If redundancy is enabled, peer IP addresses
have to match Secondary Utility addresses
from specified network-interface
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has reference to
network-interface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface [xyz] was not found in
network-interface table
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] is missing destination
object
Destination object is missing
ERROR: redundancy-config is missing Primary peer object
Primary peer object is missing
ERROR: redundancy-config is missing Secondary peer
object
Secondary peer object is missing
ERROR: redundancy-config is missing both Primary and
Secondary peer objects
Primary and Secondary peer objects are
missing
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: security-association [id] is missing networkinterface entry
Missing network-interface entry
ERROR: security-association [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface was not found in
network-interface table
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid local-ip-addr
Invalid local-ip-addr entry
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid remote-ip-addr
Invalid remote-ip-addr entry
ERROR: security-association [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which is not valid IPSEC enabled media
interface
Network-interface is not valid IPSEC media
interface
ERROR: security-association [id] Unable to decrypt authkey from configuration. This configuration may not have
been saved using this systems configuration password
Failed to decrypt auth-key
ERROR: security-association [id] has auth-algo [hmacmd5] with an auth-key of invalid length, must be 32 hex
characters long
Invalid length of the auth-key for auth-algo
[hmac-md5]
ERROR: security-association [id] has auth-algo [hmacsha1] with an auth-key of invalid length, must be 40 hex
characters long
Invalid length of the auth-key for auth-algo
[hmac-sha1]
Security-Association
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 375
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: security-association [id] Unable to decrypt encrkey from configuration. This configuration may not have
been saved using this systems configuration password
Failed to decrypt encr-key
ERROR: security-association [id] has encr-algo [xyz] with
and encr-key of invalid length, must be 64 bits (odd parity
in hex)
Invalid encr-key length for given algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has encr-algo [xyz] with
and encr-key of invalid length, must be 192 bits (odd
parity in hex)
Invalid encr-key length for given algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has encr-algo [xyz] with
and encr-key of invalid length, must be 128 bits (odd
parity in hex)
Invalid encr-key length for given algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has encr-algo [xyz] with
and encr-key of invalid length, must be 256 bits (odd
parity in hex)
Invalid encr-key length for given algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid aes-ctr-nonce
(must be non-zero value) for encr-algo [xyz]
Has invalid aes-ctr-nonce for given
algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid tunnel-mode
local-ip-addr (will be set to inner local-ip-address)
Invalid tunnel-mode local-ip-addr
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid tunnel-mode
remote-ip-addr (will be set to inner remote-ip-address)
Invalid tunnel-mode remote-ip-addr
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid espudp localip-addr (must be non-zero)
Invalid espudp local-ip-addr
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid espudp
remote-ip-addr (must be non-zero)
Invalid espudp remote-ip-addr
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid espudp localport (must be non-zero)
Invalid espudp local-port
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid espudp
remote-port (must be non-zero)
Invalid espudp remote-port
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: security-policy [id] has invalid local-ip-addr-match
Empty local-ip-addr-match
ERROR: security-policy [id] has invalid local-ip-addr-match
[x]
Invalid local-ip-addr-match
ERROR: security-policy [id] has invalid remote-ip-addrmatch
Empty remote-ip-addr-match
ERROR: security-policy [id] has invalid remote-ip-addrmatch [x]
Invalid remote-ip-addr-match
ERROR: security-policy [id] is missing network-interface
entry
Missing network-interface entry
ERROR: security-policy [id] priority [x] is identical to
security-policy [id2]
Duplication of the priorities
Security-Policy
376 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: security-policy [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface was not found in
network-interface table
ERROR: security-policy [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which is not valid IPSEC enabled media
interface
Network-interface is not valid IPSEC media
interface
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to egress-realmid [xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to in-translationid
[xyz] which does not exist
Translation id was not found in translation
table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to outtranslationid [xyz] which does not exist
Translation id was not found in translation
table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to inmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
Manipulation id was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to outmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
Manipulation id was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to enforcementprofile [xyz] which does not exist
Enforcement-profile was not found in
enforcement-profile table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to code-policy
[xyz] which does not exist
Codec-policy was not found in codec-policy
table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to response-map
[xyz] which does not exist
Response-map was not found in response
map table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to localresponse-map [xyz] which does not exist
Response-map was not found in response
map table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: session-group [id] has reference to session-agent
[xyz] which does not exist
Session agent was not found in the session
agent table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: session-translation [id] has reference to rulescalled [xyz] which does not exist
Translation rule was not found in the
translation rule table
ERROR: session-translations [id] has reference to rulescalling [xyz] which does not exist
Translation rule was not found in the
translation rule table
Session-Agent
Session-Group
Session-Translation
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 377
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
SIP-Config
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: sip-config has reference to home-realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: sip-config has reference to egress-realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: sip-config has reference to enforcement-profile
[xyz] which does not exist
Enforcement profile was not found in
enforcement profile table
WARNING: sip-config is missing home-realm-id for SIPNAT, defaults to [sip-internal-realm]
Missing home-realm-id, defaulted to sipinternal-realm
WARNING: sip-config home-realm-id [xyz] does not have a
sip-interface
Sip-interface missing for the home realm
WARNING: sip-config has nat-mode set to [None], but there
are configured sip-nat objects
Nat-mode needs to be set to either Public
or Private if there are sip-nat objects in the
configuration
ERROR: sip-config object is disabled
Sip-config is disabled, but there are
configured sip-interface objects
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: sip-interface [id] is missing realm-id entry
missing realm
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
realm was not found in realm-config table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to inmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
in-manipulationid was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to outmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
out-manipulationid was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to enforcementprofile [xyz] which does not exist
enforcement profile was not found in
enforcement profile table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to response-map
[xyz] which does not exist
response-map was not found in responsemap table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to local-responsemap [xyz] which does not exist
local-response-map was not found in
response-map table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to constraint-name
[xyz] which does not exist
constraint-name was not found in session
constraint table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has no sip-ports
sip-ports are missing
ERROR: sip-interface [id] with sip-port [id2] has reference
to tls-profile [xyz] which does not exist
tls-profile was not found in TLS profile table
(only valid for protocols TLS or DTLS)
ERROR: sip-interface [id] with sip-port [id2] has reference
to ims-aka-profile [xyz] which does not exist
ims-aka-profile was not found in Ims-AkaProfile table (valid for protocols other than
TLS or DTLS)
SIP-Interface
378 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Error Text
Reason for Error
WARNING: sip-interface [id] has no sip-ports, using SIP-NAT
external-address
no sip-ports so SIP-NAT external-address is
used
WARNING: sip-interface [id] has no valid sip-ports, using
SIP-NAT external-address
no valid sip-ports so SIP-NAT externaladdress is used
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: sip-manipulation [id] has no header-rules defined
Missing header rules
ERROR: sip-manipulation [id] with header-rule [xyz] is
missing new-value entry
Missing new-value entry (checked only for
action type “sip-manip”)
ERROR: sip-manipulation [id] with header-rule [xyz] has
reference to new-value [zxy] which does not exist
New-value entry missing from the sipmanipulation table
ERROR: sip-manipulation [id] with header-rule [xyz] has
new-value that refers to itself from sip-manipulation [di]
Looping reference between two objects
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing home-address entry
Missing home-address
ERROR: sip-nat [id] has invalid home-address [x] entry
Invalid home-address entry
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing ext-address entry
Missing ext-address
ERROR: sip-nat [id] has invalid ext-address [x] entry
Invalid ext-address entry
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing ext-proxy-address entry
Missing ext-proxy-address
ERROR: sip-nat [id] has invalid ext-proxy-address [x] entry
Invalid ext-proxy-address entry
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing user-nat-tag entry
Missing user-nat-tag
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing host-nat-tag entry
Missing host-nat-tag
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing domain-suffix entry
Missing domain-suffix
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing realm-id entry
Missing realm entry
ERROR: sip-nat [id] does not match sip-interface realm
[xyz]
Sip-interface name was not found in realm
table
ERROR: sip-nat [id] does not have a sip-interface
Sip-interface is missing
WARNING: sip-nat [id] has same user-nat-tag as sip-nat [di]
Duplicated user-nat-tag
WARNING: sip-nat [id] has same host-nat-tag as sip-nat [di]
Duplicated host-nat-tag
WARNING: sip-nat [id] has ext-address [x] which is different
from sip-interface [di] sip-port address [y]
Sip-nat ext-address needs to be the same
as sip-port address
ERROR: sip-nat [id] has same home-address [x] as sip-nat
[di]
Duplicated home-address
SIP-Manipulation
SIP-NAT
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 379
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Static-Flow
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: static-flow [id] is missing in-realm-id entry
Missing in-realm-id
ERROR: static-flow [id] has reference to in-realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: static-flow [id] is missing out-realm-id entry
Missing out-realm-id
ERROR: static-flow [id] has reference to out-realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] has illegal protocol value [xyz]
Invalid protocol entry
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: steering-pool [id] has invalid start-port [x]
Invalid start-port value (smaller than 1025)
ERROR: steering-pool [id] has start-port [x] greater than
end-port [y]
Start-port value is greater than end-port
value
ERROR: steering-pool [id] is missing realm entry
Missing realm entry
ERROR: steering-pool [id] has reference to realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm [xyz] was not found in realm-config
table
ERROR: steering-pool [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface [xyz] was not found in
network-interface table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] is missing realm entry
Missing realm entry
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] has reference to realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] is missing customer-next-hop
entry
Missing customer-next-hop entry
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] is missing register-contactuser entry
Missing register-contact-user entry
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] is missing register-contacthost entry
Missing register-contact-host entry
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: system-config has reference to default-gateway
[xyz] which does not exist
gateway was not found in the networkinterface table or boot parameters
ERROR: system-config collect has sample-interval [x]
greater than push-interval
sample-interval greater than push-interval
Steering-Pool
Surrogate-Agent
System-Config
380 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: system-config collect has start-time [x] greater
than end-time [y]
Start-time greater than end-time
ERROR: system-config collect has group [xyz] with sampleinterval [x] greater than collection push-interval [y]
Group [xyz] has incorrect sample interval
ERROR: system-config collect has group [xyz] with starttime [x] greater than end-time [y]
Group [xyz] has incorrect sample interval
ERROR: system-config collect has no push-receivers
defined
No push-receivers defined
ERROR: system-config collect has reference to pushreceiver [xyz] which does not have user-name set
No user-name set
ERROR: system-config collect has reference to pushreceiver [xyz] which does not have password set
No password set
ERROR: system-config collect has reference to pushreceiver [xyz] which does not have address set
No address set
ERROR: system-config collect has reference to pushreceiver [xyz] which does not have data-store set
No data-store set
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to end-entitycertificate [xyz] which does not have any certificates
End-entity-certificate entry missing
certificate or certificate-record is part of
config, but record was not imported to the
SD
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has end-entity-certificate [xyz] which
has an end entry certificate, but the private key is invalid.
Bad private key for the cert-record
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to end-entitycertificate [xyz] which does not exist
Certificate record was not found in certrecord table
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has an end-entity-certificate records
without any end entity certificate
End certificate missing from all end-entitycertificate records or none of them where
imported to the SD
ERROR: tls-profile [id] found an entry in the trusted-cacertificates with zero length
Found an empty trusted-ca-record in the list
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to trusted-cacertificates [xyz] which does not have any certificates
Trusted-ca-records entry missing certificate
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to trusted-cacertificates [xyz] with PKCS7 structure which does not have
any certificates
Trusted-ca-records entry with PKCS7
structure missing certificate
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to trusted-cacertificates [xyz] which does not exist
Certificate record was not found in certrecord table
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has no trusted-ca- certificates, but
mutual-authentication is enabled
No trusted certificates, but enabled mutualauthentication
TLS-Profile
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 381
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
The regenerate-config command rebuilds the configuration database information.
This command is used to fix a corrupted system configuration when running NetNet SBC software release 1.3.
1.
At the superuser command prompt, enter the regenerate-config command.
ACMEPACKET# regenerate-config
Finish updating all of the configs.
task done
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing
Configurations
While configuration archives describe a full Net-Net SBC configuration, you can not
display them on the screen for quick reference. To view configurations through a
local connection, there are two options.
1.
To display the current configuration on the screen, type show configuration at
a command prompt. You can add a specific configuration element after the show
configuration command to display only that element on the screen.
ACMEPACKET> show configuration host-route
host-routes
dest-network
10.0.0.0
netmask
255.255.0.0
gateway
172.30.0.1
task done
ACMEPACKET>
2.
Checking
Configuration
Versions
To display the running configuration on the screen, type show runningconfiguration at a command prompt.
The Net-Net SBC maintains a running count of the version of both the running
configuration and current configuration. It can be helpful to know when the running
and current configurations are out of sync.
While they can differ, the current configuration and the running configuration
should generally be the same. After a configuration is modified, saved and activated,
the current and running configuration versions should be the same.
To check the version of each configuration:
1.
Type display-current-cfg-version at a command prompt to display the version
number of the current configuration.
ACMEPACKET> display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 3
ACMEPACKET>
2.
Type display-running-cfg-version at a command prompt to display the
version number of the running configuration.
ACMEPACKET> display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 3
ACMEPACKET>
Deleting
Configurations
You can completely delete the data in the last-saved configuration with one
command. This can be useful if you want to reconfigure your Net-Net SBC starting
382 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
with a blank configuration. You must reboot your Net-Net SBC after issuing the
delete-config command to complete this task.
To delete the running and current configuration:
1.
Type delete-config at a superuser command prompt. You will be prompted to
confirm that you want to complete this task.
ACMEPACKET# delete-config
******************************************************
Do you really want to ERASE the current config:? [y/n]?: y
Deleting configuration
NOTE: need to reboot for changes to take effect
task done
2.
Configuration
Checkpointing
Reboot the Net-Net SBC using the reboot command.
In an HA configuration, configuration checkpointing copies all configuration activity
and changes on one Net-Net SBC to the other Net-Net SBC. Checkpointed
transactions copy added, deleted, or modified configurations from the active system
to the standby system. You only need to perform configuration tasks on the active
Net-Net SBC because the standby SD will go through the checkpointing process and
synchronize its configuration to the active Net-Net SBC to reflect activity and
changes.
The acquire-config command is used to manually invoke configuration
checkpointing between two Net-Net SBCs in an HA node.
To synchronize the systems in an HA node:
1.
On either the active or standby Net-Net SBC, type acquire-config <IP address
of other SD in HA pair>.
• The IPv4 address for the Net-Net SBC from which to acquire the
configuration.
• For acquire-config to work, one rear interface on each SD must be named
wancom1, and one rear interface on each SD must be named wancom2.
ACMEPACKET# acquire-config 10.0.1.8
2.
Following the procedure defined directly above, confirm that the HA node now
has synchronized configurations.
ACMEPACKET-1# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 30
ACMEPACKET-1# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 30
ACMEPACKET-2# display-current-cfg-version
Current configuration version is 30
ACMEPACKET-2# display-running-cfg-version
Running configuration version is 30
Realm-Specific Delete Command
The ACLI provides a way to delete a specific realm and the configurations (objects)
associated with that realm. You use the delete realm-specifics command with the
name of the realm you want to delete. Not only does the Net-Net SBC delete that
realm, it also deletes the configurations where that realm is also used as a primary or
foreign key—such as steering pools, session agents, and SIP interfaces. A complete
list of configurations subject to deletion appears below.
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 383
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
The Net-Net SBC safeguards against unintentionally deleting configurations by
showing you a complete list of the configurations it is about to delete, warns you that
you are about to the delete the realm, and then asks you for confirmation. The list of
candidates for deletion appears each with its key identifier so that you can more
easily recognize it. You must type in a y for yes or n for no to move forward.
Despite these safeguards, you should use the delete realm-specifics command
with the utmost care. Acme Packet recommends that only advanced Net-Net SBC
users work with this command. In fact, the command appears in the configuration
menu, to which only Superusers have access.
Deleted
Configurations
This section provides a list of the configuration that use the name of realm either as
a primary or as a foreign key. These are the configuration that you can remove from
your configuration when you delete a specific realm.
ACLI Configuration Name
ACLI Parameter Value
access-control
realm-id
call-recording-server
primary-realm
secondary-realm
dns-config
client-realm
enum-config
realm-id
ext-policy-server
realm
h323>h323-stack
realm-id
lawful-intercept
(associated parameters; specified in Net-Net LI
support documentation)
local-policy
source-realm
mgcp-config
private-realm
public-realm
realm-config
identifier
session-agent
realm-id
sip-features
realm
sip-interface
realm-id
sip-nat
realm-id
static-flow
in-realm-id
out-realm-id
steering-pool
realm-id
surrogate-agent
realm-id
There are configurations (objects) that use realms but do not reference them directly
either as a primary or foreign key. The Net-Net SBC does not delete these
configurations when you use the delete realm-specifics command:
•
media-policy
•
class-policy
384 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
•
translation-rules
•
sip-manipulation
Note: This command cannot delete realms associated with network
management control configurations.
Deleted Parameter
Values
For other configurations that reference realms, only the parameters containing realm
identifiers are cleared while the object as a whole remains. When you confirming you
want to delete the realm and doing so will clear the parameters set out in this section,
the Net-Net SBC informs you of the configuration object and the parameter within
it that will be affected.
The following table shows you which parameters are cleared.
ACLI Instructions
and Examples
ACLI Configuration Name
ACLI Parameter Value(s)
dns-config
server-realm
local-policy
source-realm
next-hop
realm
media-manager
home-realm-id
realm-config
parent-realm
dns-realm
ext-policy-svr
realm-group
source-realm
destination-realm
session-agent
egress-realm
session-group
dest
sip-config
egress-realm-id
home-realm-id
This section shows you how to use the delete realm-specifics command.
Remember that you need to be in Superuser mode to use it.
To use the delete realm-specifics command, you need to know the identifier for the
realm (and the other configurations associated with the realm) that you want to
delete.
These instructions and examples do not include information for parameters that will
be emptied for configurations that will otherwise be left intact. This information will
appear in the following form: <attribute> <attribute value> removed from
<object name/configuration name> with key <key value>.
To delete a specific realm and its associated configurations:
1.
In Superuser mode, type configure terminal and press <Enter>.
ACMEPACKET# configure terminal
ACMEPACKET(configure)#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 385
WORKING WITH CONFIGURATIONS
2.
Type delete realm-specifics, a <Space>, and the name of the realm you want
deleted. The press <Enter>.
After you press <Enter>, the Net-Net SBC displays a list of all configurations on
which the deletion will have an impact. It also warns you that you are about to
delete the realm.
ACMEPACKET(configure)# delete realm-specifics peer_1
RealmConfig with key identifier=peer_1 will be deleted
SteeringPool with key ip-address=192.168.0.11 start-port=21000 realmid=peer_1 w
ill be deleted
SessionAgent with key hostname=127.0.0.11 will be deleted
SipInterface with key realm-id=peer_1 will be deleted
SipNatConfig with key realm-id=peer_1 will be deleted
WARNING: you are about to delete the realm!
Delete the realm? [y/n]?:
3.
At the end of the display, the Net-Net SBC asks you to confirm (by typing a y)
or abort (by typing an n) the deletion.
Delete the realm? [y/n]?: y
If you confirm the deletion, the Net-Net SBC will list all of the configurations
that have been removed.
RealmConfig with key identifier=peer_1 deleted
SteeringPool with key ip-address=192.168.0.11 start-port=21000 realmid=peer_1 d
deleted
SessionAgent with key hostname=127.0.0.11 deleted
SipInterface with key realm-id=peer_1 deleted
SipNatConfig with key realm-id=peer_1 deleted
ACMEPACKET(configure)#
When you abort the deletion, the Net-Net SBC will return you to the
ACMEPACKET(configure)# system prompt.
System Prompt Indicator
Using the prompt-enabled command, you can enable a system prompt indicator to
show you when a configuration requires saving and activation.
The Net-Net SBC lets you know if a configuration has been changed and you have
applied the done command, but have not saved and activated yet. When you issue
the done command and return to Superuser mode, the ACLI prompt prefixes two
asterisks (**) . When you have saved but not yet activated, the ACLI prompted
prefixes one asterisk (*). This command allows you to decide whether or not you
want the Net-Net SBC to give this prompt. To clarify:
•
**—Requires save and activate
•
*—Configuration saved, but requires activate
This feature is disabled by default.
386 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
9
Managing Backups and Archives
Introduction
The Net-Net SBC can concatenate the full system configuration into a single backup
file and also archive log files. You can perform a set of actions on backup files or
archived log files, such as saving, backing up, listing, and deleting the files.
To save disk space, the Net-Net SBC has archiving features that use the standard tar
and gzip utilities. Archiving lets you easily change, move, store, and back up the NetNet system’s log files. After a log file has been archived, it can be transferred via FTP
to a remote host. The Net-Net SBC has a set of file manipulation commands that you
can apply only to archive files.
Using the backup command enables you to successfully save and restore an existing
configuration. The major difference between backup and archive files is that backup
commands are used for configurations and log archive commands are used with log
files.
Backup Commands
The Net-Net SBC includes a set of commands for easily working with backup
configurations. These commands are backup-config, display-backups, deletebackup-config, restore-backup-config.
Acme Packet suggests that you back up properly functioning configurations on your
Net-Net system before making any new major configuration changes. The backup
configurations are crucial to have when configuration changes do not function as
anticipated and a rollback must be applied immediately.
To back up the Net-Net system configuration, use the backup-config command.
You can confirm your backup has been created with the display-backups
command. When the backup-config command is executed, the Net-Net system
checks if sufficient resources exist to complete the operation. If resources are
sufficient, the Net-Net system creates the backup. If resources are insufficient, the
task is not completed and the Net-Net SBC instead displays the limiting resources,
recommending that the task be completed at another time.
Backups are created as gzipped files in a .gz format. They are stored in the
/code/bkups directory on the Net-Net SBC.
Creating Backups
To create a backup :
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the backup-config <filename>
[editing | running] command. Enter backup-config followed by a descriptive
filename for the backup you are creating. You can also enter an optional
argument to specify whether you want to create a backup from the editing
configuration cache or the running configuration cache.
ACMEPACKET# backup-config 01_Feb_2005_Test running
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 387
MANAGING BACKUPS AND ARCHIVES
task done
ACMEPACKET#
Listing Backups
To list available backup configurations:
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the display-backups command. A
list of available backup files from the /code/bkups directory is displayed on the
screen.
ACMEPACKET# display-backups
test_config.gz
test-config.gz
runningcfgtest.gz
runningtest_one.gz
BACK_UP_CONFIG.gz
02_Feb_2005.gz
01_Feb_2005_Test.gz
ACMEPACKET#
Restoring
Backups
To restore a backup configuration:
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the restore-backup-config
<filename> [running | saved] command. Enter restore-backup-config
followed by the backup filename you wish to restore to the current
configuration. You must explicitly name the backup file you wish to restore,
including the file extension. You can also enter an optional argument to specify
whether you want to restore the last running configuration or the last saved
configuration on the Net-Net SBC.
ACMEPACKET# restore-backup-config backup_file.gz saved
Need to perform save-config and activate/reboot activate for changes
to take effect...
task done
ACMEPACKET#
You can restore files from either .tar.gz format or just .gz. All backup files are
gzipped in the .gz format.
You must still save and activate the configuration or reboot the Net-Net SBC to
apply the backup configuration.
Deleting Backups
The delete-backup-config command deletes the backup configurations from the
/code/bkups directory on your Net-Net system.
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the delete-backup-config
command, followed by the backup file you wish to delete.
ACMEPACKET# delete-backup-config FEB_BACKUP.gz
task done
ACMEPACKET#
Viewing Backup
Configurations
The show backup-config command displays a specified configuration file saved on
the Net-Net SBC’s standard backup file directory.
388 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
MANAGING BACKUPS AND ARCHIVES
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the show backup-config command
followed by the backup configuration filename you want to view.
ACMEPACKET# show backup-config
The configuration of the backup file you specify is displayed on the screen. The
contents of this output are in the same format as the show configuration
command. For example:
ACMEPACKET# show backup-config
Possible configuration files are:
0606_HMRSIPNAT_Overlay.gz
0606_HMRSIPPeering.gz
0605_SingleSIPNATH_in_access.gz
0605_SingleSIPNATHTN_ABBN.gz
0605_SNB_ABBN.gz
HMR_OAI_config.gz
0619_HMR_OAI.gz
Archive Commands
Creating Archives
You can create archives of log files. Creating log archives requires a unique
procedure described below.
File Locations
The following table lists source and destination directories used with archive
functions.
Log File Archives
Configuration Type
Source Directory
Destination Directory
Log
/ramdrv/logs
/code/logs
To create an archive that contains all log files on the Net-Net SBC:
1.
Enter the archives shell by typing archives at the topmost ACLI level while in
superuser mode.
ACMEPACKET# archives
ACMEPACKET(archives)#
2.
Type create LOGS, followed by a name for the archive file. The Net-Net SBC
will pause while it completes the task and alert you when the task has
completed.
ACMEPACKET(archives)# create LOGS All_Logs_27_Feb
task done
ACMEPACKET(archives)#
Listing Archives
To display a list of the archived log files:
1.
Enter the archives shell by typing archives at the topmost ACLI level while in
superuser mode.
ACMEPACKET# archives
ACMEPACKET(archives)#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 389
MANAGING BACKUPS AND ARCHIVES
2.
Type display LOGS to view the available log files.
ACMEPACKET(archives)# display LOGS
testlogs1.tar
log.algdd.tar
bluff1.tar
log.mbcd.tar
log.lemd.tar
log.sipd.tar.gz
log.NOTTESTING.sipd.tar
sipd.log.tar.gz
ACMEPACKET(archives)#
Deleting Archives
To delete archived log files:
1.
Enter the archives shell by typing archives at the topmost ACLI level while in
superuser mode.
ACMEPACKET# archives
ACMEPACKET(archives)#
2.
Type delete LOGS, followed by the filename of the log file to delete.
ACMEPACKET(archives)# delete LOGS sipd.log
Archive '/code/logs/sipd.log.tar.gz' deleted.
task done
ACMEPACKET(archives)#
Renaming
Archives
To rename archived log files:
1.
Enter the archives shell by typing archives at the topmost ACLI level while in
superuser mode.
ACMEPACKET# archives
ACMEPACKET(archives)#
2.
Type rename LOGS, followed by the filename of the old log file, then the new
filename, and then the destination name to which to save the renamed archive.
ACMEPACKET(archives)# rename LOGS log.sipd.tar.gz /code/logs
renamed.log.sipd.tar.gz
moving file /code/logs/log.sipd.tar.gz ->
/code/logs/renamed.log.sipd.tar.gz
ACMEPACKET(archives)#
The newly renamed file remains in the same directory.
Viewing Free
Space
The check-space-remaining command checks the free space in the boot directory,
code (flash memory), and ramdrv (on-board volatile memory) devices. This
command displays the total number of bytes free and total number of bytes available
on the specified device. Each volume is used in the following way:
•
/boot—A flash memory partition used primarily for system boot images and
the bootloader image.
•
/code—A flash memory partition used to store archives and data that needs to
be persistent across reboot.
•
/ramdrv—A volume used mostly for temporary configurations and log files.
390 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
MANAGING BACKUPS AND ARCHIVES
1.
In the ACLI at the superuser prompt, enter the check-space-remaining
command followed by the device you want to check the space on. Valid devices
are boot, code, ramdrv. All examples of this command are shown below.
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining boot
boot: 29759488/29760512 bytes (99%) remaining
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining code
code: 26650624/29760512 bytes (89%) remaining
ACMEPACKET# check-space-remaining ramdrv
ramdrv: 131604992/132104192 bytes (99%) remaining
ACMEPACKET#
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 391
MANAGING BACKUPS AND ARCHIVES
392 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
Appendix A
Configuration Verification Error and Warning Messages
The following tables list every error and warning message the Net-Net SBC may
produce when the verify-config command is executed:
Access-Control
Error Text
Reason for Error
WARNING: access-control [id] has unsupported
application-protocol [x]
Unsupported protocols [x]
ERROR: access-control [id] has reference to realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: account-config is enabled, but there are no
account servers configured
State is enabled, file-output is disabled and
there are not servers
WARNING: account-config is enabled, there are no
account-servers configured, but ftp-push is disabled
State and file-output are enabled, there are
not account servers and ftp-push is
disabled
WARNING: account-config is enabled, account-servers are
configured, file-output is disabled, but ftp-push is enabled
State and ftp-push are enabled, account
servers are configured, file-output is
disabled
ERROR : account-config is enabled, ftp-push is enabled,
but there is no ftp-address entered or push-receiver
configured
State and ftp-push are enabled, but there
is no ftp-address or push-receiver
configured
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which can not get password
Password failed decryption
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which does not have remote-path set
Push-receiver has no remote-path set
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which does not have username set
Push-receiver has no username set
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which does not have password set for protocol FTP
Push-receiver has no password set for FTP
WARNING: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] with a public key set, but protocol is set to FTP
Push-receiver has set public key, but
protocol is FTP
ERROR: account-config has reference to push-receiver
[xyz] which does not have password or public key set for
protocol SFTP
Push-receiver has no password or public
key set for SFTP
Account-Config
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 393
APPENDIX A
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: account-config has push-receiver [xyz] with
reference to public-key [zyx] which does not exist
Public key was not found in public key table
ERROR: account-config has account-server [IP:Port] with
empty secret
Account-server [IP:Port] has empty secret
field
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: authentication has specified unsupported protocol
[x] for type [y]
Unsupported protocols for given type
ERROR: authentication has no configured active radius
servers for authentication type [x]
No configured active radius for given type
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: call-recording-server must have a name
Name is missing
ERROR: call-recording-server [id] must have a primarysignaling-addr or primary-media-addr
There has to be either primary signaling or
media address
ERROR: call-recording-server [id] is missing primary-realm
Realm name is missing
ERROR: call-recording-server [id] has reference to the
primary-realm [xyz] which does not exist
Primary-realm [xyz] was not found in
realm-config table
ERROR: call-recording-server [id] has reference to the
secondary-realm [xyz] which does not exist
Secondary-realm [xyz] was not found in
realm-config table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: capture-receiver [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface was not found in
network-interface table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: certificate-record [id] is not trusted and will not be
loaded
Certificate record is not trusted
ERROR: certificate-record [id] cannot extract private key
Certificate record failed to extract the
private key
ERROR: certificate-record [id] cannot convert PKCS7 string
to structure
Failure to convert PKCS7 record to the
structure
Authentication
Call-Recording-Server
Capture-Receiver
Certificate-Record
394 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
APPENDIX A
Class-Policy
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: class-policy [id] ] has reference to the media-policy
[xyz] which does not exist
Media-policy [xyz] was not found in the
media-policy table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: dns-config [id] is missing client-realm entry
Missing client realm
ERROR: dns-config [id] has reference to client-realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: dns-config [id] does not have any server-dnsattributes
Server-dns-attributes are missing
ERROR: dns-config [id] is missing server-realm entry
Realm entry is missing (source address is
empty)
ERROR: dns-config [id] is missing server-realm entry for
source-address [x]
Realm entry is missing (source address is
not empty)
ERROR: dns-config [id] has reference to server-realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: enum-config [id] is missing realm-id entry
Missing realm
ERROR: enum-config [id] has reference to the realm-id
[xyz] which does not exist
Realm [xyz] was not found in realm-config
table
ERROR: enum-config [id] has no enum-servers
List of ENUM servers is empty
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] is missing realm entry
Missing realm
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] address is not valid
Invalid address entry
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] has reference to protocol [xyz]
which is not valid
Invalid protocol entry
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] has reference to realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
DNS-Config
ENUM-Config
Ext-Policy-Server
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 395
APPENDIX A
H323-Stack
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: h323-stack [id] has no realm-id
Missing realm entry
ERROR: h323-stack [id] has reference to the realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
WARNING: h323-stack [id] is missing local-ip address
entry
Missing address entry
WARNING : h323-stack [id] has reference to media-profile
[xyz] which does not exist
Media profile was not found in media
profile table
ERROR: h323-stack [id] has reference to the assoc-stack
[xyz] which does not exist
Stack name was not found in the h323stack table
Error Text
Reason for Error
WARNING: host-route [id] has reference to gateway [xyz]
which does not exist in any network-interface
gateway entry was not found in any
network-interface object
Error Text
Reason for Error
WARNING: iwf-config has reference to media-profile [xyz]
which does not exist
media profile was not found in media
profile table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: local-policy [id] has reference to source-realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Source-realm [xyz] was not found in realmconfig table
WARNING: local-policy [id] has no policy-attributes set
No policy-attributes set
ERROR: local-policy-attribute [id1] from local-policy [id2]
has reference to realm [xyz] which does not exist
Realm [xyz] was not found in realm-config
table
ERROR: local-policy-attribute [id1] from local-policy [id2] is
missing next-hop entry
Next-hop is missing for given attribute
ERROR: local-policy-attribute [id1] from local-policy [id2]
has reference to next-hop [xyz] which is invalid
Invalid value for the next-hop
ERROR: local-policy-attribute [id1] from local-policy [id2]
has reference to next-hop [xyz] which does not exist
Value for the next-hop was not found (either
from enum-config, or lrt-config, or sessiongroup)
WARNING: local-policy-attribute [id] from local-policy [di]
has reference to media-policy [xyz] which does not exist
Media-policy [xyz] was not found in mediapolicy table
Host-Route
IWF-Config
Local-Policy
396 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
APPENDIX A
Local-Routing-Config
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: local-routing-config [id] has reference to the filename [xyz] which does not exist
specified file is missing from
/boot/code/lrt folder
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] is missing private-realm entry
Private-realm empty
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] has reference to private-realm
[xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm-config table
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] is missing public-realm entry
Public-realm empty
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] has reference to public-realm
[xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: mgcp-config [id] has identical private-address and
public-gw-address [x] for the same network interface
Private-address and public-gw-address are
identical on same NI
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: network-interface [id] has reference to phyinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Phy-interface [xyz] was not found in phyinterface table
ERROR: network-interface [id] is missing pri-utility-addr
entry
If redundancy is enabled pri-utility-addr
entry has to be entered
ERROR: network-interface [id] is missing sec-utility-addr
entry
If redundancy is enabled sec-utility-addr
entry has to be entered
ERROR: network-interface [id] has reference to DNS
address, but dns-domain is empty
Dns-domain is empty. Word “address” will
be plural “addresses” if there are more
DNS addresses entered
ERROR: network-interface [id] has reference to DNS
address, but ip-address is empty
Ip-address is empty. Word “address” will be
plural “addresses” if there are more DNS
addresses entered
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: phy-interface [id] has invalid operation-type value
[x]
Operation-type value is invalid
ERROR: phy-interface [id] of type [x] with port [y] and slot
[z] has invalid name
If type is MAINTENANCE or CONTROL name
has to start with either “eth” or “wancom”
ERROR: phy-interface [id] of type [x] has duplicated port [y]
and slot [z] values with phy-interface [di]
Port and slot values are duplicated with
another phy-interface
MGCP-Config
Network-Interface
Phy-Interface
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 397
APPENDIX A
Public-Key
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: public-key [id] has no public/private key pair
generated for public-key [x]
No public/private key generated
ERROR: public-key [id] cannot extract private key
Cannot extract private key
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to ext-policy-svr
[xyz] which doe not exist
Missing external BW manager
ERROR: realm-config [id] is missing entry for networkinterface
Missing Network Interface
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network interface was not found in
network-interface table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to media-policy
[xyz] which does not exist
Media-policy was not found in media-policy
table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to class-profile
[xyz] which does not exist
Class-profile was not found in class-profile
table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to in-translationid
[xyz] which does not exist
In-translationid was not found in session
translation table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to out-translationid
[xyz] which does not exist
Out-translationid was not found in session
translation table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to inmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
In-manipulationid was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to outmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
Out-manipulationid was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to enforcementprofile [xyz] which does not exist
Enforcement-profile was not found in
enforcement-profile table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to call-recordingserver-id [xyz] which does not exist
Call-recording-server-id was not found in
call-recording-server-table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to codec-policy
[xyz] which does not exist
Codec-policy was not found in codec-policy
table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to constraint-name
[xyz] which does not exist
Constraint-name was not found in session
constraint table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to qos-constraint
[xyz] which does not exist
Qos-constraint was not found in qos
constraint table
ERROR: realm-config [id] with parent-realm [xyz] are part
of circular nested realms
Realm and its parent realm are part of the
closed loop where they referring back to
themselves
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to dns-realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Dns-realm doesn’t exist in the realm table
WARNING: realm-config [id] has reference to itself as a
parent (parent-realm value ignored)
Realm name and parent name are the
same
Realm-Config
398 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
APPENDIX A
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: realm-config [id] has reference to parent-realm
[xyz] which does not exist
Parent realm doesn’t exist in the realm
table
ERROR: realm-config [id] has identical stun-server-port and
stun-changed port [x]
Stun-server-ip is identical to stun-changedip, when stun is enabled
ERROR: realm-config [id] has identical stun-server-ip and
stun-changed-ip [x]
Stun-server-port is identical to stunchanged-port, when stun is enabled
ERROR: realm-group [id] has reference to source-realm
[xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm-config table
ERROR: realm-group [id] has reference to destinationrealm [xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm-config table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has Address [x] which
does not match pri-utility-addr from network-interface [y]
If redundancy is enabled, peer IP addresses
have to match Primary Utility addresses
from specified network-interface (pri-utilityaddr is missing here)
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has Address [x] which
does not match pri-utility-addr [z] from network-interface
[y]
If redundancy is enabled, peer IP addresses
have to match Primary Utility addresses
from specified network-interface
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has Address [x] which
does not match sec-utility-addr from network-interface [y]
If redundancy is enabled, peer IP addresses
have to match Secondary Utility addresses
from specified network-interface (secutility-addr is missing here)
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has IP Address [x]
which does not match sec-utility-addr [z] from networkinterface [y]
If redundancy is enabled, peer IP addresses
have to match Secondary Utility addresses
from specified network-interface
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] has reference to
network-interface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface [xyz] was not found in
network-interface table
ERROR: redundancy-config peer [id] is missing destination
object
Destination object is missing
ERROR: redundancy-config is missing Primary peer object
Primary peer object is missing
ERROR: redundancy-config is missing Secondary peer
object
Secondary peer object is missing
ERROR: redundancy-config is missing both Primary and
Secondary peer objects
Primary and Secondary peer objects are
missing
Realm-Group
Redundancy
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 399
APPENDIX A
Security-Association
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: security-association [id] is missing networkinterface entry
Missing network-interface entry
ERROR: security-association [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface was not found in
network-interface table
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid local-ip-addr
Invalid local-ip-addr entry
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid remote-ip-addr
Invalid remote-ip-addr entry
ERROR: security-association [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which is not valid IPSEC enabled media
interface
Network-interface is not valid IPSEC media
interface
ERROR: security-association [id] Unable to decrypt authkey from configuration. This configuration may not have
been saved using this systems configuration password
Failed to decrypt auth-key
ERROR: security-association [id] has auth-algo [hmacmd5] with an auth-key of invalid length, must be 32 hex
characters long
Invalid length of the auth-key for auth-algo
[hmac-md5]
ERROR: security-association [id] has auth-algo [hmacsha1] with an auth-key of invalid length, must be 40 hex
characters long
Invalid length of the auth-key for auth-algo
[hmac-sha1]
ERROR: security-association [id] Unable to decrypt encrkey from configuration. This configuration may not have
been saved using this systems configuration password
Failed to decrypt encr-key
ERROR: security-association [id] has encr-algo [xyz] with
and encr-key of invalid length, must be 64 bits (odd parity
in hex)
Invalid encr-key length for given algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has encr-algo [xyz] with
and encr-key of invalid length, must be 192 bits (odd
parity in hex)
Invalid encr-key length for given algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has encr-algo [xyz] with
and encr-key of invalid length, must be 128 bits (odd
parity in hex)
Invalid encr-key length for given algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has encr-algo [xyz] with
and encr-key of invalid length, must be 256 bits (odd
parity in hex)
Invalid encr-key length for given algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid aes-ctr-nonce
(must be non-zero value) for encr-algo [xyz]
Has invalid aes-ctr-nonce for given
algorithm
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid tunnel-mode
local-ip-addr (will be set to inner local-ip-address)
Invalid tunnel-mode local-ip-addr
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid tunnel-mode
remote-ip-addr (will be set to inner remote-ip-address)
Invalid tunnel-mode remote-ip-addr
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid espudp localip-addr (must be non-zero)
Invalid espudp local-ip-addr
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid espudp
remote-ip-addr (must be non-zero)
Invalid espudp remote-ip-addr
400 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
APPENDIX A
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid espudp localport (must be non-zero)
Invalid espudp local-port
ERROR: security-association [id] has invalid espudp
remote-port (must be non-zero)
Invalid espudp remote-port
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: security-policy [id] has invalid local-ip-addr-match
Empty local-ip-addr-match
ERROR: security-policy [id] has invalid local-ip-addr-match
[x]
Invalid local-ip-addr-match
ERROR: security-policy [id] has invalid remote-ip-addrmatch
Empty remote-ip-addr-match
ERROR: security-policy [id] has invalid remote-ip-addrmatch [x]
Invalid remote-ip-addr-match
ERROR: security-policy [id] is missing network-interface
entry
Missing network-interface entry
ERROR: security-policy [id] priority [x] is identical to
security-policy [id2]
Duplication of the priorities
ERROR: security-policy [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface was not found in
network-interface table
ERROR: security-policy [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which is not valid IPSEC enabled media
interface
Network-interface is not valid IPSEC media
interface
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to egress-realmid [xyz] which does not exist
Realm was not found in realm table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to in-translationid
[xyz] which does not exist
Translation id was not found in translation
table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to outtranslationid [xyz] which does not exist
Translation id was not found in translation
table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to inmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
Manipulation id was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to outmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
Manipulation id was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to enforcementprofile [xyz] which does not exist
Enforcement-profile was not found in
enforcement-profile table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to code-policy
[xyz] which does not exist
Codec-policy was not found in codec-policy
table
Security-Policy
Session-Agent
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 401
APPENDIX A
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to response-map
[xyz] which does not exist
Response-map was not found in response
map table
ERROR: session-agent [id] has reference to localresponse-map [xyz] which does not exist
Response-map was not found in response
map table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: session-group [id] has reference to session-agent
[xyz] which does not exist
Session agent was not found in the session
agent table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: session-translation [id] has reference to rulescalled [xyz] which does not exist
Translation rule was not found in the
translation rule table
ERROR: session-translations [id] has reference to rulescalling [xyz] which does not exist
Translation rule was not found in the
translation rule table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: sip-config has reference to home-realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: sip-config has reference to egress-realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: sip-config has reference to enforcement-profile
[xyz] which does not exist
Enforcement profile was not found in
enforcement profile table
WARNING: sip-config is missing home-realm-id for SIPNAT, defaults to [sip-internal-realm]
Missing home-realm-id, defaulted to sipinternal-realm
WARNING: sip-config home-realm-id [xyz] does not have a
sip-interface
Sip-interface missing for the home realm
WARNING: sip-config has nat-mode set to [None], but there
are configured sip-nat objects
Nat-mode needs to be set to either Public
or Private if there are sip-nat objects in the
configuration
ERROR: sip-config object is disabled
Sip-config is disabled, but there are
configured sip-interface objects
Session-Group
Session-Translation
SIP-Config
402 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
APPENDIX A
SIP-Interface
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: sip-interface [id] is missing realm-id entry
missing realm
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
realm was not found in realm-config table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to inmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
in-manipulationid was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to outmanipulationid [xyz] which does not exist
out-manipulationid was not found in
manipulation table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to enforcementprofile [xyz] which does not exist
enforcement profile was not found in
enforcement profile table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to response-map
[xyz] which does not exist
response-map was not found in responsemap table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to local-responsemap [xyz] which does not exist
local-response-map was not found in
response-map table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has reference to constraint-name
[xyz] which does not exist
constraint-name was not found in session
constraint table
ERROR: sip-interface [id] has no sip-ports
sip-ports are missing
ERROR: sip-interface [id] with sip-port [id2] has reference
to tls-profile [xyz] which does not exist
tls-profile was not found in TLS profile table
(only valid for protocols TLS or DTLS)
ERROR: sip-interface [id] with sip-port [id2] has reference
to ims-aka-profile [xyz] which does not exist
ims-aka-profile was not found in Ims-AkaProfile table (valid for protocols other than
TLS or DTLS)
WARNING: sip-interface [id] has no sip-ports, using SIP-NAT
external-address
no sip-ports so SIP-NAT external-address is
used
WARNING: sip-interface [id] has no valid sip-ports, using
SIP-NAT external-address
no valid sip-ports so SIP-NAT externaladdress is used
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: sip-manipulation [id] has no header-rules defined
Missing header rules
ERROR: sip-manipulation [id] with header-rule [xyz] is
missing new-value entry
Missing new-value entry (checked only for
action type “sip-manip”)
ERROR: sip-manipulation [id] with header-rule [xyz] has
reference to new-value [zxy] which does not exist
New-value entry missing from the sipmanipulation table
ERROR: sip-manipulation [id] with header-rule [xyz] has
new-value that refers to itself from sip-manipulation [di]
Looping reference between two objects
SIP-Manipulation
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 403
APPENDIX A
SIP-NAT
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing home-address entry
Missing home-address
ERROR: sip-nat [id] has invalid home-address [x] entry
Invalid home-address entry
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing ext-address entry
Missing ext-address
ERROR: sip-nat [id] has invalid ext-address [x] entry
Invalid ext-address entry
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing ext-proxy-address entry
Missing ext-proxy-address
ERROR: sip-nat [id] has invalid ext-proxy-address [x] entry
Invalid ext-proxy-address entry
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing user-nat-tag entry
Missing user-nat-tag
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing host-nat-tag entry
Missing host-nat-tag
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing domain-suffix entry
Missing domain-suffix
ERROR: sip-nat [id] is missing realm-id entry
Missing realm entry
ERROR: sip-nat [id] does not match sip-interface realm
[xyz]
Sip-interface name was not found in realm
table
ERROR: sip-nat [id] does not have a sip-interface
Sip-interface is missing
WARNING: sip-nat [id] has same user-nat-tag as sip-nat [di]
Duplicated user-nat-tag
WARNING: sip-nat [id] has same host-nat-tag as sip-nat [di]
Duplicated host-nat-tag
WARNING: sip-nat [id] has ext-address [x] which is different
from sip-interface [di] sip-port address [y]
Sip-nat ext-address needs to be the same
as sip-port address
ERROR: sip-nat [id] has same home-address [x] as sip-nat
[di]
Duplicated home-address
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: static-flow [id] is missing in-realm-id entry
Missing in-realm-id
ERROR: static-flow [id] has reference to in-realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: static-flow [id] is missing out-realm-id entry
Missing out-realm-id
ERROR: static-flow [id] has reference to out-realm-id [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: ext-policy-server [id] has illegal protocol value [xyz]
Invalid protocol entry
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: steering-pool [id] has invalid start-port [x]
Invalid start-port value (smaller than 1025)
ERROR: steering-pool [id] has start-port [x] greater than
end-port [y]
Start-port value is greater than end-port
value
Static-Flow
Steering-Pool
404 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
APPENDIX A
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: steering-pool [id] is missing realm entry
Missing realm entry
ERROR: steering-pool [id] has reference to realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm [xyz] was not found in realm-config
table
ERROR: steering-pool [id] has reference to networkinterface [xyz] which does not exist
Network-interface [xyz] was not found in
network-interface table
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] is missing realm entry
Missing realm entry
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] has reference to realm [xyz]
which does not exist
Realm was not found in the realm-config
table
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] is missing customer-next-hop
entry
Missing customer-next-hop entry
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] is missing register-contactuser entry
Missing register-contact-user entry
ERROR: surrogate-agent [id] is missing register-contacthost entry
Missing register-contact-host entry
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: system-config has reference to default-gateway
[xyz] which does not exist
gateway was not found in the networkinterface table or boot parameters
ERROR: system-config collect has sample-interval [x]
greater than push-interval
sample-interval greater than push-interval
ERROR: system-config collect has start-time [x] greater
than end-time [y]
Start-time greater than end-time
ERROR: system-config collect has group [xyz] with sampleinterval [x] greater than collection push-interval [y]
Group [xyz] has incorrect sample interval
ERROR: system-config collect has group [xyz] with starttime [x] greater than end-time [y]
Group [xyz] has incorrect sample interval
ERROR: system-config collect has no push-receivers
defined
No push-receivers defined
ERROR: system-config collect has reference to pushreceiver [xyz] which does not have user-name set
No user-name set
ERROR: system-config collect has reference to pushreceiver [xyz] which does not have password set
No password set
ERROR: system-config collect has reference to pushreceiver [xyz] which does not have address set
No address set
ERROR: system-config collect has reference to pushreceiver [xyz] which does not have data-store set
No data-store set
Surrogate-Agent
System-Config
Version S-C6.1.0
Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide 405
APPENDIX A
TLS-Profile
Error Text
Reason for Error
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to end-entitycertificate [xyz] which does not have any certificates
End-entity-certificate entry missing
certificate or certificate-record is part of
config, but record was not imported to the
SD
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has end-entity-certificate [xyz] which
has an end entry certificate, but the private key is invalid.
Bad private key for the cert-record
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to end-entitycertificate [xyz] which does not exist
Certificate record was not found in certrecord table
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has an end-entity-certificate records
without any end entity certificate
End certificate missing from all end-entitycertificate records or none of them where
imported to the SD
ERROR: tls-profile [id] found an entry in the trusted-cacertificates with zero length
Found an empty trusted-ca-record in the list
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to trusted-cacertificates [xyz] which does not have any certificates
Trusted-ca-records entry missing certificate
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to trusted-cacertificates [xyz] with PKCS7 structure which does not have
any certificates
Trusted-ca-records entry with PKCS7
structure missing certificate
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has reference to trusted-cacertificates [xyz] which does not exist
Certificate record was not found in certrecord table
ERROR: tls-profile [id] has no trusted-ca- certificates, but
mutual-authentication is enabled
No trusted certificates, but enabled mutualauthentication
406 Oracle Communications Session Border Controller Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide
Version S-C6.1.0
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising